huumitu of 
 
 JVo 
 
 . 
 
 Division 
 
 Range 
 
 Shelf 
 Received 
 
 
 m 
 
 mi: 
 
 I I 
 
TECHNICAL TRAINING 
 
 BY 
 
 
 
 THOMAS TWINING 
 
 r, 
 
 (ONE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENTS OF THE SOCIETY OF ARTS). 
 
 BEING 
 
 A SUGGESTIVE SKETCH OF A 
 
 NATIONAL SYSTEM OF INDUSTRIAL INSTRUCTION, 
 
 FOUNDED ON A 
 GENERAL DIFFUSION OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE 
 
 AMONG THE PEOPLE. 
 
 $'" -^ 
 
 Library 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 MACMILLAN AND CO. 
 1874. 
 
IONDON; PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET 
 AND CHARING CROSS. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 INTRODUCTION .. .. .. xiii 
 
 LIST 1 : Books and Papers of Eeference .......... ' xviii 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INDUSTEIAL INSTRUCTION SYSTEMATIZED. NECES- 
 SITY FOE A CENTEAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 
 
 SECTION 1. 
 THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF THE FUTURE 1 
 
 General educational prospect. Attention to be specially 
 directed to the Technical Element. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 PRIMARY EDUCATION 3 
 
 Prevailing ignorance of Nature's Laws. The kind of 
 Scientific Knowledge required by the working population ; 
 its usefulness for general purposes as the SCIENCE OF DAILY 
 LIFE, and for industrial purposes in particular, as a FOUN- 
 DATION FOR TECHNICAL STUDIES. Feasibility of introducing 
 it in the Primary Schooling of the Children of the People. 
 Eecommendations of H.M. Commissioners on Scientific 
 Instruction. Various progressive measures to be adopted. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 APPRENTICESHIP 15 
 
 Present Defects pointed out, with a view to their being re- 
 medied by the proposed System. Protection or Patronage. 
 
 a 2 
 
iv CONTENTS. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICES AND ARTISANS IN 
 
 GENERAL '. 19 
 
 Review of frequent causes of failure in Science Teaching ; 
 necessity for its careful adaptation to special circumstances 
 and purposes. CONSIDERATIONS as to gradational instruc- 
 tion, style of Teaching, selection and condensation v. cur- 
 tailment, breadth of foundation, links between theory and 
 practice, &c. Value of Apprenticeship. 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. DIPLOMAS 33 
 
 Minor and Major Technical Examinations in Germany. How 
 they might be adapted to our requirements, and what 
 advantages would accrue. Tests for Manual Skill. Trade 
 Certificates of 3 Degrees. Subject Certificates. 
 
 SECTION 6. 
 INDUSTRIES SUFFICIENTLY PROVIDED FOR 43 
 
 Review of existing Institutions of which it is desirable to 
 obtain the co-operation in the proposed System. SPON- 
 TANEOUS CENTRALIZATION. 
 
 SECTION 7. 
 THREE CATEGORIES OF INDUSTRIES 47 
 
 A. Industries already provided for. 
 
 B. Normal Industrial Pursuits for which regular Trade Cur- 
 ricula, Examinations, and Certificates will be provided. 
 
 C. Unimportant or ill-defined occupations which will only 
 have the benefit of " Subject" Examinations and Certifi- 
 cates. 
 
 Occupations included in Category B. COMMERCIAL TRADES. 
 
 SECTION 8. 
 INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED 49 
 
 INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTES (including Mechanics' Institutes, 
 Working Men's Clubs, and all analogous Institutions 
 
CONTENTS. v 
 
 PAGE 
 
 where Science Classes are held) ; their helps and hin- 
 drances ; their desirable attributes. 
 
 TECHNICAL COLLEGES, their leading functions. 
 
 PKOVINCIAL and COLONIAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITIES : their re- 
 lations to the CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. Importance 
 of securing UNITY OF PURPOSE, CONCORDANT ACTION, and 
 
 UNIFORMITY OF STANDARDS. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1. 
 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION 59 
 
 Union of Efficiency and Economy. The selection of a site 
 and all arrangements to be governed by the resources as 
 well as the requirements of Industrial Students. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 TRAINING FOR INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS 64 
 
 Working of the proposed System illustrated by the example 
 of a Dyer. Instruction offered to Commercial Trades. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 ART INDUSTRIES 72 
 
 Considerations on the use to be made of the valuable existing 
 System of Art Schools. Experience of the Society of Arts 
 as to deficiency of origination. Favourable results to be 
 expected from a scientific training of the mind. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 TRAINING FOR PROFESSORSHIPS 77 
 
 Teaching Staff of various grades and denominations required 
 for Training Colleges, and for Primary and other Schools, 
 for Industrial Institutes and Technical Colleges, for Pro- 
 vincial and Colonial Universities, and for the Central 
 Technical University itself. 
 
vi CONTENTS. 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL ECONOMY 83 
 
 Influence to be exercised for establishing industrial and 
 commercial relations on sound and conciliatory principles. 
 
 SECTION 6. 
 FEMALE TRAINING 86 
 
 Training (a) of Females for Industrial Pursuits, (Z>) of 
 
 Female Teachers. 
 Courses of Science and Pedagogy for the Instructresses of 
 
 the Middle and Upper Classes. 
 Training of Female Superintendents, Matrons, &c. 
 
 SECTION 7. 
 PUBLICATIONS .. ' 91 
 
 Text Books for Grades 1 and 2 of GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUN- 
 DATION. 
 
 Sets of Handbooks and Manuals respectively forming Junior 
 and Advanced TECHNICAL CYCLOPAEDIAS. 
 
 SECTION 8. 
 
 THE MUSEUM AND DEPARTMENTS CONNECTED THERE- 
 WITH 93 
 
 A. Visual Instruction for the Industrial Institute, the 
 Technical College, and the Central University. Leading 
 Principles .". 93 
 
 B. Kules for Guidance in collecting Materials 97 
 
 C. Rules for Guidance in Arrangement and Display .. .. 100 
 
 D. The Economic Collection .. ..103 
 
 E. The Industrial Collection ...... 104 
 
 F. The Commercial Collection ...'.. ... 104 
 
 G. The Art Collections .. .. ./, .,.,, : .. .. 105 
 H. The Music Department .. /. i. .. .. .. .. 108 
 
 I. Miscellaneous Departments. Emigration 109 
 
 J. Means for propagating Visual Instruction 112 
 
CONTENTS. vii 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 FACTS IN SUPPOET OF PROPOSALS. 
 SECTION 1. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS 115 
 
 Facts and conclusions resulting from the study, at home and 
 abroad, of popular ignorance, its consequences and its re- 
 medies. Plan for Educational Exhibitions of the Require- 
 ments of Daily Life approved by the Society of Arts in 
 1852, and carried out at Paris in 1855, and subsequently 
 elsewhere. Advantages of Permanent Collections. The 
 ECONOMIC MUSEUM. Its destruction. Its lessons. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 
 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE REQUIRED BY THE 
 
 INDUSTRIAL POPULATION 122 
 
 Principles of selection and classification. Considerations on 
 Dwellings' Reform. Detailed Review of the 9 Classes of 
 the Twickenham Economic Museum, for the purpose of 
 facilitating the formation of similar collections, and the 
 methodical study of the Science of Daily Life. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 FORM OF INSTRUCTION FOUND MOST SUCCESSFUL .. 138 
 
 Necessity for supporting Visual Instruction in Domestic and 
 Sanitary Economy by its Rationale. Difficulty of convey- 
 ing the latter to unscientific minds. Desirableness of 
 the co-operation of the Clergy. Attempts to render 
 methodical Science palatable to Working Men. Lectures 
 delivered on the BINARY SYSTEM. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 
 APTITUDE OF THE WORKING POPULATION TO RECEIVE 
 
 APPROPRIATE SCIENTIFIC INSTRUCTION 146 
 
 The " Science made Easy " Course, its character and its re- 
 ception affording undeniable proof of the above aptitude. 
 
viii CONTENTS. 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 EXAMINATIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL STUDENTS 152 
 
 Open Examinations in general. Frequent drawbacks. 
 Measures of Improvement. Experiment at the Lambeth 
 Baths. The OPEN-HANDED or QUESTIONARY SYSTEM. 
 
 CHAPTER IY. 
 
 RANGES AND GRADES OF INSTRUCTION. PUBLI- 
 CATIONS. EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1. 
 THE FIRST GRADE OF GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 171 
 
 Purpose of this Chapter. Suggestive Syllabus of a GRADE 1 
 STANDARD COURSE of GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION ; 
 Elementary Division ; Applied or Economic Division. 
 Remarks concerning Classification, number of Lectures, 
 difference between Lectures and Lessons, &c. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 
 THE SECOND GRADE OF GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDA- 
 TION .. 189 
 
 Difference between this and the Grade 1 Course, especially 
 as regards Chemistry. Remarks as to number of Lectures 
 or Lessons. 
 
 LIST 2 : Works provisionally available for Grade 2 
 Studies. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 THE THREE UPPER GRADES OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUCTION. 203 
 
 Advanced Style of Third Grade Teaching. Existing Books 
 available by means of a SYLLABUS OF REFERENCE. Examples 
 given in LIST 3. 
 
 LIST 4 : Works available for Grade 4 Studies. 
 
 LIST 5 : Works of a Fifth Grade character. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ATTAINMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE FOREGOING SEC- 
 TIONS 217 
 
 Special Scientific Preparation. Mathematical Prepara- 
 tion. Artistic Abilities ; indication of five practical 
 stages. Artistic Taste. 
 
 LIST 6 : Works for special Scientific Preparation. 
 LIST 7 : Works for Mathematical Preparation. 
 LIST 8 : Works for Artistic Studies. 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 SCIENTIFIC TEXT BOOKS 227 
 
 Official production of the Grade 1 and Grade 2 STANDARD 
 COURSES ; suggestive remarks concerning them. Science 
 popularized. Science for Primary Schools. 
 
 SECTION 6. 
 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS AND ILLUSTRATIONS 239 
 
 Deficiencies of our Technical Literature. Desiderata : 
 A JUNIOR CYCLOPAEDIA divided into Handbooks, and an 
 ADVANCED CYCLOPAEDIA divided into Manuals; suggestions 
 concerning them. Scientific and Technical Illustrations. 
 
 LIST 9 : Sources available for the Cyclopaedias : General 
 Reference ; Scientific Information ; Technology. 
 
 LIST 10: Illustrations: Diagrams, &c. ; Apparatus and 
 Chemicals. 
 
 SECTION 7. 
 THE EXAMINATIONS 255 
 
 Tests of Manual Ability. Tests of Knowledge ; difficulties 
 to be surmounted. Proposed adoption of the OPEN-HANDED 
 SYSTEM ; measures to that effect. Time required. Ex- 
 aminations carried on personally, or from a distance. 
 
X CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 ANALYSES OF TYPICAL OCCUPATIONS. 
 SECTION 1. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS 260 
 
 Preliminary Attainments. Studies for Subject Certificates. 
 Studies for Trade Certificates. Purpose of the proposed 
 Analyses. Order of Trades. Order of Preparatory and 
 Technical Attainments under six headings. Sources of 
 information. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 SELECT EXAMPLES OF CHEMICAL TRADES 275 
 
 The Dyer; Explanatory Eemarks on Summaries, p. 281. 
 The Tanner and Currier. Considerations on Manu- 
 facturing Industries. The Brewer. Miscellaneous 
 Chemical Industries. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 
 TRADES CONNECTED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION, DECO- 
 RATION, AND FURNISHING OF DWELLINGS 305 
 
 The Builder. The Mason. The Brick and Tile Maker. The 
 Bricklayer, Plasterer, &c. Woodworkers in general. The 
 Plumber, the Glazier, the Painter, the Decorator, and 
 Allied Trades. Metal Workers in general. The Thermo- 
 logist. The Photologist. The Upholsterer. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 TRADES CONNECTED WITH FABRICS AND CLOTHING.. .. 346 
 
 Manufacturing Industries ; Subject Certificates. Commercial 
 Trades ; confused nomenclature. The Tailor. The Hatter. 
 The Shoemaker. Occupations appropriate for Females, 
 including Dressmaking, Millinery and Ladies' outfitting. 
 
CONTENTS. xi 
 
 SECTION 5. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 TRADES AND OCCUPATIONS CONNECTED WITH FOOD 363 
 
 A. Industries yielding Raw Products .v ;.. 364 
 
 B. Preparing and Preserving Industries *. 364 
 
 C. Manufacturing Industries .,. 368 
 
 D. Commercial Industries ;..[.. 369 
 
 E. Pistrinary and Culinary Industries. Training in Cookery 372 
 
 SECTION 6. 
 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH WARMING, LIGHTING, 
 
 AND CLEANLINESS. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE 378 
 
 SECTION 7. 
 
 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CART AND COACH BUILD- 
 ING, SADDLERY, &c. 381 
 
 SECTION 8. 
 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH THE MANUFACTURING 
 
 AND WORKING OF MACHINERY .. .. 384 
 
 SECTION 9. 
 THE WATCH AND CLOCKMAKER 389 
 
 SECTION 10. 
 THE OPTICIAN, THE PHILOSOPHICAL INSTRUMENT MAKER, 
 
 <&c. ELECTRO-TELEGRAPHY 392 
 
 SECTION 11. 
 THE STATIONER. ALLIED INDUSTRIES 396 
 
 SECTION 12. 
 THE PRINTER 399 
 
 SECTION 13. 
 PROFESSIONS AND TRADES CONNECTED WITH MUSIC 401 
 
 SECTION 14. 
 ART INDUSTRIES. PHOTOGRAPHY AND THE POLYGRAPHIC 
 
 ARTS 404 
 
 SECTION 15. 
 COMMERCIAL PURSUITS 411 
 
xi i CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 RECAPITULATION. CONCLUSIONS. 
 SECTION 1. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 QUESTIONS RESULTING FROM THE FOREGOING CHAPTER. 
 
 A. MANNER AND PLACE .; .. ... ..'... . ;^ .... .. 413 
 
 Considerations as to how and where the various Categories 
 
 and Grades of Industrial Students may best obtain the 
 instruction they require ; respective functions of Self- 
 Instruction, and of the Institute, the College, and the 
 University. 
 
 B. TIME .. ;. .. ..' - .v : *.* ./ 427 
 
 Leisure-time-Students, and whole-time-Students. How the 
 
 convenience and means of Artisans may be consulted to 
 the utmost. 
 Table showing LOCALITY and DURATION of studies. 
 
 SECTION 2. 
 
 PROPOSED ORGANIZATION OF A CENTRAL TECHNICAL 
 
 UNIVERSITY : 432 
 
 Outlines of a Constitution ; objects to be effected, and autho- 
 rities to be constituted. 
 
 SECTION 3. 
 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS 437 
 
 Favourable juncture for instituting a National System of 
 Industrial Training. Initiatory steps. How the measures 
 required may be effected by the concordant action of exist- 
 ing Institutions, and of new ones on Model Principles. 
 
 SECTION 4. 
 
 CONCLUSION ...... 450 
 
 Purpose of the proposed System to assist and complement, 
 not to supersede, existing Institutions. Distinct provinces 
 of usefulness open for South Kensington and for the 
 Central Technical University. 
 
Of C 
 
 Ss-j^ 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 NOT many years ago the present volume would have 
 required another one for its justification. It is written 
 on the assumpton, Istly that Scientific Knowledge 
 when judiciously selected and appropriately taught, 
 adds very materially to the chances of Industrial Suc- 
 cess, 2ndly that this maxim having been assiduously 
 adhered to by some Continental Nations, has given a 
 very marked impulse to their industrial prosperity, and 
 3rdly that our own can only be secured by following 
 a similar course. Now, not many years ago, Science, 
 instead of being considered as almost synonymous with 
 Practical Wisdom, was regarded with general distrust, 
 the rapid progress of other Nations was stoutly denied, 
 and it was a mark of patriotism to maintain that our 
 industrial supremacy was and ever would be unshaken. 
 In vain did reliable Authors faithfully describe the 
 Technical Institutions established in foreign countries, 
 and first predict the probable results, then after a time 
 relate the actual ones. In vain did the walls of the 
 
xiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Society of Arts and other meeting places ring again 
 and again with facts and exhortations. The facts were 
 unpalatable, and the eloquence failed to move un- 
 willing minds that preferred dozing under the drowsy 
 influence of self-reliance/ 1 ) But about the year 1867 
 the tide began to turn. The information as to the 
 educational resources of foreign Industries, and the 
 wants of our own, which was brought to light in 
 the Reports of the Workmen deputed by the Society 
 of Arts to visit the French Universal Exhibition, 
 helped very materially to bring home the arguments of 
 twenty years to an actual bearing on the public mind, 
 and since then such a flood of evidence has kept 
 pouring in from authoritative sources, that very few 
 persons are now inclined to deny that in the industrial 
 world; " Knowledge really is Power ; " that through 
 the Power of Knowledge foreign nations are actually 
 making gigantic strides, and that corresponding 
 measures on our part, on a scale far beyond anything 
 yet attempted, can alone maintain our commercial 
 supremacy/ 2 ) 
 
 (1) People were too ignorant of Science even to feel their ignorance, 
 This lamentable fact is forcibly brought into relief by Mr. Bartley's in- 
 teresting Paper on Science Schools in the * Society of Arts Journal/ of 
 the 14th January, 1870, where he describes the apathy with which the 
 offers of the Science and Art Department were met by local institutions. 
 
 (2) " The facilities for scientific education are far greater on the Conti- 
 nent than in England, and where such differences exist, England is sure to 
 fall behind as regards those industries into which the scientific Element 
 enters. In fact, I have long entertained the opinion that in virtue of the 
 
INTRODUCTION. xv 
 
 Whilst however this important change has taken 
 place in public opinion, comparatively little has been 
 actually done. It is true that in the eloquent addresses 
 of which our National Industries have been the never- 
 failing theme, many brilliant ideas have been expressed, 
 that the Books and Pamphlets published in advocacy of 
 Industrial Instruction, contain highly acceptable in- 
 formation concerning what exists abroad, and valuable 
 indications as to what ought to exist at home, and that 
 several exceedingly useful institutions are in course of 
 development ; but on the other hand no endeavour has 
 
 better education provided by Continental Nations, England must one 
 day and that no distant one find herself outstripped by those nations, 
 both in the arts of peace and war." TYNDALL. Quoted by SMILES, in 
 his Speech at Huddersfield, 1867, which contains much valuable evidence 
 on this subject. 
 
 Mr. M. Arnold, quoting M. Duruy, says that the young North German 
 or the young Swiss of Zurich or Basle, is seizing by reason of his better 
 instruction, a confidence and a command in business which the young 
 man of no other nation can dispute with him. School Inquiry Commis- 
 sion, vol. vii. p. 627. 
 
 We read in Dr. Lyon Playfair's Inaugural Address, delivered at Aber- 
 deen in February last, " Britain, whose immense wealth and prosperity 
 hang upon the thread of Applied Science, is far behind France, and 
 infinitely behind Germany." 
 
 At a meeting of the Chemical Committee of the Society of Arts on 
 March 20, 1874, Dr. Versmann describing the latest feats of Chemistry 
 in the production of the coal-tar colours, mentioned that only one factory 
 exists in England for the manufacture of Alizarine (artificial Madder), 
 but more than a dozen in Germany and Switzerland. 
 
 Further evidence will be found in several of the Books and Papers 
 enumerated at the close of this Introduction, and particularly in the 
 following : Scott KusselPs ' Systematic Technical Education/ ' Eeports 
 of the Artisans selected by the Society of Arts to visit the Paris Exhi- 
 bition of 1867.'' Modern Industries by !fc$ British Workmen,' similarly 
 deputed by the Club and Institute Union. ' Eeplies of the Chambers of 
 Commerce ;' and ' Eeports of H. M. Consuls.' 
 
xvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 apparently been made to select and fit together the most 
 appropriate among these various materials, to supply sug- 
 gestively whatever connecting links might be necessary 
 for uniting them in a National Scheme of Industrial 
 Progress, and to add whatever practical details might 
 be required for making the various parts of so complex 
 a machinery work smoothly and harmoniously. Such 
 then is the laborious task which I have been in- 
 duced to undertake in the present Volume. I have 
 been led to it through having for nearly a quarter of 
 a century devoted special attention to the intellectual 
 and physical well-being of the Working Classes, and 
 through having thus arrived at the possession of pecu- 
 liarly favourable resources. I have also felt greatly en- 
 couraged by the flattering manner in which my advice 
 was sought, towards the beginning of 1871, respecting 
 the establishment of a " National University for In- 
 dustrial and Technical Training." For several months 
 I acted as Honorary Referee to a Committee of 
 Gentlemen associated for that object, and under its 
 sanction my views acquired a certain amount of 
 publicity in the form of a " Preparatory Programme." 
 The movement having been suspended, partly in 
 consequence of the non-fulfilment of a hope that the 
 East London Museum might have been available as 
 a centre of the proposed operations, I have introduced 
 
INTRODUCTION. xvii 
 
 in the present volume, various portions of the Pro- 
 gramme in question, as well as passages taken from 
 a small book printed chiefly for private circulation 
 in 1870, under the title of " Science for the People." 
 My chief source however, has been a renewed and 
 more exhaustive retrospect of the experiences obtained 
 during a protracted stay in various parts of the Con- 
 tinent, and a long subsequent training as Member of 
 the Committee of the Labourers' Friend Society, and 
 of the Council of the Society of Arts. 
 
 I have avoided discussing what is no longer disputed, 
 but on the other hand, I have spared no pains in sifting, 
 classifying, and elaborating into a homogeneous system, 
 the various means by which Industrial Improvement 
 founded on Science, may best be carried into actual 
 effect. My plan is to show in the First Chapter the 
 necessity for a Central Technical University ; to sketch 
 in the Second the leading features of its organization 
 and functions ; to state in the Third certain facts 
 serving as groundwork to a system of Instruction 
 detailed in the Fourth ; to analyze in the Fifth the 
 Educational Eequirements of our various Industries ; 
 and to endeavour in the Sixth to arrive at legitimate 
 conclusions as to the measures to be adopted. 
 
[ LIST 1. ] 
 BOOKS AND PAPERS 
 
 RELATING TO THE EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL CONDI- 
 TION OF THE WORKING CLASSES. (1) 
 
 Systematic Technical Education for the English People, by J. Scott 
 Russell, F.R.S. (Bradbury, Evans, & Co.) 1869. Price 14/- 
 
 Papers relating to Proposals for establishing Colleges of Arts and 
 Manufactures, for the better Instruction of the Industrial 
 Classes, by J. A. Lloyd, F.R.S. London : printed for private 
 circulation by Clowes & Sons, Stamford Street. 1851. 
 
 Lectures on the Exhibition of 1851, by Dr. Lyon Playfair. 
 
 Industrial Instruction on the Continent by Dr. Lyon Playfair. 
 (Longmans.) 1852. 
 
 Report of the Committee appointed by the Council of the Society 
 of Arts, to inquire into the subject of Industrial Instruction. 
 (Longmans,) 1853. 
 
 Scientific and Art Education in relation to Progress in Manufactures, 
 Education in England, Foreign Schools, &c. By Alfred 
 Tylor, Deputy Chairman and Reporter of Class XXXI. of the 
 London International Exhibition of 1862. 
 
 Speech delivered at the Annual Soiree of the Huddersfi eld Mechanics' 
 Institute, by Samuel Smiles. Oct. 1867. 
 
 Reports of the Artisans selected by the Society of Arts to visit the 
 Paris Exhibition 1867. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 Modern Industries ; a series of Reports on Industry and Manu- 
 facture by 12 British Workmen who visited the Paris Exhi- 
 bition of 1867 in connection with the Club and Institute 
 Union. (Macmillan.) 1868. 
 
 (1) Most of the Publications here enumerated may be inspected at the 
 Library of the Twickenham Economic Museum. (See note to p. 121.) 
 
WORKS OF EEFEEENGE. xix 
 
 Keports of the School Inquiry Commission.C 1 ) 
 
 Replies of the Chambers of Commerce, in England, to the Circular 
 
 of the Vice-President of the Committee of Council on Education, 
 
 on the subject of Technical Instruction. 1867. 
 Reports of H. M. Consuls on the state of Continental Technical 
 
 Instruction. 3/- 
 Report of the Sub-Committee on Technical Education appointed by 
 
 the Society of Arts. 
 Report of the Meeting held in support of the Technical Education 
 
 Movement, at Manchester, Dec. 17, 1869, under the auspices of 
 
 the Society of Arts. 
 Report of the Workmen's Technical Education Committee. Club 
 
 and Institute Union, 150 Strand. 
 The First, Second, Third, and Fourth Reports of the Royal 
 
 Commission on Scientific Instruction and the Advancement of 
 
 Science. 
 On the Assistance afforded by the State to the Advancement of 
 
 Science, a paper read by Lieut.- Col. Strange, F.R.S. at a Con- 
 ference held at the Society of Arts. 
 On the Necessity for a Permanent Commission on State Scientific 
 
 Questions, by Lieut.-Col. A. Strange, F.R.S. ; a paper read at 
 
 the Royal United Service Institution, May 15, 1871. 
 On the Necessity of having a Minister for Science, a Letter to the 
 
 ' Times ' of Feb. 6th, 1874, by Lieut.-Col. A. Strange, F.R.S. 
 
 reproduced in 'Nature' of Feb. 12th, 1874. 
 The Educational Calendar and Scholastic Year Book. 1/4 (Kempster, 
 
 9 & 10 St. Bride's Avenue, Fleet Street.) Affords a summary in- 
 sight in the various Educational Institutions and Organizations 
 
 for Examination. 
 The Revised Code of the Committee of Council on Education. 
 
 Published annually. /2 (Longmans.) 
 Syllabus of Examination for Students in Normal Schools, including 
 
 Copies of the Examination Questions. 
 Science Directory of the Science and Art Department. -/6 
 
 South Kensington Museum.(2) 
 
 (1) All Eeports presented to the House of Commons may be had at 
 Hansard's Office for the sale of Parliamentary Papers, 32 Abingdon 
 Street, S.W. I have found convenient for procuring other official publi- 
 cations, as well as books in general, the agency of Mr. C. Goodman, Book- 
 seller, &c., 407 Strand, W.C. 
 
 (2) All Publications of the Science and Art Department are procurable 
 at the South Kensington Museum, and at the official Publishers, Messrs. 
 Chapman & Hall, 193 Piccadilly, W. 
 
 * 2 
 
xx BOOKS AND PAPERS 
 
 Programme of the Science Examinations at South Kensington (see 
 
 Science Directory). 
 The Questions of passed Examinations are yearly published ; price 
 
 -/3 each. 
 Prospectus of the Examinations for Sir Joseph \Vhitworth's 
 
 Scholarships in Mechanical Science, conducted "by the Science 
 
 Department, South Kensington. -/3 
 Art Directory of the Science and Art Department. -/6 
 A List of Publications issued by the Science and Art Department. 
 
 Free. 
 
 Prospectus of the Eoyal School of Mines, Jermyn Street. 
 Annual Report of the Civil Service Commissioners. Office, Cannon 
 
 Row, Westminister, S.W. 
 
 Regulations of the various Civil Service Examinations. (Ibid.) 
 Prospectus of the Indian Civil Engineering College, Cooper's Hill. 
 Opening Address to the Students of the Indian Civil Engineering 
 
 College, by the Duke of Argyll, Aug. 5th, 1871. 
 Prospectus of the Naval College, Greenwich. 
 The Calendar of the University of London, 4/- (Taylor & Francis. 
 
 Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.) 
 
 Prospectus of the Society of Arts, John Street, Adelphi. 
 Yearly Programme of the Society of Arts Examinations, and 
 
 Examination Papers of passed years. 
 Reports of the Society of Arts Examinations. See the Society's 
 
 Journal. 
 
 Programme of the Oxford Middle-Class Examinations. 
 Programme of the Cambridge Middle-Class Examinations. 
 Calendar and Syllabus of Examinations of the Pharmaceutical 
 
 Society (17 Bloomsbury Square, W.C.) 
 Report to the Owens College Extension Committee. 18G8. 
 Prospectus of the College of Physical Science at Newcastle-on-Tyne, 
 
 affiliated to the University of Durham. 
 Report of the Liverpool School of Science. 
 
 Proposed College of Science in Liverpool. (A Pamphlet obtain- 
 able at the School of Science.) 
 
 Report of the Bristol Diocesan Trade School Society. 
 An Educational Experiment at Keighley in Yorkshire. (Bradford, 
 
 Byles, Printer.) 1872. 
 History of Adult Education by Dr. Hudson. 
 Hints to Mechanics on Self-education (Claxton.) 
 On Primary and Technical Education. Two Lectures, by Dr. 
 
 Lyon Playfair. Edmonston & Douglas, Edinburgh. 1870. 
 Suggestive Hints on Secular Instruction, by Dean Dawes. 
 
FOE EEFEEENCE. xxi 
 
 The Schools for the People, by G. C. T. Bartley. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 1871. 
 
 Transactions of the National Association for the Promotion of 
 Social Science. Annual. Office, 1 Adam Street, Adelphi. 
 
 On Museums for Technical Instruction in the Industrial Arts; a 
 Paper by Thomas Webster, read at the Society of Arts, 14 
 Jan. 1874. 
 
 Inaugural Lecture at the Opening of the Industrial and Techno- 
 logical Museum at Melbourne. 
 
 Technical Training in Belgium, compiled by Oliver le Neve Foster 
 from materials supplied by T. Twining. Society of Arts Journal, 
 Sept, 1st, 1865. 
 
 Brief Outline of the System of Public Instruction in the Nether- 
 lands, by Dr. J. Yeats. 1868. Society of Arts Journal, vol. 
 xvi. p. 284. 
 
 Technical Education in Austria. The Imperial and Koyal 
 Polytechnic Institution of Vienna. Society of Arts Journal 
 Sept. 20, 1867. 
 
 Letter to the Earl of Shaftesbury on " Means for improving the 
 
 Efficiency of British Artisans," by T. Twining. 1851. 
 Notes on the Organization of an Industrial College for Artisans, by 
 
 T. Twining. 1851. 
 Letters on the Condition of the Working Classes of Nassau, by T. 
 
 Twining. London. 1853. 
 Letter on the Technical Training of Artisans, by T. Twining. 
 
 Journal of Society of Arts, Jan. 13th, 1865. 
 Letters on Industrial and Scientific Education, by T.- Twining. 
 
 Journal of the Society of Arts for Dec. 20th and 27th, 1867, and 
 
 Jan. 3rd and 10th, 1868. 
 Science for the People, by T. Twining. Goodman, 407 Strand. 
 
 1870. 
 Preparatory Programme of the National University for Industrial and 
 
 Technical Training, 1871. 
 
 On the Education of Women, by Mrs. Wm. Grey. (Eidgway.) 
 
 1871. l/- 
 Education of Women, a Letter to the *' Times," by Mrs. Wm. Grey. 
 
 Printed separately. -/I. 
 
xxn BOOKS AND PAPERS 
 
 Prospectus of the National Union for the Education of Women. 
 
 Office: 112, Brompton Road. 
 Journal of the Women's Educational Union. -/6 (Chapman & 
 
 Hall.) 
 
 The following Series are sanctioned by the National Female 
 Educational Union, and are published by Eidgway 169 
 Piccadilly, at -/6 each. 
 
 No. 1. On the special requirements for improving the Edu- 
 cation of Girls, by Mrs. Wm. Grey. 
 No. 2. Are we to have Education for our Middle-class Girls? 
 
 by Mary Gurney. 
 
 No. 3. The Work of the National Union, by Emily Shirreff. 
 No. 4. The Importance of the Training of the Teacher, by 
 
 Joseph Payne. 
 
 Education of Girls and Employment of Women, by Dr. Hodgson. 
 Prospectus of the Ladies' Educational Association in connection 
 
 with University College, Gower Street, London. 
 The Prospectus of the Queen's Institute for Females. Dublin. 
 
 In French. 
 
 Les Ouvriers Europeens. Etudes sur les travaux, la vie domesti- 
 que et la condition morale des^ populations ouvrieres de 
 1'Europe, par M. F. Le Play. Large Folio. Paris. 1855. 
 
 (Printed at the Imperial Press.) 
 
 Les Ouvriers des deux Mondes. A series of octavo volumes 
 published by the "Societe internationale des Etudes Prati- 
 ques d'!Economie Sociale," in continuation of the researches 
 recorded by M. F. Le Play in his great work * Les Ouvriers 
 Europeens.' (Guillaumin et C ie .) Paris. 
 
 Enquete sur 1'Enseignement Professionnel, ou Eecueil de De- 
 positions faites en 1863 et 1864 devant la Commission de 
 1'Enseignement Professionnel sous la Presidence de son Exc. 
 M. Behic. 
 
 It contains in two Quarto Volumes a vast amount of valuable 
 information concerning Institutions for Industrial Education in 
 France, Germany, Switzerland, and England, with Synoptical 
 Tables, Plans, &c., the whole preceded by a Report to the Emperor 
 by M. E. Eouher. Printed at the Imperial Press. Paris, 1865. 
 
FOE REFERENCE. xxni 
 
 Annales du Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers. 
 
 Bulletins de la Ligue de 1'Enseignement, Association pour la 
 
 Propagation et le perfectionnement de 1'Education et de 
 
 I'lnstruction en Belgique. Secretaire General, M. Ch. Buls, 
 
 103 Rue du March e aux Herbes. Bruxelles. 
 Projet d'Organisation de 1'Enseignement populaire adopte par le 
 
 Conseil General de la Ligue de 1'Enseignement dans sa 
 
 Seance du 18 Juillet 1871. Bruxelles. 
 Prospectus et Dispositions Reglementaires de la Maison de Melle 
 
 Lez - Gand, Belgique, Institution Litteraire, Scientifique, 
 
 Commerciale et Industrielle, sous la direction des Josephites. 
 Programme des Cours de la Maison de Melle Lez- Gand, Belgique. 
 Notice stir les Collections Scientifiques, et sur le Musea com- 
 
 mercial-industriel de la Maison de Melle Lez-Gand, Belgique. 
 Bulletin de 1'Ecole Industrielle et Litteraire de Verviers, Belgique. 
 
 In German. 
 
 Pedagogic Annals of the Year 1872, for the Schoolmasters of 
 Germany and Switzerland, elaborated and edited by the late 
 August Liiben of Bremen, in conjunction with Bartholemai, 
 Dittes, Gottschalk, Lehr, Oberlander, Richter, Schlegel, 
 Schulze, and Zimmermann. 25th year. Published by Brand- 
 stetter, Leipzig, 1874. 
 This book, together with the advertisements appended, affords 
 
 a comprehensive view of the Works used for, or treating of, Popular 
 
 Instruction in Germany and Switzerland. 
 
 A Reading and Class Book for Industrial Advanced Schools, 
 elaborated on behalf of the Central Committee of the Swiss 
 Teachers' Association, by Friedrich Autenheimer, Principal 
 of the Industrial School at Basle, with Woodcuts. (H. Am- 
 berger, Basle, 1870.) 
 This Book gives a good idea of the average attainments of the 
 
 Swiss Industrial Classes. 
 
 The " Bildungs-Verein " (Intellectual Improvement Association). 
 A weekly periodical, being the central organ of intellectual 
 improvement in Germany, and at the same time the Official 
 Journal of the " Society for the Diffusion of Popular Instruc- 
 tion," and of the Institutions connected with it. Edited by 
 Dr. Franz Leibing, 39 Kothener-strasse, Berlin. 
 
xxiv WOBKS OF BEFEBENCK 
 
 This paper affords a lively picture of the progress made by the 
 Industrial Classes of Germany through attendance at Schools of 
 Improvement organized in all parts of the country ; a movement 
 mainly due to the exertions of Dr. Leibing. The "Bildungs- 
 Verein " may also be referred to for Technological and other 
 Publications suited for the Libraries of Industrial Institutes. 
 Draft of Regulations for Improvement Associations (Industrial 
 Institutes) with advice for their Organization. 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUCTION SYSTEMA- 
 TIZED. NECESSITY FOR A CENTRAL 
 TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 
 
 SECTION 1.-THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF 
 THE FUTURE. 
 
 THE general Educational Requirements of the Country 
 can only be satisfactorily met by combining in mutual 
 support, as harmonious parts of one great system, the 
 various institutions best calculated to train each portion 
 of the Community to the full enjoyment of its resources, 
 and to the satisfactory fulfilment of its duties/ 1 ) 
 
 Of course in a Country where so many educational 
 institutions already exist, and claim respect for their 
 good points or veneration for their past services, where 
 the ground is held by deep-rooted customs, and where 
 vested interests are ever ready to defend their own, 
 the most desirable reforms might be endangered by 
 urging them on too fast, and it would be worse than 
 
 (1) Eespecting the absence of system, forethought, and Scientific 
 Principle, which has hitherto prevailed in educational matters in this 
 Country, it may suffice to quote John Scott Kussell, who, in his ' Systematic 
 
 Technical Education,' page 436, says : " We want the chaos of 
 
 existing education to be rendered orderly, organized, and systematic," and 
 the Reports of the School Commissioners who pronounce onr English 
 Education not a " System " but a " Chaos." 
 
 V 
 
2 THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM [CHAP. I. 
 
 futile to attempt any sudden transition to a perfect 
 state of educational organization. But what can be 
 done, is to devise in conformity with the suggestions 
 of past experience and present knowledge, the main 
 outlines of the EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF THE FUTURE. 
 Many portions of this vast scheme may be carried out 
 forthwith, and blend the vigorous activity of new 
 institutions with the tried energy of existing ones. 
 Other portions will be developed as circumstances may 
 permit, and provided all parties and persuasions can 
 be induced to work harmoniously together as far as 
 concurrent views allow, bending their interests to the 
 common weal, we shall rapidly realise a Systematic 
 Educational Organization fraught with the welfare of 
 future generations/ 1 ) 
 
 Let our present purpose be to consider what part 
 should be assigned to the TECHNICAL ELEMENT in this 
 great movement, and how the progressive development 
 of our Industrial Prosperity may be ensured by sys- 
 tematically uniting the best and most fruitful influences 
 of Science and Art, inventive ingenuity and practical 
 cleverness, and by effectually diffusing these elements 
 of success throughout the education of the various 
 classes on whose intelligent and united exertions that 
 prosperity depends/ 2 ) And first of all let us follow the 
 career of the Artisan as it were from the cradle upwards, 
 that we can best take note of all educational measures 
 
 (1) "The whole national Teaching must be one complete organized 
 whole, or it will prove waste and failure." 'Systematic Technical 
 Education/ page 436. 
 
 (2) " The time is not far distant when Science and manipulative skill 
 must be joined together." HTJMBOLDT. 
 
 " The nation most quickly promoting the intellectual development of its 
 industrial population, must advance as surely as the country neglecting it 
 must inevitably retrograde." LIEBIG. 
 
SECT. 2.] OF THE FUTURE. 3 
 
 tending directly or indirectly to his improvement. 
 It is thus that we shall best arrive at a clear idea of a 
 National System of Industrial Instruction, culminating 
 in a Central Technical University. 
 
 SECTION 2.-PRIMARY EDUCATION. 
 
 Success in manhood is greatly dependent on the 
 care bestowed in developing and tempering the mind 
 at an early age, and the way to improvement in 
 Industrial Instruction must be prepared by measures 
 establishing the Primary Education of the People on 
 sound principles, so as to present a foundation at 
 once broad and secure for any future intellectual 
 superstructure. 
 
 The present generation is through ignorance of 
 Nature's Laws continually transgressing them, and 
 paying the penalty of it. The rising generation must 
 be saved from this, by being trained to understand 
 the plain interpretation of those Laws, which Natural 
 Science supplies for our benefit. It is of vital import- 
 ance, individually and nationally, that even the son 
 of the LABOURER should sufficiently understand himself 
 and his surroundings, to know what is good for him ; 
 and as he is to be dependent on the produce of his 
 toil, it is essential that his intelligence should be so 
 leavened with the " Rationale of Common Things/' as 
 to enable him to do cleverly what he undertakes, 
 suiting his actions to his purpose and his living to 
 his means. A small amount of Science well applied, 
 may make a considerable difference in the duration 
 of a man's life, and a still greater difference in his 
 happiness. 
 
 B 2 
 
4 PEIMAE Y ED UCA TION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 I will not fill pages with an enumeration of the 
 blunders committed and evils incurred by Working Men 
 and their Families in the ordinary routine of Daily 
 Life, and this simply through the want of a good insight 
 into the requirements of the human frame, into the 
 nature of the resources and dangers which surround it, 
 and into the manner of dealing with these respectively. 
 The value of such a guiding insight for all classes, and 
 especially for those who depend on their health and 
 strength for their earnings, and on their own knowledge 
 and intelligence for a good use of them, is too obvious to 
 require lengthy arguments. Equally obvious is it that 
 fallacious guidance would be worse than no guidance 
 at all. Thoroughly sound as well as thoroughly prac- 
 tical must that knowledge be, which is to act as helms- 
 man at all times and in all weathers, and nothing could 
 make it such but a genuine and methodical Scientific 
 Training. 
 
 It is not any single Science, though ever so com- 
 pletely mastered, that could serve the purpose ; not 
 even Chemistry itself, the Queen of Sciences. If we 
 investigate the circumstances of a Working Man's 
 condition, his inward temperament, and the little world 
 of facts, influences and contingencies with which he is 
 more immediately surrounded, we find here Chemistry 
 required to help him in his daily struggle, there Physics 
 equally indispensable ; then, more frequently still, an 
 amalgamation of the two is necessary, whilst every- 
 where Physiology must be at his elbow, and occasion- 
 ally Natural History has a word to say. 
 
 At first one is startled at the mass of information 
 apparently required ; but on close examination one finds 
 that only the fundamental facts and simplest principles 
 of these various Sciences are absolutely necessary, or 
 
SECT. 2,] PRIMARY EDUCATION. 5 
 
 at all events that with these a large majority of the 
 obstacles which beset the Working Man may be over- 
 come, provided he possesses naturally, or has acquired 
 through training, the faculty, and what is more the 
 habit and the inclination, of thinking logically and 
 quickly, of putting two and two together, and his 
 shoulder to the wheel. One finds that the Physics he 
 requires do not necessarily involve any difficult mathe- 
 matical problems, that his modicum of Chemistry leaves 
 untouched considerably more than one-half of the ele- 
 mentary bodies, and a vastly greater proportion of the 
 compound ones, that the long list of organic serials 
 and substitutionals, may be ignored, that for him a 
 starch need not be " the oxygen ether, or the anhydride, 
 of a polyglucosic alcohol of a high order," C 1 ) nor the 
 natural fats and oils " tribasic ethers of the triatomic 
 alcohol glycerin, "( 2 ) and that he can even learn what he 
 most wants, without symbols, equivalents or algebraical 
 notations. 
 
 It is on investigations and conclusions like these, 
 tested and confirmed by practical trials of the most 
 conclusive character, that is based the methodical selec- 
 tion of scientific Knowledge, elementary and applied, 
 which will be frequently adverted to in the present 
 Treatise under the title of " The Science of Daily Life." 
 A full Syllabus will be given in Chapter IV., and in 
 the mean time it may suffice to say that : 
 
 FIRSTLY the ELEMENTARY DIVISION embraces 
 the most essential elements of Mechanical Physics, 
 Chemical Physics, Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, 
 a few outlines of Natural History, and a toler- 
 
 (1) See Fownes' ' Chemistry (Churchills), 10th edition, page 684. 
 
 (2) Miller's ' Organic Chemistry ' (Longmans), 4th edition, page 287. 
 
6 PRIMARY EDUCATION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 ably comprehensive sketch of Human Anatomy and 
 Physiology. 
 
 SECONDLY the APPLIED DIVISION reviews in regular 
 succession, the applications of these branches of Science 
 to the various departments of Household and Health 
 Economy, making manifest the principles which should 
 prevail in the construction and furnishing of Dwellings, 
 assigning their proper value to the various articles and 
 appliances used for Clothing, Food, Warming, Lighting, 
 and Cleanliness, and explaining as far as necessary their 
 origin or manufacture, introducing the best means of 
 Safety from Harm and Accident, and in short can- 
 vassing the most essential requirements of Public, Do- 
 mestic, Personal, and Industrial Hygiene. 
 
 It will be seen by the detailed account given in 
 Chapter III. of the circumstances which led to the 
 adoption of this standard range, of the manner in 
 which I have been induced to embody the Elementary 
 part of it in a Course of Nine Familiar Lectures, and of 
 the unexpected earnestness with which. this methodical 
 instruction has been accepted year after year by varied 
 audiences, including some of the humblest classes of 
 the Working Population in some of the least cultivated 
 parts of the Metropolis, that the apprehensions raised 
 by previous experiments, perhaps less carefully made, 
 were groundless, and that the gulf supposed to exist 
 between Science and the Popular Mind was in great 
 part imaginary. Let Elementary Science be carefully 
 selected, arranged in a methodical and progressive 
 sequence, expressed in plain English, and attractively 
 illustrated, and it will obtain ready appreciation even 
 
SECT. 2. 1 PEIMAEY EDUCATION. 7 
 
 among the most illiterate ranks of the Sons of Toil, 
 provided they be continually made to feel that the 
 knowledge they are imbibing is fraught with practical 
 and tangible benefits, and that there is something in 
 this exposition of the resources opened by nature to 
 the wise, that lifts their thoughts in pleasing emotion 
 towards Him from whom all blessings proceed. 
 
 Though peculiarly favourable opportunities had for 
 many years attracted my chief attention to the economic 
 side of Industrial Life, I had never, in devising the 
 manner in which a Working Man could best spend his 
 wages, forgotten that he must first earn them. In fact 
 nearly a quarter of a century ago, and before the forma- 
 tion of my Economic Museum had led me to analyze the 
 requirements and resources of a Working Man's Home, 
 I had occupied myself with those of the Workshop. 
 It was therefore natural that having ascertained the 
 scientific studies required for understanding the rationale 
 of Home Comforts, I should revolve in my mind the pos- 
 sibility of making those same studies subserve the pur- 
 pose of Technical Training ; well knowing that the 
 saving of Time and Teaching Power effected by double- 
 acting instruction might for artisan students render 
 practicable what would otherwise be Utopian. I was 
 delighted to find that the more I looked into this ques- 
 tion, the more evident it became that the range of 
 knowledge constituting the SCIENCE OF DAILY LIFE, 
 was as good as any that could be devised for serving as a 
 GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION to Technical Studies. 
 It may be seen by the heads of subjects mentioned 
 above, and still better by the detailed Syllabus in 
 Chapter IV., that the Elementary Division of that 
 knowledge forms a preparatory compendium of the 
 branches of natural Science most essentially involved in 
 
8 PEIMAEY EDUCATION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 Technical Studies, whilst the Applied Division, affording 
 as it does in a familiar way an insight into the most 
 important manufacturing processes connected with Do- 
 mestic Economy, teaches just that amount of general 
 Technology which is necessary for preventing special 
 Technical Studies from becoming narrow and cramped. 
 These explanations will sufficiently account for my 
 using the expressions, " Science of Daily Life," and 
 " General Scientific Foundation," as nearly synony- 
 mous ; the former in reference to the general improve- 
 ment of the condition of the Working Classes, the latter 
 in special reference to Technical Training. 
 
 The next question that presented itself to my mind 
 was the following : this knowledge so pregnant with 
 elevating principles, so useful for a twofold purpose, 
 and which in the form of Familiar Lectures has for 
 several years been so attentively listened to in various 
 parts of the Metropolis by audiences admitted with 
 open doors, and including in many instances minds 
 that were, as far as educational culture is concerned, 
 in comparative childhood^ 1 ) would it not be feasible to 
 propagate this knowledge far more extensively among 
 the rising generation of the Sons of Toil, as a part of 
 their School Education ?( 2 ) In my own mind this ques- 
 tion has long been answered in the affirmative, and I 
 feel no diffidence in saying so, seeing that the principle 
 of infusing Science into the minds of Children is dis- 
 tinctly advocated in the Second Report of H.M. Com- 
 
 (1) See Chapter III. Sect. 4. 
 
 (2) Dr. Lyon Playfair gives in a note to p. 38 of his Lectures on Primary 
 and Technical Education, a highly interesting Summary of the instruction 
 provided by the Messageries Imper idles of France, for the Children of the 
 Men in their employ. It includes among other subjects, " Man's duty to 
 God, his fellow-creatures, and himself; the Elements of applied Physics ; 
 Industrial Chemistry ; Industrial Mechanics ; the rudiments of Sanitary 
 Science, and Gymnastics." 
 
SECT. 2.] PRIMARY ED UCATION. 9 
 
 missioners " On Scientific Instruction and the Advance- 
 ment of Science," which contains the following 
 
 " BECOMMENDATIONS/ 1 ) 
 
 " I. We recommend, as regards the elder children 
 in the Elementary Schools, that the teaching of such 
 rudiments of Physical Science as we have previously 
 indicated, should receive more substantial encourage- 
 ment than is given in the Regulations of the New 
 Code. 
 
 " II. We recommend, as regards the younger child- 
 ren, that Her Majesty's Inspectors should be directed 
 to satisfy themselves that such elementary lessons are 
 given as would prepare these children for the more 
 advanced instruction which will follow. 
 
 " III. We recommend that the mode of instruction 
 of Pupil Teachers ; the conditions of admission to Train- 
 ing Colleges; the duration of the course of study in 
 them ; and the syllabus of subjects taught, should be 
 so modified as to provide for the instruction of students 
 in the elements of Physical Science." 
 
 The task of enabling the Training Colleges to provide 
 suitable Teachers, is of paramount importance, and 
 will be taken up further on as constituting one of the 
 essential features of the proposed System ; but for 
 
 (1) It is not generally known how much the Country is indebted to 
 Lieut.-Colonel A. Strange, F.K.S., for originating at the Meeting of the 
 British Association at Norwich, in August 1868, and advocating at 
 the Society of Arts, in March 1870, the important movement of which 
 the furtherance has been entrusted to the above-named Eoyal Commission 
 consisting of the Duke of Devonshire, Marquess of Lansdowne, Sir John 
 Lubbock, Sir James Phillips Kay-Shuttleworth, Bernhard Samuelson, 
 Esq., William Sharpey, F.R.S., Thomas Henry Huxley, F.K.S., William 
 Allen Miller, F.K.S., and George Gabriel Stokes, F.E.S. Henry John 
 Stephen Smith, M.A., has since been appointed to succeed Dr. Miller 
 deceased. J. Norman Lockyer, F.R.S., is Secretary to the Commission. 
 
10 PRIMARY EDUCATION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 the present let us confine our attention to the manner 
 in which the scientific element might be introduced in 
 the Primary Schools of the People. 
 
 Many of the visible and tangible features or pro- 
 perties of COMMON OBJECTS, which children at an early 
 age are found capable of noticing and retaining, may 
 advantageously be amalgamated with illustrations of 
 simple scientific facts, and worked into a kind of visual 
 entertainment or show, in small progressive parts, 
 which will be all the better remembered for being 
 mixed up with anecdote and fun. These properties 
 and facts may further be impressed, whenever oppor- 
 tunities present themselves, or can be created, by ex- 
 citing little curiosities which Science may be made to 
 satisfy, and by raising little difficulties which Science 
 may be made to overcome : in short, every available 
 means should be pressed into the service for render- 
 ing the instruction visible and tangible, impressive 
 and entertaining, and making Scientific Lessons a 
 boon and a treat, never a bore. Evidence is supplied 
 by many existing Schools and especially those con- 
 ducted on the Pestalozzian system, as to the capability 
 of children for learning things demonstrated visibly 
 and tangibly, vastly better than those which are matters 
 of thought or memory, and especially things of which 
 they see the purpose or enjoy the zest, far better than 
 those which they only know to be deserving of atten- 
 tion because they are told so/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) Excellent indications for the early infusion of scientific notions in 
 Children's minds, are afforded by the Dean of Hereford's (Rev. R. Dawes, 
 M.A.) ' Suggestive Hints on Secular Instruction.' His admirable exer- 
 tions at the King's Somborne School will be ever gratefully remembered 
 by the friends of intellectual progress ; and it is to be regretted that the 
 same tact and discrimination have not been exercised by certain advocates 
 of the introduction of Science Teaching in Elementary Schools, whose 
 exaggerated proposals are only calculated to injure the cause. 
 
SECT. 2.] PRIMAEY EDUCATION. 11 
 
 After a time the properties and facts, which were 
 before matters of opportunity, may be renewed in con- 
 nected sequence, and separated into groups belonging 
 to distinct Sciences, of which the names will now be 
 introduced. When the ELEMENTARY KNOWLEDGE is 
 sufficiently consolidated, the Teacher will pass on to 
 the APPLIED KNOWLEDGE, still proceeding on the same 
 thoughtful plan of creating a spontaneous absorption of 
 intellectual matter into the brain, instead of the old 
 method of forcible injection/ 1 ) Thus by the expiration 
 of the PRIMARY PERIOD, say by the conclusion of the 
 12th year of age, he may succeed in storing the minds 
 of his pupils, if not with a very notable, yet with a 
 very serviceable amount of genuine knowledge/ 2 ) 
 
 I reckon that these Rudiments of the Science of 
 Daily Life will be duly supplied to schools in the form 
 of appropriate Text Books, but the judicious use of these 
 as regards the distinctions to be made between Boys and 
 Girls, and other particulars, must necessarily form part 
 of the special training of Elementary Teachers alluded 
 to in the above " Kecommendations." On many points 
 their judgment will be called into action, and it will 
 be their duty to exercise considerable discrimination 
 
 (1) I was told not long ago by a person who in his youth had passed 
 through both methods, that what had profited him intellectually more 
 than all the rest of his schooling, was a series of oral lessons delivered in 
 an interesting way by a Teacher whom infirm health obliged to call the 
 Boys to his bed-side. 
 
 (2) I am perfectly aware of the harm done to the cause of Popular Edu- 
 cation by proposals for too comprehensive and indiscriminate a selection, 
 and too advanced a treatment of scientific subjects, but it will be shown 
 in Chapter III. Section 3, that what is here described as a serviceable 
 amount of knowledge, has been proved by actual experiment to be 
 susceptible not only of being adapted to the perception of uncultivated 
 minds, but also of being condensed within the compass of a Lecture a 
 week for one short season; so that a competent Teacher would have 
 comparatively easy work by spreading it over the whole period of 
 Elementary Schooling. 
 
1 2 PEIMAEY ED UCA TION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 and forethought, carefully considering what, in view of 
 the probable condition and occupations of the children, 
 will be most likely to render them essential service, 
 and what can be made lively and interesting, and may 
 have a chance of being understood and retained. What 
 however they should prize and foster more than any 
 amount of facts and precepts stored up in the memory, 
 is a ready ability to bring them to bear on the right 
 purpose at the right time. It is through common sense 
 and presence of mind, that Scientific Knowledge be- 
 comes actually and effectively the SCIENCE OF DAILY 
 LIFE ; ever thoughtful, vigilant and active, ever ready 
 to secure a legitimate benefit or to avert an injury ; 
 having a word of advice for every difficulty, and a 
 word of comfort for every mishap ; a trusty guide at 
 all times, and a true friend in the hour of need. 
 
 I omit all details as to the manner in which the 
 present routine of Primary Schools may best be accom- 
 modated to the introduction of the new subjects. This 
 is a matter not free from difficulty, but I am consoled by 
 a prospect of its being in excellent hands/ 1 ) Already, 
 
 (1) For information respecting Improvements in the organization of 
 Primary Schools for the children of the People, the comparison of results 
 obtained at small district Schools, and at large amalgamated Schools, and 
 also the results obtained by the Half-time System, and other contrivances 
 for an improved application of Teaching Power, see G. C. T. Bartley's 
 ' Schools for the People,' and various Papers on Primary Instruction by 
 Edwin Chadwick, C.R, and other eminent Educationalists, in the Journal 
 of the Society of Arts. I would particularly draw attention to the number 
 of that Journal for the 13th of August, 1869, containing the following 
 Notice of a Parliamentary Motion by Dr. Lyon Playfair, of which the 
 importance can only be appreciated by those who have looked into the 
 practical working of the capitation system under the Kevised Code. 
 " That in any scheme for National Education, the Revised Code should 
 not limit State aid in elementary schools to the subjects of reading, 
 writing, and arithmetic, but should also offer inducements for the study 
 of such subjects of elementary Science and Art, as bear upon the occu- 
 pations of the people, and tend to the advancement of industry." 
 
SECT. 2.] PEIMAE Y ED UCA TION. 1 3 
 
 thanks to the exertions of enlightened educationalists, 
 and the examples of judicious reform crowned with the 
 most gratifying success, men's minds are expanding 
 with a conviction that children's minds are also capable 
 of expansion. In proportion as common sense takes 
 the place of prejudice, and that kind of information 
 comes into favour which may best help the Working 
 Man to help himself, and honestly to make his way in 
 the world, room will be provided for the said informa- 
 tion by the omission of all that is of questionable 
 utility .t 1 ) Moreover the art of imparting knowledge 
 and of school management in general is undergoing 
 improvements proportionate to the extent to which its 
 importance has been recognized, and it may be hoped 
 that the time is not far distant when all classes of 
 society will practically receive the benefit of the modern 
 educational principles which were thus theoretically 
 described in 1862 : " To instil religious and moral 
 instruction in such a manner as to pervade all the 
 actions, sentiments, and circumstances of life ; to 
 supersede as much as possible the mere drilling of 
 the mind by labour without intrinsic purpose ; to 
 train the intellect in natural and healthy develop- 
 ment by an easy concatenation of ideas, husbanding 
 the powers of the youthful brain, carefully directing 
 them according to capabilities and prospective require- 
 ments, and teaching to make an intelligent use of the 
 knowledge acquired. Finally, to couple physical with 
 mental hygiene, and to realise the motto, ' Mens sana 
 in cor pore sano.' " ( 2 > 
 
 (1) For valuable hints in this direction, I may refer to the speeches at 
 Educational Meetings held by the Society of Arts, and especially to those 
 of the Eev. W. Eogers, whose authority in such matters is undeniable. 
 
 (2) See ' Handbook of Economic Literature,' page 7, where a note is 
 appended to the following effect: "It is perhaps worthy of remark 
 
14 PRIMARY EDUCATION. [CHAP. I. 
 
 Though in most country districts it is very difficult 
 to obtain the attendance at School of the son of the 
 Labourer beyond 12 years of age, which may be 
 considered as the conclusion of the ordinary Primary 
 Period, actual examples have proved that it is not too 
 much to assume that Boys intended to become Artisans, 
 may have the benefit of a Secondary Period up to 14, 
 arid we may venture to hope that this very capable 
 interval will allow of such a further improvement and 
 consolidation of the Scientific Knowledge previously 
 acquired, as to make it serve as a substantial Scientific 
 Foundation for subsequent Technical Studies. W At all 
 events we may reckon that by the time he is transferred 
 from the School to the Workshop, he will have acquired 
 a sufficient perception of the usefulness of Science, to 
 love it heartily, and to be determined to turn to good ac- 
 count any opportunities for regular and earnest study, 
 offered him in the course of his Apprenticeship. 
 
 that this system appears to be making more progress in the schools of 
 the Working Classes than in those of higher pretensions. This may in 
 some measure be explained by the consideration that as the poor have 
 neither the power nor the desire to interfere with the instruction bounti- 
 fully provided for their children, it has happily fallen into the hands of a 
 few eminent men specially qualified by the study of educational science, 
 as well as by enlightened views and Christian benevolence ; whereas among 
 the rich, the education of the children is influenced by the notions of the 
 parents who pay for it, and these have hitherto been remarkably slow to 
 patronize improvement in educational methods and appliances." The 
 reason of this is tolerably obvious : every mind has a good opinion of 
 itself, and of the process by which it has become what it is. 
 
 (1) Foreign Educational systems are in many localities so far ahead of 
 our own, that I scarcely like to use them as points of comparison ; I may 
 however refer for a variety of suggestive details to the School Kegulations 
 respectively adopted by the more advanced of the Swiss Cantons. 
 
SECT. 3.] APPRENTICESHIP. 15 
 
 SECTION 3.-APPRENTICESHIP. 
 
 There can be no question as to the value for technical 
 training, of a good system of Apprenticeship/ 1 ) but at 
 the same time no one deniss the grievous defects of the 
 present system, both as regards the provisions of the 
 Law, and the customary manner of carrying them out, 
 not to say of neglecting them altogether. Yet this 
 subject does not seem to have received its fair share of 
 the attention bestowed of late on educational matters, 
 and there is still an opening for those who can favour 
 us with practical suggestions on the following and other 
 similar points : 
 
 a. Antiquated and anomalous condition of many 
 laws and enactments relating to Apprenticeship, framed 
 in industrial and social times essentially differing from 
 our own. 
 
 b. Grounds for dissatisfaction on the part of the 
 Master. 
 
 c. More frequent causes for legitimate complaint on 
 the part of the Apprentice and his friends. 
 
 I have reason to believe that the latter category of 
 grievances are frequent items among the cases brought 
 before the Justices of the Peace, and to these therefore 
 
 (1) " I have the strongest feeling against any attempt to substitute 
 collegiate teaching for practical apprenticeship." Prof. FLEEMING JENKIN 
 at the Meeting of the British Association in August 1871. 
 
16 APPRENTICESHIP. [CHAP. I. 
 
 we might look for much valuable information in this 
 matter. It appears that the chief causes of dissatis- 
 faction and dispute are : a. That there is not any 
 suitable criterion by which persons, and especially poor 
 and illiterate persons desirous of apprenticing a lad, 
 can safely judge of the abilities and trustworthiness 
 of the Master to whom they think of confiding him. 
 I wish to lay particular stress on this point, because 
 the proposed system will be found to provide a remedy. 
 b. That the Master seeks too much his own profit, em- 
 ploying the lad on errands or other desultory work, to 
 the detriment of his technical progress, to say nothing 
 of his physical comfort and moral improvement, c. 
 That Masters who undertake to teach a Trade, fre- 
 quently know or practise only certain branches of it. 
 d. That Masters are apt to show a kind of jealousy 
 of communicating to a clever Apprentice, the whole 
 amount of their own knowledge and ability/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) The following observations are borrowed from my ' Letters on the 
 Condition of the Working Classes of Nassau/ printed for distribution in 
 1853, as a " Eeport to the Council of the Society of Arts." 
 
 As far as I have been able to ascertain, serious disagreements be- 
 tween Masters and Apprentices are less frequent in Germany than with 
 us. This is partly referable to the fact that the incompetency of the 
 Master, which is so frequent a cause of complaint in England, is in some 
 measure obviated in Germany by the Examination which must be under- 
 gone before an Artisan can settle anywhere as a Master, and take charge 
 of Apprentices. In all cases redress is facilitated by the practice of 
 paying the stipulated sum ly instalments, so that one-third or one-half 
 of the amount stands over till the conclusion of the term. If an Appren- 
 tice has just cause of complaint, he is released by the local authorities 
 from further obligations towards his Master, and his friends from further 
 payment. 
 
 The question of the number of years that should be allowed for Appren- 
 ticeships in the various Trades, is one which cannot satisfactorily be 
 discussed till many other points have been settled ; but I may mention 
 that in the Duchy of Nassau, the term for ordinary Trades, such as those 
 of the Shoemaker, Tailor, Joiner, Baker, &c., is, or at least used to be, 
 three years ; except when the term of four years was agreed upon, without 
 payment, the work of the Apprentice in the last year being expected to 
 
SECT. 3.] APPRENTICESHIP. 17 
 
 It will be seen as we proceed, that the proposed 
 System is calculated to obviate nearly all these causes 
 of complaint, connecting the respective positions of 
 the Master and his Apprentice, by every appropriate 
 guarantee of reciprocal services and mutual satisfac- 
 tion. Should the proposed measures prove ineffectual for 
 restoring solidity to a dilapidated Institution, they will 
 greatly facilitate ultimately dispensing with it, but I 
 am hopeful of its restoration. Generally speaking, 
 when a practice, of which the main principle is in- 
 trinsically good, has acquired a certain hold on the 
 Population, one must endeavour to take advantage 
 of this circumstance, without however neglecting any 
 new resources that may become available. 
 
 Though I must leave for the following Chapters 
 the educational measures to be connected with 
 Apprenticeship, I may here mention two points of 
 a somewhat separate character which claim urgent 
 attention : Istly. The necessity for a careful revision 
 of the laws relating to Apprenticeship, some of 
 which are absolutely at variance with modern ideas. 
 2ndly. The desirableness of securing to. the Ap- 
 prentice a moral protection and guidance similar to 
 those afforded in other countries, by Institutions of 
 patronage watching over his interests, lending him a 
 helping hand, and anxious to keep him in the right 
 path. Happily a most favourable prospect is opened 
 both in a legislative and a paternal direction, through 
 the laudable desire manifested by our Guilds and 
 Corporations, fully to reassert their antique and 
 honourable privilege of being the pioneers of Corn- 
 form an equivalent. Even for the more difficult Trades, such as those of 
 the Watchmaker, Mechanician, Lithographer, &c., the term of Apprentice- 
 ship did not exceed four years. 
 
 C 
 
18 APPRENTICESHIP. [CHAP. I. 
 
 mercial Progress, and the enlightened and liberal 
 Guardians of Technical Industry/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) See the ' City Companies and their Early History/ obtainable at the 
 Society of Arts, John Street, Adelphi, 1874. 
 
 The following extracts are from an excellent article on Technical Edu- 
 cation in France, borrowed from the ' Pall Mall Gazette ' by the ' Journal 
 of the Society of Arts,' for October 3rd, 1873. 
 
 Istly. As regards the patronage of apprentices by the Corporations of 
 the olden time ; and the state of things resulting from their indiscriminate 
 abolition : 
 
 " The old guilds, with their antiquated rules, and their rage for public 
 banqueting, were not perhaps progressive bodies ; but in their own 
 rough way they kept an eye on apprentices, reproved and even punished 
 the masters who were remiss in instructing them, and maintained 
 among -the apprentices themselves a wholesome emulation by means of 
 frequent examinations, badges, and money prizes. There were, in fact, 
 trade degrees like those in a university,; and an apprentice, however 
 rich he might be, could only become a master and set up shop after 
 having obtained three certificates of proficiency. The first was bestowed 
 after two years of apprenticeship ; the second with a coloured badge, at 
 the end of the fifth year ; and the third with a silver badge, when the 
 
 apprenticeship was concluded in a brilliant manner In the 
 
 guild times care was taken that every tradesman who accepted appren- 
 tices should be thoroughly qualified to teach them. Nowadays, no 
 qualification being needed, it is naturally the most incapable tradesmen 
 who are keenest in trying to secure apprentices by low premiums. 
 They take in a boy as pupil and treat him as a servant, send him out to 
 carry parcels, make him sweep the shop, wash up plates and dishes, and 
 let him pick up many more bad habits than good lessons." 
 
 2ndly. As to proposed Technical Schools : 
 
 " Apprentice schools, of which two are being founded, one at Havre 
 and the other at La Vilette, in Paris, purpose to cope with this state of 
 things by giving boys a trade education at a cost but little higher than 
 that of the primary education in communal schools. The special aptitudes 
 of boys will be taken to account, and the mechanics set to teach them 
 will be the best that can be procured; the boys will also be admitted 
 very young, so that their training may begin two or three years earlier 
 than a usual apprenticeship. Originally, the committee of gentlemen 
 who started this scheme intended to manage the schools privately by the 
 aid of voluntary contributions ; but the Havre and Paris town councils 
 having taken the whole plan under their patronage, and voted funds for 
 the support of the schools, it is probable that the first scheme will be 
 much extended, and that a special school will eventually be set apart 
 for each sort of handicraft." 
 
 As an encouraging example of an English Trade School, I may draw 
 attention to the admirable one at Bristol, so deservedly eulogized by the 
 late Canon Moseley, and more recently by Sir John Pakington. 
 
SECT. 4.1 INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICES, ETC. 19 
 
 SECTION 4-INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICES 
 AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL.(i) 
 
 It is of great industrial importance that the Appren- 
 tice should enjoy all reasonable facilities for attending 
 Evening Classes or Lectures, and this equally applies 
 to Working Men in general, who, for want of the op- 
 portunities now sought to be established, have hitherto 
 remained under the mark in Scientific Knowledge, and 
 who will at all times be benefited by Instruction of the 
 right sort given in a suitable manner. 
 
 Looking around us from this Stand-point, what do 
 we perceive ? As regards the Arts of Design, thanks 
 to the systematic organization of Art Teaching origi- 
 nated through the valuable exertions of Mr. Henry 
 Cole, and of which the Art Schools at South Ken- 
 sington form the centre, their mode of diffusion leaves 
 little to desire that may not easily be accomplished by 
 the proposed movement. As regards Science for the 
 
 (1) Since this Section was written, I have had the pleasure of seeing its 
 arguments derive authoritative support from the Fourth Eeport of Her 
 Majesty's Commissioners on Scientific Instruction, &c., the concluding 
 paragraphs of which enunciate the following conclusions : 
 
 " That the diffusion among the people of a general knowledge of science 
 is in itself an object of great importance, and that, in particular, an ac- 
 quaintance with the manner in which abstract science is brought to bear 
 upon industrial occupations is of the greatest moment to the working 
 classes of this country, not merely as tending directly to increase the 
 skill of the artisan in his handicraft, but as the best means of awakening 
 his intelligence, by forcing him to reflect upon the general laws which are 
 exemplified by the processes with which he is familiar in his daily life. 
 
 That no real advancement of knowledge and none of the higher benefits 
 from science as educational discipline are to be hoped for from merely 
 general and occasional scientific instruction, whether it be derived from 
 books or from lectures, but that such advancement and benefits will result 
 only from systematic and sustained study." 
 
 c 2 
 
20 INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 People, that is to say, Science selected, arranged and 
 delivered according to the requirements of Youths or 
 Adults of the Working Classes, engaged in or under 
 training for Industrial Pursuits, the case is different. 
 Notwithstanding the activity displayed by the intelli- 
 gent Scientific Agent from South Kensington, apathy 
 is still slumbering in most parts of the Country, and in 
 many where a fitful impulse has given birth to Science 
 Classes, they have fallen to the ground for want of 
 leading strings. In most instances, the Teaching has 
 been too Technical in the sense of addressing Technical 
 Phraseology to unaccustomed ears, and not sufficiently 
 Technical in the sense of supplying the necessary link 
 between theoretical knowledge and its practical appli- 
 cation. In some cases the instruction, guided by a 
 special Professor, has gone the way that suited him 
 rather than the way that suited the wants of general 
 or local industry. There is indeed a tendency among 
 Professors, each to isolate more or less his own Science 
 or branch of Science, upholding it as the one thing 
 which, if thoroughly mastered, would carry all before 
 it, and either ignoring other departments of knowledge, 
 or at all events neglecting to make manifest the ad- 
 mirable results derivable from a proper interweaving 
 and anastomizing of the twigs and branches of the Tree 
 of Science .^ 
 
 More serious is the fact that the non-professional 
 promoters of Technical Instruction and leading patrons 
 of Institutions for its furtherance, have not generally 
 paid sufficient attention to the peculiar conditions which 
 
 (1) " However lamentable the fact, it is certain that men engaged in one 
 branch of Science are very apt to underrate the importance of all others." 
 See Lieut-Colonel STRANGE'S Paper on the ' Relation of the State to 
 Science.' 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 21 
 
 scientific instruction must fulfil, in order that without 
 ceasing to be thoroughly genuine and substantial, it 
 may adapt itself to the more or less divergent require- 
 ments of different categories of working-class lads or 
 adults, as well as to their mental culture, their leisure 
 and their means. The fact is that Scientific knowledge 
 has till of late been almost ignored in the Education of 
 the wealthier Classes, and even among those influential 
 persons on whose judgment the direction and character 
 given to popular studies largely depends, very few 
 have taken the trouble to dive into the manifold appli- 
 cations of Science to Arts and Manufactures, or on the 
 other hand to examine the ins and outs of Industrial 
 Life, and to study the grouping of the various cate- 
 gories of youths and adults, according to their present 
 capabilities and prospective requirements. Hence the 
 incongruities which mar many well-meant efforts to 
 make up for former national apathy and neglect : 
 scientific courses of heavy calibre weighing down 
 Schools of Design which Science of a buoyant kind 
 might have raised to still higher success ; C 1 ) detached 
 branches of Science offered to those who are ignorant 
 of the necessary preparatory knowledge ; three years 
 embraced by a single Course, leaving to chance which 
 part a student may begin with, and making it very 
 uncertain whether he can possibly attend the whole ; 
 or intellectual food fit for University Students dealt out 
 to Men and Lads of the Working Class, on the prin- 
 ciple that what is intrinsically good, must suit every 
 constitution. Hence also the exaggerated anxiety often 
 manifested to give Working Men the benefit of listen- 
 
 (1) I could name a School of Art to which was hooked a Course of 
 Thirty Lectures on merely the first Division of Chemistry, that of the 
 Nomnetallic Elements. It is easy to divine the end of such beginnings. 
 
22 INSTRUCTION FOE APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 ing to tip-top Professors/ 1 ) Scientific eminence, and 
 even eminence in lecturing, ex cathedra, to advanced 
 students, does not necessarily imply ability to render 
 instruction easy and interesting to beginners. It is 
 difficult for a savant who through the toil of many 
 years has arrived at a familiar acquaintance with the 
 most recondite depths of science, to resume in thought 
 the unfledged mind with which he began his career, to 
 identify himself with the inexperience of his hearers, 
 and to see the difficulties which they see. He is too 
 apt to deal out instruction in ponderous masses, that 
 neither fit the wants, nor the minds, nor the available 
 leisure of industrial students, or to indulge in lofty 
 theories, and to talk of things that are never seen ; 
 or he must at least explain Physics with Mathematics, 
 and Chemistry with what looks to the uninitiated like 
 Algebra. There are brilliant exceptions to this rule, 
 but generally speaking, the Professors best suited for 
 Science Teaching among the Million, are men of in- 
 cipient fame and moderate pretensions, less remarkable 
 for depth of learning, than for felicity of manner in 
 communicating knowledge, for judgment in selecting 
 what may be most conducive to the future advantage 
 of their pupils, and for tact and good-nature in adapting 
 it to their present capacities. 
 
 A clear distinction must be made between bond fide 
 Science Teaching, and professional lecturing on de- 
 tached scientific subjects, selected for their sensational 
 character, or for the sake of some local or temporary 
 apropos. Much talent is often displayed in this way, 
 and novelties are brought out with real benefit to the 
 
 (1) More than one comparatively unsuccessful scheme has of late years 
 been founded on the idea that the success of Lectures to Working Men, 
 would, like the success of those addressed to the upper classes, be propor- 
 tionate to the eminent scientific position of the Lecturers. 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 23 
 
 few among an audience, who possess sufficient pre- 
 paratory knowledge, while for the rest it is less a ques- 
 tion of understanding and retaining useful information, 
 than of being amused. It has been said, with a show of 
 truth, that some audiences like to be mystified, and it 
 is no wonder that such a propensity should be often 
 gratified ; but lecturing to those who seek instruction 
 in earnest is a very different thing, and Professor Barff 
 hit the right mark in saying in the introduction to 
 his Cantor Lectures on the Silicates, delivered at the 
 Society of Arts in the Spring of 1872 : "My object 
 is not to make you think that I know this subject 
 well, but it is to endeavour to impart to you as much 
 as I can of the knowledge I possess." 
 
 Maxims are sometimes laid down, and proposals 
 made by persons not devoid of knowledge, but wanting 
 in special acquaintance with the intricacies of Industrial 
 Instruction, which take aback the educationalist who 
 has studied this particular subject for many a long year, 
 and simply silence him through hopelessness of any 
 attempt at argument. On these I will be silent ; but 
 there are also certain points on which divergences of 
 opinion highly detrimental to progress may easily arise, 
 even among well-informed persons, from the mere 
 want of a mutual understanding on the meaning to 
 be attached to certain terms. Thus for instance it is 
 perfectly plausible, and in a broad general sense per- 
 fectly true, to say that there is and can be but one 
 Chemistry, one Physics, and so on. Of course the Facts 
 and Laws of Nature are true to their Divine origin, 
 and consequently as immutable as the Divine will ; 
 but independently of the variety of deductions and 
 interpretations which human minds draw from those 
 facts or give to those laws, it would be absurd in prac- 
 
24 INSTRUCTION FOE APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 tically administering scientific instruction to ignore 
 on the one hand the varied circumstances and previous 
 culture of various classes of Students, and on the other 
 hand, the divergent manner in which the several 
 branches of Practical or Applied Science spring from 
 a common Elementary Stem. It will be my object in 
 the following Chapters, rather to let these things speak 
 for themselves in the course of a methodical and dis- 
 passionate review of the educational aspects of Indus- 
 trial Life, than to substantiate my views by argumenta- 
 tive proof; but for the sake of marking the direction 
 in which we are about to traverse the subject before us, 
 viz. that of " Instruction for Apprentices and Artisans 
 in general," I will note at once a few CONSIDERATIONS 
 which will, I trust, meet with little opposition. 
 
 a. It will be seen as we progress, that a vast differ- 
 ence exists in the educational requirements of the 
 various levels of the Industrial Community. In the 
 upper ones we see young men who have been well to 
 do from the cradle, brought up without stint of time 
 or expense, and for whose well-trained minds nothing 
 more appropriate can be recommended in the way of 
 scientific culture, than that supplied by, or under the 
 auspices of, the Science and Art Department. As we 
 descend in the industrial scale, that which is most 
 desirable under the circumstances, takes more and more 
 the place of that which is most desirable per se, and we 
 must be content to stoop very considerably if we wish 
 to extend a helping hand to those who are striving 
 under difficulties to climb the first rounds of the 
 intellectual ladder. 
 
 6. The rule of progressing from the simple to the 
 complex, and from the known to the unknown, and of 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 25 
 
 not mixing in a present lesson things that will not be 
 explained till a future one, if they are to be explained 
 at all, seems so obviously conducive to satisfactory 
 progress, that it is surprising to see how often a dif- 
 ferent course is pursued. It is true that sometimes it 
 may suit a Teacher's purpose to excite at the first the 
 earnestness of his Pupils, by making them feel the 
 awkwardness of attempting Applied Science before 
 they are grounded in Elementary Science. Thus taking 
 for example Agriculture, it may be instructive to show 
 how a mere cursory survey of a Farm reveals at every 
 step the Tyro's ignorance of one or more of the nume- 
 rous branches of Natural Science which are interwoven 
 to form a highly composite intellectual structure ; and 
 the same applies to Physical Geography, Nautical Sci- 
 ence, and other analogous intellectual Compounds. But 
 this mode of rousing the ignorant must be very dis- 
 creetly employed, even with Students who have time 
 to spare, and as regards the Lads and Adults of the 
 Working Classes, I may safely say that with the occa- 
 sional exception of some preliminary Lecture, full of 
 striking illustrations, intended to make manifest the 
 interest of a proposed Course of Studies, a very plain 
 and straightforward plan should be pursued, of begin- 
 ning the Alphabet of Science with A, and making each 
 letter serve as a stepping-stone to the next. I am the 
 more induced to recommend earnestly that all scientific 
 instruction delivered under the proposed system should 
 be progressive, well supported in all its parts, and well 
 cemented together, as I have come across instances 
 of laxity and hollo wness of teaching where it would 
 certainly not have been expected/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) It is with surprise and admiration that one hears Students after two 
 or three Lessons in a College Laboratory, talk with ease of the precipitates 
 
26 INSTRUCTION FOE APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 c. In Chapter IV. will be found a detailed expla- 
 nation of five progressive Grades into which it is 
 considered expedient to divide the various levels of 
 scientific Instruction for industrial purposes, from the 
 lowest to the highest. The three upper Grades require 
 scarcely any essential deviation from the ordinary 
 routine of Science Teaching, but Grades 1 and 2 are 
 both designed for those Artisan-Students, and their 
 name is legion, who labour under such deficiencies of 
 culture, and want of means and opportunities for re- 
 trieving it, or other disabilities, as to make it a ques- 
 tion of easy and short Science, or 110 Science at all. 
 
 d. By easy Science, I mean Science reduced to a 
 simple, familiar, and as far as possible untechnical form 
 of expression, without the sacrifice of any essential fact 
 or principle, and without any laxity or want of method.C 1 ) 
 Sometimes a simple Hypothesis that conveys to the 
 mind a good working idea, may be preferred to a 
 Theory more recent and perhaps more correct, but less 
 susceptible of easy mental manipulation. Thus for in- 
 stance the idea of a Ray of Light may be followed out 
 
 formed with " Chloride of Barium/' " Ferrocyanide of Potassium," &c. ; 
 but other feelings supervene when one discovers that they have been 
 promoted at a headlong rate into a mere semblance of Qualitative 
 Analysis, and that their knowledge is confined to the names and special 
 uses of a few common tests, of the general nature and properties of which 
 they are ignorant, as they are indeed of the most elementary chemical 
 truths. Sometimes the Student scarcely knows the appearance of the 
 solid salt of which he has learnt to use the solution. 
 
 (1) Professor Odling in the preface to his ' Outlines of Chemistry/ p. 7, 
 allows the use of trivial or popular names for designating familiar articles, 
 and Prof. Barff in his introductory lecture on Silicates, published in 
 the 'Society of Arts Journal' for August 9th, 1872 (p. 766), decidedly 
 advocates the avoidance of technical language, or even of chemical 
 formula^ where they would prove a barrier to the acquisition of useful 
 knowledge by untutored Students. See also the ' Advocacy of Simplified 
 Science Teaching/ by T. Sopwith, F.R.S., in the ' Social Science Transac- 
 tions ' for 1870, page 336. 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 27 
 
 through the vicissitudes of Reflection and Refraction 
 more easily than any representative of the theory of 
 Undulations/ 1 ) In Chemistry in particular we have the 
 sanction of many eminent men, for exercising in the 
 training of juvenile or illiterate Students, a consider- 
 able amount of discretion as to the provisional use of 
 simple and clear hypotheses or definitions, and of forms 
 of nomenclature somewhat familiar to the popular ear, 
 in preference to the startling ones suggested by theories 
 or discoveries of recent date/ 2 ) As for the expediency 
 of affording to beginners in Chemistry an insight into 
 the more obvious characters and properties of Bodies, 
 before loading their memory with symbols, equivalents, 
 notations, valencies, and the like, this important ques- 
 tion will be duly considered in a more suitable place 
 than the present (Chapter IV., Section 2).( 3 ) 
 
 e. By short Science, I mean that a careful selection 
 of representative data must be condensed into brevity, 
 without being rendered either obscure or dry. I em- 
 
 (1) Eespecting the use of Hypotheses, see Ganot's 'Physics/ 4th 
 Edition, pp. 579-612. 
 
 (2) Thus Miller, in his ' Elements of Chemistry ' (paragraph 6, repeated 
 at par. 547), agrees that " any substance which is produced by the action 
 of an acid on a base, is termed a Salt;" though after having discussed 
 the merits of this as well as of the Binary Hypothesis, he confesses that 
 probably neither the old nor the new view is absolutely correct. Not 
 all Savants are so candid, and it is not quite without reason that the 
 author of an article on " Force and Matter," in the ' Eectangular Keview/ 
 for January 1871, warns us against the insecurity that will prevail " as 
 long as cosmic speculations are not based on the solid foundation of 
 self-evident natural facts ;" and " men will adopt some theory or hypo- 
 thesis, and then endeavour to force reality into this straight jacket of 
 preconceived opinions." 
 
 (3) Some judicious remarks on this subject will be found in Fownes' 
 ' Manual of Chemistry,' tenth edition, p. 237. They conclude as follows : 
 " So much more difficult is it to gain a clear and distinct idea of any 
 proposition of great generality from a simple enunciation, than to under- 
 stand the bearing of the same law when illustrated by a single good and 
 familiar instance." 
 
28 INSTRUCTION FOE APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 phasize the word " condensed " because a much less 
 troublesome expedient of curtailment is frequently re- 
 sorted to ; that is to say, a slice of a Science is given 
 to those who cannot afford time to learn thoroughly the 
 whole. It is of course easy to rig up an apparent jus- 
 tification of this, or of almost any other convenient plan, 
 by combining a few misapplied aphorisms ; such as, 
 " half a loaf is better than no bread," " whatever you 
 learn, learn thoroughly," and the like ; but these con- 
 versational arguments cannot stand for a moment the 
 contact of the stern actualities of Industrial life. Let 
 us take Chemistry, and consider what is demanded of 
 this invaluable Science by the various Artisans who 
 depend on it for their bread. One has chiefly to do 
 with the Metals or their compounds ; another with some 
 department of Organic Chemistry, and so on. To tell 
 either that as he has little time to spare, he must 
 content himself with mastering the Non-metallic Ele- 
 ments, might be pronounced ridiculous if there were 
 no one entitled to take offence. It would be equally 
 futile to attempt teaching Organic, without Inorganic 
 Chemistry ; and even the acquisition of Inorganic Che- 
 mistry without some notion of the Organic Division, 
 would be stinted and lame ; so that in fact the only 
 course open for adoption in dealing with Students of 
 lowly culture and limited leisure, is somewhat to the 
 following effect. 
 
 Istly. A simple and brief exposition in familiar lan- 
 guage, gives to the mind of the Tyro as clear an idea 
 as is possible under the circumstances, of the whole 
 range of Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, bringing 
 into prominence the most important facts and prin- 
 ciples, like so many landmarks to be always remem- 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 29 
 
 bered for safe guidance. This, which will be termed 
 Grade 1, is no more than every one should know. 
 
 2ndly. Strengthened by this initiation, the Artisan 
 whose pursuit actually involves Chemical Knowledge, 
 attacks a Grade 2 Course, which, though still reduced 
 to the simplest possible form of expression, is earnest 
 and comprehensive enough for most practical purposes. 
 Possibly he may want only certain parts of it, and in 
 that case he will feel the full benefit of having acquired 
 in Grade 1 a General Foundation capable of binding 
 these parts together. Possibly he may require the 
 whole, and may even have occasion to use his second 
 Grade as a Foundation for Grade 3 Studies. If so, the 
 more intricate theories and abstruse phraseology of 
 this Grade, will (except as regards Etymology) be 
 now no more an impediment to him than they would 
 be to a young gentleman from Eton/ 1 ) 
 
 Srdly. The necessity for a General Foundation to 
 special studies, which is so obvious in Chemistry, 
 applies more or less to Natural Science in general, 
 of which the various parts are so intimately connected 
 by mutual support, that they can only be satisfactorily 
 enjoyed or utilized, when the mind has been first pre- 
 pared by a panoramic view, like .that which has been 
 entitled the " Science of Daily Life." 
 
 4thly. Again, what applies to Elementary Science 
 holds good with respect to Applied Science, and espe- 
 cially to that scientific insight into the resources and 
 
 (1) In alluding to the advantage which a classical education affords for 
 understanding and remembering scientific words by their Etymological 
 construction, I am far from a desire to magnify the disadvantage under 
 which labour those for whom a classical education is simply an impos- 
 sibility. I believe that much might be done for them by a few methodical 
 lessons, and a good special Handbook of Etymology. 
 
30 INSTRUCTION FOB APPRENTICES [CHAP. I. 
 
 processes of Technical Industry, which mainly consti- 
 tutes Technology. It will be one of the purposes of the 
 proposed System, to improve the practical intelligence 
 of Artisans by basing a thorough knowledge of what 
 belongs specially to their respective trades, on a certain 
 broad insight into the rationale of Trades in general. 
 This insight will be afforded by the second or Applied 
 Division of what it -has been agreed to term General 
 Scientific Foundation (see Section 2). In Grade 1 
 Studies it will necessarily be slight, but in Grade 2 
 it will be sufficient to prevent any of that narrow- 
 minded isolation of ideas, which is so apt to be occa- 
 sioned by the modern plan of reducing, as much as 
 possible, each man's work to a mere fraction of a 
 specialty. 
 
 It is in pursuance of the foregoing Considerations, 
 that Grade 1 of the General Scientific Foundation, 
 Elementary and Applied, briefly described in Section 2 
 of this Chapter/ 1 ) will be rigorously prescribed to all 
 Artisan Students, as a minimum of Preparatory know- 
 ledge. This may to many seem rather exacting ; some 
 will question the desirableness of including a greater 
 breadth of Science than many Trades require ; but 
 independently of the economic and sanitary value of 
 the prescribed range, it will unquestionably give a 
 stamen to the Technical Knowledge superposed, which 
 could not be afforded by a narrow base cut close to 
 measure, and without a margin. Some again, will doubt 
 the feasibility of this measure ; but they must bear in 
 mind that the kind of Science now before us, though de- 
 scribing Nature and interpreting her laws with perfect- 
 conscientiousness, is in outward form and character, very 
 
 (1) A detailed Syllabus is given in Chapter IV., Section 1. 
 
SECT. 4.] AND ARTISANS IN GENERAL. 31 
 
 different from the idea people generally have in their 
 minds in speaking of Science. The Savant means the 
 stern and austere Science he has learnt with labour and 
 possesses with pride ; whilst the ignorant man means of 
 course something beyond ordinary comprehension. Both 
 will at first be amazed on hearing of a whole range of 
 Scientific Knowledge proposed for being acquired by 
 Artisans as a mere first step to ulterior knowledge ; but 
 I trust that this surprise will cease when they see 
 actual proof (Chap. III.) that by dint of careful and 
 methodical elaboration, the essential features of the 
 entire range can be reduced within the compass of a 
 child's rnind as to difficulty, and of a Working Man's 
 single winter's study as to time ; whilst Visual Instruc- 
 tion in every available form, new contrivances for 
 cheapening and multiplying sound oral instruction, and 
 Books brought out on new principles, will render the 
 young Artisan's Scientific Preparation what it ought to 
 be a pleasure rather than a toil, and a saving rather 
 than an expense. Each of the foregoing means for 
 rendering Instruction sound, easy, and agreeable, will 
 be treated of in detail in its proper place, and a plan 
 will also be explained by which most of the obstacles 
 presented to Working Men by the present system of 
 Examinations, may be removed. 
 
 Unprofitable as it would be to attempt piling up 
 Applied Knowledge without first establishing a solid 
 Elementary Foundation, it would be almost equally 
 illusory as regards industrial requirements, to teach 
 Elementary Science without its applications. It has 
 been sometimes supposed that a mind stored with facts 
 and principles, would of itself work out their appli- 
 cations at the first opportunity of practical employ- 
 ment; but the fact is that pure Science, such as is 
 
32 INSTRUCTION FOE APPRENTICES, ETC. [HAP. I. 
 
 studied for the love of it, is quite inadequate to help 
 a Man through the difficulties of a complex Trade or 
 Manufacture, unless his mind be supplied with the 
 various links which connect principle and practice. In 
 other words, he must study the technical application, 
 as well as the elementary foundation of the scientific 
 knowledge which that Trade involves/ 1 ) So difficult, 
 however, is it to render technological teaching per- 
 fectly practical without actual practice, that even an- 
 ticipations founded on carefully specialized studies, are 
 sometimes falsified in the Factory or the Workshop. 
 The experience of foreign Technical Institutions is said 
 to show, that even for a superior class of Industrial 
 Students who can afford the expense of a regular 
 academic training, the latter does not satisfactorily 
 supersede a practical Apprenticeship.^) As regards our 
 Artisans with limited means, it is for the present out of 
 the question to propose either superseding, or preceding 
 their Apprenticeship with anything like a complete 
 Course of College Training, though well-conducted ex- 
 periments in either direction may afford useful indi- 
 cations for future guidance, in case it should be found 
 impossible to work the existing Apprenticeship System 
 with satisfactory results. 
 
 (1) It will be seen in Chapter V., devoted to an Analysis of the re- 
 quirements of a number of typical Trades, that in every Curriculum it 
 is intended to follow up Preparatory, with Applied or Technical Studies. 
 
 (2) See Professor Jenkin's Address to the Mechanical Section of the 
 British Association, August 1871, in which, referring to the engineering 
 profession, he speaks of young foreigners taught in Colleges, who have 
 afterwards " served their apprenticeship at the cost of their employers." 
 
 The Earl of Derby in his speech at the inaugural meeting of the " Society 
 for the Promotion of Scientific Industry," held at Manchester on the 16th 
 January, 1874, expressed himself as follows : " It is the belief of the 
 promoters of this new society that a great deal may be done for technical 
 training without interfering with that training of the workshop which is, 
 in one sense, the best of all." 
 
SROT. 5.] EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. ETC. 33 
 
 SECTION 5-EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. 
 DIPLOMAS. 
 
 The indications afforded in the foregoing Section, 
 will suffice to give an idea of the leading principles 
 according to which the training of the Artisan, pre- 
 pared in the School, is proposed to be pushed forward 
 during his Apprenticeship, with the aid of such re- 
 sources as his locality may afford. The extent to which 
 those resources are susceptible of development, will 
 become apparent in surveying the Institutions of 
 various grades, which under the leadership of a CEN- 
 TRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY, are intended to conduct 
 the clever and industrious Workman to the top of his 
 profession ; but we must first discuss certain highly 
 important movements in the machinery of the proposed 
 system, which will essentially serve to regulate the 
 whole tenour of its influence ; namely, the EXAMINA- 
 TIONS by which Candidates belonging to any branch of 
 Industry, may have their proficiency tested, and the 
 corresponding CERTIFICATES by which their studious 
 exertions will be appropriately recompensed. 
 
 Among the technical institutions or customs of the 
 Continent, there is scarcely any one from which a more 
 useful hint may be taken, than the Examinations in 
 technical knowledge combined with manual ability, 
 through which it is or has been the practice in certain 
 countries, to sift the qualifications of matured Appren- 
 tices aspiring to become accepted Journeymen, and of 
 experienced and clever Journeymen or Workmen, 
 
 D 
 
34 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. [CHAP. I. 
 
 wishing to take rank as Masters in Trade, to set 
 up shop on their own account, and to become the 
 authorized instructors of another generation of Ap- 
 prentices/ 1 ) I will transcribe from my * Letters on 
 the Condition of the Working Classes of Nassau,' 
 the following account of the method in which the 
 Examinations in question used to be conducted at the 
 time when I addressed those Letters to the Council of 
 the Society of Arts, that is to say in 1853. By candidly 
 pointing out certain defects of that method, I hope the 
 better to obtain the approval of a plan for arriving at 
 the proposed purpose more safely, and much more con- 
 formably to English notions of commercial freedom. 
 
 " At the expiration of his term, the Apprentice must 
 furnish proof of the extent of his acquirements, by 
 executing some appropriate piece of handiwork, in the 
 presence of the official judges of the Trade, forming a 
 kind of jury, which from its usefulness deserves some 
 attention. Every three years the masters in each Trade 
 residing in a district, or in a group of districts if the 
 trade is a scarce one, assemble to elect or re-elect three 
 representatives for the purpose of examining the Cer- 
 tificates, and of testing and recording the abilities of 
 industrial Candidates. Such is the Board of Examiners, 
 which we now find sitting in judgment on the merits 
 of the young artisan anxious to emerge from his 
 apprenticeship, and which we shall meet with again in 
 a further stage of his career. If the Examiners are not 
 satisfied with the young man's performance,* he must 
 find means of improving himself within half-a-year, 
 against another trial ; if on the contrary, they are well- 
 
 (1) In reference to Minor Examinations and Certificates, the terms 
 " Workman " and " Journeyman " will be used as equivalents, according 
 as the one or the other may seem more appropriate. 
 
SECT. 5.] DIPLOMAS. 35 
 
 pleased, he obtains his Certificate of Gesell, or Journey- 
 man, and sets out for his travels, or Wander schaft." 
 
 As I do not see how the peculiar custom of Wdnder- 
 schaft could be satisfactorily revived to any extent in 
 this country as a regular part of an artisan's training/ 1 ) 
 I refer for an account of it to the Pamphlet just quoted, 
 and proceed at once to take from the same source an 
 account of the second or major Examination which the 
 Journeyman must pass to become a Master. * * * 
 " He is required to accomplish single-handed, for strict 
 inspection by the Board of Examiners, some model 
 piece of workmanship, sufficient to show, not merely a 
 moderate amount of skill as when he was a candidate 
 for a Journeymanship, but his thorough knowledge 
 of the arcana majora of his calling. If he can follow 
 up the display orally with theoretical evidence, he is 
 entitled to be admitted forthwith to the honourable 
 company of the Masters of the Trade." 
 
 Such is the system which, with local modifications, 
 has largely prevailed in Germany, and has worked well, 
 as may be seen by the following extract of a Letter 
 which I received a few years ago from a very intelligent 
 manufacturer of Oschersleben, in Prussia : 
 
 " I enclose an abstract of the law in Prussia con- 
 cerning the exercise of Trades and Handicrafts. 
 * * * It works admirably, and the public are certain 
 to be served by men who understand their Trade. 
 In your country any person can commence a Trade, 
 whilst in ours he must first show that he has the 
 necessary capacity and knowledge for its successful 
 
 exercise/' 
 
 Yet in Nassau and elsewhere this system has been 
 
 (1) The word " Journeyman " sufficiently indicates the former prevalence 
 of the practice in question. 
 
 D 2 
 
36 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. [CHAP. I. 
 
 abandoned, and I have been told that in many parts of 
 Germany where it is still kept up, there is a growing 
 inclination to drop it. The reasons however are tole- 
 rably obvious, and do not at all affect the good which 
 might be derived from introducing Trades' Examina- 
 tions in England in an altered form. The chief reason 
 is that in the countries in question, these Examinations 
 have been compulsory, and coupled with obnoxious 
 restrictions to the free exercise of handicrafts. Nor 
 could one always rely on the impartiality of the Trades' 
 Juries, especially as regards the admission of Journey- 
 men to Mastership. Suppose for instance a clever 
 Journeyman Shoemaker, who has lately been working 
 at one of the most fashionable establishments of Paris, 
 and who now wishes to set up on his own account in 
 his native German Town, with an ill-disguised in- 
 tention of importing the goods of his late employer. 
 Now it would be scarcely consonant with our know- 
 ledge of human nature, to imagine a conclave of three 
 Master Shoemakers acknowledging the merits of this 
 intruder, and the chances are they will find some good 
 reason why he should stick to his last for a few years 
 longer. Again it is obvious, that any arrangement 
 like that above described, tends to isolate the members 
 of the several trades in the several Towns or Districts, 
 grouping them into close Corporations. Though all 
 will probably be rather antipathetic to innovation and 
 progress, yet some will be more enlightened and clever 
 than others. Consequently they will measure technical 
 abilities, whether mental or moral, by different standards 
 of merit, and thus a Certificate of competency for 
 Journeymanship or Mastership obtained at one place, 
 will have a different significancy and real value from 
 one obtained at another place. 
 
SECT. 5.] DIPLOMAS. 37 
 
 Now two very simple measures would do away with 
 all these inconveniences, and secure for our Industries 
 the unquestionable benefit of a wholesome sifting, with- 
 out any of the drawbacks resulting from its misappli- 
 cation. The first is to make the System of Examinations 
 a VOLUNTARY DISCIPLINE, the second is to render the 
 Awards just, reliable, and uniform, and to ensure for 
 the Certificates a standard indisputable value, by placing 
 the examining and awarding power in the hands of a 
 Central Technical University, and of Bodies united to it 
 by the bonds of VOLUNTARY AFFILIATION. The precise 
 meaning attached to these terms, will become apparent 
 as we proceed. 
 
 A future Chapter specially devoted to Analyses of the 
 chief types of Technical Industry, will afford abundant 
 evidence of the unquestionable benefit which they may 
 severally derive from that voluntary submission to the 
 discipline of enlightened guidance, which a system of 
 Technical Examinations, carefully organized on liberal 
 and progressive principles, will be the best means of 
 rendering practically effective, and which trustworthy 
 Certificates and Diplomas, conferred with due solemnity, 
 will be the best means of rendering palatable and 
 popular. 
 
 I do not wish it to be inferred that these Certificates 
 are equally wanted for all Industries. They are not a 
 matter of urgent necessity for Art Workmen, who can 
 mostly display proofs of their skill on demand ; but 
 they will on the contrary be particularly valuable 
 among the Working Trades (especially those of a com- 
 plex nature), connected with the construction and deco- 
 ration of Dwellings, with the supply of Furniture, 
 Clothing and Food, and generally with ministering to 
 the direct wants of Daily Life. Here the palpable 
 
38 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. [CHAP. I. 
 
 advantages resulting from a System of genuine Trade 
 Examinations and Certificates, for the Workman who 
 possesses good abilities, for the Master who adds the 
 impress of his own, and for the Customer who pays for 
 the cleverness of both, can scarcely be overrated. Of 
 course the alacrity of the matured Apprentice to com- 
 plete his attainments up to the standard required for a 
 Minor or Journeyman's Certificate, will much depend 
 on the one hand, on the facilities placed in his way, 
 and on the other hand, on the inclination of the Em- 
 ployer of Skilled Labour to engage a young man with 
 such a Certificate, in preference to one without it. Now 
 seeing how much good-will our Master Tradesmen dis- 
 play in attending to their own interests, and trusting to 
 the progressive diffusion of Science for enlightening 
 them still more, I see no reason to doubt that the 
 possession of such a Certificate would add a good per- 
 centage to the marketable value of its owner, and no- 
 thing more is required to make the Examinations in 
 question grow popular and flourish. Then, as regards 
 Studies for a Major or Master's Certificate, analogous 
 facilities will induce similar exertions for obtaining a 
 token of merit, to be stamped with its full value by 
 public appreciation. It is true that in pursuance of the 
 principle of allowing to Trade the utmost freedom com- 
 patible with public security against ignorance and 
 deceit, the JOURNEYMAN might set up h.op on his own 
 account, but a blank escutcheon over his shop-door or 
 window, would declare his small pretensions ; whereas 
 the MASTER TRADESMAN would glory in an appropriate 
 BADGE, betokening his possession, not merely of the 
 routine, but of the rationale of his Trade. To under- 
 stand fully the vast difference this makes in a thousand 
 matters bearing on Health and Comfort, one must have 
 
SECT. 5.] DIPLOMAS. 39 
 
 had occasion to study those details of Daily Life which 
 I was led to investigate so minutely in forming my 
 Economic Museum ; but every intelligent Customer 
 will cceteris parilus prefer the Tradesman of proved 
 abilities to the one who may be an ignoramus, and thus, 
 deserved patronage will remunerate the time spent in 
 well-directed studies. 
 
 It is well known that in certain pursuits, ignorance 
 is so dangerous as to render compulsory examinations a 
 matter of necessity, but these are exceptions, and in the 
 general run of the commercial world, it is not easy 
 to prescribe limits to the liberty of the ignorant to 
 deceive the more ignorant, without being accused of 
 interfering with freedom of Trade ; still I certainly 
 think it might be made illegal for any person not 
 possessing a proper Major Certificate, to receive an 
 indentured Apprentice^ 1 ) 
 
 Doubts have sometimes been expressed as to the 
 possibility of putting Manual Dexterity to the test of 
 a practical Examination, and I am well aware that we 
 must not expect the majority of Industrial Employ- 
 ments to be so easily dealt with in this respect, as the 
 Art Industries which have been submitted year after 
 year to so useful a trial of strength by the Society of 
 Arts, or the artistic Trade of Turnery, prizes for prac- 
 tical excellence in which have been repeatedly dis- 
 tributed by the Lord Mayor of London. Nevertheless, 
 the feasibility of the general principle of obtaining, 
 either through direct Tests or through Certificates from 
 Employers, a reliable criterion of practical skill, may 
 be considered as satisfactorily established by its adop- 
 
 (1) Something analogous to what is here proposed, already exists in the 
 Kegulations respecting the taking of Pupil Teachers by Elementary 
 Schoolmasters. 
 
40 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. [CHAP. I. 
 
 tion in Sir Joseph Whitworth's munificent scheme of 
 Competitive Scholarships, as well as in the Technical 
 Examinations organized by Major Donnelly in concert 
 with the Council of the Society of Arts. Moreover it 
 will be found as we proceed that the proposed System 
 includes measures calculated to dispose of every impedi- 
 ment in the way of Industrial Examinations, not only 
 as regards Manual Tests, but also as regards the much 
 more serious difficulties likely to arise from the want 
 of intellectual culture among Candidates of the Minor 
 Degree.^ 1 ) 
 
 It will be seen in the Analytical Review of Indus- 
 trial and Commercial Pursuits (Chapter Y.) that 
 certain great Manufacturing Industries conducted on 
 the factory plan of subdivided labour, with many 
 hands directed by few minds, seldom demand a regular 
 Technical Training for the former, but frequently claim 
 for the latter the benefit of Major Examinations and 
 Certificates, and not only this, but afford at the same 
 time scope for the institution of a third and higher 
 Degree of Examinations, at which may be adjudged 
 SUPERIOR CERTIFICATES, or DIPLOMAS OF EXCEL- 
 LENCE.^) It will also be seen that certain Manual 
 Trades which like that of the Dyer present in the 
 
 (1) An account will be given, in Chapter III., Section 5, of experiments 
 successfully tried in London with a new form of Examinations, free from 
 some of the inconveniences most likely to deter working-class Candidates, 
 and in Chapter IV. Section 7 will be indicated the extent to which it is 
 considered that these innovations may be adopted in the proposed System 
 of Technical Training. 
 
 (2) These may somewhat correspond to the " Honours " which form the 
 highest Stage or Class in several existing Scientific Examinations. The 
 proposed Minor and Major Degrees will also in some measure correspond 
 to the first (Elementary), and second (Advanced) Stages of those Examina- 
 tions, except that the Minor Degree will have a lower scientific level than 
 its existing analogues. It will somewhat make up for this by a greater 
 breadth of knowledge. 
 
SECT. 5.] DIPLOMAS. 41 
 
 common way the normal positions of Journeyman and 
 Master, involve when carried out on a large scale, such 
 a variety and depth of scientific attainments, as to be 
 suitably managed only by such a Foreman or Director 
 as would likewise deserve the distinction of a Diploma 
 of Excellence. A similar conclusion will be arrived at 
 on examining the claims, not only of the Builder who 
 has to know more or less the Trades of all the men 
 he employs, but also of the professed Decorator, who 
 should be competent to direct operations involving no 
 inconsiderable amount of chemical rationale, with a 
 taste refined by the study of several branches of high 
 Art. I could add if it were necessary several other 
 instances of Handicrafts rising to the rank of Pro- 
 fessions. 
 
 Thus we have Certificates of 3 Degrees for Indus- 
 trial Trades and Occupations, viz. MINOE, MAJOR, and 
 SUPERIOR ; and we shall find as we proceed that these 
 Degrees extensively apply to Commercial Trades. As 
 regards that branch of the proposed operations of the 
 Central Technical University, yielding to none in im- 
 portance, which will consist in training Science Pro- 
 fessors for Normal Schools, Technical Colleges, and 
 other establishments of which it is essential to raise 
 the Teaching Power to uniform efficiency, appropriate 
 Professorial Diplomas will mark a thorough possession 
 of the attainments respectively involved. 
 
 The occupations which we have been thus far con- 
 sidering, whether manufacturing, commercial, or pro- 
 fessorial, involve each of them a more or less compre- 
 hensive range of obligatory attainments to be deter- 
 mined by a Special CURRICULUM. For each Curriculum 
 there will be a corresponding Examination, which from 
 its embracing a range or set of Subjects, might be 
 named a COMPOSITE EXAMINATION, though it will more 
 
42 EXAMINATIONS. CERTIFICATES. ETC. [CHAP. I. 
 
 conveniently be called a TRADE EXAMINATION when it 
 embraces the requirements of a Trade or Industrial 
 Pursuit/ 1 ) But of course only well-defined Pursuits of a 
 certain standing, can be accommodated with special 
 Examinations and TRADE CERTIFICATES. Many are 
 too varying and indefinite, or otherwise too unim- 
 portant to expect such a privilege ; to say nothing of 
 the mere bodily toil of Labourers, Factory Hands, and 
 others more or less approximating to the condition of 
 living machines/ 2 ) The best thing to be done for an 
 individual belonging to this miscellaneous Category 
 is, firstly, to recommend him to acquire that insight 
 into the Science of Daily Life which is particularly 
 valuable when earnings are scanty, and when all the 
 more ingenuity is required to make ends meet ; secondly, 
 to advise him to add to this indispensable General 
 Scientific Foundation, the knowledge of one or more 
 DETACHED SUBJECTS, selected for him with an eye to 
 what is most likely to be of practical benefit in con- 
 nection with his work and way of life. In reviewing 
 by and by the various items of scientific and technical 
 Instruction, we shall come across many departments of 
 study suited for being thus chosen for their practical 
 merits. It is proposed to encourage under proper 
 conditions the study of Subjects thus recommended, 
 by means of " SUBJECT EXAMINATIONS " and " SUBJECT 
 CERTIFICATES." ( 3 ) 
 
 (1) Among the existing examples of Composite Examinations, I may 
 indicate as particularly interesting the Minor and Major Examinations of 
 the Pharmaceutical Society. 
 
 (2) As instances of the disconnected bits of Handicrafts, of which 
 numbers float along in the industrial tide, may be named Spur-roll 
 Makers, Bobbin Turners, Scale Board Cutters, Pill Box Makers, Dolls' 
 Eye Makers, Dolls' Wig Makers, Spring Wire Cap-shape Makers, Book- 
 binder's Plough Knife Makers, Broom-stick Makers, &c. 
 
 (3) Information concerning Studies for " Subject Certificates " will be 
 found in Chapter V., Section 1. 
 
SECT. 6.] INDUSTRIES PROVIDED FOR. 43 
 
 SECTION -6.-INDUSTRIES SUFFICIENTLY 
 PROVIDED FOR. 
 
 To the natural difficulties lying in the way of Indus- 
 trial Improvement, unnatural ones are too frequently 
 added by over-sanguine advocates, who see none at all. 
 The magniloquence with which they speak of sweeping 
 operations more vast than even the field of Industry 
 itself, prepares future disappointment in the more cre- 
 dulous portions of the public, and at once disgusts the 
 more intelligent. What is worse, they give offence 
 where favour should be most earnestly sought, by 
 ignoring the steps already taken in the right direction, 
 and by including in their monopolising grasp, many 
 Industries which either already possess special Insti- 
 tutions, or legitimately claim to be thus provided for, 
 on account of the importance or peculiarity of their 
 requirements. I have no doubt that if a suitable central 
 Nucleus of sufficient magnitude can be established in 
 the right place, on thoroughly liberal and disinterested 
 principles, a process of spontaneous crystallisation will 
 gradually bring each of these kindred Institutions to 
 its proper place. Some of them will work best as 
 offsets of the Central University, others receiving its 
 acceptable aid, will in the same measure acknowledge 
 its guiding influence ; all will, it is to be hoped, main- 
 tain with it a harmonious working connection. But 
 too much caution can scarcely be exercised at the be- 
 ginning, in order that Brother-workers may be brought 
 
44 INDUSTRIES SUFFICIENTLY [CHAP. I. 
 
 to recognize each other as such. I hope that throughout 
 these pages, my wish to see every patriotic effort encou- 
 raged and utilised, will be equally apparent with my 
 desire to indicate plainly, and without bias or reserve, 
 the principles which should unite those efforts in con- 
 cordant usefulness. 
 
 The following are a few typical examples of Indus- 
 trial Pursuits and corresponding Institutions, to which 
 the foregoing considerations may apply. 
 
 MINING AND METALLURGY. The high-class studies 
 required either for the training of Special Professors 
 and Teachers for Mining Colleges, or for turning out 
 first class Geological Surveyors and Engineers, or for 
 supplying Men capable of taking charge of large Min- 
 ing Establishments and Metallurgical Works, may best 
 remain entrusted to the Government School of Mines.C 1 ) 
 There in fact they will have the benefit of the superior 
 scientific culture which may be expected to be centred 
 at South Kensington, in conformity with the first 
 Eeport of the Royal Commission on Scientific Instruc- 
 tion and the Advancement of Science. This will be 
 in perfect accordance with the principle of the distri- 
 bution of Teaching Power for the greatest public 
 advantage, which will be one of the fundamental rules of 
 the proposed National System of Technical Training. 
 
 CIVIL ENGINEERING. The practical tendency which 
 distinguishes our Indian Government, has lately given 
 rise at Cooper's Hill to a special Engineering College, 
 admirable in its kind, and presenting a highly sug- 
 gestive model for general imitation. 
 
 (1) So great has been the demand for yonng men of good scientific 
 abilities that those who have creditably passed through a Curriculum of 
 the School of Mines have frequently been diverted from the satisfactory 
 prospects thus opened to them in a direct line by still more promising 
 positions offered in Manufacturing Establishments. 
 
SECT. 6.] PROVIDED FOB. 45 
 
 AGRICULTURE. The Agricultural College at Ciren- 
 cester offers another well-organized example of Studies 
 grouped with a special view to the requirements of a 
 particular occupation, or class of occupations. Its suc- 
 cess could but be confirmed by a voluntary connection 
 with the Central Technical University, which it would 
 in some measure represent in a branch of scientific 
 knowledge requiring local facilities for its develop- 
 ment/ 1 ) 
 
 MARITIME PURSUITS. Among the pursuits apper- 
 taining to Maritime Industry, many of a decidedly sci- 
 entific character will I trust be at once invited, others 
 gradually admitted, to a participation in the advantages 
 prepared for the Navy within the walls of that highly 
 appropriate edifice, Green wich Hospital, which I have 
 long wished to see thus utilized. Other maritime Pur- 
 suits of a more commercial character will receive their 
 best training at the Central Technical University, amidst 
 collections illustrating the resources of the World. 
 
 PHARMACY. One of the most interesting examples 
 of a special Technical Institution raised by independent 
 exertions, and one for which a close alliance with the 
 proposed University could not fail to secure a still 
 more prominent place in the great national system of 
 
 (1) The following particulars published at the beginning of 1873, serve 
 to remind us how much we have to do to keep pace with foreign pro- 
 gress. 
 
 Germany stands foremost among Continental nations in regard to the 
 encouragement of agricultural science, and this is especially true of 
 Prussia. An important School of Agriculture will be opened next April 
 at Bittburg. This establishment, which is largely subsidized by Govern- 
 ment, possesses an excellent body of professors. Besides this new school, 
 agricultural institutes are annexed to the Universities of Kiel, Halle, Got- 
 tingen, and Konigsberg, and to the Academies of Berlin, Eappelsdorf, and 
 Eldena. The independent Academy of Breslau, and thirty agricultural 
 schools, of which seventeen are elementary, complete the ample provision 
 made by Prussia for this important study. 
 
46 INDUSTRIES PROVIDED FOR. [CHAP. I. 
 
 Technical Instruction, is the PHARMACEUTICAL SOCIETY, 
 the judicious exertions of which for affording alike 
 facilities for the Student, and guarantees to the Public, 
 claim attentive consideration and deserve the highest 
 praise. 
 
 The Trade or Profession of BUILDER is one which 
 has heen specially considered in the provision made for 
 Technical Instruction in some Continental countries, 
 and in favour of which it may not be amiss for the 
 Central Technical University to promote the institution 
 of a special affiliated College. 
 
 Whatever degree of autonomy may seem inherent to 
 the branches of Industrial Instruction which have been 
 thus selected by way of illustration, or to others which 
 they may suggest, it is evident that their particular 
 interests, and the great national ones which they are 
 all intended to serve, cannot fail to be equally benefited 
 by bonds of SPONTANEOUS CENTRALIZATION ; and the 
 facilities and inducements which will be afforded them 
 by the proposed University for the accomplishment of 
 this desideratum, will not be the least among its claims 
 to universal support. 
 
 Considerations analogous to the foregoing, apply to 
 Institutions of a broader character, constituted for, 
 or capable of, undertaking the general furtherance of 
 Technical Knowledge on a Scientific Basis, either by 
 the direct training of the Industrial Population, or by 
 the training of Scientific and Technical Instructors. 
 Several already occupy in the United Kingdom and 
 the Colonies, positions so conspicuous, that it would be 
 natural to mention them ; but it would be invidious 
 to attempt arranging them according to relative im- 
 portance, and difficult to assign limits to the selection. 
 I will therefore only repeat that the Central Technical 
 
SECT. 7.] THREE CATEGORIES OF INDUSTRIES. 47 
 
 University will recognize in the most disinterested 
 spirit, the value of all other Institutions working in the 
 right direction, whilst at the same time it will do all 
 in its power for prevailing on them by legitimate in- 
 ducements, to join it in carrying out systematically 
 those improvements in Technical Training, which 
 unity of purpose, and concordant action, can alone 
 render great and durable. 
 
 SECTION 7.-THREE CATEGORIES OF 
 INDUSTRIES. 
 
 If we now recapitulate the conclusions arrived at 
 respecting the claims of various Industries to a share of 
 the advantages derivable from a Central Technical 
 University, we are led to the following Classification : 
 
 CATEGORY A. Industrial Pursuits, which from their 
 peculiar importance either already have, or deserve to 
 have special Institutions devoted to them. It will be- 
 hove the Central Technical University to assist the 
 action of these, not to interfere with it. 
 
 CATEGORY B.- Normal Industrial Pursuits, of fre- 
 quent occurrence, and presenting suitable scope for 
 Regular " Curricula of Studies," and Composite or 
 " Trade Examinations," with corresponding " Trade 
 Certificates." 
 
 CATEGORY C. Pursuits of too ill-defined a character, 
 too void of intellectual requirements, or of too Tin- 
 frequent occurrence for being admitted to Category B, 
 but which may be materially benefited by the study of 
 well-selected "Detached Subjects," with a view to 
 " Subject Certificates." 
 
48 THREE CATEGORIES OF INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. I. 
 
 It may be well further to explain that Category B, 
 which will be chiefly had in view, is intended particu- 
 larly to comprize the ordinary standard " WORKING 
 TRADES ; " as for example, Chemical Trades, like those 
 of the Dyer, the Tanner, the Sugar Refiner, the Brewer, 
 the Distiller, and the Vinegar Manufacturer ; to which 
 may in some measure be associated the Pickler, the 
 Confectioner, the Baker, and the Cook ; Mechanical 
 Trades, like those of the Watchmaker, the Wheel- 
 right, the Carpenter, the Smith, the Tailor, the Shoe- 
 maker, the Miller and the Butcher ; Artistic Trades 
 such as those of the Decorator, the Jeweller, the Silver- 
 smith, the Engraver, and the Pattern Designer. To 
 these, many kindred Industries will naturally associate 
 themselves, whilst here and there others of character 
 mixed and undefined, will interpolate themselves with 
 unavoidable awkwardness. 
 
 COMMERCIAL TRADES, involving any considerable 
 amount of Technical Knowledge, will also be included 
 in Category B, as for instance those of the Ironmonger, 
 the Retailer of Glass and Ceramic Wares, the Draper 
 and Haberdasher, the Oil and Colourman, the Grocer, 
 and the Wine Merchant. Nor will those Commercial 
 Pursuits be neglected which supply from the abund- 
 ance of one part of the world the deficiencies of another, 
 and of which the theory is mainly based on History and 
 Statistics/ 1 ) 
 
 Industrial Pursuits suited for Females will be in- 
 cluded. 
 
 (1) For suggestions respecting Commercial Trades, see pp. 70 and 71 ; 
 also Sect, 5 and Sect. 8 of Chapter II., and Sect. 15 of Chapter V. 
 
SECT. 8.] INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 49 
 
 SECTION 8-INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 
 
 It is now time to consider, from the School upwards, 
 the various Institutions for which educational work has 
 been cut out in the foregoing Sections. It will be 
 remembered that the young Artisan was first conducted 
 through a Primary Schooling, during which the thin 
 end of the wedge of wisdom was inserted by a painless 
 process in his brain. Circumstances allowing, more 
 definite ideas of the nature of Science, and of the value 
 of its applications, were added in a Secondary Schooling 
 up to 14, and we left him undergoing his Apprenticeship 
 under an imaginary model of a Master, who favoured 
 his attending in the Evening, instructive Lectures, or 
 Science and Art Classes. Now Classes of this descrip- 
 tion, whether or not connected with South Kensington 
 under the title of SCIENCE and ART SCHOOLS, or other- 
 wise, may be devised and got up in many different 
 ways, and held for instance either at the Parish School- 
 room, or at some Mission-room/ 1 ) or at one of the In- 
 stitutions formerly known as Mechanics' Institutes, and 
 now more frequently denominated " Working Men's 
 Clubs and Institutes." Much depends on the mode of 
 organization of these Establishments, on which point I 
 cannot do better than refer to the papers brought out 
 from time to time under the sanction of the Working 
 Men's Club and Institute Union, 150 Strand, London. 
 There are however one or two points worth discussing 
 
 (1) I may mention as a suggestive example of scientific teaching in 
 connection with religious instruction, the peculiarly gratifying reception 
 met with by my Course entitled " Science made Easy/' at some of the 
 London Mission Halls. 
 
50 INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. [CHAP. I. 
 
 as regards the special consideration in which we are 
 now engaged ; namely, the affording of permanent 
 facilities for regular and earnest scientific or artistic 
 studies, to Apprentices and Artisans preparing them- 
 selves for becoming Candidates at a Minor Examination 
 in their respective Trades : DRAWING CLASSES can be 
 set up with Models and other necessaries at a very 
 reasonable outlay, thanks to the liberal arrangements 
 of the Art Department at South Kensington, of which 
 the benefits are greatly enhanced by the care bestowed 
 on the production of first-rate articles under enlightened 
 direction/ 1 ) SCIENCE CLASSES likewise derive valuable 
 assistance from the Subsidies accorded by the Science 
 Department for the erection or adaptation of appropriate 
 buildings/ 2 ) and more particularly from the grants, 
 amounting to as much as 50 per cent, towards the 
 purchase of Apparatus, Diagrams, &c.( 3 ) I trust that 
 when the production of the new sets of Illustrations 
 
 (1) Messrs. Chapman and Hall, Piccadilly, and Brucciani, Russell Street, 
 Covent Garden, the authorized Publishers for the South Kensington Art 
 Department, are officially supplied with Designs and Models of consi- 
 derable merit, which they reproduce in large quantities, and are able to 
 sell at very moderate rates, to bona-fide Art Classes, of whose outlay as 
 much as 75 per cent, is subscribed by the Department. I could name an 
 Art Class which thus lately obtained for 5 or 6, a set of Models, &c., 
 probably worth 17 or 18, according to the ordinary retail prices. 
 
 (2) ' Science Directory/ Nov. 1872, page 26. BUILDING GRANTS. Section 
 LXIII. 
 
 " A grant in aid of a new building, or for the adaptation of an existing 
 building, for a School of Science, may be made at a rate not exceeding 
 2 j . 6d. per square foot of internal area, up to a maximum of 500 for 
 any one school, provided that the School 
 
 " a. be built under the Public Libraries Act ; or 
 
 " b. be built in connection with a School of Art aided by a Department 
 building grant. And provided that there is a population in the neigh- 
 bourhood which requires a School of Science; that it is likely to be 
 maintained in a state of efficiency; and that the site, plans, estimates, 
 specifications, title, and trust deeds are satisfactory." 
 
 (3) ' Science Directory/ Nov. 1872 (pp. 26 and 27). GRANTS FOR APPA- 
 RATUS AND SCHOOL FITTINGS, Sect. LXIV. "A grant towards School 
 
SECT. 8.] INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 51 
 
 required for the proposed System of Industrial Educa- 
 tion shall have been satisfactorily organized, they may 
 be included in similar grants, and I shall moreover 
 point out in the next Chapter (Section 8, j), further 
 means for reducing considerably the cost of a scientific 
 outfit, without impairing its efficiency. Of course only 
 well-managed Institutions of a substantial character 
 can be relied on for properly developing and maintain- 
 ing their educational materiel, and only such will be 
 meant when in future pages I allude to the important 
 functions to be assigned to INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTES 
 under which title will however be included all Institu- 
 tions or Establishments suited for undertaking equi- 
 valent functions. 
 
 One of the difficulties which the Organizers of In- 
 dustrial Institutes must take into account, is the un- 
 willingness of Adults to associate with Lads in learning 
 things in which they feel that they ought to be con- 
 siderably ahead of them. Let us suppose a Working 
 Man with good natural abilities, who becomes a Member 
 of an Institute where a studious spirit prevails. He 
 soon discovers that his Reading, Writing, and Arith- 
 metic, the pet R's of the Revised Code, have been 
 taught him at the National School, less with a view to 
 his intellectual development, than to the most lucrative 
 pull at the capitation grant/ 1 ) His Reading has been 
 done by the eye and the mouth, and it is not easy for 
 
 fittings of special construction for laboratories or lecture rooms } and the 
 purchase of apparatus, diagrams, &c., of 50 per cent, on the cost of 
 them, is made to Science Schools and Classes taught by duly qualified 
 teachers under the supervision of Committees approved by the Depart- 
 ment. Sect. LXVII. Catalogues containing priced lists of apparatus, 
 instruments, diagrams, books, &c., from various manufacturers have 
 been prepared, and can be had on application." 
 
 (1) It is well known to those who are acquainted with the practical 
 working of the present system of Government Subventions according to 
 
 E 2 
 
52 INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. [CHAP. I. 
 
 him to check the vacant wanderings of his thoughts, 
 concentrating his mind on the sense of what he reads, 
 and impressing facts rather than words on his memory. 
 His specimens of Writing are fair to look at, but to 
 make his pen act as a substitute for his tongue, and 
 convey the gist of what he has been reading, in some- 
 what like a readable style, approaching to correctness 
 of grammar and orthography, is a very different matter. 
 Accordingly before attending a Science Class, he is 
 anxious to make good the shortcomings of his mental 
 culture ; but the very feeling that prompts this anxiety, 
 and makes him so earnest a Student among fellow Men, 
 causes him to shun juxtaposition with youngsters/ 1 ) 
 
 Should the proposed improvements in Primary Edu- 
 cation take place under the favouring influence of a 
 Code re-revised in accordance with the " Recommenda- 
 tions " of the Science Commissioners, the want of pre- 
 paratory culture will gradually cease to be an obstacle 
 to the smooth working of Industrial Institutes, and 
 then year after year the indispensable range of Ele- 
 mentary and Applied Science, will be diffused by a 
 running fire of Lectures and Class Lessons to Working 
 Men and Women seeking trustworthy guidance in Daily 
 Life, and to young Artisans intending to raise on this 
 
 Kesiilts, how much can be done by management and tactics for increasing 
 the amount of the Capitation Grant and how depressing is the educational 
 influence of the parity of Grants, for the six different Standards. Then 
 again the three subjects included in each Standard, are not separable. 
 A boy possessing a peculiar talent for one of the three K's, cannot push 
 that branch of his studies to a higher Standard than the other two, but 
 on the contrary he is examined for all three in that Standard in which 
 the Master thinks that his least advanced Subject is likely to pass. 
 
 (1) I could cite a case which occurred at Bilston in Staffordshire some 
 15 or 20 years ago, in which 'a Beading Class for Adults was kept up for 
 several months with much spirit and success, till a well-intentioned 
 Patron introduced a certain number of youths, when disgust ensued, and 
 the Class was broken up. 
 
SECT. 8.] INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 53 
 
 secure foundation the fabric of their Technical Know- 
 ledge. The extent to which their Training can pro- 
 bably be supplied by Industrial Institutes, will be shown 
 in Chapter VI., but I may at once point to the de- 
 sirableness of cultivating there if possible, the easier 
 branches of Mathematical Studies, and especially Men- 
 suration. The facilities afforded by South Kensington 
 for the formation of Drawing Classes have already been 
 mentioned. Mechanical Drawing, of which the im- 
 portance has been so emphatically advocated by Pro- 
 fessor Fleeming Jenkin, will naturally be in most 
 places the favourite branch/ 1 ) but in many instances the 
 local Industries will call for Freehand and Decorative 
 Drawing, and the general rules of ARTISTIC TASTE in 
 Outline and Colouring, must nowhere be neglected. 
 
 There are many further items in the instructional 
 and recreational Bill of Fare of an Industrial Institute, 
 of which the appropriateness is so obvious that the only 
 question can be that of means and resources. I need 
 scarcely allude to French or German, but will name 
 Music, particularly vocal, as uniting such a variety 
 of advantages when well managed, that it would be 
 indeed a pity not to include it. 
 
 Let an Industrial Institute expand by the develop- 
 
 (1) See in the ' Journal of the Society of Arts ' for August llth, 1871, a 
 discourse delivered by Professor Fleeming Jenkin at the Mechanical 
 Science Section of the British Association, and in which the following 
 passages occur: "I cannot say too often, that the great want of the 
 workman is a knowledge of mechanical drawing." ... "The name of 
 mechanical drawing is given to one and all those representations the 
 object of which is to enable the thing drawn to be made by a workman. 
 Artistic drawing aims at representing agreeably something already in 
 existence, or which might exist, and for the sake of the representation ; 
 mechanical drawing aims at representing the object, not for the sake of 
 the representation, but in order to facilitate the production of the thing* 
 represented. Now I say that it is this latter kind of drawing which is so 
 vastly important to our artisans." 
 
54 INSTITUTIONS EEQUIEED. [CHAP. I. 
 
 ment of its intrinsic energies, and let it deserve like 
 that energetic specimen at Keighley in the West Riding 
 of Yorkshire, to have the funds of some obsolete 
 Endowment placed at its disposal by the enlightened 
 discrimination of H. M.'s Endowment Commissioners/ 1 ) 
 or let some other liberal hand sufficiently raise its 
 permanent resources, and it may become a TECHNICAL 
 COLLEGE : that is to say, it may unite with the ordinary 
 means of popular refinement, whatever else is involved 
 up to a certain level in the regular Technical Training 
 of Artisans, and become a recognized branch of the 
 proposed National System. 
 
 There should be a Technical College in every large 
 Town, say of 30,000 inhabitants and upwards, and 
 populous Cities should have several, which will then 
 take the name of DISTRICT TECHNICAL COLLEGES. 
 Each Technical College, besides maintaining friendly 
 intercourse with neighbours of its kind, and official 
 relations with any Provincial Technical University 
 within reach/ 2 ) should if possible be directly affiliated to 
 the Central Technical University, not only for its own 
 advantage, but also for acting as intermediary in dis- 
 pensing benefits to the Industrial Institutes of its arron- 
 dissement or district, of which Institutes it will be con- 
 sidered in some measure as the official guardian and 
 represen tati ve .( 3 ) 
 
 The Museum department forming an almost indis- 
 pensable feature of every Technical College, should be 
 
 (1) See "An Educational Experiment in Yorkshire/' reprinted from 
 ' Blackwood's Magazine ' for February, 1872. (Byles and Son, Bradford.) 
 
 (2) Allusion to this latter class of Institutions will be made presently. 
 
 (3) Technical Colleges should either have Industrial Institutes on model 
 principles annexed to them, or include their educational functions. It will 
 be seen as we proceed that similarly each Technical University, or at all 
 events the Central one, should have a model Technical College attached. 
 
SECT. 8.J INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 55 
 
 carefully developed, and comprise, besides the essential 
 illustrations of the Science of Daily Life, select contri- 
 butions to the study of the Physical Sciences, both pure 
 and applied, and it should specially include the Tech- 
 nology of the leading local Industries/ 1 ) Chemical 
 Laboratories will be a necessary appendage of these 
 Institutions, and well-appointed Ateliers would greatly 
 add to their educational value/ 2 ) 
 
 It may be found desirable to accommodate popula- 
 tions at a distance from the great industrial centres, by 
 arranging that Examinations of a Minor Degree may 
 be held by delegation at the Technical Colleges ; but 
 as a rule everything relating to the determining of 
 Standards, the prescribing of Curricula, and the pro- 
 viding of Text Books, as well . as of Certificates and 
 Diplomas, and generally the administration of the pro- 
 posed System, will rest with the Central Technical 
 University, assisted by the Provincial and Colonial 
 Institutions associated with it in this national under- 
 taking. 
 
 Various names have been proposed for the central 
 focus of Technical Instruction. The title of POLY- 
 TECHNICUM given to the admirable technical Institution 
 at Zurich, loses perhaps somewhat of its value in 
 this country, by its resemblance to that of the " Poly- 
 technic Institution " of ghostly notoriety. The word 
 
 (1) For further indications see Chapter II., Section 8. 
 
 (2) H. M. Commissioners on Scientific Instruction, &c., in their Fourth 
 Report speaking of towns of considerable population which at present 
 have no museums, or only such as are worthless for purposes of popular 
 education, but which seem well fitted for becoming centres of scientific 
 instruction, proceed to say : " If a Science School provided with labora- 
 tories and a typical museum existed in such a centre, it would exercise a 
 most important influence on the scientific education of the district. The 
 Museum would also be eminently attractive and humanizing as a place 
 of popular resort." 
 
56 INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. [CHAP. I. 
 
 PANTECHNICUM does not seem acceptable. NATIONAL 
 TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY has many points in its favour. 
 It is however very essential to avoid the apparent 
 assumption of any superiority over the Provincial and 
 Colonial Institutions of the kind, other than that arising 
 from a central position, and the ability to dispense more 
 benefits to them than they can offer in return. Conse- 
 quently I think it best to drop the word National for 
 the present, and to adopt either CENTRAL TECHNICAL 
 COLLEGE or CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. The 
 latter appellation is in some respects preferable. It 
 allows of giving similarly the name of Technical Uni- 
 versities to a certain number of first-class Technical 
 Institutions in various parts of the United Kingdom 
 and the Colonies, thus distinguishing them from the 
 Technical Colleges described above. Using provision- 
 ally this nomenclature for convenience, I shall suppose 
 the whole British Empire to be divided into suitable 
 Industrial Provinces, having their respective Provincial 
 or Colonial Technical Universities. These may either 
 be adaptations of, or offsets from Institutions esta- 
 blished for general educational purposes, or they may 
 consist simply of special TECHNICAL FACULTIES, work- 
 ing under one roof with Faculties of other descriptions, 
 or they may be constituted in other ways which it is 
 unnecessary to enumerate. The essential condition is 
 that they should be perfectly free to adopt principles of 
 enlightened and energetic progress, and that acting on 
 these they should, for their own and the public advan- 
 tage, unite with the Central Technical University in 
 such close bonds of amity and association, as to ensure 
 their carrying on the joint task of Technical Instruc- 
 tion, Examinations and Awards, with one spirit and 
 one standard. 
 
SECT. 8.] INSTITUTIONS REQUIRED. 57 
 
 Whatever equality of title and pretensions may pre- 
 vail between the local Technical Universities and the 
 one proposed to be established in the Metropolis, it will 
 evidently be their interest to throw on it a large share 
 of the responsible privilege of initiation, in order that 
 they may claim a large share of those benefits which 
 can only be derived from a certain accumulation of 
 power at a convenient centre. A similar rule will 
 apply to the relations between Provincial or Colonial 
 .Universities and the Colleges in their respective 
 spheres of influence ; and again between the several 
 Colleges and the Industrial Institutes within their 
 reach, and thus will be established that unquestionable 
 desideratum UNITY OF ACTION through VOLUNTARY 
 CENTRALIZ ATION. 
 
 Hitherto Industrial Instruction has been more dis- 
 cussed than practically pushed forward, and the few 
 attempts at actual progress, have lacked the strength 
 of concerted action. All we now see in the wide 
 domain of our National Industry, is but a compara- 
 tively resultless guerilla warfare against ignorance, 
 whilst what we want to see, are the regular tactics of 
 a well-trained host, in numbers and equipment national, 
 and national also in the unity of its strategy. 
 
 It would be difficult to overrate the value of the 
 services that may be rendered in this direction by the 
 proposed Central University. Developed on such a 
 scale of magnitude and efficiency, and on such prin- 
 ciples of systematic organization, as will entitle it to 
 take rank with the best foreign Institutions of the kind, 
 it will present to its Associates in the Provinces and 
 the Colonies, a model which in their respective degrees 
 they will be proud to emulate, and an exceedingly 
 convenient central repository of progressive knowledge, 
 
5 8 INSTITUTIONS EEQ UIRED. [CHAP. I. SECT. 8. 
 
 maintaining a constant intercourse with each of them 
 for the information of all, and always up to the level 
 of the times. Its influence for inducing everywhere 
 the improvement of existing Institutions, and for fur- 
 thering the establishment of new ones of every calibre 
 on the best principles of organization, will be so much 
 the greater as it will be exercised on purely disinte- 
 rested and patriotic motives, and backed by liberal 
 assistance, liberal, but not promiscuous ; for every 
 Institution thus benefited will be expected to show cor- 
 responding exertions, and to give itself the benefit of 
 the most approved systems of instruction. Greatest 
 however will be the boon conferred by supplying 
 Professors and Teachers corresponding as nearly as 
 possible to the varied nature of local wants and means, 
 yet all specially trained in the art of rendering sound 
 instruction, clear, easy, and entertaining, and of so 
 adapting themselves to their audiences, as by degrees 
 to raise their audiences to themselves. In return for 
 the services rendered to them, the local Centres of 
 Instruction will only be expected to diffuse freely 
 around them the assistance freely received, to report 
 all information likely to be of public benefit, to main- 
 tain as far as possible concerted action in all matters 
 in which the general interests of the Industrial Com- 
 munity are involved, and especially to promote every- 
 where Unity of Principle in administering Industrial 
 Instruction, and Unity of Standard in measuring its 
 results. 
 
( 59 ) 
 
 CHAPTEE II. 
 ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1 -PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION. 
 
 IT is natural to ask ourselves : Is this Central Em- 
 porium of Technical Knowledge to be provided by 
 Government, and if not, by what other agency ? It 
 would doubtless be interesting to discuss at once this 
 and other kindred questions; but it will be safer to 
 let their solution flow spontaneously from a detailed 
 and matter-of-fact examination of all the duties of the 
 proposed Institution, beginning with certain points of 
 organization and mode of action, which have hitherto 
 been only faintly indicated as parts of a general outline. 
 It may of course be assumed that in organizing an 
 Institution destined to be entrusted with vast influence 
 over the industrial interests of the Empire, no outlay 
 will be spared that may be necessary for securing Men 
 as well qualified for their respective positions, as those 
 composing the Staff of the best foreign Institutions; 
 but in all matters in which Economy can be practised 
 without detriment to real Efficiency, Economy must 
 constantly be the order of the day. The best practical 
 guarantee of a determination to uphold this principle, 
 together with a clear and systematic management of 
 accounts, will be the selection of an economical site. 
 It is to be hoped that whilst it will be healthy and of 
 convenient access, affording ample space for the deve- 
 
60 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION. [CHAP. II. 
 
 lopment of the proposed edifice and appurtenances, on 
 such a scale as to make it a worthy centre for the 
 industrial energy of the most industrial nation in the 
 world, it will at the same time be of so unpreten- 
 tious a character, that students in fustian may not 
 be considered as intruders, nor smoke and hammer- 
 ing denounced as nuisances. In a building of chaste 
 rather than elaborate design, the most successful features 
 of foreign Technical Institutions will be imitated with- 
 out being copied. The first-rate instruction given in 
 its Lecture Halls and numerous Class Rooms, will be 
 illustrated with the aid of a Museum composed of Col- 
 lections specially contrived for the purpose, and con- 
 spicuous for their comprehensiveness, yet still more for 
 the principles of thoughtful selection and arrangement 
 which will everywhere be made manifest. Laboratories 
 and Workshops of the most approved construction, will 
 be provided for the various specialities, with an unas- 
 suming completeness marking the actuality of their 
 purpose ; and if found feasible, the principle adopted 
 at the Cornell University will be introduced, of afford- 
 ing facilities for alternating study with remunerative 
 work/ 1 ) In short, whilst instruction, illustration, and 
 actual practice will be carried on in the most perfect 
 style, care will be taken that in every respect the 
 true interests of Technical and Commercial Industry, 
 may be constantly kept in view, and the highest 
 level of Industrial Knowledge and Ability, made 
 
 (1) There are many Trades that cannot be carried on in the workshops 
 of the University, but some of these may perhaps be practised in their com- 
 mercial reality in factories or workshops within reach. Moreover clever 
 and deserving Students will be encouraged to undertake for a moderate 
 remuneration the tutoring of their less advanced companions, as well as 
 to direct various operations in the Laboratories and Workshops, and to 
 take charge of any cheap Evening Classes that may be organized in favour 
 of the studious youths or adults of the neighbourhood. 
 
SECT. 1.] PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION. 61 
 
 accessible to the greatest number at the most moderate 
 expense. 
 
 Particular care will be taken so to organize the Ex- 
 aminations, that the various Certificates, Diplomas and 
 Prizes may always reach the right hands, and recom- 
 pense the right sort of attainments, and that every 
 Candidate, no matter where his knowledge may have 
 been acquired, may feel that he has at least a fair 
 chance. Liberal Exhibitions and Scholarships will 
 serve to attract from all parts of the Empire, young 
 men of humble origin but of shrewd and practical 
 genius, who will be regularly trained to the honourable 
 mission of diffusing in all directions through the local 
 centres of instruction, that knowledge which alone is 
 wanting to complete the efficiency of our Artisans, and 
 thus to perpetuate our industrial supremacy. 
 
 Every reasonable measure will be adopted for instil- 
 ling honourable sentiments and securing decorous con- 
 duct; but all creeds will be respected, and the bye- 
 laws and regulations will be such as no earnest and 
 sensible Student could object to. At the same time 
 the encouragement of easy terms will be offered to 
 OCCASIONAL STUDENTS ; that is to say, to Students 
 inscribed simply for attending certain Lectures or 
 Classes without becoming Candidates at the Exami- 
 nations, for using the Library and Museum beyond the 
 hours of Public admittance, or for enjoying laboratory 
 practice and the like. 
 
 Possibly it may be found practicable to induce the 
 erection, in close proximity to the University, of large 
 Buildings on the plan of Club Chambers, in which the 
 contrivances best calculated to secure cheap comfort, 
 would be carried out on hygienic principles. Arrange- 
 ments on an extensive scale might also be entered into 
 
C2 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION. [CHAP. II. 
 
 with respectable lodging-house keepers in the neigh- 
 bourhood, for securing on very reasonable conditions 
 the accommodation respectively required by the various 
 classes of Students/ 1 ) 
 
 However great the influence of the Industrial Ele- 
 ment in this Country, comparatively few persons have 
 made the requirements of Industrial Life the subject of 
 their earnest study ; and though Science is fast becoming 
 fashionable to talk of, it will be some time before the 
 bulk of the public knows what Science really is. Hence 
 the assurance with which impossibilities have been 
 announced, and the applause with which they have 
 been echoed. Now, sensational bombast may sometimes 
 render service in awakening the dormant energies of 
 the Country, but when we require those energies to be 
 expressed in Pounds Shillings and Pence, in other 
 words when the public purse has to supply an amount 
 which even reduced to its minimum will unavoidably 
 run into hundreds of thousands, plain common-sense 
 proposals, founded on patient impartial research, and 
 regulated, not stinted, by thoughtful economy, may 
 have the best chance of favour. 
 
 If there is one w r ord which more than any other 
 expresses the guiding spirit of the system now before 
 us, it is this word ECONOMY, taken in the sense of 
 striving to achieve unqualified success by the cheapest 
 means, with the least sacrifice of time and trouble. 
 There will be Economy in teaching the young Artisan, 
 as a part of his Primary Education, those Scientific 
 Rudiments which now, if learnt at all, are learnt 
 
 (1) If the number of students congregated at the Central University 
 would have to be in the direct ratio of the extent of its benefits the accom- 
 modation required would probably be something enormous, but it will be 
 seen that such inconvenient concourse will be obviated by the systematic 
 diffusion of knowledge at a distance. 
 
SECT. 1.] PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION. 63 
 
 in years that might be devoted to something more 
 advanced. There will be double Economy in so 
 devising that rudimentary instruction, as to make it 
 serve for all who acquire it, as a GUIDE to an intelli- 
 gent and thrifty management of the resources of 
 DAILY LIFE, whilst it will also serve the Young 
 Artisan as a GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION to his 
 Technical Training. 
 
 There will be Economy in utilizing as far as practi- 
 cable the present system of Apprenticeship, supporting 
 rather than replacing it with new resources ; Economy 
 also in letting the Artisan acquire during his Ap- 
 prenticeship at the nearest Industrial Institute, as large 
 a portion as possible of the attainments required for 
 his Minor Examination, and in the general plan of 
 making instruction within convenient reach of the 
 Student, enable him to dispense with seeking instruc- 
 tion at a distance/ 1 ) 
 
 If the Artisan, having exhausted the instructional 
 resources of his local Institute or College, must have 
 recourse to those of a higher Institution, he will find 
 there everything done within reason to economize his 
 means, his time, and his brains. To show how this 
 Economy can be effected without any notable detri- 
 ment, how a simplified doctrine can be brought within 
 the grasp of limited mental culture, and also how 
 Teaching Power of the right sort may be provided 
 *by means, varying according to circumstances, but 
 always sound, practical, popular and economical, will 
 be the purpose of future pages. In the meantime a 
 few features of the modus operandi may be indicated 
 by a light sketch of a typical case, imaginary, yet 
 probable. 
 
 (1) Particulars on this point will be found in Chap. VI. Sect. 1. 
 
64 TRAINING FOE [CHAP. II. 
 
 SECTION 2.-TRAINING FOR INDUSTRIAL PUR- 
 SUITS. 
 
 The DYER affords one of the most convenient ex- 
 amples of a common and well-known scientific Trade. 
 Accordingly we will assume that a Dyer's Apprentice 
 is serving his time to the satisfaction of an intelligent 
 Master, and attending Evening Classes at the Science 
 and Art School of a neighbouring Institute/ 1 ) When 
 first he went there the old-fashioned plan prevailed of 
 encouraging every one to take up whatever .branch 
 of studies he fancied he should like, irrespectively of 
 its having any connection with his Trade, and he took 
 to " Geometrical Drawing." Then hearing by chance 
 that Dyeing had something to do with Chemistry, he 
 attended a Course of Thirty Lessons on the Chemistry 
 of the Non-metallic Elements, delivered by a Professor 
 who maintained that it was far better to go thoroughly 
 into one branch of the Science, than to obtain only a 
 superficial acquaintance with the whole, and who made 
 up for paucity of experimental illustrations, by con- 
 stantly filling the Black Board with theoretical for- 
 mulas, and demonstrating the advantages of the new 
 over the old system of notation. Our Apprentice's 
 intellect not having received that degree of refinement 
 
 (1) It might be worth considering to what extent and in what manner 
 the Saturday afternoon could be utilized for affording art and science 
 instruction to the Working Classes, in lieu of the portion of the Sunday 
 appropriated in continental countries to the yisiting of Museums, the 
 holding of Drawing Classes, &c. 
 
SECT. 2.] INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS. 65 
 
 which makes people admire most what they least under- 
 stand, he felt little edified, and left off attending when 
 he discovered that this high class exposition of pure 
 Chemistry, even if it should ever get through the 
 Metals, and reach Organic Products in future years, 
 would take little notice of their industrial uses. 
 
 A change supervenes through the stimulus and as- 
 sistance afforded by a Central Technical University. 
 Thanks to a course of Popular Lectures on the Science 
 of Daily Life, delivered on the Binary System^ 1 ) our 
 Apprentice sees the main landmarks of Physics and 
 Chemistry taking up conspicuous positions in a series 
 of connected facts ; he appreciates the interest of these 
 facts, because they are expressed in simple and col- 
 loquial language, and supported by numerous specimens 
 and experiments, and he perceives at once their im- 
 portance, because by well -chosen examples they are 
 brought home to his daily wants. Science is no longer 
 to his mind dry and indigestible, and he gladly avails 
 himself the next year of an opportunity of attending a 
 methodical series of about Twenty Lessons on Chemistry, 
 not quite so easy as the previous Course, but still 
 sufficiently clear and entertaining to claim his willing 
 attention, even if there were not another motive directly 
 connected with his industrial prospects. He is in- 
 formed that by mastering a certain official Curriculum 
 or select range of knowledge specially calculated to 
 qualify him for his Trade, and the whole of which is 
 as practical and intelligible as this Course of Chemistry, 
 he may be able to pass a so-called Minor Examination 
 at the nearest Technical College, and to obtain a Minor 
 or Journeyman's Certificate as Dyer, which with the 
 
 (1) A full explanation of this System will be given in Chapter III., 
 Section 3. 
 
 F 
 
66 TRAINING FOE [CHAP. II. 
 
 testimonial for good conduct promised him by his 
 Master, will secure him employment wherever he goes. 
 With the exception of some suitable test of practical 
 efficiency, the Examination is to be by Papers written 
 without book or assistance of any kind, and this 
 troubles him, on account of the difficulty of expressing 
 his thoughts in readable English ; but he is assured 
 that due allowance will be made for the unavoidable 
 lack of literary training. He is further told that the 
 Technical Examinations in question are conducted on 
 a new principle specially devised for the benefit of 
 Working Men/ 1 ) He has in fact before him a detailed 
 Syllabus containing the whole of the questions he is 
 liable to be asked ; and though they embrace seriatim 
 the whole of the knowledge he is expected to possess, 
 and he cannot tell which Questions the Examiner may 
 select from each division of this long list, yet at all 
 events he is secured against being asked anything cal- 
 culated to puzzle rather than to probe his brains, or 
 anything that is not included in the Elementary and 
 Technical Text Books specially provided at a very 
 moderate priced 2 ) The Junior Dyer's Hand-Book is 
 well illustrated, and explains very clearly the rationale 
 of all the common operations of the Trade, as well as 
 those of the Cleaner and Scourer, generally connected 
 with it ; but in studying it he discovers to his dismay, 
 that his Master's business is far from including all the 
 appliances and processes of a complete modern Dyeing 
 Establishment. The upshot is, that the local Institute 
 and his Master's Establishment put together, cannot 
 supply the whole of the instruction demanded by his 
 Curriculum, and that at the conclusion of his Ap- 
 
 (1) See Chapter III., Section 5, and Chapter IV., Section 7. 
 
 (2) See Chapter IV., Sections 5 and 6. 
 
SECT. 2.] INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS. 67 
 
 prenticeship, he must spend a short time at the Tech- 
 nical College where he intends passing his Examination, 
 in order previously to complete his Studies/ 1 ) He 
 determines for various reasons to do this at the model 
 Technical College attached to the Central University, 
 in the Museum of which, besides unrivalled special 
 resources, he hopes to find a little remunerative em- 
 ployment in arranging illustrations of Dyeing Materials 
 and processes, for being supplied at cost price to pro- 
 vincial and colonial Institutions/ 2 ) 
 
 At the appointed time, our Candidate passes satis- 
 factorily the Dyer's Minor Examination, including : 
 
 A Grade 1 Course of the indispensable General 
 Scientific Foundation/ 3 ) 
 
 Grade 2 of Chemistry. 
 
 A cursory review of Textile Materials and Fabrics. 
 
 A certain insight into CHROMATICS, that is to say, 
 the Science which founds on the solar spectrum a 
 knowledge of primary and mixed colours, with their 
 harmonies and contrasts. 
 
 A scientific review of the Dye House, its construction 
 and apparatus, the materials usually dyed, and those 
 commonly used in dyeing or for other cognate pur- 
 poses, with indications of common adulterations, useful 
 substitutes, &c. 
 
 A practical review of the various processes and 
 operations generally included in the Dyeing Trade. 
 
 Rules of prudence to be observed for avoiding the 
 
 (1) The Dyer's Trade is peculiarly scientific. . In the case of most of the 
 ordinary Trades, an Industrial Institute ought to be able to supply the 
 whole of the Preparatory Knowledge, though not unfrequently the Tech- 
 nical Knowledge will have to be completed at a Technical College. 
 
 (2) See Section 8, J., of the present Chapter. 
 
 (3) For a detailed Syllabus, see Chapter IV., Section 1. ' 
 
 F 2 
 
68 TRAINING FOE [CHAP. II. 
 
 unhealthiness or danger to which there is a tendency 
 in some of the operations of the Dyeing Trade. 
 
 A few incidents of the History of Dyeing. 
 
 A suitable test of practical and manual ability. 
 
 Having obtained his Minor Certificate, our recog- 
 nized Journeyman turns it at once to good account 
 as a claim to satisfactory employment and first-class 
 wages. But more than any actual profit, he enjoys 
 the zest of doing everything with a perception of the 
 "reason why," and his enjoyment is mingled with a 
 confident anticipation of rising higher in his calling. 
 He has before him the Syllabus of the Major or 
 Master's Examination, and in conformity with its in- 
 dications, he takes a Grade 2, instead of a Grade I 
 Course for his General Scientific Foundation, and simi- 
 larly he endeavours to push forward one Grade most 
 of his other scientific attainments/ 1 ) This is no more 
 than every Technical College ought to offer him the 
 means of accomplishing, or than he may possibly 
 achieve by self-instruction. The third Grade thus as- 
 signed to his Chemistry only corresponds to the usual 
 level of elementary works/ 2 ) and is in fact what would 
 be prescribed at a high class College to every beginner 
 starting with a well-trained mind. Our Journeyman 
 Dyer still lacks the advantage of understanding Greek 
 derivations and the like, but the substantial knowledge 
 of Chemical Bodies and their properties which he 
 has acquired in mastering successively the two lower 
 Grades, compensates for educational deficiencies, and 
 makes smooth work of the Doctrine of Equivalents, 
 
 (1) For details see the Suggestive Summary of a Dyer's Curriculum in 
 Chapter V., Section 2. 
 
 (2) See Chapter IV., Section 3. 
 
SECT. 2.] INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS. 69 
 
 whilst his acquaintance with the results of the various 
 reactions, enables him to appreciate and enjoy the use 
 of the Notations by which they are so graphically 
 expressed. 
 
 Self-instruction in Science is mostly an arduous 
 and ungrateful task for a beginner, especially for one 
 deficient in general culture, but the case is different 
 with the Artisan who has already gone through a 
 regular Course of Studies, more particularly as the 
 exercise of his trade supplies him with most of the 
 technical illustrations he requires. It will probably be 
 only for a short time previous to the Major Examina- 
 tion, that our Journeyman Dyer need repair to the 
 University for completing the Technical portion of his 
 attainments ; that is to say for adding to his scientific 
 knowledge of the ordinary Dyeing Materials and Pro- 
 cesses, an equally thorough acquaintance with new 
 ones not yet in general use, with foreign ones deserving 
 of adoption, and generally with that extended circle of 
 ideas, and more independent and originating style of 
 thought, which ought to make the difference between 
 a Master and his Men. It need scarcely be said 
 that all this intellectual expansion, rendered easy 
 by the union of first-rate oral teaching with every 
 resource that the best technological Collections and 
 Laboratories can afford, will, independently of the 
 honourable and gratifying distinction of a Major Certi- 
 ficate, very soon repay our Dyer for the time and outlay 
 involved. 
 
 The Dyeing Trade is one of those in which higher 
 positions can be aspired to than in many of the ordi- 
 nary handicrafts. The Director or Foreman of large 
 Dyeing Works should be a thorough Chemist, and 
 possess a comprehensive knowledge of the various 
 
70 TRAINING FOR [CHAP. II. 
 
 resources placed at his disposal by inventive and com- 
 mercial industry, not only for ordinary times, but also 
 for times when certain products fail, or rise to an 
 exorbitant price, and must be replaced by substitutes. 
 It is indeed to Men of this grade in the complex and 
 scientific Trades, that we must mainly look for ad- 
 ditions and improvements in the respective branches 
 of manufacturing industry, and nothing will be spared 
 at the Central Technical University, that can enhance 
 their abilities, and secure for them an honourable re- 
 cognition. Should our typical friend be of the right 
 sort, a DIPLOMA OF EXCELLENCE presented with due 
 ceremony, will some day attest the fact that he has 
 satisfactorily passed the third and highest Technical 
 Examination. 
 
 The foregoing brief sketch of a Dyer's progress, 
 may, mutatis mutandis, serve to exemplify the stages 
 of study, examination, and reward, similarly open to 
 other branches of manual and commercial industry. 
 
 Commercial Trades, as stated in describing Category 
 B, will to a considerable extent be associated with the 
 producing and manipulating Industries. A Dealer 
 owes it to himself and to his customers to understand 
 well the nature, properties, and quality of the Articles 
 he sells, and this generally involves a certain acquaint- 
 ance with their origin and production or manufacture ; 
 though of course this knowledge, when spread over a 
 great variety of Articles, need not by any means equal 
 for each, that possessed respectively by those for whom 
 they are specialties. Many circumstances will concur 
 to render the participation of Merchants and Shop- 
 keepers, and also of many of their respective Employees 
 in the advantages of the Central University, alike 
 expedient and economical. They will find just the 
 
SECT. 2.] INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS. 71 
 
 information they want in many of the Courses delivered 
 for the benefit of the more Technical Industries, and a 
 large portion of the Museum will specially illustrate the 
 ministration of Commerce to the wants and comforts of 
 Daily Life. 
 
 Whilst domestic Book-keeping and the like will be 
 included in the General Foundation of which every 
 Student according to his Degree will be required to 
 possess a certain knowledge, the more complex forms 
 of Accounts will be specially taught for trade purposes, 
 and other commercial subjects will be dealt with ac- 
 cording to their importance, up to the highest spheres 
 of Commercial Geography, History and Law. 
 
72 AET INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. II. 
 
 SECTION 3.-ART INDUSTRIES. 
 
 If hitherto less mention of Art has been made than 
 might have been expected, it is not by any means on 
 account of any deficient appreciation of the part which 
 it has to perform in many of our National Industries. 
 It is perhaps as regards ornamental design, that the 
 progress of other nations, and our own shortcomings, 
 have been first and most forcibly brought under our 
 notice through the number of foreign Workmen en- 
 gaged by our employers of skilled labour. But, partly 
 on account of that very circumstance, a great amount of 
 intelligence and energy has already been brought to 
 bear on this department of technical requirements, and 
 the system of Art Schools centred at South Kensington, 
 is so capable of meeting all the most urgent demands, 
 that in most respects, and especially as regards the 
 training of Designers, it will be the manifest interest, 
 as it certainly will be the earnest desire of the pro- 
 moters of Technical Progress, to strengthen and to 
 profit by so useful an organization. It is hoped that a 
 considerable stimulus may be given to the study of 
 Drawing, by including it among the obligatory subjects 
 in the Examinations of several Manual Trades, and 
 no exertion will be spared to supplement existing re- 
 sources, by measures calculated to secure with the least 
 sacrifice of other useful studies, a more extensive and 
 practical diffusion of artistic ability and refined taste, 
 in the various departments of Technical Industry. It 
 will not however be forgotten that the Working Man's 
 
SECT. 3.] ART INDUSTRIES. 73 
 
 Education is a battle against time, and that fc as much 
 harm as good might be done by blindly pushing into 
 popular education, an amount of Freehand Drawing 
 that must necessarily push out a proportionate amount 
 of something else. There is a certain training of the 
 eye and mind to understand what is meant by a painting, 
 drawing, or print, to appreciate the difference between 
 a good picture and a daub, and to be capable of select- 
 ing household ornaments not deserving of a place in 
 the " chamber of horrors," which every sane and seeing 
 individual should possess. C 1 ) But manual ability at any 
 branch of the Arts of Design, unless it be a natural gift 
 in a very exceptional degree, is not to be acquired 
 without much time and teaching; and accordingly it 
 will be seen in the pages, specially reserved for the 
 details of the proposed Instruction (see Chapter IY., 
 Sect. 4), that particular care will be taken to reduce 
 the obligatory artistic attainments to easy utilitarian 
 standards ; especially as regards Candidates for Minor 
 Certificates. In many of the Chemical Industries, as 
 for instance those of the Brewer, the Soap Boiler, and 
 the like, the Arts of Design will be left out of the 
 question. In many of the Mechanical Trades, the Minor 
 Candidate will only be required to understand Draw- 
 ing sufficiently to enable him to work from a drawn 
 Pattern, whereas the Major Candidate will be expected 
 
 (1) I could name a Parochial School where a collection of Models, &c., 
 supplied at reduced rates by the Science and Art Department, besides 
 being used for a well- conducted Art Class, is displayed to good advan- 
 tage along the walls. The incipient appreciation of Art conveyed to the 
 minds of the children through thus having constantly some of its best 
 types before their eyes, requires no comment. One cannot help reflecting 
 on the further advantage that might accrue from similarly displaying 
 chromo-lithographs, or other suitable reproductions of some of the choicest 
 works of the Great Masters. It has been proved that if the supply of 
 them were organized on a large scale, the cost would become very 
 moderate. 
 
4 ART INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. II. 
 
 to be able to draw one, and this in many cases will 
 be made to include a certain amount of origination, as 
 well as of artistic skill. Thus the Journeyman who 
 aspires to a Major or Master's Certificate as Cabinet- 
 maker, must show that in taking an order for a Side- 
 board or a Bureau, he is not tied down to a pattern- 
 book, but can sketch the proposed article either in 
 perspective or isometrically, carrying out tastefully the 
 instructions of his customer. But independently of 
 obligatory attainments, sincere encouragement will be 
 given to every Artisan favoured by talent and oppor- 
 tunity, to push forward an appropriate style of Art as a 
 distinct " Subject," competing for Art Prizes if he has 
 a chance, and aiming very high if competent judges 
 pronounce him a genius. 
 
 In those Trades which come within the province of 
 Art- workman ship, Design will occupy a foremost place 
 both in the Minor and Major Studies, and Origination 
 will receive that attention of which the experience of 
 the Society of Arts shows that it is so much in need. 
 It appears that as long as the supplying of Model 
 Designs in the several branches of Art Industry formed 
 part of the system of the Society's yearly special Ex- 
 aminations, there was every reason to be satisfied with 
 the ability displayed by the respective Candidates in 
 carrying them out ; but that the attempt to raise our 
 Art Workmen a step higher by inducing them to be 
 their own designers, led to the results depicted as 
 follows in the official Report of the Adjudicators .C 1 ) 
 
 " In spite of the individual specimens of excellence 
 
 to which we shall presently allude, we are bound to 
 
 confess that the response made by Art Workmen to 
 
 the Society's liberal invitation to compete for prizes 
 
 (1) See the Society's ' Journal ' of the 5th March, 1869. 
 
SECT. 3.] AET INDUSTRIES. 75 
 
 offered during the last session, cannot in our opinion 
 be regarded as satisfactory. It will be remembered 
 that the lists of subjects proposed differed materially 
 from those of previous years it having been con- 
 sidered well, as an experiment, to test the workmen's 
 powers in the combination of original design with 
 skilful workmanship, and in novel directions rather 
 than to keep them in the groove of the reproduction 
 of the best works of the past.* * * * Whether it 
 is that the task recently set to the Art Workmen has 
 been beyond their present powers, or as is more 
 probable that they look with anxiety only to what 
 affects their regular employment, possibly, in some 
 cases, apprehending notoriety as a fault rather than 
 merit in their masters' eyes, certain it is that the 
 results of their labour, taken as a whole, are not such 
 as we had hoped for, nor such by any means, as we 
 think would have been made by French, or even 
 Belgian workmen, had a similar invitation been 
 addressed to them. We do not necessarily attribute 
 this to incapacity on the part of our Art Workmen as 
 executants, but ascribe it rather to their want, in this 
 case, of the directing and sustaining power which is 
 supplied to them, in the course of ordinary business 
 by the superior education and attainments of their 
 masters, and of the artists and designers, from whose 
 drawings, models, or suggestions, they may habitually 
 work." 
 
 Now I perfectly concur in thinking that our com- 
 parative failure in the endeavour to elicit tokens of 
 origination from our Art Workmen, is in great measure 
 to be attributed to the simple fact that origination is 
 not what their employers particularly wish them to 
 possess ; and I can perfectly follow out in my mind 
 
76 ART INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. II. 
 
 the hint given us by our Art Judges that " notoriety," 
 or in other words distinguished excellence in design 
 on the part of a workman, might not exactly please 
 a master who required merely a' perfect instrument, 
 patient, opinionless, and not possessing any merits 
 beyond those absolutely wanted. These are matters 
 that must not be ignored, nor dealt with indiscreetly ; 
 but there are fortunately indirect means as safe as they 
 are effective for overcoming the spirit of short-sighted 
 jealousy and mutual distrust, and for establishing satis- 
 factory relations between Masters and Men. One of 
 the main points is that both parties should not merely be 
 told what their mutual interests and duties are, but that 
 their natural intelligence should by a suitable education, 
 be trained into an habitual clearness of perception, and 
 a logical way of reasoning, which may make them see 
 for themselves what is right. Should adequate measures 
 be adopted for securing to all ranks of the People a 
 Schooling calculated to stimulate a healthy development 
 of the intellectual faculties, we may expect on the 
 one hand a more generous and far-seeing appreciation 
 of the industrial value of Art, whilst on the other hand 
 its adepts will soon show greater readiness and aptitude 
 to turn to good account the artistic instruction placed 
 within their reach. I am not a believer in panaceas, 
 and do not argue that Science will make a lad an artist ; 
 there is on the contrary, a kind of science and a way of 
 teaching it, more calculated to deaden than to improve 
 the poetic sentiment which should pervade his appre- 
 ciation of the chaste and beautiful in Art ; but I firmly 
 believe that Science so selected and so taught as to raise 
 the youthful mind towards heaven in thankfulness for 
 God's bounties, and at the same time to awaken it to 
 an intelligent arid lively use of them, is the most effective 
 
SECT. 3.J AET INDUSTRIES. 77 
 
 drilling that the mind can have for the development 
 of its highest as well as of its most practical faculties. 
 When Science of this kind shall have opened the under- 
 standing and elevated the aspirations of the Children 
 of the People, we shall not see our soldiers hungry and 
 shivering where a foreign campaigner would contrive 
 to make a comfortable meal, neither shall we see our 
 art workmen unable to compete with their neighbours 
 in thought and origination/ 1 ) 
 
 SECTION 4-TRAINING FOR PROFESSORSHIPS. 
 
 Training for Technical Pursuits, may be considered 
 as forming one great division of the educational opera- 
 tions proposed to be carried on at the Central Technical 
 University and the affiliated Institutions. Another 
 equally important division, will embrace the training of 
 Professors or Teachers of various grades and denomi- 
 nations, for carrying out the scientific and technical 
 propaganda of which this University is to be the centre. 
 Considering that every thoroughly competent Professor 
 sent out to a local Institution, will as it were, expand 
 into a multiple of industrial power, it is obvious that 
 this great division of the intended operations, will well 
 deserve the fullest meed of attention and energy. 
 Every exertion will be made to secure by means of 
 sufficient and well-administered Scholarships, and other 
 inducements, a constant influx of young men with 
 good abilities and a sound scientific foundation, who 
 after completing their studies at the proposed Univer- 
 sity, may be sent out again in all directions to supply 
 
 (1) See also respecting Art Industries Sect. 8, G., of the present chapter, 
 Sect. 4 of the 4th Chapter, and Sect. 14 of the 5th. 
 
78 TRAINING FOE PROFESSORSHIPS. [CHAP. II. 
 
 genuine Industrial Instruction, carrying with them the 
 latest improvements in Knowledge and educational 
 appliances. 
 
 It would be premature to attempt enumerating either 
 all the educational levels to be supplied with Teachers, 
 or all the Subjects which each stratum of Teachers 
 should embrace. For the present a few general indi- 
 cations will suffice : 
 
 Attention has already been drawn to the impor- 
 tant " Recommendation " of Her Majesty's Commis- 
 sioners on Scientific Instruction, that suitable provision 
 should be made at Training Colleges for the instruction 
 of the Students in the Elements of Physical Science. C 1 ) 
 The urgency of giving effect to this recommendation, if 
 anything like a general system of science-teaching is to 
 be introduced in the Primary Education of the People, 
 is as has already been indicated, but too obvious to those 
 who have watched the educational proceedings of the last 
 12 years. The adoption of the Eevised Code suddenly 
 depreciated the value of Science in the eyes of the 
 great body of Primary Teachers throughout the country, 
 because every knowledge except that of the three R's, 
 ceased to bring subsidies to their Schools. Even before 
 that time, though Students at the Training Schools 
 might gain certain advantages by learning Chemistry, 
 Physics or other branches of Science, each branch was 
 taken upon its own merits, without any reference to the 
 others, or to the requirements of Daily Life. On the 
 other hand, Domestic Economy was already included in 
 certain Examinations for Females, but it did not rest 
 on a scientific foundation, and the consequence was 
 what might have been expected : a knowledge of facts 
 (1) See Chapter I, Section 2. 
 
SECT. 4.] TRAINING FOR PROFESSORSHIPS. , 79 
 
 unsupported by a knowledge of principles, which the 
 least shaking would upset, and rules without rationale, 
 which would only guide through a straight path. 
 
 Should the suggestions of Her Majesty's Com- 
 missioners be carried out on a liberal basis, and the 
 provision at Training Colleges " for the instruction of 
 Students in the elements of Physical Science " be con- 
 strued into something like the range of select know- 
 ledge which has been described under the collective 
 title of " Science of Daily Life," a vast impulse will be 
 given to the studies of both sexes in that utilitarian 
 direction, and valuable indeed will be the aid afforded 
 by the Central Technical University, in supplying 
 those Establishments with Instructors of the exact kind 
 required. They will not only be fully versed in the 
 select range of Elementary and Applied Science to be 
 expounded to the Students, but they will have been 
 specially trained for imparting to these the best methods 
 of infusing genuine notions by degrees into the minds 
 of Children, through an attractive use of cheap, simple 
 and partly self-made apparatus ; thus illustrating in the 
 tuition that fertility of resources under difficulties which 
 Science is particularly calculated to engender/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) Besides the amount of Scientific knowledge which may be reckoned 
 among the prime necessities of Industrial Life, there are certain general 
 notions concerning the Earth and the Heavens of which the Child of the . 
 poorest Labourer should not remain ignorant. It is essential therefore 
 that the special Training Colleges for School Masters, should afford them 
 an opportunity of acquiring an easy insight into the leading facts of 
 Astronomy, Geology, and Physical Geography, and it may be convenient 
 that the Science Professors supplied to these Colleges by the Central 
 University, should be competent to include these subjects in their teaching ; 
 but at the same time they must be able to impart the art of introducing 
 matters like these briefly, strikingly, and as far as possible in the form of 
 recreation. It is consoling to find that Pedagogy, or the Art of imparting 
 Knowledge, is beginning to receive in this country that attention which 
 it has long enjoyed in Germany and elsewhere. 
 
80 TEAINING FOE PEOFESSOESHIPS. [CHAP. II. 
 
 Some years must of course elapse before these 
 principles can have permeated the Teaching Power of 
 the Schools of the People, and in the mean time, many 
 Schoolmasters, Schoolmistresses, and other persons en- 
 gaged in popular Instruction, may gladly avail them- 
 selves of special opportunities that will be offered them 
 for imbibing the Science of Daily and Industrial Life at 
 the various Institutions included in the proposed System, 
 and more particularly at the Central University itself. 
 
 Besides the Scientific Teaching Power required 
 for the Schools of the People, we must take into 
 account the Science Teachers demanded at a rapidly 
 increasing rate by numberless Schools, Academies, 
 Colleges, and Institutions for the Middle and Upper 
 classes, -having a commercial or otherwise a practical 
 tendency. 
 
 Next to Science at the School, we must consider 
 Science at the Industrial Institute ; that is to say, 
 Scientific Instruction of /an easy and attractive cha- 
 racter, offered to Apprentices and Artisans in all parts 
 of the Country, through the accommodation afforded 
 by Industrial Institutes, or by any other of the Meeting 
 Places for elevating purposes which it has been agreed 
 to include, for brevity sake, under that name. The 
 first step will be to train and send out special Agents, 
 or Commissioners of Industrial Instruction, competent 
 to deliver stirring Lectures in the Provinces on the 
 practical value of Knowledge, to organize on the best 
 principles every variety of Working Men's Clubs, 
 Institutes, Mutual Instruction Societies, Educational 
 Museums and Beading Rooms, &c. to initiate Even- 
 ing Classes of various descriptions, and methodical 
 Courses of Lectures on the plan adverted to in the next 
 paragraph, and in short, to introduce every appropriate 
 
SECT. 4.] TRAINING FOE PROFESSORSHIPS. 81 
 
 device for propagating attainments calculated to secure 
 a substantial scientific and artistic foundation for local 
 Industries. 
 
 It will be seen by the account of a new form of 
 Lecturing, fully described in Chapter III., Sect. 3, under 
 the title of the " BINARY SYSTEM," that in order to 
 follow up satisfactorily the foregoing measures of local 
 organization, the Central Technical University must, 
 besides ordinary Class Teachers, train and send out to 
 the various Institutions, Readers and Demonstrators 
 whose functions will be duly explained. 
 
 The duties of the Central University towards 
 Technical Colleges, will comprise in addition to the 
 foregoing, the supply of a higher class of Professors 
 including Technologists. It is essential that the Teach- 
 ing Staff of Technical Colleges should unite to zeal and 
 cleverness, that special training required for making 
 each Institution harmonize with the others, and all of 
 them with the Central and Provincial Universities. 
 These qualifications should be pre-eminent in the 
 person charged with the direction of a College, for 
 on him will greatly depend the stimulus given, and 
 assistance afforded, to the Industrial Institutes of the 
 surrounding country. The brains and hands required 
 for the College Museum, must not be forgotten ; nor 
 must either the spur of zeal or the curb of prudence 
 be wanting in the Chemical Laboratories; nor skilful 
 supervision in the Technical Ateliers, which may 
 assume so much importance if the introduction of the 
 Cornell plan of alternating study with work, should be 
 found successful ; and so much more if the deficiencies 
 of the present system of Apprenticeship should force 
 us to seek a partial remedy in a special development 
 of the Technical Colleges. 
 
 G 
 
82 TRAINING FOE PROFESSORSHIPS. [CHAP. II. 
 
 We now come to the professorial staff of the 
 Provincial and Colonial Universities, and of the Central 
 Technical University itself, to that body with many 
 members, of which the influence for promoting Industrial 
 progress and prosperity, will be immense, provided it 
 be of one mind. It may be assumed that the affiliated 
 Institutions of this grade, standing prominent in all the 
 great Technical Divisions of the Empire, may in due 
 time be able not only to train many Professors for the 
 subordinate Colleges and Institutes around them, but 
 to rear in some measure their own Staff; yet if the 
 Central University makes good use of the superior 
 resources resulting from its position, it will have no 
 difficulty in maintaining the welcome ascendancy of its 
 benefits. The best local men will feel that something 
 is wanting to their scientific culture, till it has received 
 the finishing touch at the Metropolis, and every possible 
 inducement for resorting thither will be offered to them, 
 for the sake of the centralizing influence which their 
 improved and systematized abilities will harmoniously 
 exercise in their several localities for the general good. 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL ECONOMY. 83 
 
 SECTION 5.-INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL 
 ECONOMY. 
 
 Bordering on one side on Political Economy, and on 
 another overlapping Social Economy, the department of 
 enquiry designated by the above title, and which might 
 also be styled the PHILOSOPHY OF INDUSTRY AND 
 TRADE, must be managed with particular caution at 
 an Institution like the Central Technical University, in 
 order to avoid all semblance of class or party bias ; but 
 there can be no doubt that under judicious treatment, it 
 may be made to afford additional claims to national 
 respect and gratitude. Industrial Economy, as we will 
 briefly denominate it, should be taught by Men of first- 
 rate abilities to advanced Students, either aspiring to 
 Diplomas of Excellence in important Industrial or Com- 
 mercial Pursuits, or in training for Technological Pro- 
 fessorships. Then again its essential principles should 
 be diffused by gentle permeation among all grades and 
 denominations of Students, and through almost every 
 branch of instruction, in the manner best calculated to 
 exercise a harmonising influence among the varied 
 elements of which the Industrial community is com- 
 posed. It may not be amiss to consider a few of the 
 means by which that teaching, and that diffusion, may 
 best be rendered safe and successful. Eepeated stress 
 has been laid on the reputation for disinterestedness 
 and impartiality which it is of vital importance that 
 the Central Technical University should maintain, as 
 
 G 2 
 
84 INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL ECONOMY. [CHAP. II, 
 
 an indispensable means for obtaining the confidence 
 and co-operation of other Institutions. Accordingly no 
 Professor will be appointed to a Chair of Industrial 
 Economy, or International Commercial Law, who is not 
 as well known for his discretion as for his abilities. 
 
 The principles of mutual support and reciprocal 
 benefits on which should be based the relations of 
 Capital and Labour, will be advocated by the eloquence 
 of facts, not of words. Well authenticated statistical 
 details, somewhat similar to those given in M. Le Play's 
 admirable work, " Les Ouvriers Europeens," will afford 
 materials for a parallel between the position of the 
 English Workman and that of his continental brethren, 
 and all other parts of the Labour Question will be 
 discussed in the same earnest matter-of-fact style ; not 
 to justify foregone conclusions, but to result in sug- 
 gestive ones. At the same time prominence will be 
 given to every well-organized Institution, and well- 
 conducted experiment, by which, in this Country or 
 elsewhere, it has been sought to bring industrial diffi- 
 culties to an equitable and satisfactory solution. 
 
 Commercial Economy will, as far as the diver- 
 gence of the two subjects allows, be treated in the same 
 spirit as Industrial Economy. By enquiring with 
 statistical accuracy into the commercial development 
 resources, and mutual relations of nearly all parts oi 
 the Globe, the causes of the rise and fall of certain 
 commercial centres will become apparent with a power 
 of instruction far above that of wordy warnings. 
 
 The questions of Protection and Free Trade, with 
 many others of analogous character, are more easily 
 and consequently more frequently determined by dog- 
 matic rules, but they will be more safely solved by a 
 thorough investigation of the particular circumstances 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL ECONOMY. 85 
 
 of the respective Countries, and the same process of 
 enquiry will lead to the adoption of International Com- 
 mercial Laws so constructed as really to be bonds of 
 common interest and permanent good-will. 
 
 As regards the gentle and gradual propagation 
 of sound notions of Industrial Economy among the 
 Industrial Community at large, this result will naturally 
 follow when the wholesome leaven of Science is intro- 
 duced into the minds of the rising generation. Though 
 in small quantity, it will by a spontaneous process of fer- 
 mentation, expand and vivify the intellectual faculties, 
 and provided their exercise be discreetly directed by 
 those who will have the opportunity of combining 
 with the functions of a Teacher the influence of a 
 Friend, we may look forward to better industrial times. 
 The enlightened Employer will see more clearly how 
 much the interests of his men are his own, and the 
 clever Workman, alive and active in all the concerns 
 of Daily Life, earnest and industrious in applying his 
 attainments to his work, and intelligently thoughtful 
 in turning them to the best account for the welfare of 
 his home circle, will be ever ready to apply the same 
 clear-headedness to his social relations, in a spirit at 
 once conscientious and conciliatory.^) 
 
 (1) The following is from a Letter which I addressed in March 1867 to 
 the Secretary of the Labourer's Friend Society : " It is through science 
 that the working man may render his position more secure by increased 
 ability to earn, whilst he adds to the value of his earnings by an im- 
 proved and more thoughtful expenditure; and if master and man can 
 both counteract high prices by knowledge and ingenuity, the chances 
 are that they may thus be mutually enabled to live and to let live ; and 
 that by their united efforts, they may yet renew the best times of our 
 industrial prosperity." 
 
 , ~ ' * 
 
 Library* 
 
86 FEMALE TRAINING. [CHAP. II. 
 
 SECTION 6-FEMALE TRAINING. 
 
 A praiseworthy desire is being manifested on all 
 sides, for a due development of facilities for the train- 
 ing of Females in the various technical pursuits for 
 which they are particularly well qualified, and it is 
 evident that this department of operations deserves to 
 receive a full amount of attention, in carrying out the 
 main and affiliated portions of the proposed system of 
 educational machinery. A few explanations may how- 
 ever be necessary in introducing this subject, to obviate 
 misapprehension . 
 
 Nothing is easier than to show that a Workman is 
 likely to give more satisfaction if his intelligence and 
 skill are assisted by a good training in the practical 
 elements of Science and Art, than if such assistance is 
 withheld ; but when an attempt is made to transfer the 
 argument to the other sex, too many persons will try 
 to stop the way with a barricade of hollow prejudice, 
 strengthened here and there with real anecdotes of 
 Girls whose heads were turned, or tempers spoiled with 
 Learning. The fact is, that to the want of a discreet 
 and judicious selection and adaptation of the subjects 
 taught, is in most cases to be ascribed the failure of 
 the teaching, and that in female as in male education, 
 the prime condition of success is that it should be to the 
 purpose. This remark extends even to those young 
 Ladies who are in a position to be able to select pure 
 intellectual refinement for the purpose of their study, 
 and who can afford to attend fashionable Lectures in a 
 
SECT. 6.] FEMALE TRAINING. 87 
 
 fashionable neighbourhood. It would be a matter of 
 great interest to review the numerous opportunities 
 already offered them for acquiring a high standard of 
 culture, showing to what extent the results are satis- 
 factory or otherwise, what further Institutions are 
 required, and generally speaking, in what directions a 
 cultivated female mind may find that satisfactory con- 
 sciousness of time well spent, in the hope of which those 
 who attempt to soar above their natural sphere of 
 action, are so often disappointed; but these questions 
 might lead us too far from our present Programme, 
 and moreover they are in a promising way of solution 
 through the enlightened labours of the " National 
 Union for Improving the Education of Women," orga- 
 nized under the highest patronage through the praise- 
 worthy origination of Mrs. Wm. Grey. 
 
 Two chief classes of legitimate purposes meet our 
 inquiry in the female as in the male department of the 
 operations of the proposed University ; namely, direct 
 training for Industrial or Commercial Occupations, and 
 Training of Teachers. 
 
 A. Training of Females for Industrial Pursuits. 
 
 Several Female Occupations worthy of note will 
 occur in the Analytical Review of Industries in general 
 (Chapter V.), and a better opportunity than the present 
 one will then present itself for canvassing various 
 matters of detail respecting Female Employments. In 
 the meantime it may be mentioned that the scientific 
 instruction involved, is generally of a limited range 
 and simple character. 
 
88 FEMALE TRAINING. [CHAP. II. 
 
 B. Training of Female Teachers. 
 
 The introduction in the Primary Education of the 
 People of select rudimentary notions of the Natural 
 Sciences, applied to the familiar concerns of Daily Life, 
 is not by any means an advantage to be confined to the 
 Boys. On the contrary, as far as the comfort of the 
 Home and the health of the Family are concerned, a 
 tincture of common sense based on scientific principles, 
 is peculiarly necessary for those on whom in the natural 
 order of things will devolve the care of the household. 
 A slight distinction may be made. For instance, the 
 use of the Mechanical Powers is rather an affair for 
 Men than for Women, but the many functions entrusted 
 to the latter as regards food, clothing, cleanliness and 
 the like, call loudly for a clear appreciation of what 
 is right or wrong according to Nature's Laws, and this 
 appreciation is most efficient when it has been acquired 
 at an early age, and has thus become instinctive and 
 habitual. Assuming these principles to be recognised 
 and put in practice, a change will supervene in the 
 training of Schoolmistresses and other female Teachers 
 engaged in Primary Schools for Grirls, even more marked 
 than that in the case of Male Teachers, because hitherto 
 Science has unfortunately been considered as altogether 
 uncongenial to the female mind. 
 
 The means adopted will be the same for both sexes : 
 Firstly as regards the present Members of the Pri- 
 mary Teaching Community, Mistresses no less than 
 Masters will have liberal opportunities offered them 
 by the local Technical Colleges and other Institutions 
 affiliated to the proposed system, for learning the 
 " Science of Daily Life," and how to teach it. Secondly, 
 
SECT. 6.] FEMALE TRAINING. 89 
 
 the Central University will reckon amongst its essential 
 duties, to provide the Training Colleges for Females no 
 less than those for Males, with Professors thoroughly 
 qualified to raise future Mistresses to the required 
 scientific standard. There is no reason why some of 
 these Professors, being intended for Female Colleges, 
 should not themselves be Females. 
 
 The question of the assistance to be afforded by the 
 Central University in reference to Schools of various 
 descriptions for the Daughters of the Middle and 
 Upper Classes, is much more intricate, and must in 
 great measure be influenced by the operations of the 
 National Union for Improving the Education of Women 
 of all Classes/ 1 ) In the meantime the following Courses 
 of Instruction may be pointed out as likely to be in- 
 cluded in that assistance, and to be followed up with 
 special Examinations and Certificates. 
 
 A Course on Female Pedagogy, considered both 
 in its general bearings, and in reference to the various 
 social levels. The Course should include the purposes 
 to be aimed at, and the most appropriate means of 
 attaining them, adding to the essential moral and 
 hygienic rules and considerations, those appertaining 
 to practical School Management and Discipline. The 
 whole to constitute that professional knowledge which 
 every person having charge of a Ladies' School ought 
 to possess/ 2 ) 
 
 (1) Address : Miss Louisa Brough, Secretary, Women's Education Union, 
 112 Brompton Eoad, S.W. 
 
 (2) Besides the valuable materials for such a Course that can be obtained 
 from the above-mentioned "Women's Education Union, I may point to the 
 suggestive matter contained in a late Bulletin of the ' Belgian Ligue de 
 1'Enseignement/ and especially to the highly interesting description of a 
 Model School for Girls near Korschach, by the Lake of Constance. 
 
90 FEMALE TRAWING. [CHAP. II. 
 
 An Exposition of the " Science of Daily Life," 
 conformable in its range of Elementary and Applied 
 Knowledge, and in its level of difficulty, to the Grade 2 
 Course proposed for Working Class Students, but altered 
 in the selection of examples as well as in the style of 
 language, to suit a high mental culture and habits of 
 social refinement/ 1 ) 
 
 Detached Courses on interesting branches of 
 Science, specially arranged, and being either further 
 special developments of those included collectively in 
 the foregoing range, or careful adaptations of others, 
 such as Astronomy, Physical Geography and the like. 
 
 It is proposed that the Courses of Instruction indi- 
 cated under these three headings, and such others as it 
 may be found expedient to add, shall be held either in 
 distinct Female Departments of the Technical Univer- 
 sities and Colleges, or at special affiliated Institutions, 
 and that the most liberal facilities for regular attend- 
 ance shall be offered, not only to Ladies engaged in or 
 intended for the directing or teaching staff of Middle 
 or Upper Class Female Educational Establishments of 
 every description, but particularly also to Resident and 
 Daily Governesses. To establish in various parts of 
 the Country, Female Scholastic Training Institutions on 
 the most approved principles, where the above attain- 
 ments would be judiciously associated with a selection 
 of the usual ones, to provide for a constant supply of 
 suitable Professors, and to organise reliable Examina- 
 tions with Certificates of, uniform Standards, would be 
 a work which the Central Technical University with 
 its ubiquitous affiliations would be particularly com- 
 petent to undertake, and the satisfactory accompli sh- 
 
 (1) It may be well to have also a more advanced Course corresponding 
 to Grade 3. 
 
SECT. 6.] FEMALE TRAINING. 91 
 
 merit of which, would be the means of vastly improving 
 the chances of health and happiness among future 
 generations. It is moreover through Science discreetly 
 blended with moral influences, that young Ladies must 
 learn the secret of crowning life's real enjoyment with 
 the satisfaction of making ends meet. 
 
 There are a large number of Occupations, some 
 approaching in character to those we have been 
 considering, others shading off to Industrial Pursuits, 
 which might be benefited by arrangements more or 
 less similar to the foregoing. It will suffice to indicate 
 by way of examples, those connected with Eeformatory 
 and Mission Work, with District Visiting and Poor 
 Relief, with the care of the Sick, with certain forms of 
 Domestic Service, &c. 
 
 SECTION 7.-PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 It has by this time become sufficiently apparent, that 
 in order to be of real benefit, the proposed or any other 
 National System of Technical Instruction, must acquire 
 general acceptance and uniform interpretation for its 
 scheme of Studies, its method of Examinations, and its 
 standard of Awards. It has also become evident that 
 a Central Technical University charged with accom- 
 plishing this result, whilst it will need, and must strive 
 to deserve the hearty concurrence of local Institutions, 
 must cheerfully support the chief onus of organizing 
 the operations, and providing the educational Rolling 
 Stock ; the more so as it is only by means of several 
 decided innovations, that Scientific Studies and Exa- 
 minations can be popularized. Each of these innova- 
 tions will successively be made the subject of special 
 consideration in the following Chapters, but our present 
 
92 PUBLICATIONS. [CHAP. II. 
 
 purpose of getting a general and connected notion of 
 the modus operandi of the proposed University, requires 
 that a few moments' attention should be bestowed on 
 the literary or editorial portion of its labours. 
 
 Any INSTRUCTIONAL BOARD or Committee that may 
 be charged with preparing the Educational Requisites, 
 whilst the Architect is preparing the Building, will not 
 have the easier task of the two. A great part of what 
 will be wanted, in the literary line, will have to be 
 created ; especially the popular Text-books hereafter 
 described (Chapter IY. Section 5), giving in two pro- 
 gressive Grades the Courses of GENERAL SCIENTIFIC 
 FOUNDATION, Elementary and Applied, of which every 
 Student will be required to possess a certain knowledge. 
 They will be troublesome to compile on account of the 
 difficulty experienced by high-fed minds in stooping to 
 meet minds accustomed to a low diet. But when this 
 task is done, the consciousness of the benefit conferred 
 thereby on the teaching community, and through it on 
 generations yet untaught, will be proportionate to the 
 difficulties overcome. In the higher Grades, existing 
 Books, or selections therefrom, will be utilized under 
 advice and guidance that will greatly add to their value. 
 (Chapter IV. Section 3.) 
 
 Another literary task of greater magnitude will be 
 to prepare two series of Industrial and Commercial Text 
 Books ; viz. a Junior Series of HANDBOOKS correspond- 
 ing to the requirements of Minor Students, and an 
 Advanced Series of MANUALS suited for Major Students ; 
 each series to be also printed for reference as a TECHNICAL 
 CYCLOPEDIA (Chap. IV. Sect. 6). The preparation of 
 these voluminous works, and their publication with an 
 abundance of superior Illustrations at a very reasonable 
 price, to say nothing of keeping them up to the latest 
 
SECT. 7.] PUBLICATIONS. 93 
 
 technical improvements by means of frequent Supple- 
 ments, and of occasional new Editions, are labours of 
 which only a powerful Body, sure of the general 
 appreciation of its disinterested exertions, could afford 
 to give the benefit to the country. 
 
 SECTION 8.-THE MUSEUM AND DEPARTMENTS 
 CONNECTED THEREWITH. 
 
 A. Visual Instruction for the Industrial Institute, 
 the Technical College, and the Central Uni- 
 versity. Leading Principles. 
 
 VISUAL INSTRUCTION, long valued in Germany under 
 the name of Anschauungs-Unterriclit, has deservedly 
 obtained much favour in England, but still leaves great 
 room for improvement. It is intended to be developed 
 to the utmost at the Central University, both as regards 
 its constant use, and also as regards the publishing of 
 Diagrams and other Illustrations, more correct, better 
 executed, and cheaper than it is possible for them to be 
 supplied as a trade speculation. 
 
 It is in the MUSEUM DEPARTMENT of the proposed 
 University that Visual Instruction will display its 
 varied resources with peculiar advantage. Though its 
 Collections will necessarily depend to a considerable 
 extent on circumstances which cannot at present be 
 foreseen, a number of points are ripe for consideration, 
 involving principles and purposes susceptible of general 
 application, which bring them within the compass of 
 the present Chapter, though they may occasionally run 
 somewhat into details. 
 
94 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 The Central Technical University will have attached 
 to it, a Technical College, and an Industrial Institute, 
 models of organization and activity, and each having 
 its Museum which will consist of Apparatus and Il- 
 lustrations wanted from time to time for teaching pur- 
 poses, and as far as practicable permanently displayed 
 for the instruction of the Students. Adding to these 
 repositories that of the University itself, we see that 
 three distinct typical MUSEUMS will be offered for pro- 
 vincial and colonial imitation. They will be very dif- 
 ferent in their scales of development, but all three will 
 have more or less for their nucleus and starting-point, 
 the Illustrations required for a Course of Studies on the 
 range of practical knowledge, preparatory and applied, 
 which has been described as the " Science of Daily Life." 
 
 An INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTE of humble means may be 
 obliged to content itself with a course of the simplest 
 standard, namely Grade 1. Of the apparatus, Dia- 
 grams, Chemicals, &c. appertaining to the preparatory 
 division, only certain portions are suited for display ; 
 but a highly instructive little Museum may be formed 
 at a small expense, and in a small space, with the 
 Illustrations of the second division, representing as they 
 do in methodical succession, the several Departments of 
 DOMESTIC and SANITARY ECONOMY. (See Chapter IV. 
 Section 1.) It is evident that an intelligent Student 
 inspecting Class after Class of this ECONOMIC COLLEC- 
 TION, with a printed Course of familiar Lectures in 
 hand, will have as near an equivalent to the advan- 
 tages of oral teaching as can well be desired, and 
 particularly that it will afford him an excellent 
 reminder if he has already heard the Course. Even 
 in this humble Grade the origin and process of manu- 
 facture of many of the Articles will necessarily be 
 
SECT. 8.] VISUAL INSTRUCTION. 95 
 
 illustrated ; for it would be impossible otherwise to 
 convey a sufficient idea of their nature and relative 
 value for use. Should the Institute include a School 
 of Design, many of the Art Illustrations required for 
 its use, may as hinted elsewhere, be permanently dis- 
 played to good advantage. Eespecting other features 
 of instructional or recreational development, I cannot 
 do better than again refer to the papers published by 
 the " Working Men's Club and Institute Union," 150 
 Strand. 
 
 In the Museum of a TECHNICAL COLLEGE, devised 
 for a more comprehensive and advanced study of the 
 requirements of Daily and Industrial Life, the Techno- 
 logical Illustrations will assume increased importance, 
 giving as far as possible an insight into the rationale 
 of all the most noted Industries/ 1 ) Associated with this 
 Groundwork of Practical Knowledge will be : Istly. 
 Illustrations of Art, pure and applied. They need not 
 be very numerous, but should be carefully selected, so as 
 to present a choice variety of marked types/ 2 ) 2ndly. 
 Any available materials susceptible of attractive and 
 instructive display ; such as : Illustrations of the 
 Zoology, Botany, Geology, or Archaeology of the neigh- 
 bourhood ; ( 3 ) Astronomical, Geographical and Historical 
 Charts and Apparatus ; Models of Machinery, &c. 
 
 (1) In each locality particular attention should be paid to the Illustra- 
 tions of Industries prevailing in the neighbourhood. 
 
 (2) Some of the Indications given further on in reference to the Art 
 Department of the University Museum, would equally apply to the case 
 of a well-developed College Collection. The value of Chromo-lithography 
 for reproducing at a cheap rate select works of the best Masters, has 
 already been mentioned. 
 
 (3) " The museums of less important towns are generally very incom- 
 plete. They too often consist of specimens unconnected with each other, 
 the gifts of travellers possessing little or no knowledge of natural history. 
 When they are the results of the labours of some local naturalist or of 
 
96 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 3rdly. Anything that may be found suitable for display 
 in connection with the Mathematical or Classical 
 Studies carried on at the College. 
 
 Generally speaking, it will be the policy of provincial 
 Technical Colleges, to unite within their walls every 
 Scientific, Artistic, and Literary Instruction of which 
 their District may be in want ; for where resources are 
 limited, as in most country Towns, strength lies in the 
 concentration of patronage. In a vast and wealthy 
 Metropolis division of labour becomes possible and 
 desirable. Whilst other branches of Education are 
 attended to by other Institutions, each in the spirit of 
 its calling, the special task proposed to be entrusted to 
 the Central Technical University, that of organizing 
 and maintaining an improved educational status of the 
 Industrial Community, can only be accomplished by 
 that practical and utilitarian spirit which characterizes 
 Industrial Enterprise ; and in its MUSEUM as well as in 
 its Lecture Halls, nothing will as a rule be admitted, 
 which has not a bearing on the technical success or 
 physical well-being of the Industrial and Commercial 
 Population. 
 
 As in the Institute and the College, the principle 
 will be upheld of first making the proposed Studies 
 point out whatever objects they require by way of 
 illustration, and then displaying for the best advantage 
 of the Public, as well as of the Students themselves, 
 such of these objects as are suited for display. The 
 more purely scientific Apparatus will probably be 
 accommodated in or near the Lecture Eooms, but with 
 the objects illustrating Science and Art applied to 
 
 some provincial society they are exceptional, and sometimes of great 
 value." Fourth Eeport of H. M. Commissioners on Scientific Instruction, 
 &c , April 1874. 
 
SECT. 8.] VISUAL INSTRUCTION. 97 
 
 Daily Life and Technical Industry, will be constructed 
 an Educational Museum, intelligible and profitable alike 
 to the Students specially concerned, and to the miscel- 
 laneous Visitors representing the thirst for knowledge 
 of the neighbourhood. A nd here it must be distinctly 
 remembered that as a sine qua non of the success of a 
 University intended to be patronized by the Working 
 Classes, it must be situated in a Working Class Locality, 
 cheap, industrious, decent and not overdone with culture, 
 where People are not fastidious about the cut of a coat 
 or the material it is made of. 
 
 B. Rules for Guidance in Collecting Materials. 
 
 The majority of the old Public Museums have been 
 the creations of opportunity rather than of deliberate 
 design, and consist of gifts rather than of purchases. 
 Consequently their growth is often distorted through 
 wealth accumulated in one department, whilst another 
 remains poverty-stricken, or is conspicuously absent, 
 and there is an uncomfortable incongruity about them, 
 because they have been enriched with collections formed 
 with different views from those with which their first 
 nucleus was produced. Then again a large proportion 
 of the Museum Curiosities brought home by travellers 
 from distant climes, are sensational rather than educa- 
 tional ; or if they supply missing links in scientific 
 series, they speak to the learned, and are mute to the 
 Working Man. For these and various other reasons, 
 if we submit to an impartial analysis the benefit sup- 
 posed to be conferred on the masses by the frequent 
 inspection of Public Museums of the old type, we find 
 that it consists more in rousing the intellect than in 
 
 H 
 
98 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II 
 
 feeding it, and less in mixing recreation with study, 
 than in preventing its being mixed with vice. 
 
 The Museum of the Central Technical University 
 will be got together on different principles. As soon 
 as the general Schedule of the proposed Courses of 
 Study has been made out, and the necessary Illustrations 
 of every kind have been ascertained, these will be 
 mentally digested together with the intellectual require- 
 ments of the surrounding Population, an eye being had 
 at the same time to the available means and space. 
 Thus a few distinct Collections will suggest themselves ; 
 each of these according to its nature and purpose will 
 divide itself on paper into Classes, Sections, Groups and 
 Sub-groups, and on this canvas, Science and Common 
 Sense will assist each other in methodically inscribing 
 the future contents of the Museum. To make the list 
 for each Department sufficiently complete, the assistance 
 of special Experts will be called in. To prevent any 
 Department from expanding out of due proportion to 
 the rest, special zeal will be restrained by general 
 supervision/ 1 ) 
 
 The WORKING PROGRAMME being completed, and a 
 place devised for everything, the task will begin in 
 earnest, of getting everything to its place. In the 
 practical accomplishment of this, a certain discretionary 
 power must be allowed, and considerable fertility of 
 expedients called into action ; for resources which one 
 has had reason to reckon on may not always justify 
 one's expectations, and on the other hand certain sets 
 of articles may come in, rather beside the exact line, or 
 out of due proportion to others, and yet too valuable 
 
 (1) Respecting suggestive Inventories and Working Programmes that 
 may be inspected at the renovated Twickenham Economic Museum, see 
 the Note at the end of the first Section of Chapter III. 
 
SECT. 8.] EULES FOR GUIDANCE, ETC. 99 
 
 to be refused ; but on the whole, if the Programme is 
 really the work of experience, forethought, and dis- 
 interestedness, and if the same principles preside over 
 the expenditure of a liberal subsidy in realizing it, the 
 proposed Museum will rapidly acquire sound educational 
 efficiency, and in due season become an acknowledged 
 model of its kind. 
 
 The willingness of Manufacturers and Tradesmen to 
 come forward with their contributions on such occasions 
 for the sake of the advertisement, will be turned to 
 account as far as it is found to work in the right direc- 
 tion ; but implicit confidence must not be placed on this 
 resource, which is often too much relied on. Eager- 
 ness for increased publicity does not always proceed 
 from consciousness of merit, and the best industrial 
 gems are sometimes kept away by shyness, or the pride 
 of worth. A certain amount of expenditure will be 
 well employed in filling gaps left by speculative gene- 
 rosity, and in procuring for instructive censure at the 
 Lecture Table, articles which if accepted as donations, 
 would become entitled to silence. It is generally the 
 etiquette of Public Museums to avoid the responsibility 
 that might be incurred by explaining the merits or 
 demerits of the various Articles ; but the Central Tech- 
 nical University, strong in its unbiassed sense of duty, 
 and in the practical abilities of its Professors, will make 
 it a rule to afford, through the Labels and Handbooks 
 of the Museum, no less than through the verdicts of 
 the Laboratory and Lecture Hall, a plain and salutary 
 guidance to all who seek it. 
 
 H 2 
 
100 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 C. Rules for Guidance in Arrangement and 
 Display. 
 
 Istly. The construction of the MUSEUM, like that of 
 every other part of the University Buildings, will be 
 in strict accordance with its purpose, and its general 
 style of Decoration will be a lesson of neatness without 
 pretence. 
 
 2ndly. The Stands, Glass Cases and other Fittings 
 and Appliances of every kind, will be thoughtfully 
 selected or contrived with a view to the following 
 desiderata : C 1 ) 
 
 Adaptation to space and light. 
 
 Easy conveyance to the Lecture Hall of por- 
 tions of the Collections not possessed in dupli- 
 cate. 
 
 Easy interpolation of unexpected additions, or 
 exchange of unsatisfactory Articles or Diagrams 
 for better ones. 
 
 Convenience for keeping Pictorial Illustrations 
 and other accessories near the Articles to which 
 they appertain, and generally for compactly 
 grouping together the often heterogeneous be- 
 longings of each Subject ; references being made 
 to those which on account of their bulk or other 
 causes must be placed elsewhere. 
 
 Convenience for close inspection of objects 
 
 (1) Various Illustrations of the devices and appliances adopted for 
 these purposes at the Twickenham Economic Museum, are preserved 
 in the depository erected on part of the site which it occupied before its 
 destruction by fire on the 5th of April, 1871. 
 
SECT. 8.] BULES FOB GUIDANCE, ETC. 101 
 
 requiring it, and for showing a good amount of 
 surface -with small quantities, e.g. flat bottles, 
 and glazed boxes with moveable bottoms. 
 
 Exclusion of Dust and Smoke. Preservation 
 from Insects, Damp, and other Causes of de- 
 terioration. 
 
 Facilities for frequent Cleaning. 
 
 Srdly. All reasonable precautions will be taken 
 against Fire, by appropriate modes of Construction and 
 Materials, by a ready .Water-Supply, and by good 
 practical regulations. 
 
 4thly. The order of the Departments in each Division 
 of the Museum, and of the Articles in each Department, 
 will, as nearly as conveniently possible, be that adopted 
 in the Courses of Studies, and in the corresponding 
 Text Books ; so that these may be used by the Students 
 in their regular visits to the appropriate parts of the 
 Museum, after the respective Lectures or Lessons. 
 
 5thly. In order to secure the full benefit of the 
 foregoing suggestion, the arrangement of the Stands 
 and other Fittings, and of the passages or gangways 
 between them, will be such as to induce even the casual 
 Visitor to take things in their proper order. He will 
 be guided by suitable indications, and referred occa- 
 sionally from one part of the Museum to another, as 
 from one Chapter to another in a Book. 
 
 Gthly. What is sufficient for an advanced Student, 
 would be bewildering for a Beginner. Accordingly, 
 certain indications, as for example Tickets of a par- 
 ticular colour, or bearing the words " commonly used," 
 will point out to him for special notice the things that 
 everyone ought to be acquainted with, and a special 
 Guidebook will tell him all it is most essential he 
 
102 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 should know about them, in so companion-like a way, 
 as to leave the least possible room for regretting the 
 absence of a Demonstrator/ 1 ) It is evident that any 
 intelligent person desirous of mastering a given range 
 of scientific or technical information, who in successive 
 visits to a Museum thus organized, attentively collates 
 what he reads with what he sees, enjoys as near an 
 approximation to, and as good a substitute for, a series 
 of oral Lessons, as can well be devised. He has not 
 the advantage of witnessing experiments, or of being 
 able to ask questions, but he has that of adapting his 
 visits to his leisure, and his progression to his mental 
 strength. 
 
 Tthly. Instructional Labels in bold type will court 
 the Visitor's glance, and forcibly impress on his mind 
 condensed abstracts of information particularly de- 
 serving his attention/ 2 ) 
 
 (1) The plan of having the objects orally explained to successive groups 
 of Visitors has been tried, but not found to answer where Visitors are 
 numerous. 
 
 (2) When first I began organizing my Economic Museum, I intended to 
 have everywhere in convenient proximity to the various articles displayed, 
 Instructional Labels, giving the required information concerning them ; 
 and this plan was carried out in a portion of the Food Department ; but I 
 found that if adopted throughout, it would add too much to the difficulty, 
 unavoidably great, of arranging a multitude of illustrations of all kinds 
 within convenience of inspection, and moreover that the few persons who 
 would take the trouble to read so much printed or written matter, would 
 prefer taking it home with them in the form of a Hand-book. I consider 
 that in the enlarged Food Collection instituted at the South Kensington 
 Museum, and since removed to Bethnal Green, a wise course has been 
 adopted in displaying only condensed abstracts of pithy information, 
 which could be printed in large type and read at some distance. The Col- 
 lection of these Labels, especially of those giving food analyses, is highly 
 instructive, and has proved of great service to many local Museums, 
 including my own, to which they have been courteously distributed. 
 
SECT. 8.] THE ECONOMIC COLLECTION. 103 
 
 D. The Economic Collection.^ 
 
 The Collection of all others that will equally benefit 
 the Public at large, and the University Students, will 
 be that illustrating the Applications of Science to 
 Domestic and Sanitary Economy. The Science of 
 Daily Life, as already stated, has two Divisions/ 2 ) 
 The one consisting of a groundwork of ELEMENTARY 
 SCIENCE is not easily taught by motionless display, and 
 Visitors who wish to see its paraphernalia, will be 
 recommended to see them in action at the Lecture 
 Table. The other Division on the contrary, extending 
 over the picturesque ground of APPLIED SCIENCE, is 
 particularly adapted for supplying to the Public at 
 large, in an attractive form, the principles of Health 
 and Comfort, whilst at the same time, as the origin and 
 progressive manufacture of many things must be gone 
 into for understanding their nature and value, it sup- 
 plies to the Technical Student, excellent Technological 
 Practice. Accordingly this ECONOMIC COLLECTION, 
 developed on nearly the same plan as that proposed for 
 a College Museum, but on a vastly expanded scale, will 
 receive every care and attention that may render it in 
 all respects a standard for general imitation, and a 
 national place of reference. 
 
 (1) The word Economic applied to a Collection or Museum, implies when 
 taken in its fullest sense, that the contents illustrate Domestic, Sanitary, 
 Industrial, Educational, and Charitable Economy. A brief account of 
 the Economic Movement, and of the formation of the Twickenham 
 Economic Museum, will be found in the next Chapter. 
 
 (2) See the Syllabus in Chapter IV., Section 1. 
 
104 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 E. The Industrial Collection. 
 
 Besides the amount of technological Illustrations 
 which appertain to a complete Economic Collection, a 
 great many others of less general interest, will be 
 required in an Institution where Technical Industries 
 will be constantly the order of the day, and where 
 their study will be pushed by some to its utmost limits. 
 It will therefore have to be considered to what extent 
 the technological should be separated from the eco- 
 nomic Illustrations, and transferred to a distinct INDUS- 
 TRIAL COLLECTION. Among various points that will 
 have to be determined respecting the latter, will be the 
 question whether new Inventions and Improvements 
 should be exhibited for a time as such, in a special 
 Department. 
 
 F. The Commercial Collection. 
 
 COMMERCE that supplies Daily Life with its neces- 
 saries, and manufacturing Industry with its Eaw Mate- 
 rials, is well entitled to have a division of the Museum 
 to itself, where many of these things may be exhibited 
 over again, under the entirely different light thrown 
 on them by a geographical classification ; that is to 
 say, by arranging them, not according to the purpose 
 for which they are employed, but according to the 
 Country or Region which supplies them/ 1 ) Charts of 
 
 (1) The late Sir William Hooker, to whose enlightened administration 
 Kew Gardens owe so many useful attractions, fully admitted the principle 
 that differences of purpose, classification, and explanation, may make very 
 distinct Museums with nearly the same materials. It may be remarked 
 
SECT. 8.] THE COMMERCIAL COLLECTION. 105 
 
 Geological, Physical and Meteorological Geography, 
 with others showing the consequent ranges of natural 
 and artificial production, Tables of Commercial Statistics 
 brought to the most striking form of visual expression, 
 and in short everything that graphic illustration or 
 printed matter can legitimately do, will be done to 
 enhance the practical value of this Collection for all 
 interested in commercial transactions. 
 
 G. The Art Collections. 
 
 The extent to which it may be desirable to develop 
 the Art Gallery of the University Museum_, will in 
 some measure be in inverse ratio to the facilities which 
 the proposed Establishment may possess for intercourse 
 with South Kensington and other Art Centres, and in 
 direct ratio to the desirableness of a local Collection. 
 For the present it may suffice to allude to the following 
 points. 
 
 The various Schools and high-art styles of Paint- 
 ing, Sculpture and Architecture, will be represented 
 as thoroughly as circumstances may. admit by typical 
 examples, carefully selected for the instruction of the 
 Public as well as of the Students. A critical Guide- 
 book or catalogue raisonne will point out in detail the 
 beauties and defects of each work, as well as the general 
 character of each School and Epoch. A thoughtful 
 consideration will be devoted to the question of SUBJECT 
 in Painting and Sculpture, and every endeavour will 
 be made to refine not only the VISUAL TASTE, but also 
 
 that an Economic Collection will display a far greater number of articles, 
 and go far more minutely into every interesting particular concerning 
 each article, whilst a Commercial Collection will multiply the specimens 
 of a staple article by a far greater number of places producing it. 
 
106 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 the AESTHETIC SENTIMENT of the Working Classes. The 
 principles of selection to which Art Galleries owe their 
 origin and mode of growth, differ too often from those 
 which would best conduce to popular improvement. 
 The commercial value of a Picture, which exercises a 
 greater influence on the appreciation of advanced Con- 
 noisseurs than they are always aware of, is to a great 
 extent determined by other considerations than intrinsic 
 merit, and the mere fact of rarity may make up for a 
 multitude of sins. Sometimes admiration for a piece of 
 foreshortening or some other technical difficulty, sought 
 and conquered, carries all before it ; at other times a 
 style of outline which would make a false impression 
 on the minds of our Designers, and if imitated by them 
 would lead to stiffness, is not only pardoned, but viewed 
 with interest as " chasteness of contour " in the produc- 
 tions of some of the early Italian Masters, for instance 
 FRA ANGELICO and the BELLINI, because mental allow- 
 ance is made for initiative genius. Similarly a ready 
 excuse is found by an Amateur for the " quaintness " 
 of certain old specimens of other schools, which if en- 
 trusted to Students not properly imbued with the spirit 
 of the thing, would simply lead to caricatures. There 
 are certain associations and conventionalities in the 
 classical refinement of the upper classes, which rightly 
 or wrongly, have a potent influence on their appre- 
 ciation of the moral element in works of Art; but 
 those whose eyes and minds are yet comparatively in 
 a state of nature, may perceive nothing humanizing 
 in the most artistic representations of bodily torture, 
 % nothing edifying in the most masterly renderings of 
 voluptuousness, and nothing elevating in a drunken 
 scene, even though portrayed by a TENIERS or a 
 BRAUWER. The subjects painted by the latter in 
 
SECT. 8.1 THE ART COLLECTIONS. 107 
 
 particular are taken from low life, of the most un- 
 pleasing class. From the extraordinary skill displayed 
 in the execution, the excellent colouring, the correct 
 drawing, and the life and character of the design, they 
 fetch a high price ; but this appreciation of connoisseurs 
 should not secure them a place in the Galleries of the 
 People. Again, it would be of questionable expediency 
 to exhibit without comment, the anachronisms of costume 
 which disfigure certain productions of noted artists, 
 as for example of BASSANO and even of REMBRANDT, or 
 to display without explanation landscapes either deviat- 
 ing from nature, or copying from nature effects which 
 are not what one would call natural, or violent archi- 
 tectural perspectives which are only right when the eye 
 viewing them is at the proper focus. 
 
 From the consideration of the various styles into 
 which oil-painting divides itself according to the nature 
 of the subject, whether History, Genre, Portrait, 
 Animals, Landscape, Marine, &c., we pass to Paintings 
 in Water-colour, and thence to a number of subordinate 
 branches of the Arts of Design, the respective capa- 
 bilities of each of which should be illustrated by types 
 meriting study and imitation. The same applies to 
 the various Polygraphic Arts, that is to say, to the 
 Arts producing multiplied impressions or casts. 
 
 Either incorporated with the foregoing or arranged 
 separately, as may be found expedient, will be select 
 Chronological Illustrations of the origin and progress 
 of certain branches of Art. If this Department is 
 properly attended to, it may check the retrograde 
 tendency observable in some branches after they have 
 reached a certain degree of efficiency. An instance of 
 this is afforded by Lithography. At certain times too 
 the style of Polygraphic Art selected for a given class 
 
108 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 of subjects, say Prints of local Scenery, is less effective 
 without being cheaper than one previously in fashion. 
 This tendency might similarly be checked. 
 
 Distinct in character, as exhibiting the practical 
 means rather than the intellectual aspirations of Art, 
 will be a Technological Series, showing for each notable 
 kind of Artistic Productions the materials and appli- 
 ances used, and exemplifying every successive stage of 
 process. 
 
 H. The Music Department. 
 
 Allied to ART by poetical affinity and humanizing 
 power, and at the same time supplying, as we shall 
 soon see, materials of more than one kind for Visual 
 Instruction, Music next claims our attention. It would 
 be inexpedient that the Central Technical University 
 should interfere with the work of the Academies of 
 Music, that is to say, with the advanced teaching of 
 professional Vocalists, Instrumentalists, and Composers ; 
 but it will be quite within its province, -firstly, to pro- 
 mote in general, as a matter of principle, the judicious 
 and frequent enlivenment of industrial toil with in- 
 tellectual and physical recreation ; and secondly, to 
 promote in particular, by all reasonable means, the 
 diffusion among the Working Classes of Music, the 
 most elevating of all recreations. Thus for instance 
 we may imagine in a part of the Building not remote 
 from the Museum, Class-rooms for vocal, instrumental 
 and theoretical Music, to which the University Students 
 of all denominations will be invited by instruction of 
 the right sort on the most easy terms. A particular 
 invitation will be addressed to persons preparing them- 
 selves for Science Professorships at Training Colleges, 
 
SECT. 8.] THE MUSIC DEPARTMENT. 109 
 
 and also to Schoolmasters and Schoolmistresses who 
 may, as mentioned elsewhere, come to the University 
 for direct instruction in the Science of Daily Life, and 
 the way of teaching it in Elementary Schools. Yocal 
 Music associated with that instruction on the same 
 principle of showing how to extend knowledge to the 
 maximum, by reducing difficulties to the minimum, may 
 through the instrumentality of these popular Teachers, 
 become for the rising generation a source of manifold 
 enjoyment, and a real charm against evil. We return 
 to the subject of Visual Instruction by entering a 
 spacious Music Hall for choral, orchestral, and wind- 
 band practice, along the walls of which are displayed 
 Illustrations of the history of Music, and of the several 
 systems of Notation and Tuition used in various coun- 
 tries, together with an assortment of good and cheap 
 Instruments for the Million. Here may be seen the 
 ingenious contrivances devised for beating time, and 
 for the autographic notation of Music improvised on 
 the Piano ; also the appliances used in ordinary Music 
 Printing. Here too, if not more conveniently located 
 elsewhere, may be exhibited the interesting collection 
 of illustrations of various kinds, wanted for the technical 
 Instruction of Artisans engaged in the several branches 
 of the manufacture of Musical Instruments. 
 
 I. Miscellaneous Departments. 
 
 The question of healthful bodily exercise of various 
 kinds, of Gymnastics and Athletic Sports, Swimming, 
 Drill and the like, has received sufficient attention of 
 late years to produce many devices of which Models, 
 Drawings, or other representations are well worthy of 
 display. They will however find a place in the 
 
110 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 Hygienic Department of the Economic Collection, 
 unless they should be so numerous as to deserve being 
 formed into a distinct Collection. 
 
 EMIGRATION has so much importance as a last re- 
 source for unsuccessful industry, that everything con- 
 cerning it will be gone very thoroughly into by the 
 Professors of Industrial Economy, whose business it 
 will be to see that the peculiarly favourable oppor- 
 tunities offered through the relations of the Central 
 University with all parts of the Empire, be turned to 
 the best account for collecting reliable information of 
 the kind that intending Emigrants require. Any useful 
 guidance it may be possible to give to the swarm from 
 the industrial hive, either by the organizing of special 
 Lectures in the proper localities, by the publication of 
 special instructions, or otherwise, will be quite within 
 the circle of the Central University's initiation and 
 supervision, though not perhaps of its direct and con- 
 tinuous action. Still more evidently within the range 
 of its attributes, will be to promote the formation of 
 Museums of Emigration at London, Liverpool, and 
 perhaps at one or two other eligible places. The only 
 question, and that merely one of convenience, which 
 will depend in some measure on the site selected for 
 the Central University, will be whether a Model Col- 
 lection of this kind should be included in its own 
 Museum, or be originated separately elsewhere. A 
 small collection of special requirements for Emigrants, 
 &c., with indications of " Self-help for Emergencies," 
 and contrivances of all kinds for lightening labour, as 
 well as means of safety protection and convenience 
 under the varied circumstances of travel, formed a part 
 of my late Economic Museum ; but I perceived that to 
 do justice to so important a subject, a special Collection 
 
SECT. 8.] MISCELLANEO US DEPARTMENTS. Ill 
 
 would be required, which I contemplated either as a 
 Department of the East London Museum, or as the 
 leading feature of a distinct establishment uniting 
 every device for securing to Emigration the essential 
 conditions of success. The following are the heads of 
 the skeleton Programme which I drew up with a view 
 to a " Museum of Emigration ": 
 
 Istly. The choice of the future Fatherland. 
 2ndly. The Exodus. 
 3rdly. The new Home. 
 
 4thly. Instruction and recreation for self and the 
 rising family. 
 
 The deviations from the ordinary routine of Domestic 
 Economy which occur in the life of a Soldier, or a 
 Sailor, and indeed in many other special pursuits, 
 deserve being made the subject of particular attention 
 in their respective special Institutions. An interesting 
 example of one of these is aiforded by the United 
 Service Museum, where much care has been bestowed 
 on collecting whatever might, under peculiar pro- 
 fessional conditions, promote personal health and com- 
 fort. It is in its behaviour towards Institutions of this 
 description that the Central Technical University will 
 be able to show the difference between obtrusive in- 
 terference, and the welcome influence of disinterested 
 assistance. 
 
112 THE M USEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. 
 
 J. Means for propagating Visual Instruction. 
 
 In order to give activity and life to the dispensing 
 of practical benefits and assistance by the Central Tech- 
 nical University to affiliated Institutions, far and near, 
 it is proposed to organize among the Students and 
 Junior Professors, an Association for carrying on by 
 partly remunerated and partly gratuitous Labour, 
 mental and manual, the following and other analogous 
 operations, which are mentioned in connection with the 
 Museum, because in or near it more than anywhere 
 else, will the required resources of every kind be con- 
 centrated : C 1 ) 
 
 To furnish on demand full Instructions as to the 
 general principles of selection and classification which 
 should guide the formation of local Museums illus- 
 trating Domestic, Sanitary, Technical, and Commercial 
 Economy. For Institutions supplying sufficient data 
 concerning the local industries and resources, sug- 
 gestive Programmes and classified Lists of Desiderata 
 will be specially prepared. 
 
 To distribute Samples, Models or Drawings of the 
 best and cheapest Museum Appliances, with addresses 
 and prices. Also indications for turning to the best 
 account every means of preservation and display, in- 
 cluding makeshifts that may be available where better 
 appliances cannot be had. 
 
 (1) An opportunity will thus be created for testing under favourable 
 circumstances the principle of the Cornell University, previously adverted 
 to, of mixing in the Studies of Artisans, a sufficient amount of remunera- 
 tive work to help them through their term. 
 
SECT. 8.] PEOPAGATION OF VISUAL INSTRUCTION. 113 
 
 To distribute Instructional Labels printed in bold 
 Type, and to supply instructions and information for 
 preparing Guide-books. 
 
 To prepare for being supplied at a very low scale 
 of charges, complete Sets of Illustrations of the Science 
 of Daily Life. Some of these Sets will be got up in 
 the simplest and cheapest style of material and work- 
 manship, in order to meet the limited resources of 
 Primary Schools and small Industrial Institutes ; others 
 in a rather more expensive style for Institutions of a 
 higher class. 
 
 - Particular attention will be paid to cheapening 
 the production of models and apparatus illustrating 
 Mechanics and Machinery, on account of their utility 
 for technical instruction, and their usual expensiveness. 
 
 Particular encouragement will also be afforded to 
 the simplified production of Models showing the best 
 construction of the Premises, Fittings and Appliances 
 used for Technical Processes. 
 
 Production of Models for instruction in Crystallo- 
 graphy, Stereometry, and Drawing from the Solid. 
 
 - Production at reduced rates of Phototypes, Chro- 
 molithographs, photographic Magic Lantern Slides, and 
 every other successful means of Illustration for Instruc- 
 tional purposes/ 1 ^ 
 
 Distribution at cost price of educational Prints in 
 various styles, and of certain other requisites for Art 
 Schools. 
 
 Distribution and Exchange of Specimens and 
 
 (1) For an account of the highly successful use made of the Magic 
 Lantern and its congeners in scientific, historic, and other instruction, 
 see ' Les Mondes,' edited by the indefatigable Abbe Moigno, rue Bernard- 
 Palissy, No. 11, Paris. A Catalogue of the slides, &c., may be obtained of 
 the manufacturers, J. and A. Molteni, rue du Chateau-d'Eau, No. 44. 
 
 I 
 
114 THE MUSEUM, ETC. [CHAP. II. SECT. 8. 
 
 Samples of all kinds for Museum or Class-room In- 
 struction. 
 
 Gratuitous agency for the purchase and trans- 
 mission of Articles appertaining to scientific and 
 Industrial Instruction.?) 
 
 Active Correspondence with home, colonial and 
 foreign Institutions, on all matters relating to educa- 
 tional and industrial progress. 
 
 Yarious other measures might be suggested as calcu- 
 lated to facilitate the spread of genuine practical know- 
 ledge, and as likely to be very acceptable to provincial 
 Institutions with limited means ; but the foregoing 
 enumeration is sufficient to show the thoughtful as well 
 as disinterested spirit, which will prevail throughout 
 the operations of the intended University. 
 
 (1) To this might be added any means by which the distribution of sur- 
 plus specimens by the British Museum and other wealthy collections might 
 be facilitated. " The authorities of the British Museum should be em- 
 powered to dispose, by gift, in favour of local museums of any specimens 
 which may be ascertained to be duplicates." Fourth Eeport of H. M. 
 Commissioners on Scientific Instruction, &c. 
 
115 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 FACTS IN SUPPORT OF PROPOSALS. 
 
 SECTION 1.-ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND 
 MUSEUMS. 
 
 HAVING in the two preceding chapters sketched the 
 general physiognomy of the proposed System of 
 Technical Education, and shown the adaptation to 
 each other of its several features, it is time that I 
 should enter into the origin and rationale of some of these, 
 adducing facts in support of those proposals of which 
 the expediency may not be self-evident. This kind 
 of justification is particularly required in respect of 
 the principles which have guided me in determining 
 what Scientific Knowledge Working Men want, and 
 how they may acquire it. It is necessary to show 
 that these principles have not b6en biassed by a con- 
 nection with or predilection for any particular depart- 
 ment of Science, but have resulted from a concourse 
 of circumstances peculiarly favourable for studying in 
 various forms, popular ignorance, its consequences, and 
 its remedies. 
 
 For more than thirty years of the earlier part of my 
 life, I dwelt alternately in France, Switzerland, and 
 Italy, and though hampered by infirmities resulting 
 
 I 2 
 
116 ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 from several severe accidents, I could so far identify 
 myself with the languages and usages of widely differ- 
 ing localities, as to be able to compare with advantage 
 the intellectual and physical condition of their respec- 
 tive Working Populations. Thus I became more and 
 more convinced : -firstly, that much practical benefit 
 would accrue to all nations, if they would adopt on 
 principles of good fellowship, a cordial interchange of 
 useful notions, habits, and contrivances ; and secondly, 
 that still greater advantages might accrue from bring- 
 ing the united exertions of science and inventive in- 
 dustry, to a direct and constant bearing on the require- 
 ments of the Million. 
 
 Considerable difficulties however stood in the way of 
 any scheme for realizing these views. Everywhere 
 ignorance and habit kept back improvement, or only 
 allowed it to progress slowly in given grooves, and 
 engendered an unthinking prejudice against new 
 devices, and especially against those of the foreigner. 
 Then as regards the willingness of Men of Science 
 and Manufacturers to stoop as it were to minister to 
 the wants of the Million, the kindly spirit or the pious 
 sense of duty which might have prompted this, were 
 too often found wanting .C 1 ) Even among the Clergy 
 
 (1) The following remarks on this subject are from a Memorandum 
 which I brought out in the spring of 1855 : 
 
 "If we look at the usual Exhibitions of Industry in this and other 
 Countries, we see there articles of ornamental and external beauty, or of 
 elaborate and costly workmanship, rather than of real and durable utility 
 to the Million; well-paid additions to the luxurious enjoyments of the 
 rich, rather than ill-paid contributions to the comforts of the poor. Or if 
 we take patents as a criterion, we see that by far the majority of patented 
 inventions and improvements are brought out with a view to emolument 
 or renown, and that they are accordingly addressed to those privileged 
 classes which deal out money and reputation. Manufacturers, tradesmen, 
 and mechanics, work their inventive abilities in a business-like manner. 
 Men of Science, more specially so called, have not yet, generally speaking, 
 
SECT. l.J ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. 117 
 
 whose true interest it was to be as in former ages 
 the foremost pioneers of useful knowledge, too many 
 were ignorant enough not only not to care for Science, 
 but even to regard it with apprehension. 
 
 These facts first conveyed to my mind by my con- 
 tinental experience, were afterwards more strongly 
 impressed on it by a special knowledge of the wants 
 and resources of British Workmen, acquired during an 
 apprenticeship of many years as Member of the Com- 
 mittee of the Labourer's Friend Society, under the 
 chairmanship of the illustrious philanthropist, Lord 
 Shaftesbury. Thus arose my idea of advocating in 
 this country and on the continent, the formation of 
 public collections of the objects best calculated to meet 
 the wants of the Million ; collections which while they 
 taught the rationale of kind, quality, and adaptation 
 to purpose, and brought into prominence the best 
 existing resources, might powerfully stimulate and 
 safely guide the further exertions of Science and In- 
 dustry. It was obvious that these collections might 
 be in the form of permanent Museums, and that in 
 this way could best be developed their instructive 
 character ; or that they might simply be in the form of 
 temporary Exhibitions, and that this was the plan best 
 
 attained to such a standing in this Country, as to be able to lay aside the 
 thoughts of themselves and their families. Even amateurs, though their 
 position may raise them above pecuniary considerations, are seldom above 
 the temptation of bringing out that which may be conspicuous, in pre- 
 ference to that which might be quietly useful. In short, the homage of 
 knowledge and ingenuity is very naturally paid to those who can best 
 give an acceptable return ; and whilst every appliance of Science and Art 
 is called into requisition to meet the fastidious fancies of the rich, and to 
 supply novelties for the cravings of fashion, the requirements of the 
 humbler classes are comparatively overlooked. The sum of this is, that 
 we must do all we can to make it suit the pecuniary interest or the 
 personal feeling of inventors and producers, to attend to the wants of 
 the Industrial Population." 
 
118 ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 suited for starting the movement, offering as it did to 
 Exhibitors a more attractive chance of publicity and 
 distinction. 
 
 These views after having been sanctioned by the 
 Council of the Society of Arts in 1852, obtained in 
 July 1855 the active support of the Philanthropic 
 Conference held at Paris. The following resolution 
 was adopted at one of its sittings : 
 
 " La Reunion emet le vceu, conformement aux vues 
 exposees dans le mernoire de M. Twining, qu'il soit 
 constitue dans les divers pays un musee economique 
 permanent, ou seront reunis et classes tous les articles 
 destines a T usage domestique et qui se distinguent par 
 des qualites d'utilite, de solidite, et de bon marche, ainsi 
 que les precedes et les appareils qui se rapportent a 
 1'hygiene et a Fassainissement des habitations, des 
 ateliers, etc." 
 
 A special Committee was at once appointed for 
 selecting throughout the Universal Exhibition, then 
 open, the articles most conspicuous for cheapness, use- 
 fulness, and good quality, and thanks to the friendly 
 assistance of the Commissioner-general, M. Le Play, a 
 Gallery of Domestic Economy was inaugurated on 
 the 15th of September. Its success was such that 
 M. Augustin Cochin expressed himself as follows in a 
 Report prepared on behalf of the Committee : 
 
 "Desormais, aucune Exposition universelle ne doit 
 avoir lieu sans qu'un large espace soit reserve a 1'exhi- 
 bition speciale des objets utiles au bien-etre physique 
 ou au developpement intellectuel des classes les plus 
 nombreuses de la societe." 
 
 The principle thus initiated gained everywhere such 
 
SECT. 1.] ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. 119 
 
 ready acceptance, that nearly every International Ex- 
 hibition held on the Continent since that time, has 
 devoted a department to means for the improvement 
 of the condition of the Working Classes, and that 
 several important Exhibitions have been held in various 
 countries for that distinct purpose. Among these 
 are particularly deserving of mention the Domestic 
 Economy Exhibition organized on an extensive scale 
 at Brussels in 1856, by the illustrious Belgian philan- 
 thropist, M. Ed. Ducpetiaux, and the great Amsterdam 
 Exhibition of a similar character, held in 1869 through 
 the exertions of Baron Mackay. 
 
 There is one point to which I particularly wish to 
 draw attention as connecting these details with our 
 present purpose ; namely, that though the domestic 
 and sanitary requirements of the Working Classes were 
 originally thought by some too vague in their circum- 
 scription to constitute a manageable subject, yet when- 
 ever in the various countries, men devoted to the 
 welfare of their respective Industrial Populations have 
 taken it up earnestly and methodically, there has 
 been in their several ranges of ideas a very satisfactory 
 conformity with each other, and with the original 
 Programme, in all essential particulars. 
 
 Whilst however Temporary Exhibitions of the fore- 
 going kind are, when well directed, of immense advan- 
 tage for giving to manufacturing industry an impulse in 
 the required direction, and for inducing the spontaneous 
 juxtaposition of articles which it would be otherwise 
 very difficult to get an opportunity of comparing with 
 each other, yet I felt all along that the most practically 
 useful lessons would be those taught by Permanent 
 Collections, organized on more strictly educational prin- 
 ciples, so that one might not only see the things to be 
 
120 ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 adopted or avoided, but learn at the same time the 
 " reason why." It was in this spirit that I began in 
 1856 to form at the House of the Society of Arts, 
 the permanent and decidedly educational collection of 
 the things appertaining primarily to DOMESTIC and 
 SANITARY ECONOMY, and subsidiarily to Industrial, 
 Educational, and Charitable Economy, which from its 
 being thus devoted to ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, took 
 the name of ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 
 
 The Food Department was exhibited in embryo at 
 South Kensington in 1857, and gave rise to Dr. Play- 
 fair's admirable Food Museum/ 1 ) The next year it 
 was transferred to the Polytechnic Institution, where 
 other classes were added. It was evident however 
 that my infirmities precluded any satisfactory develop- 
 ment of the collection at a distance from the place of 
 my abode, and accordingly it was removed in 1860 
 to a capacious building erected for the purpose close 
 to my residence at Twickenham. My intention was, 
 after sufficiently working out its various departments, 
 to consign it to some suitable London Institution where, 
 besides imparting instruction to numerous visitors, it 
 might serve as an inducement and a convenient 
 pattern for the establishing of analogous collections 
 in all parts of the country. My hopes were foiled in 
 a melancholy manner through the destruction of the 
 Museum by fire on the 5th of April, 1871 ; but together 
 with many valuable Manuscripts, one thing still more 
 valuable has remained to me, namely, the EXPERIENCE 
 acquired through diligently devoting so many years 
 to what may be called the PRACTICAL MANIPULATION OF 
 
 (1) See the fifth Report of the Science and Art Department of the Com- 
 mittee of Council on Education, 1858. 
 
SECT. 1.] ECONOMIC EXHIBITIONS AND MUSEUMS. 121 
 
 THE REQUIREMENTS OF DAILY LIFE. That experience 
 bears inter alia on the following points : 
 
 Istly, the determining, selecting, and classifying of 
 the departments of Economic Knowledge needed by 
 the bulk of the population ; 
 
 2ndly, the selecting or devising of the Articles, 
 Models, Diagrams, and other representations best suited 
 for the visual illustration of that Knowledge, and also 
 of the best, cheapest, and most compact appliances and 
 contrivances for displaying the same. 
 
 3rdly, the devising of the most effective and acceptable 
 means for diffusing that Knowledge among the Work- 
 ing Population at a distance, supplying at the same 
 time a substantial Scientific Foundation, 
 
 The discussion of these points in their direct relation 
 to the duties of the proposed Central Technical Uni- 
 versity, will be the subject of the following Sections.^ 1 ) 
 
 (1) A Building has been erected on part of the site occupied by the 
 former Museum, where persons interested in the propagation of Practical 
 Knowledge among the Industrial Population, have at their disposal the 
 following resources : 
 
 A Library of Eeference. 
 
 Inventories, Working Programmes, and other manuscript documents, 
 calculated to facilitate the formation of Economic and Commercial Collec- 
 tions of various calibres. 
 
 A Show Room containing a selection of the most appropriate Stands, 
 Cases, Glassware, Labels, and other Museum appliances. 
 
 A Laboratory, Workshop, Artists' Eoom, and Repository for pre- 
 paring and storing Sets of Illustrations required for circulation with 
 gratuitous Courses of Popular Lectures. (See Section 3 of this Chapter.) 
 
 Programmes, Questionaries, Candidates' Cards, Prize Certificates, 
 and other items connected with the holding of Artisans' Examinations in 
 Elementary Science. (See Section 5 of this Chapter.) 
 
 The Building still retains for purposes of correspondence the name of 
 " Twickenham Economic Museum." Enquiries and other communications 
 to be addressed to the Superintendent Wm. Hudson, Esq. 
 
122 EANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE [CHAP. Ill, 
 
 SECTION 2.-RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE 
 REQUIRED BY THE INDUSTRIAL POPULATION. 
 
 It would be difficult to imagine a more interesting 
 occupation, or one better calculated to give a thorough 
 insight into the requirements and resources of the 
 Working Population, than that of collecting, examining 
 in all their details, selecting/and arranging for visual 
 study, the infinitely varied articles which come within 
 the scope and powers of display of a full sized Economic 
 Museum, either by actual presence, or through the 
 proxy of a Model or a Drawing. Neither is any pursuit 
 likely to tempt the studious Economist into more diversi- 
 fied experiments of classification. He tries successively 
 the theoretical and the practical principle, the arrange- 
 ment according to origin, and according to purpose, 
 and most probably ends, as I have done, in adopting 
 a compromise between them ; occasionally sacrificing in 
 some measure the strict logic of scientific affinities, to 
 that intuitive appreciation of common sense impres- 
 sions, which tends to make classification pleasant to the 
 mind, and easy to the memory. Another expedient 
 which I found very effective in keeping selection 
 and arrangement in a practical direction, was that of 
 assuming that I was lecturing to mixed, but chiefly 
 Industrial audiences, on the means by which they 
 might hope to prolong life, and to promote its 
 rational enjoyment : The discourse thus originated 
 in my mind would naturally be about what was 
 wanted for supplying a Guide-book to the proposed 
 
SECT. 2.] EEQUIEED BY INDUSTRIAL POPULATION. 123 
 
 Museum, whilst the required Illustrations of every 
 kind would be exactly suited for forming the Museum 
 itself. 
 
 The subject which naturally presents itself first in 
 reviewing my experience of an Artisan's requirements, 
 is one of such paramount importance that a few words 
 of special consideration will demand no apology. It is 
 the HOME to which his thoughts recur even as he 
 toils, and where they fain would nestle in an imagery 
 of comfort and repose, but are too often met with a 
 cold and cheerless reality that drives them to the 
 Public House. It would be irrelevant to enumerate 
 the many aspects in which Dwellings Reform has 
 presented itself to me during the years in which I 
 made it the subject of my special study/ 1 ) There are 
 however one or two points which must be particularly 
 kept in view in arranging this portion of the studies 
 of Artisans, and the corresponding Economic Illustra- 
 tions, especially the model Economic Collection at the 
 Central University. 
 
 DWELLINGS REFORM for being carried out on any- 
 thing like the scale required by vast and urgent 
 necessities, demands the mutual co-operation of the 
 Capitalist and the Working Man. The latter can do 
 much by investing his savings in bricks and mortar 
 under well devised and wisely managed organizations ; 
 but he can do more by an intelligent appreciation and 
 acceptance of accommodation provided on an extensive 
 
 (1) A number of manuscript documents are available for perusal by 
 persons specially interested, at the Library in the new Museum Building, 
 together with a selection of Books bearing on this subject, and a more 
 comprehensive list of them. These publications may be divided into two 
 Categories : those which chiefly aim at bringing into relief prevailing 
 defects and errors with their consequences, and those which deal with 
 the various proposed forms of improvement. 
 
124 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE [ChA?. III. 
 
 scale by that wholesome mixture of good-will and fair 
 returns which may be called remunerative philanthropy. 
 Often, the good-will has been there, and the capital 
 has flowed abundantly ; but the result has been a 
 failure for want of judicious application. Often, on 
 the other hand, we have seen endeavours as judicious 
 as they were generous, baffled by actual want of appre- 
 ciation on the part of those classes for whose direct 
 benefit they were made ; not to say by stolid apathy 
 or wanton prejudice. Nothing of all this would 
 have occurred, if the minds of rich and poor had 
 been clarified with that scientific acumen which it is 
 now sought to introduce. It will be shown in the 
 proper place, that the Second Division of even the 
 Grade 1 Course of General Scientific Foundation, pre- 
 scribed as the minimum of Science for the Industrial 
 Classes, will afford a good opportunity for impressing 
 on them in these times of Typhus and Cholera, the 
 life and death importance of Domestic Hygiene ; an 
 opportunity which will largely increase in the second 
 Grade Course. Then, besides serving to support oral 
 teaching in the Lecture Hall, the numerous illustrations 
 of Dwellings Eeform publicly displayed in the Univer- 
 sity Museum, will address their Visual Instruction to 
 those who build, as well as to those who inhabit. First, 
 attention will be roused by startling representations 
 of the ill-situated, ill-contrived, crowded, and squalid 
 habitations which both in Town and Country still 
 bid defiance to the laws of health, notwithstanding all 
 the arguments of Science and the eloquence of Philan- 
 thropy ; then will follow, partly displayed, and partly 
 in portfolios for reference, a carefully classified Series 
 of plans, elevations, working drawings, models, &c., 
 of all the most successful designs for the erection of 
 
SECT. 2.] REQUIRED BY INDUSTRIAL POPULATION. 125 
 
 improved Dwellings in Town and Country, as well as 
 for the adaptation of existing ones. From this Central 
 Repository, organized with such enlightened impar- 
 tiality as to deserve the co-operation of the various 
 Bodies and Individuals most eminent for services ren- 
 dered to the cause, will be supplied abundantly to the 
 provinces, such Illustrations as are susceptible of multi- 
 plication, and best calculated to give impetus and safe 
 guidance to the movement. 
 
 After these preliminary remarks due to the im- 
 portant branch of economic inquiry through which 
 I was led to the study of the rest, I will proceed to 
 give methodically concerning my late Economic 
 Museum, such details as are necessary for understand- 
 ing the Educational System to which its development 
 has gradually led me. This Synoptical account may 
 at the same time afford convenient guidance to persons 
 charged with directing the arrangement of the corre- 
 sponding portion of the University Museum, or with 
 preparing smaller Economic Collections for other Insti- 
 tutions. 
 
 The Twickenham Economic Museum was divided 
 into 9 Classes.^ 1 ) The Library of Reference which 
 formed the ninth, had a room to itself; the other 8 
 classes, with the exception of cumbersome articles 
 which were placed in an annexed space, were con- 
 tained in a Hall about 80 feet long by 30 feet wide, 
 divided lengthwise by rows of Stands, into 4 parallel 
 gangways or passages.( 2) Along both sides of these 
 
 (1) A Programme furnished with a Plan may be had on application. 
 
 (2) The Stands which were made of deal in 5 and 10 feet lengths, were 
 so constructed as to supply both wall and counter space. Specimens may 
 be seen with the other appliances in the present Display Room. If 
 used in a Museum adjoining a Lecture Hall, they might be mounted on 
 Castors. 
 
126 EANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 passages, the Exhibits of every description were 
 arranged in due order of sequence, so that in walking 
 up along the left side of each passage, and down along 
 the right side, the Visitor would naturally inspect 
 the several Classes, with their respective Sections and 
 groups, in due order of succession, as one reads the 
 Chapters and Paragraphs of a Book. 
 
 Synopsis 
 
 Of the chief Series of Illustrations in the late 
 Twickenham Economic Museum. 
 
 Class I. Economic Architecture. 
 
 PRELIMINARY DEPARTMENT. Homes of the People in former times 
 and in foreign Countries. Existing lurking places of pestilence 
 and demoralization. 
 
 CLASSIFIED SERIES OF MODELS AND DESIGNS.(I) 
 
 GROUP 1. Urban Dwellings on the External Gallery System. 
 GROUP 2. Urban Dwellings on the Internal Corridor System. 
 GROUP 3. Urban Dwellings on the system of Flats, with two or 
 
 more Tenements on each floor. 
 
 GROUP 4. Urban Buildings of a mixed character.(2) 
 GROUP 5. Eenovated and adapted Town Houses. 
 GROUP 6. Model Lodging Houses. 
 
 (1) This Department was one of the most complete. The models made of 
 Cardboard or Wood, were of very simple workmanship, being merely 
 intended for the instruction of persons unaccustomed to obtain an idea of 
 a Building from a Plan. They have been entirely destroyed, but some 
 of the Designs, though partly burnt, are still susceptible of being used 
 by Architects, and an Inventory has been preserved supplying various 
 details ; also forms for collecting Statistics of Model Dwellings. 
 
 (2) Among the plans that have been preserved, is one for a large Building, 
 partly on the external gallery and partly on the internal corridor system, 
 intended to unite at moderate rents, apartments for Families and Club 
 Chambers for single Artisans, with every desideratum in the way of 
 health, comfort, and educational advantages, A description reprinted 
 from the ' Builder ' is also' available for inspection. 
 
SECT. 2.] SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 127 
 
 GROUP 7. Suburban Dwellings ; comprising Small Houses or 
 Cottages arranged in rows, and suited for the suburbs 
 of a Town or the streets of a Village. 
 GROUP 8. Rural Dwellings of every description, forming several 
 
 sub-groups. 
 
 GROUP 9. Select Foreign Dwellings. Cites ouvrieres, &c. 
 GROUP 10. Habitations contrived for peculiar purposes. 
 
 Sub-group a. Dwellings adapted for special circum- 
 stances of climate or locality. 
 6. Emigrants' Dwellings. 
 c. Moveable Dwellings, Caravans, &c. 
 d. Tents. 
 e. Camp Huts. 
 /. Barracks. 
 
 g. Guard Rooms and Shelters. 
 h. Living accommodation on board of 
 
 Ships, Barges, &c. 
 GROUP 11. Homes, Asylums, Hospitals, &c. 
 
 Sub-group a. Homes for Sailors, Servants, &o. 
 
 6. Alms Houses and Asylums for the 
 
 aged and disabled, 
 c. Hospitals and Infirmaries. 
 d. Unions. 
 
 e. Dormitories for the Houseless Poor. 
 GROUP 12. Buildings for Educational purposes. 
 
 Sub-group a. Refuges and Asylums for destitute 
 
 Children. 
 b. Reformatories, 
 c. Schools. 
 d. Mechanics' Institutes, Working Men's 
 
 Clubs, &c. 
 
 e. Educational Museums. 
 GROUP 13. Public Drinking Fountains. 
 GROUP 14. Public Baths and Wash-houses. 
 GROUP 15. Farm Factories, Granaries, Dairies, Slaughter-houses, 
 
 Markets, &c. 
 
 GROUP 16. Soup Kitchens, Cooking Depots, Eating and Coffee- 
 houses, &c. 
 GROUP 17. Applications of Sanitary construction to Factories, 
 
 Workshops, and other places of crowded resort. 
 GROUP 18. Mortuaries. 
 
RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 Models, Diagrams, &c., showing the best modes of Construction 
 of House-Drains, Foundations, Wallwork, Partitions, Floors, Roofs, 
 Stairs, Chimneys, Dust-shafts, Sanitary Conveniences, Doors, Win- 
 dows, &c. 
 
 Class II. Materials for Building and for Furniture. 
 
 Illustrations of the Geology and Chemistry of the Rocks. Edu- 
 cational Series of the most useful varieties of Stone. Commercial 
 Series of the chief Building Stones. Lime, Mortar, and various 
 Cements and Stuccoes. Concrete and Artificial Stone. Asphalt 
 and its substitutes. Slag and other available igneous compounds. 
 Bricks of various kinds, including hollow bricks, glazed bricks, 
 fire bricks, &c. Tiles for paving and roofing. Slate. Miscellaneous 
 Roofing Materials. Metal Roofing. 
 
 Growth of Exogens and Endogens. Botanical Series of Woods of 
 all kinds for constructive and decorative purposes. Commercial 
 Series of the chief kinds of Timber, with indications for selecting 
 them according to purpose, and using them to the best advantage. 
 Preservation of Wood and other materials from dry rot, decay, and 
 combustion. Iron as a Building Material. Varieties of Window 
 Glass and processes of manufacture. Whitewashing and Dis- 
 tempering. Painting in oils; materials and processes eligible or 
 the reverse. Staining, Graining, Stencilling, &c. Paperhangings; 
 block and cylinder printing. 
 
 Class III. Fixtures, Furniture, and Household 
 Utensils. 
 
 Educational Series of the Metals most commonly used, and their 
 Alloys, with Illustrations of mining, smelting, casting, laminating, 
 perforating, wire drawing, nail- and screw-making ; welding, braz- 
 ing, soldering, tinning ; bronzing, lacquering, japanning, &c. 
 Building Ironmongery; including fastenings of every description, 
 and a priced series of articles required for a Model Dwelling. 
 Appliances for water supply. Filters. Appliances for gas supply. 
 Appliances for warming, cooking, &c.(l) Select serial examples 
 
 (1) Grates, Stoves, and other cumbersome articles were collected for 
 more convenient display, in a special part of the building, considered 
 as an Annexe to this class. 
 
SECT. 2.] SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 129 
 
 of household ware and furniture supplied by the Furnishing Iron- 
 monger and Cutler, the Earthenware, China and Glass Dealer, the 
 Cooper, Turner, Brushmaker and Basketmaker, the Upholsterer, &c. 
 These series were intended to illustrate among other points the 
 following: processes and stages of manufacture; various ways in 
 .which things are made in this country and abroad, and the relative 
 advantages ; various instances in which the stuffed furniture, carpets, 
 and the like, prevailing in the Dwellings of the Working Classes, 
 might be replaced by other appliances with a great advantage to 
 health, and without increased expenditure or sacrifice of real com- 
 fort.(l) There were also in this Department, estimates illustrated 
 with actual specimens representing gradational assortments of Hard- 
 ware, Earthenware, and Glass Articles, adapted to 3 or 4 Grades 
 of requirements and means, from those of a Labourer, to those of a 
 Skilled Workman, Foreman, or Clerk with first-rate emoluments. (2) 
 
 Class IV. Textile Materials, Fabrics, and 
 Clothing. 
 
 Educational Illustrations of Spinning, Weaving, Bleaching, and 
 Dyeing with its allied processes ; fast and fugitive colours. Textile 
 Materials as produced, and in various degrees of preparation for the 
 Loom ; including : Hemp, Flax, Jute and other analogous Fibres. 
 Cotton. Silk of various kinds. Wool. Hair. Furs. Leather, 
 its various modes of preparation and chief varieties. 
 
 Matting. Carpeting ; Druggets ; Felts. Horsehair Fabrics. 
 Fabrics for curtains, bedding, house and table use, and for all 
 
 (1) The subject of Furniture has by some been considered beyond the 
 capabilities of illustration of an educational Museum ; but my experience 
 enables me to affirm without hesitation, that if due pains be bestowed on 
 the selection of points to be elucidated, and on the choice of means of 
 illustration, a great deal of attractive visual instruction, possessing con- 
 siderable hygienic importance, and borrowing valuable suggestions from 
 foreign countries, can be satisfactorily got together in a moderate amount 
 of museum space. 
 
 (2) Typical series of this description, with estimates appended, are when 
 prepared conscientiously and with much selective care, well calculated to 
 check wasteful expenditure, by showing that cheapness need not neces- 
 sarily preclude efficiency or tastefulness. It is however necessary to 
 revise such collections from time to time, on account of the changes 
 which supervene in the price of articles, and the rate of wages. 
 
 K 
 
130 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 descriptions of under and outer, summer and winter Clothing. 
 Trimmings, Fastenings, and other miscellaneous accessories and 
 ornaments of Dress. 
 
 India-rubber and Gutta-percha ; their preparation and appli- 
 cations. Waterproof Fabrics of various descriptions, including 
 Macintoshes and the like; Leather Cloths ; Oilskins, Painted Table- 
 covers ; Floorcloths ; Kamptulicon, Linoleum, &c. 
 
 ARTICLES OF APPAREL selected as being suited for certain branches 
 of industry, or as conspicuously uniting convenience and appropri- 
 ateness with cheapness and durability ; including : Haberdashery, 
 Hosiery, made-up Apparel ; Head coverings, Foot coverings (chaus- 
 sures) and the like, with illustrations of the respective processes of 
 manufacture. Priced Lists of articles forming complete outfits 
 suited for various circumstances of age, sex, occupation and 
 means.C 1 ) 
 
 The best safeguard against an excessive subserviency to the 
 dictates of Fashion in matters of Dress, is the possession of clear 
 scientific notions as to what is best suited to a given purpose, and 
 clear artistic notions as to what under given circumstances may be 
 most becoming. There is perhaps no more agreeable or more 
 effective way of acquiring this enlightened appreciation, than an 
 impartial study and comparison of the costumes used under various 
 circumstances in various parts of the world. Under this impression 
 I displayed along the whole length of the Clothing Department, an 
 appropriate series of cosmopolitan prints, and gladly availed myself 
 of the willingness of the Science and Art Department, for exhibiting 
 the actual working-class costumes brought from China by Dr. 
 Bo wring, which I associated in geographical sequence with dresses 
 of Peasants and Artisans from other Countries.(2) Equally in- 
 structive in a Hygienic point of view, was a collection of Clothing 
 for Infants used in different Countries of Europe, which had been 
 displayed at the Brussels Economic Exhibition of 1856. 
 
 (1) A number of these lists, extending upwards from the requirements 
 of a Lad beginning his Apprenticeship, or of a Girl first going to service, 
 were prepared for me at the establishment of Messrs. Silver, and included 
 complete outfits for Emigrant Families bound for distant regions of widely 
 differing climates. 
 
 (2) The best part of these Collections having been deposited for the sake 
 of greater publicity at the Crystal Palace, were destroyed in the fire which 
 consumed the " Tropical " end of that Building. The remainder shared 
 the destruction of my own Museum. 
 
SECT. 2.] SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 131 
 
 Class V.Food. 
 
 This Division of an Economic Museum surpasses perhaps all 
 others in interest, owing to the vast and varied scope it affords for 
 practical improvement through scientific research, and to the pecu- 
 liar suitableness of most of the information arrived at, for being 
 conveyed or supported by Visual Instruction; without which indeed 
 many important details would be almost unintelligible. This led 
 me to the adoption of various new Museum appliances and devices, 
 including the use of Instructional Labels offering in close proximity 
 to the respective articles, concise summaries of useful information. 
 It was thus that I endeavoured to make easy and profitable the 
 study of Food Economy, even to those who had not had the advan- 
 tage of a previous acquaintance with the scientific principles on 
 which it depends. 
 
 I have throughout been convinced that the plan adopted by some 
 of our most eminent men, of reducing food articles to their ultimate 
 Constituents in computing the value of Dietaries, is unsatisfactory, 
 as so much depends on the properties of the proximate Constituents 
 of which those articles are composed. There would in fact be no 
 difficulty in proving that the amounts of Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen 
 and Nitrogen, which grouped in the form of certain proximate con- 
 stituents produce a wholesome meal, would, if otherwise grouped, 
 produce indigestible or unpalatable articles, and even poisons. I 
 have accordingly adopted the plan firstly, of endeavouring to give 
 the Student as clear notions as possible of the. Proximate Consti- 
 tuents of animal and vegetable Food, their chemical nature, and 
 their nutritive value, and then of reviewing seriatim all the ordi- 
 nary Food substances, applying as far as possible to each, the test 
 of a Proximate Analysis/I) 
 
 The following heads of classification are mainly selected from 
 those of the original Working Programme of my Museum.(2) 
 
 (1) The present Display Eoom contains a small collection designed to 
 illustrate these principles. It comprizes, firstly, introductory Placard 
 Labels giving outlines of the philosophy of Nutrition, secondly, a series of 
 Proximate Constituents with full explanations of their properties, and 
 thirdly, visual Illustrations of Proximate Analyses of the Cereals. For 
 these Analyses the metrical system of weights has been adopted. 
 
 (2) A copy of this rather voluminous Manuscript is kept for inspection. 
 It may prove convenient as constituting a tolerably full list of food articles, 
 
 K 2 
 
132 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 PRELIMINARY DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Elementary notions of the Chemistry of Food and Nutrition. 
 Composition of the Human Body. Proximate Constituents of Food, 
 with Instructional Labels giving their Ultimate Analyses, and 
 leading properties. Transmutations of organic matter by natural 
 means : saccharine, vinous, and acetic Fermentations ; putrefaction. 
 Transmutations by artificial means. Classified List of processes for 
 the Preservation of Food, with specimens and drawings. Synopsis 
 of Foods naturally unwholesome, or rendered so by various causes. 
 Synopsis of common admixtures and adulterations, with indications 
 for detection.(l) Culinary Science; Kationale of its operations. 
 How may be made palatable that which is wholesome and cheap. 
 Diet and Dietaries. (2) 
 
 FOOD AUXILIARIES. 
 
 WATER ; Its extensive prevalence and its value in Food ; (3) quali- 
 ties which fit it for drinking, culinary purposes, keeping, (as in sea 
 voyages) washing, &c. ; Tests, and means of purification. SALT : 
 its value in Food ; (4) leading varieties. 
 
 FOOD SUPPLIED BY THE ANIMAL KlNGDOM.(S) 
 
 Zoological Synopsis of esculent species. Composition and nutri- 
 tive value of the several parts of Animals, such as Bones, Flesh, 
 Blood, Fat, &c. Gelatin; its culinary uses. Diseased or tainted 
 Meat. 
 
 elaborately classified, and also as serving to illustrate the plan recom- 
 mended in Section 8 of the previous Chapter of forming a Museum 
 according to the indications of a thoughtfully prepared yet sufficiently 
 elastic " Programme/' and not of leaving the relative development of the 
 various departments to the uneven bias of chance donations or of contri- 
 butions made in an advertising spirit. 
 
 (1) Independently of this synoptical table, the chief respective adultera- 
 tions were shown near each article throughout the class. 
 
 (2) I found it practically convenient to display the dietary tables in this 
 part of the Class ; otherwise I might have preferred reserving this subject 
 for the end of the Food Department, as a Corollary of its teaching. 
 
 (3) See Dr. Lankester's Food Lectures, p. 127, and Dr. Carpenter's 
 Manual of Physiology, 4th ed., p. 101. 
 
 (4) See Dr. Lankester's Food Lectures, p. 37, and Dr. Carpenter's 
 Manual of Physiology, 4th ed., p. 102. 
 
 (5) In the greater part of this Section of my Museum, pictorial illustra- 
 tions were considerably preponderant, on account of the difficulty of 
 preserving actual specimens in a state suited for close inspection. 
 
SECT. 2. | SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 133 
 
 MAMMALIA : Domestic and Wild, including foreign available 
 resources. BIRDS, (land and water) classified like the foregoing. 
 REPTILES. FISH : fresh water and sea ; indigenous and otherwise. 
 SHELL-FISH : Crustacea and Mollusca. EGGS : various kinds ; modes 
 of preservation. MILK ; various kinds of Preserved Milk ; Butter ; 
 Cheese ; processes and appliances. 
 
 FOOD SDPPLIE!) BY THE VEGETABLE KlNGDOM.(l) 
 
 Botanical Synopsis of Food-supplying Plants. 
 
 THE CEREALS, including all notable products, preparations and 
 processes, and giving particular prominence to Wheat, flour, bread, 
 biscuits, maccaroni, &c. ; Eye ; Barley ; Oats ; Eice ; Maize, &c. 
 Causes of harm to plants and products. Adulterations. Esculent 
 Leguminous Seeds, or PULSE: Peas; Lentils, Beans; Haricots; 
 Gram, and other foreign kinds deserving of attention. ROOTS and 
 BULBS. VEGETABLES of which the stalks, leaves, or tops are chiefly 
 eaten. ( 2 ) FRUITS : eaten as vegetables; wild; cultivated; imported 
 in a juicy state; imported in a dry state, &c. Cryptogamous plants, 
 chiefly MUSHROOMS, available for Food. SECRETED and EXTRACTED 
 PRODUCTS: Glutens, Starches; Gums; Saccharine substances, in- 
 cluding Honey. CAKES and CONFECTIONERY, and substances used 
 for adulterating them. CONDIMENTS, including : Flavouring Herbs 
 and Aromatics ; Stimulants and Spices ; Vinegar and Pickles 
 Sauces ; Fats and Oils. Tobacco and other Narcotics. 
 
 BEVERAGES AND DRINKS. 
 
 BREAKFAST BEVERAGES; including Cocoa and its preparations, 
 Coffee, and Tea, with their respective adulterants and substitutes. 
 FERMENTED LIQUORS including Beers, Wines, and their various 
 adulterants and substitutes. DISTILLED LIQUORS. EEFRESHING 
 DRINKS. 
 
 FUEL AND OTHER HOUSEHOLD STORES. 
 
 Considering that Stores for warming, lighting, and clothing are, 
 no less than alimentary stores, articles of actual consumption, and 
 
 (1) Including as far as possible dried specimens or pictorial repre- 
 sentations of the plants, and proximate analyses of the products. 
 
 (2) In my Collection this Group was divided into Sub-groups which 
 may be respectively typified by the asparagus, the celery, the lettuce, the 
 cabbage and the cauliflower. 
 
134 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 not merely of use or wear, and at the same time considering the 
 similarity of the arrangements and appliances required for their 
 respective display, I was induced to unite the whole in one class 
 with two divisions, which was accordingly headed with the 
 inscription " FOOD, FUEL AND OTHER HOUSEHOLD STORES. The Appli- 
 ances for warming, lighting, and laundry purposes, were allotted 
 to Class III., (Fixtures and Furniture,") the cumbersome ones being 
 relegated to an outlying annexe of that Class. All this proved 
 practically convenient; nevertheless, if I had to form another 
 Economic Museum with ample space and resources, I should prefer 
 uniting the materials and the appliances for warming, lighting, and 
 cleaning, in a distinct class, which would become the Sixth. In 
 the following brief indications, the things which would be removed 
 into the proposed new Class from Class III. are enclosed in square 
 brackets. 
 
 WARMING. Coal; Chemistry of its formation, and Geology of its 
 position in the Earth's strata. Coal mines; their wonders and 
 their dangers. Safety Lamps. Varieties of Coal in common use, 
 and their relative qualities. Fire lumps. Coke. Peat. Wood as 
 an article of fuel. Charcoal. Materials for lighting fires. Appli- 
 ances for ignition. [Grates, ranges, stoves, kitcheners, <fec., adapted 
 to the wants of the Working Classes; including Gas Stoves and 
 their atmospheric burners.] 
 
 LIGHTING. Flame ; its nature, its varieties and their illuminating 
 power. Gas ; illustrations of its manufacture and concomitant 
 products. [Burners and Accessories.] Liquid and solid materials 
 of all kinds for lighting purposes. [Lamps, Reflectors, Shades, and 
 the like.] (1) 
 
 CLEANING. Soap of all kinds ; materials and processes, aux- 
 iliaries and substitutes. Means for the removing of stains, for 
 brightening and polishing, &c. [Laundry fixtures and Furniture.] 
 
 (1) It is optional to take lighting after or before heating, and there are 
 indeed good reasons on either side. For instance it is convenient to 
 describe the manufacture of Gas in connection with lighting, before 
 adverting to its use for heating purposes ; whilst on the other hand it is 
 desirable to take the history of Coal, before the manufacture of Gas. 
 Doubts of this nature are constantly occurring in an Educational Museum, 
 and must be solved according to circumstances. 
 
SECT. 2.] SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 135 
 
 Class VI. Sanitary Science.^ 
 
 Public Works for protection against inundations, &c., for the 
 improvement of unhealthy districts, for water-supply, sewerage, &c. 
 Appliances for the ventilation of dwellings, for preventing in- 
 convenience from damp, smoky chimneys, noxious effluvia, &c. 
 Disinfecting agents and appliances. 
 
 Nursery appliances. Means for promoting a normal development 
 of the frame in infancy and youth, and the healthy maintenance of 
 its functions throughout life; including appliances for judicious 
 exercise and rational sport, for swimming, &c. Baths, and other 
 means for promoting a healthy condition of the skin. Orthopedic 
 Apparatus. Crutches. Artificial limbs. Dentistry. Means of 
 relief for deafness, defective vision, (especially myopia and presby- 
 opia,) and weakness of the eyes. Means of occupation for the blind, 
 and specimens of their work. Appliances for the sick chamber. 
 Means of comfort for invalids. Ambulances. 
 
 Household remedies. Educational series of drugs commonly used, 
 with Botanical Illustrations. Medicinal herbs. Drug adulterations. 
 Injurious articles likely to be mistaken for medicinal substances. 
 
 Antidotes and treatment for poisons and venoms. Prints of 
 poisonous plants, venomous reptiles and insects, noxious fish and 
 mollusca, animals in a rabid state, &c. Means of safety from, and 
 destruction of beasts of prey, house and field vermin, &c. Means 
 of safety or relief from the effects of excessive heat or cold, from 
 asphyxia, drowning, shipwreck, lightning, fire, dangers, and dis- 
 comforts in travelling by railway or otherwise, and accidents to 
 which children are particularly liable. 
 
 Prevention of the injuries and diseases which specially attach to 
 industrial occupations.^) Articles of which the manufacture is 
 injurious. Eligible substitutes. 
 
 (1) In 1861 I arranged the Synopsis of this Class of my Museum, as a 
 suggestive Programme for the use of the Sanitary Committee appointed 
 with a view to the then approaching International Exhibition. A copy 
 remains for inspection. 
 
 (2) In 1854 I induced the Council of the Society of Arts to appoint a 
 Committee for the investigation of this subject under the name of " Indus- 
 trial Pathology," and among the papers now open to inspection, is a 
 Synopsis kindly prepared for me by Mr. John Simon. 
 
136 RANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 Class VII. Home Education. Self Instruction.- 
 
 Recreation. 
 
 Home education of children. Instructive toys. Educational 
 prints and cabinets. Adult self-instruction and scientific recreation. 
 Synopsis of the Sciences with Illustrations of their respective 
 natures and purposes. Cheap and serviceable apparatus for in or 
 out-door studies. Formation of Herbaria, &c. 
 
 Illustrations of the Arts of Design and Polygrapliic Arts, show- 
 ing the processes employed, and the respective results. Instruction 
 in the principles of taste, in outline, colour, and subject ; select 
 prints, figures, and other articles for Cottage Decoration. 
 
 Music, vocal- and instrumental, in its popular applications. 
 Modes of instruction and notation adopted in various countries. 
 
 Class VIII. Miscellaneous Articles, not referable 
 to the foregoing Classes. 
 
 Scientific appliances for household use, including clocks, baro- 
 meters, thermometers, scales and weights, measures, &c. Stationery 
 in all its departments. Miscellaneous Household Eequisites. Toilet 
 articles. The Housewife's Work Box. Female handwork of all 
 kinds. The Cottager's and Emigrant's assortment of Tools for 
 carpentering, shoemaking, &c. Garden and Field implements. 
 Seeds of varieties suited for horticulture and small husbandry. 
 Eesources for barren localities. Appliances for locomotion and the 
 conveyance of burdens. Contrivances of all kinds for lightening 
 labour. Special requirements of Travellers, Emigrants, &c. Self- 
 help for emergencies. 
 
 Samples of Museum Fittings and Appliances, with estimates for 
 the use of persons desiring to form Economic Collections on any 
 scale of development. 
 
 Class IX. The Economic Library. 
 
 This Class, besides supplying every desirable information con- 
 cerning the subjects illustrated in the body of the Museum, 
 
SECT. 2.] SYNOPSIS OF THE ECONOMIC MUSEUM. 137 
 
 furnished knowledge which could not be taught by visual display; 
 but which was a necessary complement to a full course of domestic 
 and sanitary studies. It contained books, pamphlets and documents, 
 (British and Foreign) on matters of domestic, sanitary, educational, 
 and social economy, arranged for convenience of reference, and 
 particularly intended for the use of persons engaged in the organi- 
 zation of Provident and Charitable Institutions, and of Clergymen, 
 Medical Men, Schoolmasters, and others entrusted with the bodily 
 welfare, or intellectual guidance of the People. (1) 
 
 The comprehensive nature of the foregoing Synopsis 
 may raise the question, how could so vast a range of 
 subjects be illustrated in an area which including the 
 Library and the annexe for cumbersome objects did not 
 exceed 100 feet by 30? The chief secret lay in a 
 careful selection of representative Types ; but I must 
 confess that in many departments the articles, and 
 especially the diagrams, were packed more closely than 
 would be proper in the University Museum, and making 
 allowance for additional desiderata, I calculate that its 
 Economic Collection should occupy twice the space 
 above mentioned, .even reckoning that several series 
 may be transferred to other Collections. 
 
 Besides wishing to facilitate the formation of the 
 Central and Provincial Economic Collections, I have in 
 giving the sketch of my Museum, been actuated by a 
 desire to show the groundwork of experience on which 
 is based the SYLLABUS of ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE pre- 
 scribed for Artisan Students in the next Chapter 
 (p. 179). I trust that from the fact of my having 
 laboured for so many years to represent, fairly and 
 evenly, all the essential features of this range of subjects 
 
 (1) Part of a descriptive Catalogue of the Library was printed for 
 private circulation, and a copy is available for inspection. 
 
138 EANGE OF ECONOMIC KNOWLEDGE, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 in a moderate space, carefully selecting and methodi- 
 cally packing together every available kind of visual 
 illustration and explanatory labelling, it almost neces- 
 sarily follows that the requirements of our population 
 in general, and of the Working Classes in particular, 
 underwent time after time, such a sifting, classifying 
 and scrutinizing, as to supply peculiarly suitable and 
 reliable materials for the preparation of such a Syllabus. 
 
 SECTION 3.-FORM OF INSTRUCTION FOUND 
 MOST SUCCESSFUL. 
 
 I had not long been engaged in the practical develop- 
 ment of my Economic Museum, before I became aware 
 that the visual instruction it was intended to convey, 
 would require more explanation, either oral or printed, 
 than I had originally supposed, and that subsidiary 
 educational measures would be required to complete its 
 practical utility. The object to be had in view was 
 not merely to point out to the Working Man what to 
 choose and what to shun, or to store his memory with 
 authoritative advice, but to give him an opportunity 
 of acquiring that knowledge which might enable him 
 to reason for himself, and to select with judgment 
 what might be most -likely to suit his requirements 
 and his means. For this purpose it was necessary to 
 look beyond the outward surface of things, to enquire 
 into the peculiar properties of some, to trace the origin 
 of others, and the processes which had transformed the 
 raw material into a manufactured article. 
 
 Unfortunately, in whatever manner I attempted to 
 convey this instruction, a serious obstacle stopped the 
 
SECT. 3.] FORM OF INSTRUCTION, ETC. 139 
 
 way. That obstacle was the almost total absence of 
 scientific knowledge among the bulk of the community, 
 and their consequent inability to understand the true 
 scientific reason why one thing might be objectionable, 
 and another preferable. It was for instance of little 
 avail to show designs on the most improved principles 
 for Dwellings in town or country, to persons to whom 
 those principles were a mystery ; who were ignorant 
 of the Physical Laws on which Ventilation is chiefly 
 founded, and who did not indeed know enough of 
 Chemistry and Physiology to be able to understand 
 why Ventilation should be necessary at all. Or how ' 
 could I hope in displaying rational articles of apparel, 
 to convince those who were not acquainted with the 
 normal structure of the Human Frame, that its organs 
 are often displaced, and their functions impeded 
 through a blind subserviency to the dictates of fashion 
 in matters of Dress. Or again, in what other than 
 chemical language, unintelligible to the many, could 
 the Curator of my Museum, in showing a Visitor through 
 the Food Department, explain to him the reason why 
 Wheat is more nutritious than Potatoes, and Peas more 
 nutritious than either, or why he would find Beef Tea 
 more strengthening than Calf's Foot Jelly, and fresh 
 Meat more wholesome than Salt Junk ; or how he 
 might detect the commonest adulterations of Food or 
 Drink, and the like. An Artisan and his Wife, visit- 
 ing the admirable Food Department then at the South 
 Kensington Museum,^) might be struck and interested 
 amazingly by some of the sensational illustrations and 
 labels, but they would be so much at sea in all that 
 relates to the chemistry of nutrition, that they would 
 
 (1) Now at the East London Museum, Bethnal Green. 
 
140 FORM OF INSTRUCTION [CHAP. III. 
 
 scarcely venture to alter one item of their daily fare 
 in accordance with a scientific dietary. 
 
 I ani sorry to say that the deficiency of scientific 
 training, and the consequent inability to appreciate 
 the value of scientific guidance, has often met me 
 among Schoolmasters, and even among Divines, on 
 whom I had particularly reckoned for encouragement 
 and assistance in propagating among the poor, intel- 
 lectual means for physical improvement, and among 
 the rich, notions of judicious and discriminating bene- 
 volence. On the other hand I am happy to be able 
 to state that from many enlightened members of the 
 Clergy, I have received the most gratifying tokens of 
 sympathy and support. I hope indeed that the Repre- 
 sentatives of all religious denominations will ultimately 
 concur in the conviction, that the frame of mind suited 
 for imbibing spiritual instruction, is far more likely to 
 be found among the intelligent inmates of a healthy 
 home, than among those whom ignorance has degraded 
 to a torpid state of misery. I further hope that agree- 
 ing in this important principle, they will also acknow- 
 ledge themselves to be the most fitting instruments for 
 giving it practical effect ; that as ministers of good will 
 towards all men, they will eagerly promote the practical 
 enlightenment in matters of Daily Life, which would 
 be an unquestionable boon to all, and that they will 
 jjeadily support every bond fide endeavour to promote 
 wholesome and humanizing knowledge, seeing that the 
 same ignorance which engenders vice and callousness, 
 opens the way both to superstition and infidelity. 
 
 More vitally important however than the question of 
 patronage and assistance to my instruction, was that 
 of its acceptance by those I wished to teach. Which- 
 ever way I turned, I found myself face to face with the 
 
SECT. 3.] FOUND MOST SUCCESSFUL. 141 
 
 serious doubt " Can the Working Classes be induced 
 to imbibe in any way, the fundamental truths of which 
 they are, unawares, so much in need " ? Can they for 
 instance be persuaded to listen earnestly to a series of 
 methodical Lectures on subjects of a kind commonly 
 considered rather the reverse of attractive ? The fact 
 is that much had been done to give the audiences at 
 Mechanics' Institutes a false and unfavourable idea of 
 Science. When genuine and educational, it had often 
 been in substance too high and dry, and in form too 
 didactic and technical ; so as to require on the part of 
 the artisan an amount of preparatory knowledge which 
 he could scarcely be expected to possess, and which 
 indeed it seemed to be nobody's business to give him. 
 When amusing, it was rendered so by experiments 
 more calculated to be admired than understood, and 
 it consisted mainly of sensational bits, picked here 
 and there from the range of scientific knowledge, and 
 which without the general context could scarcely pro- 
 duce the clear impressions required for practical use. 
 
 -To test the possibility of remedying this state of 
 things, I composed in 1864 a detailed explanatory 
 Syllabus of six connected Lectures respectively entitled 
 as follows : 
 
 1. " The Alphabet of the Science of Common Life ; 
 or, a first peep into the mysteries of Health 
 and Comfort." 
 
 2. " A good Home, and what belongs to it." 
 
 3. " Furniture and Clothing ; and Health as 
 affected by them." 
 
 4. " Food : its purposes, principles, and resources. 
 How to make meals palatable, wholesome, and 
 cheap. Beverages." 
 
142 FORM OF INSTRUCTION [CHAP. III. 
 
 5. " Fire : what it is and how to make the best 
 of it. Contrivances for Ventilation." 
 
 6. " Good Health, and how to keep it." 
 
 Each lecture having been sketched out in detail 
 was provided with an ample assortment of specimens, 
 diagrams, and apparatus, prepared at the Twickenham 
 Museum, and suitably packed for circulation. Arrange- 
 ments were made for the delivery of the Course at 
 ten places of Meeting of the Working Classes in the 
 Metropolis during the ensuing winter. The six lectures 
 were entrusted to three competent persons, who seve- 
 rally undertook to adhere as closely as might be to 
 the substance of the Syllabus, clothing it in their own 
 language, and who acquitted themselves of the task in 
 a very creditable manner. 
 
 The result proved not only that the plan of prefacing 
 the study of Domestic Economy with an introductory 
 account of the sciences on which it depends, was a 
 step in the right direction, but that there was no 
 occasion to condemn myself to the awkward task of 
 squeezing that account into limits which it was ready 
 to burst in all directions. I found to my great delight, 
 not only that illiterate audiences could perfectly imbibe 
 and appreciate the elements of Science, when presented 
 to them in a simple and palatable form, but that there 
 was no reason why these elements, instead of being 
 confined to one Lecture, should not be spread over 
 several. This was highly satisfactory, as regards the 
 main principle of teaching Science to the People; but 
 as regards the particular manner in which I had made 
 the attempt, it was obvious that however detailed and 
 explicit might be my Syllabus, it could not, when dis- 
 tributed in parts to several lecturers, sufficiently bind 
 
SECT. 3.] FOUND MOST SUCCESSFUL. 143 
 
 and control them to secure throughout a uniform treat- 
 ment of the different subjects. Again, if I entrusted 
 the whole range to one lecturer, he must indeed possess 
 consummate abilities to extemporize a series of fluent 
 and taking Lectures on materials prescribed by me, in 
 accordance with my particular views ; and in fact a pro- 
 fessor competent to do this, could scarcely be expected 
 to submit his talents to my control for any sum that 
 I could afford to offer him. The higher his attainments, 
 the more tedious it would be for him to be engaged in 
 teaching my industrial Friends the mere " Alphabet of 
 Science." The abundance of his higher knowledge 
 would at times be thoughtlessly poured out to the detri- 
 ment of the particular simple facts which I had thought- 
 fully selected ; the ardour of his mind would ever and 
 anon break the line of connected purposes, and carry 
 him off into the realms of speculative fancy, his facile 
 eloquence would dilate on favourite themes, and three 
 quarters of the allotted time would be consumed before 
 one half of the allotted matter was got through ; so 
 that the remaining half would either be cut and 
 maimed, or galloped over at a headlong pace. 
 
 These conclusions, resulting from various practical 
 experiments, are here related in the spirit of a mariner 
 who points out the shoals he has encountered, not only 
 that others may avoid them, but also that he may the 
 more be trusted when he points out the safe passage 
 through which he has sailed at last. 
 
 Having found that there was no alternative left but 
 to write out the proposed Lectures in full, I prepared 
 by the autumn of 1866 under the title "SCIENCE MADE 
 EASY," a first instalment of the proposed Scientific 
 Foundation, comprising five familiar Lectures on the 
 Elements of Physics and Chemistry. In doing this 
 
144 FORM OF INSTRUCTION [CHAP. III. 
 
 I endeavoured to carry out to the best of my power 
 the instructions which I had prepared for others, as 
 to the manner in which the subject matter should be 
 selected and arranged, and as to the style in which it 
 should be expressed. Here however I was met by 
 another ominous question : would Working Men listen 
 to a read lecture ? As a rule the reading of a discourse 
 of any kind only answers when there is nothing to 
 do but to read, and is a failure when the delivery of 
 the text is broken by experiments, writing on the 
 black-board, or any other kind of visual demonstra- 
 tion. The expedient for overcoming this difficulty which 
 happily occurred to me, was very simple, but proved 
 effective beyond my most sanguine expectations. It 
 consists in the joint action of a Eeader and a Demon- 
 strator, and may therefore be named the BINARY or 
 
 DOUBLE-ACTION SYSTEM. 
 
 Wherever a specimen is to be shown, a diagram to 
 be pointed to, or an experiment to be performed, a 
 cross (X) i n tne text warns the Reader to make any 
 pause that may be required. The Demonstrator who 
 has before him a full list of instructions, with every 
 device for enabling him to be ready at the right 
 moment, does the needful, and the reading is resumed 
 without the least embarrassment or loss of time. I am 
 the more induced to lay some stress on the remarkable 
 success which this plan has obtained, because I believe 
 it to be a new one, and to be susceptible of becoming 
 a valuable addition to the present very deficient re- 
 sources of popular Instruction. A Reader cannot be 
 expected to deliver a written or printed lecture satis- 
 factorily, if he has to go to and fro between his text 
 and his diagrams, or his apparatus. On the other 
 hand a Professor who can deliver a whole educational 
 
SECT. 3.] FOUND MOST SUCCESSFUL. 145 
 
 course in a concise yet easy style, without further 
 guidance than a few notes, and who at the same time 
 is a skilful experimentalist, is an expensive luxury, 
 even in London, and almost unobtainable in most pro- 
 vincial localities. But on the contrary there is scarcely 
 a country town where the vicarage or the school cannot 
 supply a good Reader for a philanthropic object, whilst 
 the Doctor or the Chemist of the place will be suffi- 
 ciently up to the performing of any amount of chemical 
 or other experiments, involved in expounding the 
 Science of Daily Life. 
 
 It will not everywhere be possible to secure the 
 services of so first rate a Eeader as Mr. Henry Ellis, 
 whose professional co-operation I have been fortunate 
 enough to engage ; nor will it be easy to find a 
 Demonstrator so dexterous at manipulation and clever 
 in the performance of experiments, and at the same 
 time so competent to answer scientific questions, and 
 so well qualified for undertaking the general manage- 
 ment of Circulating Lectures, as my Secretary Mr. Wm. 
 Hudson. The peculiar smoothness and homogeneity 
 with which their joint action progresses as rapidly as 
 that of the most fluent and experienced extempore 
 professor, will not be attained to by many provincial 
 amateurs, but neither will this degree of efficiency be 
 expected by provincial audiences, or required for making 
 this mode of teaching Science a welcome expedient in 
 local Institutes, and in many ways a valuable resource 
 for Schools. Be this as it may, there can be no ques- 
 tion as to the service which this mode of delivery, 
 specially contrived for sending out identical Instruction 
 in various directions from a given centre, may render 
 to the proposed system of Technical Training. With 
 a vivifying action, resembling that of the Heart in 
 
146 FORM OF INSTRUCTION, ETC. [CHAP. III. 
 
 the Human Frame, the Central Technical University 
 may thus dispense well elaborated Knowledge through- 
 out the United Kingdom and the Colonies, and secure 
 everywhere that uniformity of Studies so necessary 
 for establishing uniform Standards of Certificated 
 Merit. 
 
 Another educational contrivance on which I con- 
 siderably reckon, is the plan of open-handed Examina- 
 tions, to which I have been led by the success of my 
 Popular Course ; but before describing it, T must dwell 
 for a moment on the circumstances of this success 
 itself, in order to show that it has afforded repeated and 
 incontestible proof of that aptitude of the Working 
 Population for receiving scientific knowledge, which 
 has been adopted as an essential element of calculation 
 in framing the proposed System of Technical Training. 
 
 SECTION 4.-APTITUDE OF THE WORKING POPU- 
 LATION TO RECEIVE APPROPRIATE SCIENTIFIC 
 INSTRUCTION. 
 
 It may be well to explain that the above-mentioned 
 Course entitled " Science made Easy," which has now 
 accomplished its eighth season among the London 
 Institutions, consists of nine Lectures embracing those 
 Elements of Natural Science which are most essential 
 for understanding the rationale of the Things of Daily 
 Life. They are strictly methodical and progressive, 
 leading an uneducated person through a facile acquaint- 
 ance with the outward forms and properties of Bodies, 
 to an enquiry into the Physical Forces by which they 
 are governed in rest or motion, and into the theory 
 
SECT. 4.] APTITUDE OF^WOEKINO POPULATION. 147 
 
 and practice of the Mechanical Powers. Two Lectures 
 are thus occupied. A third concludes Mechanical 
 Physics with an exposition of the principles and 
 familiar applications of Aerostatics and Hydrostatics, 
 and a few notions of Acoustics. Lecture IV., under 
 the title of Chemical Physics, deals with the most 
 practical phenomena of Light and Heat. The fifth 
 and sixth Lectures are devoted to a glance at the 
 most important features of Inorganic and Organic 
 Chemistry. Lecture VII. gives such outlines of Na- 
 tural History as everyone ought to know something 
 of, and finally two Lectures devoted to Human Ana- 
 tomy and Physiology, turn to account the previous 
 instruction in a compendium of all that is most 
 essential to be known for promoting a healthy condi- 
 tion of the system. 
 
 Even this very brief summary may suffice to show 
 that my Course, though I have sought to make it 
 palatable to the Working Classes by a familiar and 
 cheerful style, and by abundant illustrations, is never- 
 theless a bond fide endeavour to unite all the scientific 
 data most essentially necessary as a ground-work to 
 the study of the requirements and resources of Daily 
 Life. This earnest character becomes particularly 
 apparent on reading the Syllabus of the 9 Lectures, 
 contained in the Programme distributed among the 
 Working Population of the Districts where the Course 
 is to be given. It is nearly identical in range with 
 the Syllabus of Elementary Knowledge which will 
 be found in Section 1 of the next Chapter. Such 
 being the character of the Course, earnest, methodical, 
 and having practical usefulness for its constant aim, 
 let us now see in what manner it has been received 
 year after year, not by select students, but by miscel- 
 
 L 2 
 
148 APTITUDE OF WOEKING POPULATION [CHAP. III. 
 
 laneous audiences admitted gratis in various parts of 
 the Metropolis, including some of the most densely 
 populated and least refined. 
 
 Referring for fuller information to " Science for the 
 People;" and for further proofs to the testimonials 
 and letters of thanks in my possession, I will proceed 
 to quote the Reporter of the Daily News, whose article 
 entitled " Science among the Costermongers," appeared 
 in that Paper on the 5th of November 1868. It 
 describes a visit to Mr. Orsman's Mission Hall in 
 Golden Lane, where my Course was then being given 
 for the second time. 
 
 " On Tuesday evening last, a person passing down 
 Golden Lane, a long, narrow, and poverty-smitten 
 thoroughfare, leading from Barbican into Old Street, 
 might have observed numerous individuals belonging, 
 as their costume unmistakeably indicated, to the Cos- 
 termonger class, silently making their way, amid piles 
 of empty barrows and heaps of decaying vegetable 
 refuse, towards a building, not very pretentious in its 
 external appearance, situated at the rear of the City 
 Baths. The locality is not a very inviting one. 
 * * * * Entering the building above mentioned, a 
 curious and suggestive spectacle met the eye. In a 
 large room having a spacious platform at one end, 
 and encircled by a strong and commodious gallery, were 
 crowded together some 400 or 500 men, women, and 
 children, belonging, for the most part, to the poorest 
 classes. Many, perhaps the majority, were members 
 of the street-trading community, the rest of the audience 
 consisting of labourers, artisans, workmen's wives, 
 factory girls, shop boys, street arabs, and the like. 
 And for what purpose were they thus voluntarily 
 collected together ? * * * * They had met for the 
 
SECT. 4,] TO RECEIVE SCIENTIFIC INSTR UCTION. 149 
 
 purpose of listening to a Scientific Lecture on Che- 
 mistry, * * * * eagerly listening to a Lecture, in 
 which were explained the various properties of Oxygen, 
 Hydrogen, Carbon, Sulphur, and other non-metallic 
 Elements ; the phenomena of combustion ; the decom- 
 position and recomposition of Water, and the like. 
 * * * * In previous Lectures, those present had had 
 explained to them the conditions of matter, laws of 
 gravitation, mechanics, aerostatics and hydrostatics, 
 light, heat, and other elementary portions of Scientific 
 Knowledge ; but instead of becoming wearied with the 
 formidable mass of technical teaching with which they 
 were threatened, the number of hearers was found to in- 
 crease considerably with each successive Lecture. The 
 order maintained was admirable. * * * * " 
 
 More conclusive however than could be any isolated 
 instance, is the general tone of orderly earnestness 
 with which the Course has been attended throughout 
 its London career, from Paddington to Holloway and 
 Spitalfields, from Chelsea to Shadwell and Stratford, and 
 from Nine Elms, Lambeth, and Bermondsey, to Woolwich 
 Arsenal. In order nevertheless to prevent disappoint- 
 ment on the part of those who may be prompted to 
 engage in similar undertakings, as auxiliary to the 
 proposed systematic training of the people, it is right 
 I should point out a few conditions of success which 
 must not be disregarded. Thus whilst it is essential to 
 select Institutions where Working Men have acquired 
 the habit of congregating in considerable numbers, it 
 is scarcely less so that there should be some intelligent 
 and active person on whom reliance can be placed 
 for superintending the machinery of publicity. As 
 for my own Course, it succeeds best where an energetic 
 Minister or Missionary has intelligently induced, and 
 
150 APTITUDE OF WORKING POPULATION [CHAP. HL 
 
 still actively keeps up habitual gatherings of the people 
 in large numbers, by mixing innocent recreation with 
 religious and secular instruction. There my Lectures 
 are quite at home ; for it has been my constant 
 endeavour to leaven them with a spirit of Christian 
 morality, and to show how religion and science may, 
 and always should, go hand in hand. 
 
 As a rule I have found, as might be expected, that 
 audiences consisting of men and women of the lower 
 social strata, such as are called in by the invitation 
 of open doors in a poor locality, require to be presided 
 over by a person who, besides being a good man of 
 business, possesses the art of making them feel at their 
 ease ; whereas when the chair is filled by any one to 
 whom they look up as to a condescending patron, 
 a kind of reverential awe seems sometimes to chill 
 their interest, and check the liveliness of their appre- 
 ciation. 
 
 The ability to preside at such a Meeting is not a 
 privilege reserved for gentle birth and classical educa- 
 tion. At one of the places where my Course was given 
 in the first season, the chair was taken by one who 
 neither stumbled over his own words, nor treated the 
 Meeting with a flow of eloquence when it was not 
 wanted, but could always when required, speak cleverly 
 and to the purpose, and conduct an evening's proceed- 
 ings with tact and courtesy. Both he and the audience 
 showed more than once that they were not novices in 
 parliamentary routine. Now the place of Meeting in 
 question, was the Hall of the Old Pye Street Working 
 Men's Club, instituted through the generous and en- 
 lightened exertions of Miss ADELINE COOPER, and 
 occupying the Ground Floor of a Model Lodging 
 House adapted to the requirements of one of the 
 
SECT. 4.] TO RECEIVE SCIENTIFIC INSTE UCTION. 151 
 
 poorest localities in Westminster. The benches were 
 compactly filled with Hawkers, Costermongers, and 
 Labourers, and their clever and efficient Chairman was 
 one who earned an honest livelihood by uniting the 
 trades of Glass and China Mender, and Knife and 
 Scissors Grinder. To give an idea of the discrimi- 
 nating eagerness with which such audiences hail the 
 advent of knowledge, provided it be of the practical 
 kind they require, I will mention that for some time 
 Science had got into evil odour in Old Pye Street, 
 through causes of the usual kind. I accordingly re- 
 solved to give Miss COOPER'S friends only one Lecture 
 by way of experiment, and Lecture IY. was selected, 
 as being of fair average interest. They were so well 
 satisfied, that they not only asked to have the whole 
 Course, but desired that the Lecture already given, 
 should be repeated in its proper place. 
 
 Generally speaking about three hundred "Working 
 Men are a sufficient audience for purposes of steady and 
 continuous instruction, and are indeed as many as can 
 conveniently enjoy the portable Illustrations and Ex- 
 periments of a circulating Course like mine ; though for 
 the purpose of exciting a taste for Science, much larger 
 numbers may be convened. In the vast hall of the 
 Lambeth Baths which, thanks to the untiring energy 
 of the Eev. G. M. MURPHY, is appropriated in winter 
 time to a continuous weekly rotation of devices for 
 uniting instruction and amusement, the numbers have 
 repeatedly reached eight or nine hundred, and on one 
 occasion considerably beyond a thousand. I am bound 
 to say that even these multitudes admitted with open 
 doors, in a neighbourhood which used at one time to be 
 looked upon as one of the lowest in the scale of refine- 
 ment, have maintained the most decorous and attentive 
 
152 APTITUDE OF WORKING POPULATION. [CHAP. III. 
 
 silence, only broken by hearty applause, or well-timed 
 manifestations of hilarity. 
 
 I trust that the direct bearing of the foregoing details 
 on the subject of establishing a National System of 
 Industrial Training, is self-evident ; for certainly, as I 
 said in a letter to the Secretary of the Labourers' Friend 
 Society, such facts prove that there are in our working 
 population, sterling qualities of great promise, germs 
 of thoughtful improvement, which only want judicious 
 fostering arid disinterested guidance, to produce results 
 of infinite value for their physical and social welfare. 
 
 SECTION 5.-EXAMINATIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL 
 STUDENTS. 
 
 In the Autumn of 1868, when preparations were 
 being made for the third session of delivery of my 
 Course at the Lambeth Baths, the Rev. Mr. MURPHY C 1 ) 
 suggested the expediency of testing by means of Exa- 
 minations, the actual amount of knowledge imbibed 
 and retained by those men of Lambeth who seemed so 
 earnest in their desire for Science. I the more readily 
 adopted this suggestion, as it afforded me an oppor- 
 tunity of putting to a practical test, certain innovations 
 which I had long been anxious to see applied to the 
 furtherance of scientific instruction among the People. 
 The vast importance of Examinations in general, and 
 the deficiencies of most of the existing plans, had 
 become strongly impressed on my mind in serving on 
 the Educational Committees of the Society of Arts, and 
 in watching from its beginning the development of the 
 system of Open Competitive Examinations due to the 
 
 (1) Now a Member of the London School Board. 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL EXAMINATIONS. 153 
 
 initiation and indefatigable perseverance of my late 
 friend and colleague, MR. HARRY CHESTER. By Open 
 Examinations, I mean those not confined as in a College 
 to Students taught by the Examining Body, but open 
 to all Candidates duly qualified. It is more particularly 
 to such Examinations that the following considerations 
 will apply, inasmuch as it is desirable that the system 
 of allowing Candidates free option as to the way of 
 acquiring prescribed attainments, should be introduced 
 as far as possible in the operations of the proposed 
 Central Technical University. 
 
 Examinations whether competitive, that is to say, 
 offering for competition a limited number of Prizes or 
 Eewards, or competential, that is to say offering a cer- 
 tificate of competency to any number of Candidates 
 whose attainments come up to a specified mark, may 
 subserve various purposes. They may stimulate and 
 test individual industry and abilities, with a view either 
 to reward merit for its own sake, or to determine fitness 
 for certain duties ; but they may, and should if possible, 
 further have a more special educational aim. When 
 established in strict accordance with the carefully ascer- 
 tained requirements of certain categories of Students, 
 they may afford in addition to a powerful incentive, a 
 highly valuable guidance to their respective studies. It 
 may be all very well for those who are well educated 
 and well to do, and can afford to regard study as the 
 mere solace of leisure hours, or as a wholesome drilling 
 of the mind for an indefinite purpose, to have a set of 
 competent Examiners ready to question them on any 
 branch of knowledge to which they may take a fancy, 
 without considering whether or not it may be likely 
 ever to render them any direct and practical service ; 
 yet even among Students of this description, laxity of 
 
154 EXAMINATIONS FOE [CHAP. III. 
 
 purpose should not be encouraged, nor should they 
 be left to the misleading influence of fancied aptitudes 
 or futile predilections. With Artisan Students and 
 others who have to carry on the struggle of mind 
 against matter, we have a much stronger case. To 
 them knowledge is a necessity, without which their 
 incomings are likely to be precarious, and their out- 
 goings are sure to be unsatisfactory. And woe to them 
 if some friendly guidance is not at hand, to point out 
 the knowledge of the right sort, and the way to get at 
 it. Ignorant of the distinctive characters and bearings 
 of the different branches of Natural Science, unac- 
 quainted with the differences of treatment which each 
 branch has received from different Authors, unable to 
 pick their way through works which contain vastly 
 more than they want, and liable through lack of pre- 
 vious culture to find confusion and dismay in etymo- 
 logies which give a lift to the classical Scholar, they 
 must not be entrusted with their own guidance in the 
 pursuit of knowledge, whilst at the same time they can- 
 not afford to pay for tutorship or coaching. Some- 
 times indeed the soundest and most friendly advice, 
 tendered to Artisan Students from the level to which 
 their employers belong, is apt to be viewed at first 
 with diffidence ; but let it be based on facts that speak 
 for themselves, and on considerations that find an echo 
 in their own shrewd common sense, and they will soon 
 cheerfully accept its guidance, for they know very well 
 that ignorance cannot be its own guide to knowledge, 
 and that they who most require to learn, can least 
 afford to waste time and opportunities in learning what 
 is not to the purpose. 
 
 It is naturally to the Programme of Examinations 
 yearly published by an Examining Body, that one 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL STUDENTS. 155 
 
 looks for the means of guidance required by the re- 
 spective Students. I used to turn to the " Syllabuses," 
 hoping to find in each a succinct exposition of what 
 the respective Candidates were expected to learn, fol- 
 lowed by satisfactory indications of Books, or parts of 
 Books, recommended for their use. I scarcely like to 
 say how often I was disappointed. Instead of a con- 
 gruous series of sketches, each clearly defining a dis- 
 tinct course of study, and yet all linked together by 
 unity of design, I saw evident signs that each Examiner 
 had been left to his own devices. His own indi- 
 vidual conception of his Subject was more or less fully 
 or faintly indicated, without reference either to the 
 plans of his colleagues, or to that of his predecessor, 
 and a student could only surmise the probable level 
 of his questions, from a knowledge of his temper and 
 antecedents. As for indications of Text Books they 
 were often inadequately given, or the works named 
 contained so much beside or beyond the mark, as to be 
 bewildering without the aid of an adviser competent to 
 pick and choose/ 1 ) 
 
 At that time so little regular attention had been paid 
 to the different intellectual requirements and capa- 
 bilities of Students differing in social level, educational 
 advantages, and intended pursuits, that it was perhaps 
 excusable if Examination Programmes displayed rather 
 the indefinite unstable and tentative character of an 
 experiment, than the homogeneous solidity of a well 
 developed system, or if they were deficient in those 
 legitimate means of guidance which earnest but inex- 
 
 (1) Every department or range of knowledge in which an examination 
 of a given level is to be held, with a view to the requirements of a given 
 Category of Students, should be embodied in a special Text Book giving 
 just what they want. To supply a reflex thereof in the form of a detailed 
 Syllabus is then a comparatively easy task. 
 
156 EXAMINATIONS FOE [CHAP. III. 
 
 perienced Candidates are entitled to expect. Had there 
 been a permanent Committee of Supervision or Board 
 of Moderators, uniting the lay with the professorial 
 element, and possessing due authority for framing and 
 maintaining- Systematic Examinations distinctly in- 
 tended for a certain educational level, say, that on 
 which the lower portion of the Middle Class, and the 
 upper portion of the Waged Class, may be said to 
 meet, they would perhaps have adopted Measures of 
 Improvement founded on Conclusions to the following 
 effect : 
 
 That the subjects to be included in an Exami- 
 nation Scheme, whether scientific or otherwise, 
 should always be selected in accordance with the 
 requirements of the class of Candidates in view. 
 
 That a distinct CURRICULUM or Course of 
 Studies, should be agreed upon and marked out 
 for each Category of Students, and that the 
 required Text Book or Books should be selected, 
 or if necessary specially produced. 
 
 That each Curriculum should be represented in 
 the Examination Programme, by a SYLLABUS 
 giving all necessary details, and referring to the 
 respective Text Books or portions thereof. 
 
 That sufficient unity should prevail in the de- 
 gree of explicitness and general character of the 
 various Syllabuses, to stamp them as parts of 
 one and the same scheme. 
 
 - That unity of purpose should similarly govern 
 the Examinations throughout, so as to maintain 
 even in different departments, conformity of 
 guiding principles, and uniformity of standards. 
 
 That in the Questions to be proposed at a given 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL STUDENTS. 157 
 
 Examination, there should be no undue prepon- 
 derance given to topics that might happen to 
 be favourite ones with the Examiner. This 
 kind of favouritism besides being liable to be 
 taken advantage of by Candidates who happen 
 to be aware of it, tends when continued year 
 after year, to disturb the proper relation between 
 the importance of 'each matter, and the amount 
 of attention bestowed on it. 
 
 That due care should be taken to defeat the 
 cleverness of Candidates, or their Coaches, at 
 guessing what questions are most likely to be 
 asked, and every exertion used to put down the 
 practice of cramming. C 1 ) 
 
 That far more satisfactory means exist for 
 accomplishing the foregoing objects than render- 
 ing the Examination Syllabus vague and reti- 
 
 (1) The following passage is from a discourse pronounced by Ms Grace 
 the Archbishop of Canterbury, on the 18th Nov. 1873, on the occasion 
 of distributing the Prizes in connection with the Oxford Local Examina- 
 tions at Margate : " I believe that those who are preparing for competi- 
 tive examinations are very well acquainted with a system now too common 
 in this country, which goes by the name of 'cram/ A great deal of 
 what appears as most successful results in many examinations now held 
 throughout the country is of very little value. I have been told, for 
 example, of an eminent tutor who has a vast number of pupils because his 
 pupils are almost sure to be successful in some of these examinations, and 
 who has this mode of enabling his pupils to exhibit before the examiner 
 the writing of essays on any subject of history. The tutor, from long 
 experience and careful study of the questions set in past times, ascertains 
 almost with mathematical precision that one of ten subjects will be set for 
 an essay at the coming examination. He in his study carefully prepares 
 ten essays on ten subjects, such as the history of Queen Elizabeth, the 
 influence of the French Eevolution on the civilization of the world, and 
 other subjects. Having prepared these, day by day he requires his pupils 
 to commit these ten essays to memory. They enter the competition. To 
 their delight they find a familiar subject in the essay proposed, and in a 
 few moments a beautifully prepared essay, such as fills the examiner with 
 surprise, is prepared by the youth of 14, and he is awarded the required 
 number of marks." 
 
158 EXAMINA TIONS FOE [CHAP. III. 
 
 cent, and then when the examination time is 
 come, pouncing on the Candidates with out of 
 the way questions, having scarcely anything to 
 recommend them beyond their being perfectly 
 unexpected, or depending for an answer rather 
 on the fortuitous direction than on the general 
 extent of knowledge .(*) 
 
 That the questions should as much as possible 
 be distributed over all the Departments or Sec- 
 tions of a Science, in such a manner as to 
 encourage an even distribution of attention over 
 the whole of its ground-work and essential fea- 
 tures/ 2 ) 
 
 That of the Questions put for each Science at 
 each Examination, some should be more compre- 
 hensive in grasp, or more difficult in character, 
 and others the reverse ; so as to enable Candi- 
 
 (1) A few examples may serve to illustrate my meaning : At a geo- 
 graphical Examination a Candidate was asked about a Kiver in Asia, of 
 which the only known account was one recently published in a Book of 
 Travels which happened to have been read by the Examiner. A question 
 on the numerical estimation of the Conductivity of Heat was repeatedly 
 put, for an explanation of which the ordinary Text Books were for some 
 time vainly consulted. It was afterwards learnt that the Examiner had 
 discussed the matter in an article written for a certain expensive 
 Cyclopaedia. Candidates in Geometry were asked to prove with a piece 
 of paper and a pair of scissors that the three angles of any triangle 
 amount to two right angles. The cleverest mathematician might be 
 less able to do it than a child who had seen it done. 
 
 (2) The following is from a Memorandum which I addressed about 10 
 years ago to the Secretary of the Society of Arts. 
 
 " What most of our young men assuredly want, and may hope to acquire 
 in the limited time and with the limited means which they can devote to 
 preparing themselves for the Society of Arts Examinations, is a clear and 
 logical perception of the scope and nature of a Science, and a competent 
 knowledge of its ground-work, classification, leading facts and ordinary 
 processes ; so that whatever further information they may have opportu- 
 nities for picking up through books, lectures, or practice, may be at once 
 rightly understood, and brought home for permanent keeping to its 
 proper Chapter of the memory." 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTRIAL STUDENTS. 159 
 
 dates possessing a considerable amount of know- 
 ledge, to make it proportionately manifest, whilst 
 the less fortunate would at least be afforded 
 opportunities for turning to the best advantage, 
 such amount as they might have acquired. 
 
 That a clear understanding and agreement 
 should be come to among the Examiners, and 
 between them and the Board of Moderators, as 
 to the total number of marks obtainable in a 
 given Science, or other subject, as to the 
 number of marks respectively required for 
 obtaining given Prizes or Certificates, and, as 
 far as practicable with the aid of select typical 
 examples, as to what should be considered good 
 answers to Questions of stated grades of difficulty. 
 
 That every endeavour should be made, year by 
 year, to work the appreciation and measurement 
 of knowledge and abilities, and their representa- 
 tion by numerical Marks, into a system not only 
 logically uniform as regards one Examining 
 Body, but also logically harmonious as regards 
 the ensemble of Examining Bodies. 
 
 That though a gradual rise of Standards, con- 
 formable to the progress of Science and to its 
 more general diffusion, may be allowable from 
 year to year, yet there should if possible, be 
 nothing beyond this ; especially no sudden rise 
 unannounced in the Programme, and due to a 
 
 ^change of Examiner or a lack of Prize Fund ; 
 in short no change due to any other cause than 
 the benefit of the Examinee. 
 
 That as regards Elementary Examinations, 
 precise Regulations should show as clearly as 
 possible what is expected of the Candidates, not 
 
160 EXAMINATIONS FOE [CHAP. III. 
 
 only as regards isolation from assistance and 
 the like, but also as regards the fair English in 
 which their knowledge is to be expressed, and 
 the fair legible hand in which it is to be con- 
 veyed to paper. 
 
 - That the yearly Programme issued by the Ex- 
 amining Body, should unite in a well-considered 
 order of sequence, the Syllabuses agreed upon 
 by the several Examiners in concert with the 
 Board of Moderators, and at the same time sup- 
 ply such prefatory information, and such a full 
 statement of regulations, as may clearly esta- 
 blish the proposed purpose, educational level, 
 and modus operandi ; and that the said Pro- 
 gramme thus carefully prepared, should remain 
 unaltered, subject to yearly revision for correcting 
 any errors of omission or commission that may 
 become apparent, for introducing any practical 
 improvements pointed out by experience, and 
 for keeping pace with scientific progress. 
 
 Several of the foregoing conclusions appear to have 
 been more or less adopted of late years, but they were 
 untried at the period to which I am alluding, namely 
 the autumn of 1868, when the approaching delivery for 
 the third time of my Course on the Elements of the 
 Science of Daily Life, induced MR. MURPHY to ask for 
 Examinations. The opportunity for a practical experi- 
 ment was an excellent one ; but at the same time I per- 
 ceived that to ensure success among a class of Students 
 considerably below the Society of Arts Candidates in 
 social position and educational culture, it was necessary, 
 besides enforcing several of the above principles, to 
 clear away by a still more searching reform, every 
 
SECT. 5.] IND USTEIAL STUDENTS. 161 
 
 obstacle, real or imaginary, which might deter my 
 Artisan Friends from entering the lists. To them the 
 very idea of a scientific Examination had in it some- 
 thing awful, and it would have been almost ridiculous 
 to invite them to such an ordeal, if I had not seen my 
 way to a plan of operations somewhat subversive of the 
 usual mystery of an Examination, but which was never- 
 theless in reality as safe to the Examiner as it was 
 reassuring to the Examinee. 
 
 The manner in which the experiment was conducted 
 is described as follows, in a Letter which I addressed 
 to Mr. MURPHY at its conclusion, and which was read 
 by him at a crowded meeting held at the Baths on the 
 20th February, 1869, when LORD SHAFTESBURY dis- 
 tributed the Prizes to the successful candidates : 
 
 * "Looking carefully through the 
 eight Lectures into which I had endeavoured to com- 
 press the scientific facts most wanted in Daily Life/ 1 ) I 
 divided the subject matter of each Lecture into a con- 
 venient number of parts/ 2 ) and prepared for each part 
 a question so framed, that anyone answering it might 
 fairly and freely show to what extent his intelligence 
 and his memory served him; and of course being com- 
 petent to answer all the questions would be tantamount 
 to having in one's mind the gist of all the Course. You 
 were kind enough to read publicly the whole of these 
 questions at the opening of the Lecture Season, and as 
 a copy of them was deposited at the Baths, together 
 with a copy of each Lecture, and moreover, as each 
 question had attached to it the maximum number of 
 marks which an answer to it might gain, the whole 
 scheme of studies and rewards was spread open from 
 
 (1) A second Lecture on Chemistry has since raised the number to nine. 
 
 (2) There were mostly ten to twelve parts in each Lecture. 
 
 M 
 
162 EXAMINATIONS FOE [CHAP. III. 
 
 the beginning. Each student knew what he was re- 
 commended to learn, and was offered the convenience 
 of learning it without the annoyance of conflicting 
 books. Each candidate knew what questions he was 
 liable to be asked, and what each satisfactory answer 
 might be relatively worth in marks." 
 
 " When the Examination time came, I selected with 
 the assistance of Mr. HUDSON', who is thoroughly con- 
 versant with matters of this kind, two of the questions 
 on each Lecture, one easy, the other more difficult ; 
 making sixteen questions for the whole Course. Each 
 candidate who having satisfactorily passed a preliminary 
 Test on the 22nd of January, was admitted to the de- 
 finitive one on the 5th of the present month, found on 
 taking his assigned place at the Examination Table, a 
 copy of those sixteen questions before him. The Can- 
 didates were informed that they were not expected to 
 take up more than one question on each Lecture ; but such 
 was the zeal with which they set to work, that in the 
 three hours allowed, several of them went through 
 nearly the whole range ; and this in such a manner as 
 perfectly to justify the sanguine expectations raised in 
 my mind, by the remarkable earnestness with which 
 the Lambeth Baths' audiences, young and old, had 
 throughout listened to my Course. The number of 
 Candidates has been small, but quality has made 
 amends. Altogether, the appreciation of scientific 
 knowledge, the power of imbibing and retaining it, 
 and the power of expressing it in writing, evinced by 
 the Working Men of South London, are facts most 
 encouraging to the advocates of Industrial Instruction ; 
 whilst they reflect the highest credit on the enlightened 
 Pastor under whose guidance this intellectual elevation 
 has been attained." 
 
SECT. 5.] INDUSTEIAL STUDENTS. 163 
 
 The success of my plan of OPEN-HANDED EXAMINA- 
 TIONS in Lambeth, induced me not only to repeat the 
 experiment at the Baths when my Lectures were de- 
 livered there for the fourth time, but also to try it in 
 other parts of London. The result having been every- 
 where most encouraging, I applied the plan to a some- 
 what more advanced Course of 8 Lectures on Inorganic 
 Chemistry for Industrial Students, delivered likewise 
 on the Binary System, at the St. Thomas's Schools 
 Hackney/ 1 ) Every trial has fully confirmed the con- 
 viction entertained from the beginning, that the plan 
 of converting a reticent SYLLABUS into an open QUES- 
 TION ART, i.e. a Catechism minus the Answers, is not 
 only an expedient suited for overcoming the diffidence 
 of uneducated Students, but might become with proper 
 management almost equally advantageous in Middle- 
 Class, and other analogous Examinations, whether 
 conducted by the Examiners personally or from a 
 distance. At all events it has become obvious that in 
 a general scheme of Popular and Industrial Training 
 this plan would afford a peculiarly convenient means 
 of establishing and maintaining a uniform Standard of 
 Examinations for each Grade of each Industry in all 
 parts of the country. 
 
 The following is a precis of the plan of proceedings, 
 taken from the Examination Programme which has 
 stood the test of actual service for several years with 
 only a few trifling alterations. It consists of 8 quarto 
 pages printed in double columns, except the Title-page, 
 which gives concerning the Popular Course to which 
 
 (1) The prizes were delivered to the successful candidates, all lonafide 
 Working Men, on the 18th day of April, 1873, by Charles Eeed, Esq., M.P. 
 (now Sir Charles Keed, Chairman of the London School Board), supported 
 by the Eev. J. A. Picton, whose valuable patronage much contributed to 
 the success of the Course. 
 
 M 2 
 
1G4 INDUSTRIAL EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 it belongs, a few particulars necessary for understand- 
 ing certain references made thereto. Copies of this 
 Programme and of a similar one prepared for the 
 Industrial Course of Inorganic Chemistry, will be 
 freely supplied on application, by the Secretary of the 
 Economic Museum, Twickenham. 
 
 PROGRAMME OF EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 PLAN OF PKOCEEDINGS.(i) 
 
 1. Those essential Elements of Scientific Knowledge which it 
 is most desirable that every Adult of the Working Classes should 
 possess, are methodically arranged and explained in an easy and 
 familiar manner in the present Course of Lectures. 
 
 2. For the purpose of the Examinations each Lecture has been 
 divided into a convenient number of parts, large or small according 
 to the nature of the subjects ; and a Question has been prepared for 
 each part, embracing as far as possible the main substance or gist 
 thereof, and so framed that a person answering it may be fairly 
 prompted to show to what extent he has understood and retained 
 the matter referred to. 
 
 3. The whole of the Questions, which amount to about one 
 hundred for the nine Lectures, are included in the present Pro- 
 gramme. It is from them only that will be selected those to be 
 put to the Candidates. 
 
 
 It is in this plan of publishing from the beginning in 
 
 the Programme the Questions which the Candidates 
 may have to face at their Examination, that lies my 
 greatest deviation from the ordinary practice. It is 
 unquestionably a startling innovation, and yet a per- 
 fectly safe one. It will be seen further on, (Article 11) 
 that the Examiner selects two questions out of the 10 
 
 (1) A difference of Type will distinguish a few remarks added to draw 
 attention to the points most likely to be found serviceable. 
 
SECT. 5.] PROGRAMME OF EXAMINATIONS. 165 
 
 or 12 allotted on an average to each Lecture in the 
 Programme. Which these two may be the Candidate 
 cannot possibly guess. He has the satisfaction of 
 feeling that he cannot be asked any question which 
 he has not a fair opportunity of preparing himself to 
 answer, but such preparation must, as far as his abilities 
 allow, embrace the gist of the whole Course (see Article 
 5) and this is all that can be desired. 
 
 4. The Questions, besides being consecutively numbered for each 
 Lecture, have appended to them other numbers ranging from 3 to 
 25, which indicate their more or less comprehensive and difficult 
 nature, and show the maximum number of Marks which a Can- 
 didate could obtain at the Examination by answering them in a 
 thoroughly efficient manner. 
 
 5. It is obvious that a Candidate, in order to be competent to 
 answer thoroughly any of the Questions which the Examiner may 
 happen to select, must master the whole of the Elements of Prac- 
 tical Science as embodied in the course ; but far less than this 
 degree of efficiency will suffice for securing to the Candidate a 
 satisfactory Certificate. 
 
 In Examinations held like mine, simply to test and 
 recompense the earnestness of a desire for scientific 
 instniction, and the ability to benefit by it, the average 
 level of capabilities of the class of Students dealt with 
 in each locality, has of course to be leniently considered 
 in determining the minimum of Marks sufficient for 
 securing a Certificate ; but in adapting the present 
 plan to a National System of Technical Examinations, 
 much care must be bestowed on determining, and 
 everywhere uniformly maintaining in the several sub- 
 jects and grades, the proper proportion of that Minimum 
 to the total of attainable Marks. 
 
 6. The Series of Questions, with maximum numbers appended, 
 remains the same from year to year, subject to any improvements 
 which it may be found expedient to introduce, and to any altera- 
 
166 INDUSTRIAL EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 tions or further development of the Course. It will be freely 
 circulated previously to and during the beginning of the delivery 
 of the Course in each locality, together with the Syllabus of the 
 Lectures, so that the Working Men of the district may know at 
 once what they are wanted to learn, what questions they will be 
 liable to be asked if they become Candidates, and what may be 
 the value of each satisfactory answer. 
 
 7. Till the Course is printed, such facilities will be afforded as 
 convenience may allow, for the inspection of a manuscript copy. 1 
 
 8. Persons desiring to become Candidates in the several localities 
 where the Lectures and Examinations may be organized, will be 
 expected to conform to the following regulations, which will be 
 entrusted to a Committee of Supervision. 
 
 Regulations. 
 
 a. Candidates must be at least 18 years old, and strictly of 
 
 the Working Class. In localities where it may be found 
 
 desirable to admit Female Candidates, the minimum age 
 
 required for these will be 16. 
 
 b. They must furnish particulars of Name, Address, Age, and 
 
 Employment. 
 
 c. Each Candidate approved by the Committee will receive a 
 Card, on which he (or she) will at once inscribe his (or her) 
 own name. 
 
 d. As a rule no Cards will be issued after the 4th Lecture, and 
 
 no Candidate will be examined who has not attended at least 
 
 6 of the Lectures, and each time signed the Attendance 
 
 Book. 
 
 e. No Examination will be held unless there are at least six 
 
 eligible Candidates. 
 
 9. The Examination will be held by Mr. Hudson, the Examiner, 
 in the room and on the evening appointed in concert with the 
 Committee of Supervision, such evening to be if possible within 
 one month after the conclusion of the Course. 
 
 10. At a Friendly Meeting of the Candidates, held some time 
 before the Examination, they will be asked by the Examiner to 
 answer in writing a few very simple questions concerning the 
 
 (1) In conformity with this announcement, a manuscript copy of the 
 Lectures is deposited at each locality for about six or eight weeks previous 
 to an Examination. 
 
SECT. 5.] PROGRAMME OF EXAMINATIONS. 167 
 
 Lectures, and those only who do this satisfactorily will be admitted 
 to the Examination. 
 
 This " Friendly Meeting," intended to serve the pur- 
 pose of a Preliminary Examination, has admirably 
 succeeded, riot only in separating from the Candidates 
 a few who would have stood no chance in competing 
 with the rest, either through want of knowledge or 
 through want of ability to express it in writing, but 
 also in giving those who remain a clear idea of the 
 actual nature and requirements of an Examination. 
 In fact it has been noticed that in the time between the 
 Preliminary and the Final Examination, remarkable 
 progress has been generally made, evidently the result 
 of earnest application. 
 
 11. Previously to the Examination, two questions on each Lec- 
 ture will be selected and marked on the Programme by the Ex- 
 aminer. The one will be more easy, and the other more difficult 
 or comprehensive, in order to give each Candidate an opportunity 
 of adapting his attempts to his abilities. 
 
 12. On the evening appointed for the Examination, the Can- 
 didates will find before them on taking the places assigned to them 
 at the table, besides the necessary writing materials, copies of this 
 Examination Programme on which the 18 questions are duly 
 marked. Three hours will be allowed them for preparing in pre- 
 sence of the Examiner, and without any assistance, plainly written 
 answers to as many of these questions as they may choose; but 
 they will not be expected to take up more than one question for 
 each Lecture, and even six good answers may earn a Prize. Minor 
 formalities will be duly explained by the Examiner. 
 
 I wish to draw attention to the fact that the Candi- 
 dates are encouraged to spread evenly their Studies 
 throughout the Course. In dealing with a class of 
 Students having enjoyed greater educational facilities, 
 the answering satisfactorily at least one question per 
 lecture, might be not merely expected but required. 
 
168 INDUSTRIAL EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 13. The Examination Papers, signed by the respective Candi- 
 dates, and left by them on the Table, will be brought to the 
 Economic Museum for being carefully examined, and each more 
 or less satisfactory answer will be rated at a proportionate number 
 of Marks. 
 
 14. Each Candidate whose total number of Marks reaches the 
 amount fixed beforehand as necessary by the Examiner, will receive 
 a Certificate. 
 
 Here follows a set of rules concerning the Prizes, 
 which are omitted as having in view circumstances of 
 a local nature, and essentially different from those likely 
 to occur in carrying out the scheme of Industrial Edu- 
 cation contemplated in the present Work. Then comes ' 
 the last Article which stands as follows. 
 
 16. The results will be made known to the Candidates if pos- 
 sible within a fortnight after the Examination, and a convenient 
 evening will be appointed in concert with the Committee of Super- 
 vision, for the distribution of the Prizes and Certificates. 
 
 I may here mention that delay in making known the 
 awards of Examiners has been known to create con- 
 siderable inconvenience and dissatisfaction, and should 
 be carefully avoided in the system proposed to be 
 centered in a National Technical University, in which 
 it will be further desirable to make known to the Can- 
 didates, as I have done in my small way, the number 
 of marks which they have respectively obtained ; also 
 if possible the number of Marks respectively allotted 
 to them in each subject in a Composite or Trade 
 Examination. 
 
 EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 
 
 The remainder of my Examination Programme, 
 forming five double column pages, is filled by the 
 QUESTIONARY, which contains 103 Questions for the 
 
SECT. 5.] PROGRAMME OF EXAMINATIONS. 169 
 
 nine Lectures ; being not under nine nor over fourteen 
 for any one of them. The Questionary in the Exami- 
 nation Programme of the Industrial Chemistry Course, 
 contains 81 Questions for its 8 Lectures, ranging for 
 each from 8 to 12.0) The insertion of these Question- 
 aries would add too much to the already considerable 
 space devoted to this subject, but both Examination Pro- 
 grammes, together with the Syllabuses of the respective 
 Courses, will be freely forwarded to persons interested. 
 I trust that the more the working details of this " OPEN- 
 HANDED SYSTEM" are looked into, the more evident 
 will become its peculiar suitableness for giving shy and 
 untutored merit a fair chance of success. Feeling 
 perfectly secure against abstruse or out of the way 
 Questions, since none can be asked but the carefully 
 and clearly worded ones of a published Questionary, I 
 Candidates will set to work with a satisfaction, and 
 present themselves at the Examinations with a self- 
 possession, that could scarcely be secured by any other 
 means. They cannot possibly guess which questions 
 the Examiner will choose from the Questionary, but 
 being told that those Questions will be evenly selected 
 from its various parts, they will naturally be induced to 
 spread throughout the range of their studies, that 
 uniform attention which is so desirable. At the same 
 time it is obvious that the comparatively permanent 
 character given to the Questionaries, will repay a 
 great amount of care bestowed on their first prepara- 
 tion, whilst periodical revisions will secure their being 
 
 (1) It will be found that there is in this system a tendency to involve 
 long answers, and it will be well in examining advanced Students to 
 accompany some of the Questions, especially in Chemistry, with appro- 
 priate skeleton or blank Schedules that can be rapidly filled in with the 
 required details. 
 
170 INDUSTRIAL EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. III. 
 
 kept up to the level of the time. Lastly, I may men- 
 tion the great saving of trouble it will be to the con- 
 scientious Examiner, to have a well-digested series of 
 Questions spread out before him for his selection. 
 
 It is evident that all these advantages cannot fail to 
 tell with peculiar force in an Educational Scheme 
 which, like the one proposed, encompasses in its com- 
 prehensive embrace large portions of the Industrial 
 Population comparatively untouched by previous 
 devices for Technical Improvement, and which essen- 
 tially depends for its success on the popularity of its 
 Tests and the uniform fairness of its Awards. The 
 open-handed System will indeed be equally convenient 
 in those cases where the necessity for oral questioning, 
 or any other cause, may demand the personal presence 
 of the Examiner, and in those where it may be pre- 
 ferable to follow the plan adopted by South Kensington, 
 the Society of Arts, and other Bodies, of examining 
 from a distance ; that is to say, the sending out of 
 Examination Papers to the various localities for being 
 answered in writing under responsible supervision, 
 and the sending in of these answers to the Central 
 Body for Examination and A ward. C 1 ) 
 
 (1) See the Programmes of Examinations published yearly by the 
 Science and Art Department, and the Society of Arts. At the London 
 University the higher Examinations are conducted under the direct 
 supervision of the Examiners, and to a certain extent Oral Examinations 
 are included. 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 RANGES AND GRADES OF INSTRUC- 
 TION. PUBLICATIONS. EXAMINA- 
 TIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1.-THE FIRST GRADE OF GENERAL 
 SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 
 
 THE chief object in view in this and the two following 
 Sections, will be to define the various departments or 
 ranges of Instruction that belong more or less to Tech- 
 nical Training, and to indicate certain GRADES or Levels 
 in each, introducing conventional Titles, which may 
 be conveniently used in the next Chapter, in sketching 
 out suggestive Curricula of Studies for various Indus- 
 trial Employments. 
 
 It has been shown in the previous Chapters : Istly, 
 that a certain amount of the insight into Nature's Laws 
 which Science affords, is indispensable to every Work- 
 ing Man who is anxious to foster his health and strength, 
 and to make a judicious use of his resources ;(*) 2ndly, 
 that a certain amount of scientific insight is equally in- ( 
 
 (1) Several years ago when I was advocating among my friends at 
 University College the policy which has since led to the institution of 
 a special Professorship of Hygiene, I adopted the terms "BIONOMY" 
 or "PRACTICAL BIONOMY," and "BIONOMIC KNOWLEDGE" for briefly de- 
 signating the Rules of Guidance through Life afforded by an insight into 
 the Natural Sciences. I have since repeatedly found these terms so con- 
 
172 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 dispensable for the satisfactorily carrying on of almost 
 every technical Industry. Fortunately the range of 
 scientific Knowledge necessary for the first purpose and 
 which may be called the Science of Daily Life, is at 
 the same time exactly suited to serve as a GENERAL 
 SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION for Technical Studies. ' 
 
 It is unnecessary to repeat what has been said in 
 Chapter I. respecting this fact, and the educational facili- 
 ties which will result from it for establishing on a 
 sound scientific basis the Technical Training of our 
 Artisans ; but it would be difficult to overrate the 
 importance of rendering this fundamental support tho- 
 roughly effective. Hence the care that will be bestowed 
 in this and the following Chapter, on showing in detail 
 how it may be initiated and developed, and how from it, 
 as from a main stem, may be made to spring the various 
 branches of Technical Knowledge. 
 
 It has been seen in Chapter III. how in the formation 
 of a comprehensive Economic Museum, I was led to 
 study and classify the Applications of Science to every 
 department of Domestic and Sanitary Economy, for 
 the purpose of selecting and displaying in methodical 
 arrangement the best representative articles in each; 
 and how in order to render this course of Visual 
 Instruction in APPLIED SCIENCE intelligible to those for 
 
 venient, that I have been strongly tempted to use them in the present 
 Volume. I feel however that I am already proposing innovations intrin- 
 sically calculated to startle those whose studies in Educational Economy 
 have not been kept up to the requirements of the times, and accordingly 
 I think it prudent to avoid rousing opposition by strange names; the 
 more so as I have seen names coined merely for convenience' sake, made a 
 pretext for ridicule, and used as a handle for throwing overboard pro- 
 posals with which it would have been otherwise difficult to find fault. 
 It will be time enough to give the title of BIONOMY to the scientific guid- 
 ance which the Industrial Classes so much require, when it shall have 
 quietly made its way into their favour under the name of " SCIENCE OF 
 DAILY LIFE." 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 173 
 
 whose benefit it was designed, I found myself obliged to 
 supply a key to it by preparing an Introductory Course 
 of 9 Popular Lectures on ELEMENTARY SCIENCE, which 
 has for several years been freely delivered at the London 
 working-class Institutions. It is with materials thus 
 thoroughly sifted and tried, that has been framed the 
 following Syllabus of a GRADE 1 STANDARD COURSE. 
 The Elementary Division nearly corresponds to the 
 above Introductory Course, and is separated into corre- 
 sponding parts. In the Applied Division, I endeavour 
 to epitomize the Economic Knowledge which my 
 Museum was intended to illustrate, reducing it to that 
 minimum which every Working Man ought to possess, 
 and which in fact it would be more difficult for him to 
 do without than to learn. 
 
 SUGGESTIVE SYLLABUS 
 
 FOR A GRADE 1 STANDARD COURSE OF 
 
 GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 
 
 FIRST DIVISION. ELEMENTABY KNOWLEDGE.(i) 
 
 MECHANICAL PHYSICS. 
 
 NATURE AND PURPOSE OF THE COURSE : Definition 
 of the SCIENCE of DAILY LIFE. Importance of its study 
 for securing health and comfort. Necessity for a pre- 
 paratory knowledge of the Elementary Sciences on the 
 application of which it is founded. 
 
 (1) The Elements of the Natural Sciences readily take colour from the 
 examples by means of which they are illustrated. In the Course of 
 Instruction here indicated, every example should as far as possible be 
 borrowed from Domestic and Industrial Concerns ; so that even in this 
 Elementary Division, may already be recognized the utilitarian character 
 of the " Science of Daily Life." 
 
174 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 FORMS OF BODIES : Introductory explanation of the 
 terms commonly used in describing recti- and curvi- 
 linear plane and solid Forms. 
 
 FIRST PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS : Varieties of Attrac- 
 tion. Contending Forces resulting in the three condi- 
 tions of Matter, solid, liquid and gaseous. 
 
 DISTINCTIVE PROPERTIES OF BODIES : Compactness, 
 porousness ; hardness ; brittleness, toughness, malle- 
 ability, ductility, tenacity ; flexibility ; elasticity ; sono- 
 rousness ; opacity, translucidity, transparency. Crystal- 
 lization. 
 
 WEIGHT : Specific Gravity of Solids/ 1 ) Com- 
 parative Density of Liquids; Hydrometers. Com- 
 parative Density of Gases ; Balloons. 
 
 REST AND MOTION : Inertia ; momentum ; centri- 
 fugal force. 
 
 GRAVITATION : Increasing velocity of falling Bodies. 
 Prevention of Fall. Centre of Gravity. The Pendulum. 
 
 THE MECHANICAL POWERS, shown in action or dyna- 
 mically, rather than statically, in order to afford a lively 
 and impressive demonstration of the inverse ratio of 
 POWER and SPEED : ( 2 ) The Lever. The Wheel and 
 Axle. The Pulley. The Inclined Plane. The Wedge. 
 The Screw. The Boiler. Wheel Carriages. 
 
 Notions of AEROSTATICS and HYDROSTATICS: Phe- 
 
 (1) It has been found expedient to introduce Specific Gravity among the 
 distinctive properties of Bodies, leaving the mode of determining it as 
 regards insoluble Solids, to be alluded to in Grade 1 of Hydrostatics, and 
 more fully explained in Grade 2. 
 
 (2) Some of the continental Writers on Mechanics adopt this mode of 
 explaining the Mechanical Powers ; for instance, A. Privat Deschanel in 
 his well-known " Traite Elementaire de Physique." See Part I. of the 
 English translation by Prof. Everett. 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 175 
 
 nomena connected with the pressure of Air and of Water, 
 and rationale of their most useful and interesting appli- 
 cations. The Diving Bell, the Syphon, the Common and 
 the Forcing Pump, the Barometer, &c. 
 
 Notions of the production and transmission of SOUND. 
 Echo. 
 
 CHEMICAL PHYSICS. 
 
 LIGHT : its production and transmission. Reflection, 
 Refraction, and their practical applications. Decom- 
 position of the Solar Ray ; Phenomena of Colour. 
 
 HEAT : Expansion of Solids. Expansion of Liquids ; 
 Thermometers. Expansion of Grases; artificial Yenti- 
 lation. Practical Phenomena connected with the trans- 
 mission of Heat by Conduction, Convection, and Radia- 
 tion. Changes of the condition of matter produced by 
 Heat and Cold. Interesting and important phenomena 
 connected with the boiling of Water, and the generation 
 of Steam. Production of Cold by evaporation. 
 
 Notions concerning ELECTEICITY and MAGNETISM/*) 
 
 INOKGANIC CHEMISTEY.(2) 
 
 Difference between Mixture and Combination. Sim- 
 ple and compound Bodies. Synthesis and Analysis. 
 The most important of the non-metallic Elements, and 
 
 (1) There is no positive reason why these two subjects should not, to a 
 certain extent, be here illustrated ; but Dynamic Electricity involves a pre- 
 vious knowledge of Chemistry, and all things considered I think it will be 
 found best to adopt, as I have done in my Popular Course, the plan of 
 reserving the whole group for the Second Division, bringing in Static 
 Electricity in connection with the subject of "Safety from Lightning," 
 and Magnetism and Dynamic Electricity, in mentioning the services ren- 
 dered by the Mariner's compass, and the Electric Telegraph. 
 
 (2) The following extract from the first of the two Lectures (Nos. V. and 
 
176 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 of the Metals. 1 Combustion and its results. Groups 
 of Compounds having common properties, such as the 
 Acids, the Alkalies, the Salts, &c. Notable Operations, 
 such as fusion, distillation^ solution, neutralization, 
 crystallization, precipitation, &c. The whole illustrated 
 by useful examples. 
 
 VI.) devoted to Inorganic and Organic Chemistry in my Popular Course, 
 may serve to indicate the spirit in which it is proposed that this Science 
 should be taught in this first Grade of Instruction. 
 
 " To those who are aware of the comprehensive nature and vast import- 
 ance of Chemical Knowledge, it may at first seem almost ridiculous 
 to attempt to condense such a Science into two Lectures. But you 
 must bear in mind that in the present instance, the purpose in view is 
 merely to impart a few fundamental notions of the Bodies which Che- 
 mistry deals with, of the manner in which Chemistry deals with them, 
 and of the terms which Chemists commonly use for designating those 
 Bodies and explaining those operations. You will be surprised to find 
 how easy this knowledge can be rendered by methodical arrangement, 
 by the avoidance of all unnecessary technicalities, and by a few simple 
 Experiments. At the same time I am sure that you will be pleased at 
 discovering how many new features of interest are displayed on all sides 
 by the Things of Daily Life, when you look into the chemical rationale 
 of their origin and of their use ; and I doubt not that you will become 
 more willing, as well as infinitely more able, to undertake in earnest the 
 study of Domestic and Sanitary Economy." 
 
 I may add to the foregoing that a considerable development of the 
 acquaintance with Chemistry thus initiated in the first Division of 
 the Course, will be attained in an easy and agreeable way in reviewing 
 its applications to Domestic and Sanitary Economy in the proposed 
 Second Division, which on its side gains by being interspersed with 
 Chemical Experiments. 
 
 1 The Non-metallic Elements included in my Popular Course are 
 4 Gaseous ones : Oxygen, Hydrogen, Nitrogen and Chlorine, and 4 Solid 
 ones : Carbon, Sulphur, Phosphorus and Iodine. As regards the Metals, 
 I have found it best to reserve the chief account of them for the 2nd 
 Division of the Course, where it forms a suitable introduction to the 
 Hardware Department. This, like many other parts of Chemistry, gains 
 in interest for Grade 1 Pupils, by being brought into immediate connection 
 with its practical applications. 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 177 
 
 OKGANIC CHEMISTEY. 
 
 Difference between Inorganic and Organic Bodies, 
 and between Ultimate and Proximate Constituents. 
 Proximate Analysis illustrated by that of Flour, Milk, 
 &c. Review of various GROUPS of Organic Bodies, re- 
 presented by their most common and useful Types : 
 Fibres, Starches, Gums, and Sugars. Oils and Fats. 
 Resins, Balsams, and Essential Oils. Fermentation ; ( x ) 
 Alcohol, Ether, and Chloroform. Vegetable Acids. 
 The Alkaloids. Colouring Matters. Albuminoid and 
 Gelatinoid Constituents of Food. 
 
 OUTLINES OF NATUEAL HISTORY. 
 
 The three kingdoms of Nature, Purposes of Geology 
 and Mineralogy. 
 
 Purposes of BOTANY.( S ) Wonders of the Structure 
 and Functions of the various parts or Organs of Plants, 
 and of the mysterious cycle of Germination, Develop- 
 ment, and Reproduction. Differences between Endo- 
 gens and Exogens, Flowering and Flowerless Plants 
 and other distinctions of leading importance in Classi- 
 fication and Diagnosis. Separation of the Vegetable 
 Kingdom into Orders, Tribes or Families, Genera and 
 
 (1) Fermentation should be here very lightly touched upon, and further 
 explained in connection with Fermented Liquors in the 2nd Division. 
 
 (2) In my Popular Course, Botany only occupies at present a small por- 
 tion of a Lecture chiefly taken up with Zoology, which thanks partly to 
 Patterson's Diagrams, proves an attractive as well as instructive subject. 
 If I can succeed in giving Botany an acceptable form, I intend carrying 
 out at the first opportunity the arrangement here indicated, by which the 
 number of Lectures will be raised from 9 to 10 ; but this will not in the 
 least prejudge the question of the length of the future Official Course, 
 for which I can only presume to offer suggestive indications. 
 
 N 
 
178 THE FIRST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Species. Convenient practice of distinguishing Plants 
 by their Generic and Specific names. .- 
 
 Review of some of the most important Orders, illus- 
 trated by useful types. 
 
 Purposes of ZOOLOGY. Chief points on which its 
 classification is commonly made to depend. Review of 
 its leading divisions with the aid of Patterson's Dia- 
 grams, or some other series of Illustrations, bringing 
 into relief the most instructive features and incidents of 
 the Animal Kingdom/ 1 ) 
 
 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 The bony framework of our system. 
 
 Review of the chief Organs and of their Functions : 
 the Brain and the Nervous System. The Organs of 
 Motion. The Blood ; its composition, its circulation, its 
 heat producing functions. The Lungs and Respira- 
 tion. Effects of respiration in crowded dwellings. 
 Importance of Ventilation. 
 
 Necessity for Nutrition. The organs and functions of 
 Nutrition. The Senses : Sight, Hearing, Smell, Taste 
 and Touch. The Skin : its functions, and the care re- 
 quired for preserving their healthy action. The Nails. 
 The Hair. 
 
 Advantages to be derived from the study of Physio- 
 logy, and manner in which it should be conducted. 
 
 (1) It is to be regretted that Patterson's Diagrams are in descending pro- 
 gression, whereas it is more convenient and more useful to begin with the 
 lower orders and proceed upwards, a plan which the same author himself 
 has adopted in his ' Zoology for Schools.' 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 179 
 
 SECOND DIVISION. APPLIED OB ECONOMIC 
 KNOWLEDGES) 
 
 The Matter of this Division is not, as that of the 
 preceding one, separated into parts sufficiently equal to 
 form as many Lectures, but arranged so as to present 
 a number of Subjects or Groups of Subjects which be- 
 sides receiving collectively from the Student the general 
 attention due to all, may be conveniently singled out for 
 further special study. 
 
 THE WORKING MAN'S HOME : Causes which in- 
 fluence the sanitary character of a SITE, and render it 
 healthy or unhealthy, or better suited for one tem- 
 perament or occupation than for another. Drainage, 
 Sewerage, Water-supply and other questions relating 
 to Public Hygiene, which everybody should understand. 
 Hints respecting the selection of a Dwelling in Town 
 or Country. 
 
 BUILDING DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION : Necessity 
 that occurs in populous towns for building houses 
 many stories high. The external gallery system, the 
 corridor system, and other contrivances. Adaptation of 
 existing urban houses. Dwellings suited for suburban 
 localities. Rural Cottages ; how they may be made 
 comfortable and healthy with the least difficulty and 
 expense. 
 
 (1) This part of the Syllabus is mainly an adaptation to the requirements 
 of Junior Students, of the range of Subjects reviewed more extensively, 
 and from a somewhat different standpoint, in the Synopsis of an Economic 
 Museum given in Section 2 of the preceding Chapter, to which reference 
 may be made for additional details if desired. I can further place at the 
 disposal of the persons charged hereafter with preparing the "Official 
 Courses," several Drafts of Lectures containing suggestive matter relating 
 to Dwellings' Improvement, and other hygienic questions. 
 
 N 2 
 
180 THE FIEST GEADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Notions such as every one should possess concern- 
 ing the difference between Running up a House, and 
 building it substantially ; also concerning the shape and 
 arrangement of Booms, and the various contrivances 
 for the avoidance of damp, noxious effluvia, vitiated 
 air, smoke, danger from fire, &c. Best construction of 
 Staircases, Floors, Roofs, Windows, &c. 
 
 BUILDING MATERIALS : Stone ; notions respecting 
 the geological formation, chemical composition, and 
 practical value of the leading kinds. Mortar, good and 
 bad. Cements. Concrete. Artificial Stone. Asphalt. 
 Bricks and Tiles ; their manufacture and chief 
 varieties. Slate and Roofing Materials in general. 
 
 WOOD : Sources and properties of the chief kinds 
 used for building and for furniture. How to select and 
 use Timber to the best advantage. The Dry Rot ; how 
 to preserve Wood and render it fire proof. 
 
 Manufacture of Window Glass. Useful notions con- 
 cerning the materials and processes of House-painting 
 and other modes of preservation and decoration, inclu- 
 ding paper hangings. Principles of Taste and appro- 
 priateness in Cottage Decoration. 
 
 Applications of Chemical and Mechanical Science to 
 the production and elaboration of the most useful and 
 familiar of the METALS, including the salient features 
 of their progress from the Ore to the manufactured 
 article. Review of the most interesting points in 
 Household Ironmongery, with hints for selection and 
 repair. Culinary Utensils, Domestic Hardware, and 
 Cutlery ; insight into their manufacture, and hints re- 
 specting them, borrowed from Science or from the 
 experience of other countries. Manufacture of Earthen- 
 ware and Porcelain, Bottle-glass and Flint-glass, Mirrors, 
 &c. A glance at the trades of the Cooper, Turner, 
 
SECT. 1.] GENEEAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 181 
 
 Brushmaker and Basket-maker. Furniture as it often 
 is in the dwellings of the poor, and as it ought 
 to be. 
 
 TEXTILE MATEKIALS, FABRICS AND CLOTHING : Prac- 
 tical value of an insight into the resources which Science 
 and Industry supply for this department of our daily 
 wants. Preliminary notions about spinning, weaving, 
 bleaching, and dyeing, fast and fugitive colours, &c. 
 Chief Textile Materials ; their origin and nature, raw 
 condition, and stages of elaboration for the loom. Use- 
 ful information concerning Textile Fabrics, from coarse 
 Matting up to those used for household purposes and 
 apparel, bringing into relief the good qualities or defects 
 which most concern working-class Families. Leather ; 
 its manufacture and chief varieties. Furs. Gutta- 
 percha; its use for soles and other purposes. India- 
 rubber ; waterproof fabrics of various kinds, and hints 
 concerning their use for apparel. 
 
 HABERDASHERY and GARMENTS of all kinds, includ- 
 ing foot and head coverings ; interesting features of 
 manufacture ; adaptation to weather, occupations, and 
 means. Glance at the rational points in the Costumes 
 of other nations. 
 
 FOOD : Brief recapitulation of what has been said 
 in the First or Elementary Division concerning Nutri- 
 tion in treating of Human Physiology, and concerning 
 proximate and ultimate Analysis in treating of Organic 
 Chemistry. Importance of basing as far as possible 
 the appreciation of the various articles of animal and 
 vegetable food, on a knowledge of their Proximate 
 Constituents, and of the value of these for Nutrition ; 
 careful review of the chief Proximate Constituents, for 
 the purpose of carrying out this principle. 
 
 Causes of deterioration of Food, and means of pre- 
 
182 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 servation. Prevailing forms of Adulteration and Fraud; 
 means of detection/ 1 ) 
 
 WATER ; impurities, how ascertained and remedied. 
 SALT. 
 
 Educational Eeview of FOOD RESOURCES supplied by 
 the ANIMAL and VEGETABLE KINGDOMS, Proximate 
 Analyses being given wherever conveniently prac- 
 ticable/ 2 ) CONDIMENTS ; their use and abuse. 
 
 BEVERAGES : Cocoa, Coffee, Tea, and their substitutes. 
 Fermented and Distilled Liquors/ 3 ) Refreshing Drinks. 
 
 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS respecting PROVISIONS : 
 Ignorance and bad management which are too often 
 displayed in the purchase of Provisions, as well as in 
 their use. Rationale of Culinary Processes. Improve- 
 ments that may be borrowed from foreign nations. 
 How wholesome and palatable meals may be prepared 
 with cheap materials. 
 
 Remarks on DIET, that is to say on the selection of 
 Food and the arrangement of meals, on rational 
 principles, according to individual requirements, and 
 available supplies. 
 
 (1) Special adulterations will be mentioned in connection with the re- 
 spective Articles. 
 
 (2) There is generally speaking no difficulty in training even illiterate 
 minds to the appreciation of Food Analyses, provided that at first either 
 actual quantities are shown, or representative Diagrams on the plan 
 introduced by Dr. Lyon Playfair ; and provided also that numerical data 
 be reduced to the simplest approximate figures. A pound avoirdupois is 
 a very popular standard, but the various fractions of ounces stand to it in 
 no clear proportion, and I have found best to adopt percentage Analyses, 
 taking 100 grams as the standard. The opportunity thus afforded for 
 popularizing the metrical system is in itself an advantage. 
 
 (3) For Grade 1 Students, it may be best to place here the rationale of 
 the Saccharine and Vinous Fermentations, in connection with the processes 
 of Malting, Brewing, and Distilling. For Grade 2 Students, it may be 
 best to place the theory of these as well as of the Acetic and Putrid Fer- 
 mentations either in Organic Chemistry; or in the general considerations 
 at the beginning of the Food Department. 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 183 
 
 HEATING : The Coal Mine ; its tales of olden time ; 
 its treasures, how hardly won, and how ignorantly 
 wasted. Eeview of the best kinds of cheap Fuel, and 
 of the Grates, Ranges, Stoves, and other appliances 
 best calculated to turn them to useful account for 
 warming and cooking. 
 
 LIGHTING : Review of the most important Materials 
 and appliances ; how to obtain at little cost a quality of 
 Light congenial to the eyes, convenient to manage, and 
 free from danger. 
 
 CLEANLINESS : Manufacture of Soap ; review of its 
 varieties and substitutes, and generally of the best 
 articles and appliances for washing, brightening and 
 polishing. Disinfectants. 
 
 PERSONAL HYGIENE : Brief History of the Human 
 Frame from infancy to old age, showing how much 
 may be done to foster its development, and maintain 
 its healthy action even under difficulties, and in short 
 how much it lies in our power to enhance the enjoy- 
 ment of life, and to prolong its duration, by a constant 
 attention to the united dictates of hygiene and morality. 
 Hints for warding off incipient infirmities, and for 
 relieving the sufferings, and increasing the resources of 
 the infirm. 
 
 SAFETY OR RELIEF i^ 1 ) Advice concerning injurious 
 articles likely to be mistaken for nutritive or medicinal 
 
 (1) Much good may be effected in this direction by simply drawing 
 attention to existing means of guidance, such as the following : 
 
 'Diagrams of Edible and Poisonous Fungi/ with Text by W. G. 
 
 Smith (Hardwicke). 
 
 ' Poisonous Plants/ by the Christian Knowledge Society. 
 ' Noxious Plants/ by Darton and Hodge. 
 
 ' Relief for cases of Poisoning.' Chart by Wm. Stowe (Churchill). 
 ' First Help in Accidents/ by Ch. Schaible (Hardwicke). 
 'Plain Rules to be observed in case of Illness or Accident/ by 
 
 Dr. R. Druitt (S. P. C. K.). 
 Cox's ' Companion to the Sea Medicine Chest, &c.' (Simpkin and Co.). 
 
184 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 ones, and articles of food which become unwholesome 
 at certain seasons or under certain conditions ; poi- 
 sonous Mushrooms and other productions ; recognition 
 of Hydrophobia. Antidotes and other means of imme- 
 diate relief for cases of poisoning, and for venomous 
 stings or bites. First help in sudden accidents, including 
 Asphyxia and Drowning. Rescue from Fire or Ship- 
 wreck/ 1 ) Precautions against Lightning, prefaced with 
 a brief account of the phenomena of Static Electricity. 
 Hints for avoiding the detriment to health, or the 
 danger to life or limb, incurred in various industrial 
 occupations. 
 
 Useful notions concerning various SCIENTIFIC APPLI- 
 ANCES in common use :< 2 ) Gunpowder and Fire-arms. 
 The Steam Engine. The Mariner's Compass and 
 the Electric Telegraph, prefaced with brief explanations 
 concerning Magnetism, Dynamic Electricity, and their 
 mutual influences. Clocks and Watches. Alarums, 
 Scales of various kinds, and how to ascertain their 
 correctness. Weights and Measures of length and 
 capacity ; advantages of the metrical system. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS HOUSEHOLD REQUISITES: Manufac- 
 ture of paper, ink, pens, pencils, &c. Pins, needles, and 
 the like. Rope and string, glue, &c. 
 
 RECREATION : Attention to be drawn to useful and 
 recreative studies in Science, Art, and Music ; rational 
 
 (1) Many lives might be saved through propagating a knowledge of the 
 various means of rescue most frequently available. 
 
 (2) The possibility of admitting into a Grade 1 Course of Popular In- 
 struction, subjects like those here enumerated, will necessarily depend on 
 the pains bestowed to reduce each principle to its simplest and clearest 
 expression, and to illustrate each appliance by models or drawings of its 
 most representative types, pointing to appropriate sources for the further 
 gratification of the interest which it is sought to awaken. Barometers 
 and Thermometers have been explained in the First Division of the 
 Course. 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 185 
 
 amusements and healthful games and exercises, includ- 
 ing drill and swimming/ 1 ) 
 
 FRIENDLY ADVICE : Household management and the 
 keeping of accounts ; Evils of the Tally and Pawning 
 Systems ; Co-operative Stores and the like ; Savings 
 Banks, Benefit Clubs and Mutual Provident Societies ; 
 Co-operative Building Societies ; present and deferred 
 Annuities, Life Assurance, and various other forms JD r 
 PROVISION FOR SICKNESS, OLD AGE, and DEATH. ^ 
 
 J 
 KEMAEKS ON THE FOKEGOING SYLLABUS. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that the object of tlnsT 
 Grade 1 Course is to gain a hold of minds in a very in- 
 cipient state of culture, to raise them to a sound prac- 
 tical acquaintance with many useful things, and at the 
 same time to endow them with a capability for learn- 
 ing more. Accordingly all classifications of the subject 
 matter of Physics which involve previous mathematical 
 studies of any kind are set aside, and the Pupil, whether 
 youthful or adult, has his attention first directed to 
 nearly the same sort of " Objects," as are displayed to 
 Infants in a Kindergarten. His training in mental 
 gymnastics begins in the notice he is induced to take of 
 the leading plane and solid forms, in connecting with 
 them names which will be frequently used, and in learn- 
 ing something about angles and their measurement, the 
 relation of the circumference of a circle to its diameter, 
 and other little items of information, as easy and enter- 
 taining as they are useful. After these preliminary 
 explanations intended to obviate future trouble and 
 
 (1) The advantages of swimming as a branch of education cannot too 
 strongly be urged. 
 
186 THE FIEST GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 stoppages, Physics proper is introduced with a few 
 manifestations of attractive force which diversify the 
 instruction, and then the illustrated Glossary of useful 
 terms is resumed by reviewing the chief Physical Pro- 
 perties of Bodies/ 1 ) Weight taken as one of them 
 brings the mind to the subject of Inertia, from which a 
 natural reaction leads it to motion with its consequences. 
 From this time the attention is almost unceasingly 
 attracted by phenomena in action, which thus become as 
 clear to the uninitiated Student, as mathematical proofs 
 are to one duly trained/ 2 ) 
 
 Some apology may appear necessary for assigning so 
 comprehensive a range to the General Scientific Foun- 
 dation of the studies of Artisans. To require that they 
 should be able to answer any reasonable set of questions 
 on the whole of the facts and principles thus embraced, 
 may seem exaggerated and unnecessary to those who 
 have not investigated the requirements of Industrial 
 Life, and altogether illusory to those who are not aware 
 how welcome intellectual food is to Working Men, pro- 
 vided it be rendered conveniently available, and pro- 
 perly suited to their mental palate. Now as regards 
 necessity, it must be remembered that the Artisan 
 should know the art of spending as well as that of 
 earning, compassing with his mind the rationale of the 
 things used by himself and his family, as well as of 
 the things he manipulates for the use of others. Then 
 as regards his ability to take in useful information, I 
 need only refer to the manner in which the " Popular 
 Course " above referred to has been constantly received 
 
 (1) In my Course delivered at London Institutions, I have found it 
 expedient to place the Glossary of Forms after that of the Properties 
 of Bodies, and in some cases it might be omitted altogether. 
 
 (2) A few similar remarks on the mode of teaching Chemistry are re- 
 served for the 2nd Grade. 
 
SECT. 1.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 187 
 
 for the last seven years, and still continues to be received 
 by the Working Men of London. 
 
 An account has been given in Chapter I. of the 
 manner in which the Scientific Training of the Work- 
 ing Man may be initiated in his Primary Education, 
 and in fact fresh " signs of the times " are constantly 
 pointing that way ; but it will at the best be a long 
 time before that agency is in full operation. Even 
 then the scientific instruction of a large proportion of 
 working-class youths and adults will have to be com- 
 pleted, as all has now to be supplied, by Class Lessons, 
 Free Lectures and the like, supplemented by private 
 reading. For these purposes, the best printed form to 
 be given to the Instruction in question, is doubtless that 
 of a familiar Discourse divided into Lectures for delivery 
 on the Binary system, but susceptible of easy subdi- 
 vision for Class Lessons. The work should be fully 
 illustrated with woodcuts for home reading/ 1 ) As 
 regards the amount of matter, I reckon that any com- 
 petent and painstaking Author who may be selected 
 by the University for the purpose, will be able to 
 embrace in 9 or 10 Lectures all that it is essential to 
 include in the First or Elementary Division of the 
 above Syllabus. As for the Second or Applied Divi- 
 sion, I am less competent to judge, having as yet only 
 written fragments for it ; but I do not think that it 
 need extend beyond ten or twelve Lectures. Thus we 
 may reckon that Grade 1 of the whole range may be 
 taught in about 20 Lectures, or about twice as many 
 Class Lessons such as Artisans might be expected to 
 attend during their Apprenticeship. If we suppose 
 this amount of Instruction to be spread through the 
 
 1 For further particulars see Section 5 of this Chapter. 
 
188 THE FIEST GEADE OF G. S. F. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 evenings of two winter seasons, we have before us 
 something not unreasonable, and which leaves plenty 
 of margin for collateral or subsequent studies. I am 
 now dealing with the question as it will have to be 
 dealt with as long as the Education of the People re- 
 mains what it is. When Elementary Science ap- 
 proaches a proper development in Primary instruction, 
 the Studies of the young Artisan will receive a pro- 
 portionate lift. On leaving a well-conducted Primary 
 School, say at 14, he will already be tolerably well 
 grounded in Grade 1, and the opportunities for attend- 
 ing Evening Classes during his Apprenticeship, may 
 be devoted at once to the further studies prescribed by 
 the Curriculum of his Trade. 
 
 In dealing with Artisan Students, especially as 
 regards the lower grades of instruction, Class Teaching 
 will be preferred to the more formal plan of teaching 
 by Lectures. These will as a rule be of one hour's 
 duration each, taking three quarters of an hour as a 
 minimum, and an hour and a quarter as a maximum. 
 This supposes them to be delivered on the binary system, 
 which is more rapid than an ordinary single handed 
 delivery. Class Lessons, which will generally be on the 
 latter plan, will for about half the matter, take rather 
 more than half the time. Moreover they will be 
 followed by an Examination on the subject just treated 
 of, or preceded by an Examination on the subject of the 
 previous discourse. A Lesson is assumed to be more 
 colloquial than a Lecture, and if the Teacher fancies 
 that his Pupils do not quite understand him, it is not 
 out of order to invite questions.^) 
 
 (1) Mr. J. C. "Ward of the Geological Survey, in delivering his 9 Lectures 
 on Natural Philosophy, employed 3 evenings to each Lecture ; viz. : one 
 for actual delivery, one for colloquial explanations with repetition of some 
 experiments, and one for the examination of the Pupils. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE SECOND GRADE OF G. S. F. 189 
 
 SECTION 2.-THE SECOND GRADE OF GENERAL 
 SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 
 
 The Range of studies will be essentially the same as 
 in Grade 1, but there will be a general expansion of 
 the Subjects ; inconsiderable in some, as for instance 
 in Physiology, but very considerable in others, as for 
 instance in Chemistry. The mode of treatment will 
 throughout the Course be much more earnest and 
 circumstantial, though care will still be taken to reduce 
 whatever has to be said, to its simplest expression, 
 and to avoid all unnecessary technicalities. To afford 
 practical guidance in matters of every-day life, will still 
 be a constant aim, but the introduction of additional 
 technological Illustrations wherever opportunities present 
 themselves, will give a decidedly industrial character : 
 so much so that whereas the previous may be denomi- 
 nated the POPULAR COURSE, the present maybe entitled 
 the INDUSTRIAL COURSE. 
 
 It is unnecessary to give a fresh Syllabus ; but 
 the leading headings of the previous one will be 
 repeated for the convenience of introducing a few 
 remarks. 
 
 FIKST DIVISION. ELEMENTABY KNOWLEDGE. 
 
 MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL PHYSICS. 
 
 THE difference in the tone of instruction between 
 Grade 1 and Grade 2, may in some measure be 
 assimilated to that between the intellectual capabilities 
 
190 THE SECOND GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 / of a School-boy and of an Apprentice. Accordingly, 
 we may now review at once the standard Properties 
 of matter in the order commonly assigned to them, 
 whereas previously it was necessary first to train the 
 mind to the appreciation of some of the most visible 
 and tangible forms of Bodies, before it could be con- 
 sidered competent to realize the abstract conception of 
 Matter. But even now we must scarcely reckon on 
 any acquaintance with Geometry or Algebra. The 
 consequence is that instead of laying down the abstract 
 laws of the physical forces, and then working them out 
 with geometrical figures or algebraical equations, intro- 
 ducing experimental demonstration as a secondary 
 affair, we must in most instances blend with the 
 enunciation of each law its actual and visible working, 
 and be perfectly content if we can thus make principles 
 sufficiently clear by their practical results, for being 
 readily and rightly applied whenever there may be 
 occasion. 
 
 "Working Men have as a rule a quick perception of 
 what can practically benefit them. Hence it has been 
 a frequent subject of remark at the London Institutions 
 that the illustrations of the MECHANICAL POWERS in the 
 . "Popular Lectures" though less showy than some other 
 parts of the Course, have particularly riveted the at- 
 tention of industrial audiences. But then it must be 
 remembered that they were always exhibited in actual 
 operation, and explained dynamically, not statically. 
 Even in this 2nd Grade the applications of the Me- 
 chanical Powers will not be pursued beyond the 
 simplest and most common forms of Machinery. More 
 advanced Instruction in this line will take the name of 
 MECHANISM. (See p. 217.) 
 
 The subject of Light will be considerably expanded, 
 
SECT. 2.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 191 
 
 though Polarization, Fluorescence, Diffraction a.nd the 
 like, will be reserved for Grade 3 of Chemical Physics, and 
 Spectrum Analysis probably transferred to that Grade 
 of Chemistry. The title CHROMATICS will be given to 
 the Technical Knowledge of Primary, Secondary and 
 Tertiary Colours, and of the rules of their Harmony 
 and Contrast/ 1 ) 
 
 The subject of Heat will be considerably enlarged. 
 
 As regards Electricity and Magnetism, a plan may 
 still be adopted similar to that recommended for 
 Grade 1. 
 
 CHEMISTRY INORGANIC AND ORGANIC. 
 
 As already hinted, a very considerable expansion is 
 necessary in this subject, as compared with its treatment 
 in the previous Grade. In fact Grade 1 which pro- 
 fesses to embrace only that which if possible every 
 Working Man should know, irrespectively of the nature 
 of his employment, must necessarily be confined to 
 what almost every man may have a chance of taking 
 in. Accordingly only the most essential outlines of 
 Chemical Knowledge should be given. The case is 
 different as regards the Grade 2 of Chemistry now be- 
 fore us, which is designed to be the regular standard of 
 Chemical Studies for Apprentices and Artisans whose 
 Pursuits are of a chemical character. It will indeed be 
 frequently prescribed for Students for whom Grade 1 
 of other parts of the General Scientific Foundation may 
 suffice. Accordingly it will present whatever it is 
 essential that they should know, in a practical and 
 
 (1) See Section 4 of this Chapter (p. 217). In introducing the term 
 " Chromatics/' I have the authority of Chas. Brooke ; see Chapter XIX. of 
 his ' Natural Philosophy.' (Churchills.) 
 
192 THE SECOND GEADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 sufficiently circumstantial form, and yet in such easy 
 language as perfectly to keep within the compass of their 
 intellectual culture. Thus to make up for educational 
 deficiencies is in truth no easy task, but a very necessary 
 one. In Physics even of the 2nd Grade we found our 
 Pupils still incapable of following out abstract Laws by 
 means of geometrical figures or algebraical equations. 
 So likewise will these same Pupils be quite unable to com- 
 pass with their mental grasp a system of EQUIVALENTS, or 
 to draw benefit from the working of SYMBOLIC FORMULAE. 
 They would turn with dismay from one of those pages 
 of hieroglyphics in which the experienced Chemist sees 
 depicted a series of the most interesting phenomena, and 
 which to his mind's eye, bring a whole laboratory 
 within a nut-shell. Yet they will perfectly comprehend 
 the nature and properties of Chemical Bodies improperly 
 illustrated. Progressing step by step they will take 
 in first elementary, then compound ones : and pro- 
 vided everything be as much as possible brought home 
 to their outward perception, they will soon sufficiently 
 understand chemical action and reaction, to comprehend 
 in an approximate way any processes not too intricate, 
 and not involving articles yet unknown to them. This 
 last consideration to which attention has been previously 
 drawn, points to the expediency of reserving for the 
 end of the Chemical Course, many processes of produc- 
 tion, mutation, and analysis. Laboratory Practice con- 
 ducted methodically under strict surveillance, becomes 
 here especially an important element of Instruction. 
 It should be made provision for in all Technical Col- 
 leges, and as far as possible in the local Industrial 
 Institutes.^ 1 ) 
 
 (1) Laboratory Practice should be the illustration, not the forerunner of 
 Chemical Knowledge. In the former case it impresses safely and mar- 
 
SECT. 2.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 193 
 
 By means of these various expedients, any Working 
 Student whose intelligence is naturally good, though 
 not sufficiently cultivated to allow of his appreciating 
 or being benefited by a scholastic chemical training, 
 may be turned out fit for undertaking intelligently any 
 ordinary technical manipulations of a chemical character. 
 This is satisfactory as compared with the present pre- 
 vailing ignorance ; but the prospect is still more cheer- 
 ing if we consider the facilities created by this amount 
 of knowledge for learning more. The main difficulty 
 which at first stood in the way of the comparatively 
 untutored beginner, that of connecting in his mind the 
 hazy conception of a set of Bodies strange to him, with 
 a set of Symbols still more strange, and of attaching to 
 these in his memory an ill-appreciated set of arithme- 
 tical equivalents, has in great part ceased to exist when 
 he has made actual acquaintance with the Bodies in 
 question, has in a measure followed out the mutations 
 for the expression of which Symbolic Notation is used, 
 and has learned to conceive the advantage of graphically 
 expressing these mutations by a few compact signs and 
 numerals. Accordingly, the Course should not be con- 
 cluded without such an initiation in the latest standard 
 edition of the System, and its practical working, as 
 may enable the intelligent and willing Student to pur- 
 sue the next stage of his chemical progress with the aid 
 of any of the most approved Hand-books of Elementary 
 
 vellously on the memory, the logic of connected facts ; in the latter case it 
 gives a taste for desultory information, inspiring the tyro with a self- 
 complacent idea that he knows much more than he really does, and 
 without supervision at the first, it is unquestionably dangerous. I cannot 
 help wishing that Professor Bloxam, instead of rendering "Laboratory 
 Teaching " easy and attractive for the ignorant, had reserved the benefit 
 of his talent for Students capable of understanding the rationale of the 
 operations entrusted to them, and of appreciating the intelligent caution 
 required in handling chemicals. 
 
 
 
194 THE SECOND GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Chemistry.C 1 ) It is essential that the initiation here re- 
 ferred to, should be as much as possible divested of all 
 personal or controversial bias ; that a sincere endeavour 
 should be made on the part of those entrusted with the 
 preparation of the Text Books, to select from the crowd 
 of innovations in theory and nomenclature, those which 
 have the best chance of permanency, and that to a lucid 
 exposition of these, such conscientious and discreet 
 advice should be added, that the Student, having been 
 previously well fortified with a substantial knowledge 
 of chemical facts, may be able to keep his mind clear 
 amid the confusion of conflicting authors, and cull infor- 
 mation from books that teach differently from the way 
 in which he has been taught. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that in the system of 
 Industrial Instruction which it will be the business of 
 the Central Technical University to establish and pro- 
 pagate by precept and example, all measures will be 
 
 (1) The following is taken from W. Stanley Jevons' ' Lessons in Logic/ 
 p. 59 (Macmillan), 1872: "There is no worse habit for a student or 
 reader to acquire than that of accepting words instead of a knowledge 
 of things. It is perhaps worse than useless to read a work on natural 
 history about Infusoria, Foraminifera, Eotifera and the like, if these 
 names do not convey clear images to the mind. Nor can a student who 
 has not witnessed experiments, and examined the substances with his own 
 eyes, derive any considerable advantage from works on chemistry and 
 natural philosophy, where he will meet with hundreds of new terms which 
 would be to him mere empty and confusing signs. On this account we 
 should lose no opportunity of acquainting ourselves, by means of our 
 senses, with the forms, properties and changes of things, in order that the 
 language we employ may, as far as possible, be employed INTUITIVELY, 
 and we may be saved from the absurdities and fallacies into which we 
 might otherwise fall. We should observe, in short, the advice of Bacon 
 ipsis consuescere rebus to accustom ourselves to things themselves" 
 
 Among other authorities for making the study of Combining Weights 
 or Equivalents, Symbols, and Notations, follow instead of precede a visual 
 acquaintance with the bodies to which these principles apply, I may 
 name Prof. Eoscoe. See his 'Chemistry,' one of Macmillan's Science 
 Primers. 1872. 
 
SECT. 2.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 195 
 
 concerted, and every part made to dovetail with its 
 neighbour. Adopting this principle, the Technical 
 College, or even the more humble Industrial Institute 
 where the aspiring young Artisan may be making his 
 way through Grade 2 of his Studies, will offer him at 
 the same time, besides the indispensable complement of 
 Drawing, Music, etc., an easy course of Mathematical 
 Lessons, calculated to improve his mental acumen, and 
 greatly to facilitate regular physical, chemical, or other 
 ulterior scientific attainments/ 1 ) 
 
 NATUEAL HISTOKY. 
 
 The tendency of the Sciences to split as they ex- 
 pand, will be particularly noticed in dealing with the 
 divergent studies of the Three Kingdoms. In each, 
 however the difference from Grade 1, will consist 
 rather in the more manly tone of treatment, than in 
 the addition of new matter, which will be chiefly re- 
 served for the review of the respective Products as 
 they occur in the several Departments of the 2nd 
 Division, or in the Technology of the various Trades. 
 
 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 Here particularly the change from Grade 1 will less 
 consist in enlarged proportions given to the subject in 
 hand, than in the more effective mode of treatment 
 rendered possible by increased preparatory knowledge, 
 and riper age. Even in Grade 1, it was expedient to 
 go rather fully into Physiology as the foundation 
 
 (1) ^Respecting Metallurgy as an offset of Inorganic Chemistry, see 
 p. 217. 
 
 O 2 
 
196 THE SECOND GEADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 of the Laws of Health ; but it is not much mixed up 
 in the special development of Technical Knowledge, 
 except where called to the front by dangerous or un- 
 healthy Trades. 
 
 SECOND DIVISION. APPLIED OE ECONOMIC 
 KNOWLEDGE. 
 
 In consequence of the greatly increased amount of 
 chemical knowledge that can now be brought to bear 
 on this range of subjects, as compared with the analo- 
 gous part of the Grade 1 Course, not only can the 
 rationale of the various departments of Domestic 
 Economy be duly explained, but the manufacturing 
 processes, an insight into which is so essential an 
 element of domestic knowledge, can be treated of in 
 such a manner as to afford at the same time an ex- 
 cellent general notion of INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY ; so 
 much so, that certain portions of this Division will 
 frequently be recommended for special study to Artisans 
 respectively concerned, who may content themselves 
 with Grade 1 of the remainder of the course. 
 
 The concluding subjects of the Grade 1 Syllabus, in 
 which Domestic Economy borrows a leaf from Social 
 Science, are matters that interest Daily Life in general, 
 rather than Technical Life in particular, and demand 
 but little progressive expansion. 
 
 KEMAEKS ON GEADE 2. 
 
 This Course, like the preceding one, must be specially 
 prepared under the direct auspices of the Central Tech- 
 nical University. It is only thus that we may hope 
 to see the necessary amount of pains bestowed by those 
 
SECT. 2.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 197 
 
 who possess the necessary amount of abilities, in reduc- 
 ing the whole required range of knowledge to a uni- 
 form state of condensation at a uniformly low level/ 1 ) 
 There are indeed, especially as regards Grade 2, certain 
 works giving in an appropriate style, one this, and 
 another that portion of the information required ; but 
 the multiplicity of books would be alike inconvenient 
 and expensive for Working Class Students, and it 
 is unquestionably expedient to substitute for frag- 
 mentary and disjointed information, a connected and 
 methodical arrangement of matter, and a uniformly 
 progressive style of expression. Moreover it is neces- 
 sary that the University should have entirely under its 
 control, these STANDARD COURSES on which its influence 
 for raising the condition of the Industrial Population 
 will so much depend. As nevertheless it may be 
 desirable to try the proposed system of Trades Exami- 
 nations with the aid of temporary means of instruction 
 before the official Text Books can be got ready, I will 
 presently indicate a few publications of which certain 
 parts may thus provisionally be used/ 2 ) None have been" 
 indicated for Grade 1, because the more humble the 
 instruction, the more difficult it is to find reliable scien- 
 tific Books that stoop low enough. Even as regards 
 the present Grade, it will be necessary to make a 
 careful selection of the Books most conveniently avail- 
 
 (1) The manner in which the publication of both Courses may best be 
 made to subserve lecturing purposes and home study, will be explained in 
 Section 5 of this Chapter. 
 
 (2) The difficulty of finding scientific Books of which the whole may be 
 used by Artisan Students, arises partly from the fact that few have been 
 written for their special use ; but partly also from the uneven character 
 of many of the Books intended for beginners which for reasons that have 
 been explained elsewhere, contain here and there hard bits that stop the 
 way of the tyro, sticking up like granite boulders in the midst of rather 
 soft alluvium. 
 
198 THE SECOND GRADE OF [CHAP. IV. 
 
 able, and then to prepare as a temporary substitute for 
 the Standard Course, a detailed Syllabus thereof re- 
 ferring to the Books in question for each subject or 
 fraction of a Subject^ 1 ) 
 
 The only data I possess for computing the time 
 which Students may require for a Second Grade Course 
 of the General Scientific Foundation, are those which I 
 have obtained by writing a course of " Chemistry for 
 Industrial Students" which approximately corresponds 
 to this Grade, and which, when revised, will probably 
 consist of 18 to 20 Lectures/ 2 ) It may be objected that 
 this number, equivalent to about twice as many Lessons 
 on the one subject of Chemistry, seems to indicate for 
 the whole of Grade 2, an amount of study out of 
 comparison with the amount of available time ; but for 
 reasons already adverted to, the expansion of Chemistry 
 in the second Grade as compared with the first, is quite 
 exceptional. As far as I am able to judge, the remainder 
 of the first Division of Grade 2 need not exceed 16 to 
 20 Lectures/ 3 ) 
 
 Let us then suppose about 35 to 40 Lectures for 
 the first Division of Grade 2, and 20 to 25 for the 
 second or Applied Division ; making 55 to 65 for the 
 
 (1) I can show to persons interested, a manuscript example of the kind of 
 Syllabus of Eeference here mentioned. It was framed some years since in 
 connection with my proposal for special examinations of School Teachers 
 of both sexes at South Kensington, of which an account is given in 
 ' Science for the People/ pages 55 to 58. 
 
 (2) The Manuscript, which was nearly complete at the time of the 
 destruction of my Museum by fire in April 1871, was fortunately saved, 
 but the Illustrations, of which there was a chest full for each Lecture, 
 were destroyed. Those of the inorganic portion, comprising eight Lec- 
 tures, have however since been replaced, and thus far, as mentioned in 
 the preceding Chapter, the Series has been satisfactorily tried. 
 
 (3) The computation on which this amount is based, is not, like the 
 amount for Chemistry, derived from actual experience. It is accordingly 
 only given for what it may be worth in the following Table. Two 
 
SECT. 2.] GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATION. 199 
 
 whole of the second Grade, as against 20 to 22 for the 
 whole of the first Grade ; and if these amounts, which 
 would be doubled for Class Lessons, strike us as rather 
 excessive, let us take into account the following ex- 
 tenuating circumstances : 
 
 a. As stated in describing Grade 2 of Chemistry, 
 that subject by itself will in many cases be prescribed 
 for Minor Candidates, i.e. Candidates for a Journeyman's 
 Certificate, with only Grade 1 of the rest of the General 
 Scientific Foundation. In some instances, only a 
 portion of Chemistry will be pushed beyond Grade 1 ; 
 such as Inorganic Chemistry for Workers in Metal, 
 Porcelain, Glass, etc., for most of whom a slight notion 
 of Organic Chemistry will suffice, the theory of the 
 Fermentations for Candidates from the Brewery or 
 the Distillery, the rationale of the Formation and De- 
 structive Distillation of Coal for those engaged in Gas 
 or Paraffin Works, and so on. The same principle of 
 special selection will apply to certain portions of other 
 departments, as for instance the portions of Chemical 
 Physics treating respectively of Light and Heat. It 
 will also as before stated frequently apply to certain 
 departments of the 2nd Division. 
 
 b. Major Candidates, i.e. Candidates for a Master's 
 
 Lectures are marked for Grade 1 of Natural History in conformity with 
 the Syllabus given in the preceding Section : 
 
 1st Grade. 2nd Grade. 
 
 Lectures. Lectures. 
 
 Mechanical Physics 3 .. .. 6 to 
 
 Chemical Physics 1 
 
 Natural History 2 
 
 Anatomy and Physiology 2 
 
 8 
 Chemistry 2 
 
 .. 15 to 20 
 . 18 to 20 
 
 Total 10 .. .. .. 33 to 40 
 
200 THE SECOND GRADE OF G. S. F. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Certificate, for whom chiefly a Grade 2 of the whole 
 range of General Scientific Foundation will be pre- 
 scribed, will as a rule have abundant time for acquiring it. 
 Supposing the young Artisan to pass his Minor Degree 
 at or soon after the conclusion of his Apprenticeship, 
 several years may be assumed to elapse before he can 
 aspire to pass his Major Degree, through which time he 
 can conveniently spread the additional studies required. 
 In fact an interval of two years would suffice for 
 these/ 1 ) 
 
 c. By means of the Text Books which it will be the 
 duty of the Central Technical University to render as 
 near an approximation as possible to an oral discourse, 
 the Artisan Student will be able to make consider- 
 able headway by himself in certain parts of the Range 
 assigned to him. This particularly applies to various 
 portions of the 2nd Division, of which it is to be hoped 
 that actual Illustrations corresponding to the Standard 
 Text, will whenever practicable be exhibited in the form 
 of an Economic Museum/ 2 ) 
 
 d. As already stated, when Primary Education is 
 properly organized, the young Artisan will arrive at his 
 Apprenticeship well grounded in Grade 1 of his General 
 Scientific Foundation. Till then a sort of compromise 
 must be made, and he may possibly have to begin his 
 Grade 2 without the advantage of a previous prepa- 
 ration. Generally speaking however the Tyro who 
 takes up a Science entirely new to him, should, espe- 
 cially if unassisted by previous general mental cul- 
 ture, acquire first of all some idea of its nature and 
 
 (1) It is true that at the first starting of the system, many Masters who 
 have never passed any science examination at all, will have to get through 
 the two degrees with as little interval as possible. 
 
 (2) See Chapter II., Section 8, A. 
 
SECT. 2.] LIST 2. 201 
 
 leading features, as given in a Grade 1 Course. This 
 will notably facilitate the understanding and retaining 
 of the facts which a more regular study, say that of 
 Grade 2, will next impress on his memory, still leaving 
 deeper mysteries for a subsequent 3rd Period of re- 
 search, when he will be armed with still more practised 
 powers of investigation. 
 
 The following are the Publications referred to at 
 p. 197, as susceptible of supplying in the hands of 
 competent advisers, a temporary substitute for the 
 proposed Grade 2 Course. 
 
 [LIST 2.] 
 SUGGESTIVE EXAMPLES 
 
 OF WOKKS PKOVISIONALLY AVAILABLE FOE 
 GKADE 2 STUDIES. 
 
 A. ELEMENTAKY. 
 
 Mackenzie's Series of Science Primers. From -/2 each. (Hard- 
 
 wicke.) (1) 
 
 Gleig's School Series. From -/9 upwards. (Longmans.) This 
 Series includes some of Tate's well-known little Scientific 
 Works. 
 
 Macmillan's Science Primers. I/-. 
 S. P. C. K. Manuals of Elementary Science. I/-. 
 Some of Ceiling's Elementary Science Series. I/-. 
 
 Hey wood's Class Series of Text Books on Science, l/- 
 
 (Manchester, and Simpkin, Marshall & Co., London.) 
 Murby's Science and Art Department Series of Text 
 
 Books. I/-. 
 
 ,, Cassell's School Series. From 1/6 upwards. 
 .Weale's Series. From I/- upwards. 
 
 (1) It must be remembered respecting epitomes of this description, that 
 condensation into a small compass for the sake of a low price, generally 
 tends to render Science less easy than it can be made in more explanatory 
 Primers. 
 
202 LIST 2. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Some of Baker's Circle of the Sciences. 
 
 Chambers' Useful Handbooks. -/6. 
 
 Blair's Works. (Whittaker.) 
 
 Timbs' light scientific Works. 
 
 the Illustrated Works published by Jarrold. 
 
 the Christian Knowledge Society's series of Educational 
 
 Scientific Works. 
 
 the Educational Trading Company's Books. 
 Parts of Elementary Natural Philosophy, by J. C. Ward. 3/6 
 
 (Trubner & Co.) 
 Cyclopaedic Science Simplified, by J: EL Pepper. Cr. 8vo. 
 
 9/- (Warne.) 
 the Popular Educator. 6 vols. 6/- each. (Cassells.) 
 
 Matter and Motion. -/10 (Chambers.) 
 
 Botany for Beginners, by Maxwell Masters. 
 
 Physiology for Schools, by Mrs. Bray. I/- (Longmans.) 
 
 The House I live in. Edited by T. C. Girtin. (Parker & Son.) 
 
 A Popular Manual of Physiology by H. Lawson. 2/6 (Hardwicke.) 
 
 B. APPLIED. 
 
 The Philosophy of Common Things. 1st & 2nd Series. I/- each. 
 (Religious Tract Society.) 
 
 Lessons on Houses, Furniture, Food, and Clothing, being the 2nd 
 vol. of the " Instructor." 2/- (Parker.) 
 
 Outlines of Technical Knowledge by D. M. Smith. I/- 12rno. 
 (Kent.) 
 
 The Chemistry of Common Things, by S. M'Adam. 1/6 (Nelson 
 & Sons.) 
 
 Lankester's Lectures on Food. (Hardwicke.) 
 
 A Handybook on Food and Diet, by C. H. Cameron. I/- Post 8vo. 
 (Bailliere & Co.) 
 
 A Handybook on ifealth, by C. H. Cameron. I/- 12mo. (Cassells.) 
 
 The Hygiene of Air and Water, by W. Proctor. 2/6 Post 8vo. 
 (Hardwicke.) 
 
 Provident Knowledge Papers, a series of Penny Pamphlets by 
 G. C. T. Bartley, containing advice and information to the 
 Industrious Classes on the following and analogous subjects : 
 Annuities, Life Insurance, Penny and Post Office Savings 
 Banks, Pawnbroking, Domestic Service, Thrift. Published by 
 the Provident Knowledge Society, 112 Brompton Road, S.W. 
 
SECT. 3,] THE THREE UPPER GRADES. 203 
 
 SECTION 3.-THE THREE UPPER GRADES OF 
 SCIENTIFIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 Whilst every Candidate, even for a Minor Degree, 
 will be required to possess Grade 1 of the range of 
 Elementary and Applied Knowledge described as Ge- 
 neral Scientific Foundation, and whilst most Candidates 
 for a Major Degree will be expected to master the 
 whole of Grade 2, Superior Candidates, i. e. those 
 aspiring to a Diploma of Excellence, will similarly be 
 prescribed a Grade 3/ 1 ) 
 
 There is nevertheless a considerable difference be- 
 tween this and the preceding Grade ; not in the sub- 
 stance, but in the style of the instruction, which being 
 addressed to a more advanced class of Students, may 
 assume a proportionately higher tone. The second 
 Grade, though a considerable step higher than the first, 
 still involves the difficult task of teaching Physics with 
 scarcely any Mathematics, Chemistry without anything 
 beyond the comprehension of the uneducated, and 
 Science in general with a minimum of hard words ; 
 whereas in Grade 3 the conventional phraseology of 
 Science may be freely used within reasonable bounds.( 2 > 
 
 (1) There will be no 4th Grade for the collective range, though many of 
 its component parts may be carried to a 4th or even a 5th Grade. 
 
 (2) I say " within reasonable bounds," because I am supported with very 
 good authority in asserting that in recent scientific and especially chemical 
 phraseology, the bounds of reason have been frequently overstepped. The 
 celebrated French Chemist Dumas complains of the complexity and un- 
 couthness of modern chemical nomenclature, and admits that with all his 
 assiduity, he finds it impossible to keep pace with the innovations, new 
 theories, and verbal alterations now flooding his favourite Science. 
 
204 THE THREE UPPER GRADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 The consequence is that whereas it will be one of the 
 very first duties of the Central Technical University to 
 provide standard Text Books for the two lower Grades 
 of General Scientific Foundation, the same urgency 
 will not exist as regards Grade 3, on account of the 
 difference in the class of Students, owing to which the 
 scientific literature of the day can to a considerable 
 extent be made available. It will however be neces- 
 sary, particularly as regards the Applied Division, to 
 adopt the plan of forming a detailed Grade 3 Syllabus 
 of the whole range of Subjects, and of referring for 
 each to the most appropriate source. This SYLLABUS 
 OF REFERENCE will be valuable not only to the few 
 Students whose Curricula prescribe Grade 3 for the 
 whole of their Foundation, but to the much larger 
 number who will be recommended to carry a portion 
 of it up to tha.t level. In showing Candidates the exact 
 instruction that suits their purpose, it will keep them 
 from mixing in their present studies what had better 
 be left for future ones. Many a Student loses his love 
 of learning through taking up by himself compre- 
 hensive Books that are partly within his intellectual 
 grasp, and partly above it ; whereas he might imbibe 
 knowledge from them with delight, in consecutive read- 
 ings on an expanding scale under judicious guidance. 
 
 The following list was originally intended to contain 
 only a few Books carefully selected to represent the 
 Grade 3 level of studies, but so great has been the 
 number of publications useful in various ways which 
 have passed under consideration in attempting to make 
 that selection, that I have been induced to include as 
 many as are likely to be found acceptable in preparing 
 the proposed Syllabus of Reference, or perhaps con- 
 venient in ultimately compiling the Grade 3 Course. 
 
SECT. 3.] LIST 3. 205 
 
 Time has however failed for thoroughly sifting so vast 
 an amount of intricate literature, and moreover in many 
 cases different levels of study occur in the different parts 
 of the same book, and more especially in the different 
 books of the same series. I have accordingly been 
 induced to unite publications of unascertained level in 
 a Supplementary List, corrected to the latest date, and 
 which will be found with similar ones in the Appendix 
 at the end of this volume. Altogether the Lists given 
 in the present Chapter should be accepted as they are 
 offered, simply in a prodromous character. I should 
 indeed be thankful for any additions or emendations 
 that might fit them for rendering useful service by the 
 time they are wanted by the Instructional Board of 
 the proposed University/ 1 ) 
 
 [LIST 3.] 
 SUGGESTIVE EXAMPLES 
 
 OF BOOKS MOEE OK LESS DESEEVING OF CONSIDEEATION IN 
 FEAMING A SYLLABUS OF EEFEEENCE FOE 
 
 GKADE 3 STUDIES.^) 
 
 PHYSICS. 
 
 GENERAL. 
 
 Lessons in Elementary Physics, by Balfour Stewart. 18mo.(3) 
 4/6 (Macmillan's Elementary Scientific Class Books.) 
 
 (1) I take this opportunity of acknowledging the advantage I have 
 derived from G. C. T. Bartley's Catalogue of Modern Works on Science 
 and Technology (Chapman & Hall). I understand that a new edition 
 will shortly appear. 
 
 (2) Some of the Series indicated for Grade 2 include Books available for 
 the present Grade. 
 
 (3) As the sizes of the Books will be mostly given, it may be well to 
 remark that the technical terms commonly used for this purpose, are far 
 from expressing fixed Standards, on account of the various dimensions of 
 
206 THE THREE UPPER GRADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 A Manual of Natural Philosophy, by Comstock, edited by 
 Hoblyn. 12mo. 3/6 (Blackie.) 
 
 Elements of Experimental and Natural Philosophy, by Jabez 
 Hogg. (Bohn's Scientific Library.) 5/- (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 An Elementary Handbook of Physics, by Wm. Kossiter. 5/- 
 (Blackwood & Sons.) 
 
 The Cambridge Course of Elementary Natural Philosophy, by 
 Snowball & Lund. Crown 8vo. o/- (Macmillan & Co.) 
 
 Natural Philosophy for General Headers, &c., by Prof. Ganot, 
 
 edited by E. Atkinson. Cr. 8vo. 7/6 (Longmans.) 
 SPECIAL. 
 
 Handbook of Natural Philosophy, by D. Lardner. In 5 vols. 
 viz. : Mechanics ; Hydrostatics and Pneumatics ; Heat ; 
 Optics ; Electricity, Magnetism and Acoustics. Small 8vo. 
 5/- each vol. (Lockwood.) 
 
 Elementary Treatise on Natural Philosophy, by A. Privat 
 Deschanel. Translated by J. D. Everett. 4 Parts, viz. : 
 Mechanics, Hydrostatics, and Pneumatics ; Heat ; Elec- 
 tricity and Magnetism ; Sound and Light. Medium 8vo. 
 4/6 each part. (Blackie & Sons.) 
 
 v Exercises on Mechanics and Natural Philosophy, by Thomas 
 Tate. 12mo. 2/- (Longmans.) 
 
 Mechanical Philosophy, by W. B. Carpenter. 12mo. 5/ 
 (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 An Elementary Class Book on Sound, by G. C. Foster. 
 (Kivington.) 
 
 Notes of a Course of Nine Lectures on Light, by John Tyndall. 
 Crown 8vo. Cloth, 1/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 An Introduction to the Science of Heat, by T. A. Orme. 
 
 Foolscap 8vo. 3/6 (Groombridge & Sons.) 
 x An Elementary Treatise on Steam, by J. Perry. 4/6. (Mac- 
 millan.) 
 
 Notes of a Course of Seven Lectures on Electrical Phenomena, 
 &c., by John Tyndall. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 1/6 (Long- 
 mans.) 
 
 the paper employed. I became particularly aware of this in bringing out 
 my ' Handbook of Economic Literature ' in 1862, and a friend specially 
 versed in the technicalities of Bibliography, prepared for me the following 
 list of approximate standards measured by height of page : 
 
 4to (quarto), Hi inches. 
 
 8vo (octavo), 81. 
 
 12mo (twelvemo or duodecimo), 7. 
 
 18mo (eighteenmo or octodecimo), 51. 
 
SECT. 3.] LIST 3. 207 
 
 Electricity, by E. M. Ferguson. (Chambers' Educational 
 
 Course.) 3/6. 
 An Elementary Class Book on Electricity, by G. C. Foster. 
 
 (Rivington.) ' 
 
 N.B. Chemical Physics are also well given in the introductory 
 portions of several of the Works on Chemistry hereafter men- 
 tioned. 
 
 CHEMISTEY. 
 
 GENERAL. (Including Inorganic and Organic.) 
 
 Elementary Chemistry, by Rev. H. M. Hart, Small 8vo. 3/6 
 
 (Cassell & Co.) 
 Principles of Chemistry, by J. A. Stockhardt. Small 8vo. 5/- 
 
 Bohn's Scientific Library. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 Lessons in Elementary Chemistry, by Henry Eoscoe. 18mo. 
 
 4/6 (Macmillan's Elementary Scientific Class Books.) 
 Notes for Students in Chemistry, by A. J. Bernays. 3/6 
 
 12mo. (Churchills.) 
 
 Outlines of Chemistry, by W. Odling. 7/6 Cr. 8vo. (Long- 
 mans.) 
 INORGANIC. 
 
 Inorganic Chemistry, by George Wilson, edited by G. F. 
 
 Madan. Foolscap 8vo. 4/- (Chambers' Educational 
 
 Course.) 
 Chemistry for Schools, by C. H. Gill. Small 8vo. 4/6 
 
 (Walton.) 
 Introduction to the Study of Inorganic Chemistry, by W. A. 
 
 Miller. Small 8vo. 3/6 (Longmans' Text Books of 
 
 Science.) 
 Inorganic Chemistry, the Non-Metals, by T. E. Thorpe. 2/6 
 
 (Collins' Advanced Science Series.) 
 ORGANIC. 
 
 Organic Chemistry, by Hy. E. Armstrong. Small 8vo. 3/6 
 
 (Longmans' Text Books of Science.) 
 PRACTICAL. 
 
 Practical Chemistry, by Stevenson Macadam. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 2/6 (Chambers' Educational Course.) 
 Practical Chemistry, including Analysis, by E. Bowman and 
 
 C. L. Bloxam. Foolscap 8vo. 6/6 (Churchills.) 
 Laboratory Teaching, by C. L. Bloxam. Crown 8vo. 5/6 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 
208 THE THREE UPPER GRADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 A. THE MINERAL KINGDOM. 
 
 MINERALOGY. 
 
 Rudiments of Mineralogy, by Alex. Ramsay, Jun. (Weale's 
 
 Series.) Demy 12mo. 3/- (Strahan & Co.) 
 Introductory Text Book of Geology, by David Page. Crown 
 
 8vo. 2/- (Blackwood & Sons.) 
 
 Rudimentary Treatise on Geology, by Ralph Tate. Weale's 
 Series. (Lockwood.) 
 
 Part I. Physical Geology. 2/ 
 
 II. Historical Geology, reviewing the chief forma- 
 tions. 
 Elementary Geology, by J. C. Ward. 12mo. 6/ (Triibner.) 
 
 B. THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 A Manual of Structural Botany, by M. C. Cook. Bound. 1/6 
 
 (Hardwicke.) 
 Lessons in Elementary Botany, by D. Oliver. ISmo. 4/6 
 
 (Macmillan's Elementary Scientific Class Books.) 
 Botany, by Edward Smith. (Orr's Circle of Sciences.) 8vo. 
 School Botany, by John Lindley. Demy 8vo. 5/6 (Brad- 
 bury & Evans.) 
 
 Rudiments of Botany, by Prof. Henfrey. 3/6 (Van Voorst.) 
 Vegetable Physiology and Systematic Botany, by W. B. Car- 
 penter. Bohn's Scientific Library. 8vo. 6/- (Bell & 
 Daldy.) 
 
 Profitable Plants, by T. C. Archer. 8vo. 5/- (Routledge.) 
 Systematic and Economic Botany, by J. H. Balfour. Post 8vo. 
 
 2/6 (Collins' Advanced Science Series.) 
 
 The Vegetable Kingdom and its Products, with an account of 
 their uses, by Robert Hogg. Small 8vo. 7/6 (Kent & Co.) 
 N.B. No Floras are here named, because minute and time- 
 taking Botanical Diagnosis, whether cultivated for its own sake, 
 and as a fascinating pastime, or for adding new data to the registers 
 of " habitat" or with the less frequent intent of throwing light on 
 points of theory, would scarcely be indulged in to any notable 
 extent by Artisan Students, without a sacrifice of more necessary 
 studies. 
 
SECT. 3. 1 LIST 3. 209 
 
 C. THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 
 
 Zoology, by E. Patterson. 8vo. 6/- (Longmans.) 
 
 An Introductory Text Book of Zoology, by H. Alleyne Nichol- 
 son. Small 8vo. 3/6 (Blackwood.) 
 
 Natural History of the Animal Kingdom, by W. S. Dallas. 
 8vo. 8/6 (Griffin.) 
 
 Lessons in Elementary Physiology, by Thomas H. Huxley. 
 18mo. 4/6 (Macmillan.) 
 
 Animal Physiology for Schools, by D. Lardner. 12mo. 3/6 
 (Walton.) 
 
 Animal Physiology, by W. B. Carpenter. Bohn's Scientific 
 Library. Small 8vo. 6/ (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 DOMESTIC AND SANITAEY ECONOMY. 
 
 A Manual of Domestic Economy, by W. B. Tegetmeier. 1 2mo. 
 
 1/6 (Groombridge & Sons.) 
 Household Economy, by M. Gordon. Small 8vo. 2/- 
 
 (Gordon.) 
 
 Every-day Chemistry, by Alfred Sibson. Small 8vo. 2/6 
 
 (Routledge & Co.) 
 The Hygiene of Air and Water, by W. Procter. Post 8vo. 
 
 2/6 (Hardwicke.) 
 
 The Science of Home Life, by A. Bernays. 6/ (Allen.) 
 The Chemistry of Common Life, by J. F. W. Johnston. 
 
 2 vols. Crown 8vo. 11/6 (Blackwood & Sons.) 
 Adulterations of Food, by R. J. Atcherley. 2/6 (Isbister.) 
 
 Health; a Handbook for Households and Schools, by D. E. 
 
 Smith. (Isbister.) 
 Principles of Physiology applied to Health, by A. Combe, 
 
 edited by J. Coxe. Cr. 8vo. 4/6 (Simpkin.) 
 Public Health; Introduction to Sanitary Science, by W. A. 
 
 Guy. 12mo. 2/6 (Renshaw.) 
 
210 THE THREE UPPEE GBADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 [LIST 4.] 
 
 SUGGESTIVE EXAMPLES 
 
 OF WOKKS AVAILABLE FOR 
 GKADE 4 STUDIES. 
 
 As before stated (see note 1 to page 203) there will 
 be no regular Course of General Scientific Foundation 
 above the Third Grade ; but in many instances Candi- 
 dates for Diplomas of Excellence will be called upon to 
 push a Grade higher certain portions of their studies, 
 and it is for their convenience that the present List 
 has been framed. 
 
 PHYSICS. 
 
 GENERAL. 
 
 Elements of Natural Philosophy, by Charles Brooke. Fools- 
 cap 8vo. 12/6 (Churchill s.) 
 
 An Elementary Treatise on Physics, by Prof. Ganot. Atkin- 
 son's Translation. Post 8vo. 15/- (Longmans.) 
 
 A Cyclopaedia of the Physical Sciences, by Prof. Nichol. 8vo. 
 21/ (Griffin.) 
 
 SPECIAL. 
 
 Mechanics for Beginners, by Isaac Todhunter. 18mo. 4/6 
 
 (Macmillan.) 
 Elementary Statics and Dynamics, by Rev. Harvey Goodwin. 
 
 2 vols. Foolscap 8vo. 6/- (Deighton.) 
 An Elementary Treatise on Mechanics, by S. Parkinson. 
 
 Cr. 8vo. 9/ (Macmillan.) 
 A Treatise on Statics, by S. Earnshaw. 8vo. 10/ 
 
 (Deighton.) 
 
SECT. 3.J LIST 4. 211 
 
 A Treatise on Motion, by S. Earnshaw. 8vo. 14/- 
 (Deighton.) 
 
 Elementary Hydrostatics, by J. B. Fhear. Crown 8vo. 5/6 
 (Macmillan.) 
 
 The Elements of Hydrostatics and Hydrodynamics, by W. H. 
 Miller. 8vo. 6/ (Deighton.) 
 
 Eight Lectures on Sound, by John Tyndall. Or. 8vo. 9/ 
 (Longmans.) 
 
 A Treatise on Acoustics, by W. J. Donkin. Crown 8vo. 7/6 
 (Macmillan.) 
 
 On Sound and Atmospheric Vibrations, by G. B. Airy. Crown 
 8vo. 9/- (Macmillan.) 
 
 A Treatise on Optics, by Sir David Brewster. In the Cabinet 
 Cyclopasdia. 8vo. 5/- (Longmans.) 
 
 Six Lectures on Light, by John Tyndall. 16mo. (Long- 
 mans.) 
 
 A Treatise on Optics, by S. Parkinson. Post 8vo. 10/6 
 (Macmillan.) 
 
 The TJndulatory Theory of Optics, by G. B. Airy. Crown 8vo. 
 6/6 (Macmillan.) 
 
 The Spectroscope and its Applications, by J. Norman Lockyer. 
 Vol. T. of " Nature Series." Crown 8vo. 3/6 (Mac- 
 millan.) 
 
 An Elementary Treatise on Heat, by Balfour Stewart. Fool- 
 scap 8vo. 7/6 (Macmillan.) 
 
 Heat; a Mode of Motion, by John Tyndall. Cr. 8vo. 10/6 
 (Longmans.) 
 
 A Manual of Electricity, by H. M. Noad. 8vo. 24/ (Lock- 
 wood.) 
 
 A Treatise on Electricity, by A. de la Rive. Walker's Trans- 
 lation. 3 vols. 8vo. 73/- (Longmans.) 
 
 Rudimentary Magnetism, by Sir W. Snow Harris. Edited 
 by H. M. Noad. Demy 12mo. 4/6 Weale's Series. 
 (Lock wood.) 
 
 A Treatise on Magnetism, by G. B. Airy. Crown 8vo. 9/6 
 (Macmillan.) 
 
 Chemical Physics, being Part I. of the Elements of Chemistry, 
 by W. A. Miller ; revised by Macleod. 8vo. 15/- 
 (Longmans.) 
 
 Elements of Natural Philosophy, by Sir W. Thompson and 
 P. G. Tait. Part I. 8vo. 9/~ (Macmillan.) 
 
 Elements of Physical Manipulation, by Pickering. Royal 8vo. 
 Part I. 10/6 (Macmillan.) 
 
 P 2 
 
212 THE THREE UPPER GRADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 CHEMISTEY. 
 
 GENERAL. 
 
 Chemistry for Students, by A. W. Williamson. Extra fcap. 
 
 8vo. 8/6 (Macmillan.) 
 
 Chemistry, by Brande and Taylor. 12/6 (Hardwicke.) 
 A Manual of Chemistry, by George Fownes. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 15/- (Churchills.) 
 Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, by C. L. Bloxam. 8vo. 
 
 16/ (Churchills.) 
 The Elements of Chemistry, by Prof. Graham. 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 40/ (Bailliere.) 
 INORGANIC. 
 
 First Principles of Modern Chemistry, by U. J. Kay-Shuttle- 
 
 worth. Crown 8vo. 4/6 (Churchills.) 
 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry, by W. G. Valentin. 
 
 5/6 (Churchills.) 
 First* Steps in Chemistry, by R. Galloway. 12mo. 6/6 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 
 Second Steps in Chemistry, by R. Galloway. 10/ (Churchills.) 
 Lecture Notes for Chemical Students, by E. Frankland. 8vo. 
 
 4/ (Van Voorst.) 
 Inorganic Chemistry, being Part II. of the Elements of 
 
 Chemistry, by W. A. Miller ; revised by H. Macleod. 
 
 8vo. 21/- (Longmans.) 
 ORGANIC. 
 
 Organic Chemistry, being Part III. of the Elements of 
 
 Chemistry, by W. A. Miller. 8vo. 24/ (Longmans.) 
 A Manual of the Carbon Compounds, by C. Schorlemmer. 8vo. 
 
 14/ (Macmillan.) 
 PRACTICAL. 
 
 Chemical Manipulation, by Michael Faraday. 9/- 
 
 A Handbook of Chemical Manipulation, by Greville Williams. 
 
 16/. 
 Exercises in Practical Chemistry, by A. G. V. Harcourt and 
 
 H. G. Madan. 
 
 Series 1. Qualitative. Cr. 8vo. 7/6. 
 Series 2. Quantitative. (Macmillan.) 
 
 Qualitative Analysis, by R. Galloway. Post 8vo. 8/ (Churchills.) 
 A Course of Practical Chemistry, by W. Odling. Cr. 8vo. 7/6 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Chemical Analysis, by Dr. C. R. Fresenius. 
 
 Vol. I. Qualitative Analysis. 8vo. 12/6 
 II. Quantitative ditto. 8vo. 18/- 
 
 A. Vacher's Edition. (Churchills.) 
 
SECT. 3.] LIST 4. 213 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 A. MINERAL KINGDOM. 
 
 MINERALOGY. 
 
 Elementary Course of Mineralogy and Geology, by D. Ansted. 
 
 8vo. 12/ (Van Voorst.) 
 Elements of Mineralogy, by James Nicoll. 12ino. 5/ 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 A Manual of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana. Post 8vo. 7/6 
 
 (Triibner.) 
 Elementary Mineralogy, by Brooke and Miller. 8vo. 18/- 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Crystallography, by Mitchell. 3/ (Orr's Circle of the Sciences.) 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 Advanced Text Book of Geology, by David Page. 8vo. 7/6 
 
 (Black wood & Sons.) 
 The Student's Elements of Geology, by Sir Charles Lyell. 
 
 Post 8vo. 9/- (Murray.) 
 Student's Manual of Geology, by J. B. Jukes. 8vo. 12/6 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 
 A Manual of Geology, by J. D. Dana. 8vo. 25/ (Triibner.) 
 The Principles of Geology, by Sir Charles Lyell. 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 32/- (Murray.) 
 
 B. THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 The Elements of Botany, by John Lindley. Demy 8vo* 9/- 
 
 (Bradbury & Evans.) 
 A Manual of Botany, by Robert Bentley. Foolscap 8vo. 12/6 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 
 A Manual of Botany, by J. H. Balfour. 8vo. 12/6 (Black.) 
 An Elementary Course of Botany, by Henfrey and Masters. 
 
 8vo. 1 2/6 (Van Voorst.) 
 The Vegetable Kingdom, by John Lindley. One thick volume. 
 
 8vo. 25/- (Bradbury & Evans.) 
 Medical and Economic Botany, by John Lindley. I2mo. 5/ 
 
 (Bradbury & Evans.) 
 The Useful Plants of Great Britain, by Johnson. 8vo. 12/ 
 
 (Hardwicke.) 
 Domestic Botany, by John Smith. Post 8vo. H*/ (Keene.) 
 
214 THE TEHEE UPPER GRADES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 C. THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 
 
 ZOOLOGY. 
 
 An Introduction to the Classification of Animals, by Thomas 
 
 H. Huxley. 8vo. 6/- (Churchills.) 
 Manual of Zoology, by Milne-Edwards. Knox's edition. 8/6 
 
 (Eenshaw.) 
 A Manual of Zoology, by H. Alleyne Nicholson. Crown 8vo. 
 
 12/6 (Blackwood.) 
 Forms of Animal Life, by G. Rolleston. 8vo. 16/- (Mac- 
 
 millan.) 
 General Outline of the Organization of the Animal Kingdom, 
 
 by T. Rymer Jones. 8vo. 31/6 (Van Voorst.) 
 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 Handbook of Physiology, by W. S. Kirkes. Small 8vo. 12/ 
 
 (Walton.) 
 A Manual of Physiology, by W. B. Carpenter. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 12/6 (Churchill.) 
 The Principles of Human Physiology, by W. B. Carpenter. 
 
 Power's edition. 8vo. 28/- (Churchill.) 
 Outlines of Physiology, by John Marshall. 2 vols. Crown 
 
 8vo. 32/- (Longmans.) 
 Atlas of Anatomy and Physiology, by Turner and Goodsir. 
 
 25/ (Johnston.) 
 
 DOMESTIC AND SANITAKY ECONOMY. 
 
 Domestic Economy, by M. Donovan. 2 vols. 12mo. 7/- 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 An Encyclopedia of Domestic Economy, by Webster and 
 
 Parkes. One thick vol., 8vo. 31/6 (Longmans & Co.) 
 A Manual of Practical Hygiene, by E. A. Parkes. 8vo. 16/- 
 
 (Churchill.) 
 Lectures on Public Health, by E. D. Mapother. 12mo, 6/ 
 
 (Hardwicke.) 
 
 Food, by H. Letheby. 5/- (Bailliere.) 
 Water Analysis, by Wanklyn and Chapman. Post 8vo. 5/ 
 
 (Trubner.) 
 Traite d'Hygiene publique et privee, par Michel Levy. 2 vols. 
 
 20 fr. (Bailliere.) 
 Traite d'Hygiene Generale, par Ad. Motard. 2 vols. 16 fr. 
 
 (Bailliere.) 
 
SECT. 3.] LIST 5. 215 
 
 [LIST 5.1 
 GRADE 5 STUDIES. 
 
 The examinations of this Grade will be on nearly 
 the same level of difficulty as those for the Doctor of 
 Science Degree at the University of London. 
 
 The Books that might be indicated as suited for 
 studies of this highest Grade, are mostly those named 
 for the previous one ; a difference being made by the 
 omission in the one case of certain portions of com- 
 paratively unnecessary or superlatively difficult matter, 
 which must be retained in the other case. The follow- 
 ing are, however, a few Works of a decidedly 5th Grade 
 character. They will serve to indicate that in Studies 
 of this level, which will be chiefly encouraged among 
 Students in training for Professorships, the History of 
 Science should be added to Theory and Research. It 
 might be argued that this is not strictly within the 
 province of the proposed University ; but in train- 
 ing Professors of Applied Science for Provincial and 
 Colonial Institutions, it is essential to qualify them for 
 leading, on deserving Pupils to the higher paths of 
 Scientific Research, as well as for exercising an en- 
 lightened and high-minded influence in the develop- 
 ment of local industrial resources. 
 
 On Matter and Force, by H. Bence Jones. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 5/- (Churchills.) 
 The Correlation of Physical Forces, by W. E. Grove. 8vo. 
 
 10/6 (Longmans.) 
 The Connexion of the Physical Sciences, by M. Somerville. 
 
 Post 8vo. 9/- (Murray.) 
 
216 LIST 5. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Molecular and Microscopic Science, by M. Somerville. Post 
 
 8vo. 2 1/- (Murray.) 
 The Elements of Molecular Mechanics, by Joseph Bayma. 
 
 Demy 8vo. 10/6 (Macmillan.) 
 Natural Philosophy, by Sir Wm. Thompson and P. G. Tait. 
 
 8vo. 4 vols. (Macmillan.) Vol. I. 25/-. 
 Elementary Treatise on the Wave Theory of Light. 8vo. 
 
 10/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 Lectures on Polarized Light, by Baden Powell. 
 A Sketch of Thermo-Dynamics, by P. G. Tait. 8vo. 5/ 
 
 (Edmonston & Douglas.) 
 Sur la Chaleur, par E. Peclet. 3 me edition. 8vo. 3 vols. 
 
 38/- (Paris, 1860-6.1.) 
 
 On Heat, by Clausius. 8vo. 15/- (Van Voorst.) 
 A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, by J. C. Maxwell, 
 
 2 vols. 8vo. 31/6 (Macmillan.) 
 A History of Chemical Theory, by Ad. Wurtz. Crown 8vo. 
 
 6/- (Macmillan.) 
 Principles of Chemical Philosophy, by J. Cooke. Post 8vo. 
 
 12/- (Macmillan.) 
 The Chemistry of Vegetable and Animal Physiology, by J. G. 
 
 Mulder; edited by Johnston. 8vo. 30/- (Blackwood 
 
 & Sons.) 
 Physiological Chemistry, by Lehmann, translated by Day. 
 
 8vo. 21/- (Harrison.) 
 A Cyclopaedia of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, by F. H. 
 
 Storer. Part I. Koyal 8vo. 7/6 (Spon.) 
 Spectrum Analysis, by Hy. E. Koscoe. Koyal 8vo. 21/- 
 
 (Macmillan.) 
 Spectrum Analysis in its Applications to Terrestrial Substances, 
 
 by Dr. H. Schellen, edited by Wm. Huggins. 8vo. 28/ 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 A General System of Botany, by E. Le Maout and J. Decaisne. 
 
 Royal 8vo. 52/6 (Longmans.) 
 A Handbook of Zoology, by Van der Hoovens. 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 120/ 
 The Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences, by W. Whewell. 
 
 30/ 
 A History of the Inductive Sciences, by W. Whewell. 3 vols. 
 
 Crown 8vo. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
SECT. 4.] SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC PREPARATION. 217 
 
 SECTION 4.-ATTAINMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN 
 THE FOREGOING SECTIONS. 
 
 Special Scientific Preparation.^ 
 
 Without trenching on the detailed account of the 
 instructional requirements of Artisans reserved for the 
 next chapter, I may mention that they will be divided 
 into two kinds, preparatory and technical.*?) The former 
 will mainly consist of, Istly, a certain Grade of 
 General Scientific Foundation ; 2ndly, any Special 
 Scientific Preparation for which there may be oc- 
 casion ; and 3rdly, any Artistic Attainments required. 
 The first of these points has been already dealt with; 
 the two others demand a few explanations. 
 
 Under SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC PREPARATION will be in- 
 cluded, in the first place the pushing forward of any 
 particular department or departments of either the 
 Elementary or the Applied Division of the Standard 
 Courses, a Grade higher than the rest. Then in many 
 instances certain offsets will be grafted on the main 
 branches of knowledge, as MECHANISM on the ele- 
 mentary study of the Mechanical Powers, HYDRAULICS 
 on Hydrostatics, STEAM POWER, including the Ma- 
 chinery for applying it, on the study of Heat, CHRO- 
 MATICS, or the rationale of Primary, Secondary and 
 Tertiary Colours, combined with the Laws of Taste in 
 relation thereto, on the study of Light, METALLURGY 
 on Inorganic Chemistry, and so on. Experience will 
 best decide to what extent these and analogous branches 
 
 (1) For available Works see List 6, p. 224. 
 
 (2) The Preparatory Knowledge here adverted to will be independent 
 of Reading, Writing and Arithmetic, respecting which see the Article on 
 Preliminary Attainments at the beginning of Chapter V. 
 
218 MATHEMATICAL PREPARATION. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 of SUPPLEMENTARY KNOWLEDGE of which only a few 
 general features can be included in the Applied Di- 
 vision of the Standard Courses may be satisfactorily 
 taught from existing Works, or should as regards 
 Grade 2 be brought out in distinct publications, or 
 embodied in the Technical Cyclopaedias, and especially 
 in the Student's Edition thereof (see Sect. 6 of this 
 Chapter). I mention the latter plan, because know- 
 ledge applicable to divergent Industries should, as 
 much as possible, adapt itself to the particular character 
 and requirements of each. 
 
 Mathematical Preparation.^ 
 
 Allusion has been made to Studies which it will be 
 desirable that Artisans should carry on, even where 
 necessity does not actually compel, as subsidiary to 
 those included in the Standard Courses, and MATHE- 
 MATICS have been particularly named. They are highly 
 conducive to mental acumen, and afford valuable assist- 
 ance in the attainment of various branches of Physical 
 and Industrial Science. Among this description of 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES, Mensuration will most fre- 
 quently occur. It will be named in the suggestive 
 outlines of Trade Curricula, to designate all those 
 branches of Mathematical Study which converge to a 
 direct bearing on the Measurement of Areas and Con- 
 tents, and which include the necessary portions of 
 Advanced Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Trigono- 
 metry, &c. G-rade 1 of Mensuration will probably 
 consist of a selection of the most easy and most fre- 
 quently needed Chapters of Todhunter's " Mensuration 
 for Beginners," whilst G-rade 2 will embrace the whole 
 
 (1) For available Works see List 7, p. 224. 
 
SECT. 4.] ARTISTIC ABILITIES. 219 
 
 of that valuable little Book. Grade 3 will rise some- 
 what higher, calling in more freely the assistance of 
 the above-named branches of Mathematical Study. At 
 Grade 4 the specialty of Mensuration will lose itself in 
 a general course of Mathematics. 
 
 Any Student who has a certain Grade of Mensura- 
 tion assigned to him in his Trade Curriculum, will be 
 welcome to try for a higher distinct Mathematical 
 Certificate. ' 
 
 Artistic Abilities.^ 
 
 Various special considerations attach to this im- 
 portant element of industrial success, which will be 
 best treated apart from the scientific attainments, and 
 on different principles of gradational progress. Among 
 those considerations are the following : 
 
 Without ignoring certain openings for improve- 
 ment which exist in the system of instruction of the 
 Art Department, I may safely say that it is so well 
 organized, and presents such valuable facilities for the 
 establishment of affiliated Schools of Art, that every 
 Town should have one of these, and that every young 
 Artisan should attend who can do so without neglect- 
 ing more urgent duties.C 2 ) His selection of a style of 
 
 (1) For Works available for Artistic Studies see List 8, p. 225. 
 
 (2) Respecting openings for improvement, I am told among other things 
 that the Masters at some of the Schools of Art, actuated perhaps by an im- 
 pression that red tape is the best proof of a connection with Government, 
 affect to ignore the attainments already possessed by Art Workmen who 
 wish to rise higher, and not only make them begin again at the rudiments, 
 but do not allow them to pass to higher classes when their ability to do 
 so is proved. I could name a case in which a young man, whilst he was 
 thus kept in a low grade, was actually offered by the same Master, artistic 
 employment involving the possession of a high grade of abilities. 
 
220 ARTISTIC ABILITIES. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Art should be guided by the character of his occupa- 
 tion, as far as there is any connection between the two, 
 and thus far his Artistic Attainments will form an in- 
 tegral portion of his Technical Training. Beyond this 
 he will be at liberty to follow the turn of his inclina- 
 tion, which may possibly be the voice of genius, though 
 ' he should be cautious in trusting to the pleasing idea ; 
 for the country is more in want of Artistic Workmen, 
 than of third-rate Artists. Subject to this considera- 
 tion, every encouragement and facility will be offered 
 to Students for obtaining, in addition to University 
 Trade Certificates, the Art Certificates or Prizes granted 
 under the Government Art Department. Further re- 
 marks on Art Studies will be found in the part of the 
 next Chapter dealing with Art Industries. 
 
 ^ ^ iewing Art from a purely industrial point of 
 view, and independently of the scale of merit recog- 
 nized in the regular Art Schools, we perceive that 
 there is a certain artistic cleverness of the hand and 
 eye, which should be possessed by almost every Artisan, 
 and which he might acquire partly in the advanced 
 period of his Schooling, say between 12 and 14 years of 
 age, and partly during his Apprenticeship. The de- 
 termining of the extent to which this cleverness might 
 reasonably be expected to be developed in skilled Work- 
 men, must for the present be left an open question, 
 because it must necessarily be for many years to corne, 
 a compromise between what ought to be obtainable, 
 and what in the present state of popular education, 
 it is possible to obtain. Nevertheless the following 
 progression of Artistic Ability considered merely in 
 reference to Industrial pursuits, beginning with the 
 lowest grade of handicrafts in which work is done 
 according to a Drawing or Pattern, may facilitate to 
 
SECT. 4.] ARTISTIC ABILITIES. 221 
 
 some extent the devising of the artistic portion of the 
 respective Curricula. The Degrees do not correspond 
 with the Grades which have been adopted in reference 
 to Scientific Knowledge, and in order to avoid con- 
 fusion, they will be called STAGES. It will be seen that 
 their import will vary according to the nature and 
 requirements of the various trades. 
 
 1. Ability to understand and work from a Drawn 
 Pattern or Design, and also to copy the same. The 
 style will be governed by the requirements of the Trade 
 in view, and on these will much depend the degree of 
 skill involved/ 1 ) 
 
 2. Ability to make Working Drawings, correct but 
 not elaborate, and simply sufficient for the ordinary re- 
 quirements of the Trade in question. 
 
 3. Ability to represent with "proper shading, in free 
 hand or mechanical Drawing, artistically done, and 
 either in perspective, isometrically, or in elevations and 
 sections, any complex article, ornament, or piece of ma- 
 chinery which there may be probable occasion to pro- 
 duce or to use. 
 
 4. Ability to originate as well as to execute orna- 
 mental designs. 
 
 5. Ability to execute articles of Art-workmanship 
 in which the artistic element is susceptible of assuming 
 a high character ; e.g. certain branches of House 
 Decoration, Mosaic and Inlaying, Wood-carving, 
 Wood-engraving, Chasing, Filigree, Eepousse Work, 
 Cameo-engraving, Seal-engraving and Die-sinking, 
 Copper-plate and Steel-engraving, Etching and Aqua- 
 tinta, Lithography, and many more. To determine 
 
 (1) Wherever necessary " Modelling " must throughout these stages be 
 understood in addition to or instead of " Drawing." 
 
222 ARTISTIC TASTE. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 standards of ability with a view to establishing a 
 certain degree of fixity in the Examinations of Trades 
 and Occupations like these, in which numberless grada- 
 tions ascend from humble Handiwork to high Art, 
 will be a task requiring special study and much 
 thought, but for which valuable indications may be 
 collected from the records of the Prize Exhibitions of 
 Art Workmanship held at the Society of Arts. 
 
 Artistic Taste. 
 
 Apart from the ability to wield artistically the pencil, 
 the brush, or the modelling tool, and more important 
 perhaps for those whose business it is to direct the pro- 
 ductive abilities of others, is a sound knowledge of the 
 RATIONALE OF THE BEAUTIFUL AND APPROPRIATE in 
 form, colour and subject, or in other words, of those 
 natural and conventional rules which constitute the 
 THEORY OF TASTE. It is highly desirable that in the 
 furtherance of this important branch of instruction, the 
 Central Technical University should have the hearty 
 co-operation of Provincial and Colonial Institutions, 
 including the Technical Colleges. Collections of Works 
 of Art, far less numerous than many of the existing 
 ones, but made in strict accordance with the principles 
 of selection indicated in Chapter II. Section 8^ G, should 
 by the respective Art Instructors, be made the subject of 
 critical discourses throwing the light of a refined judg- 
 ment on the respective merits and demerits of Works 
 of Art of various kinds. The place of all others where 
 everything will be done to facilitate the acquisition of 
 this refined judgment, in the exact sense in which it 
 should be possessed by those who are to be the pilots of 
 our Art Industries, will be among the Art Collections 
 
SECT. 4.] ARTISTIC TASTE. 223 
 
 specially devised for the purpose in the Museum of the 
 Central Technical University, and of which moreover 
 the catalogue raisonne, suitably illustrated, will do all 
 that can be done in print, for giving to the ^Esthetics of 
 High Art a practical Industrial bearing. 
 
 Several of the analyses of Trades collected in the 
 next Chapter, will show the need for special instruction 
 in what it has been proposed to call CHROMATICS (p. 
 191) consisting in a knowledge of the phenomena of 
 the Solar Spectrum, of primary, secondary and tertiary 
 colours, of their harmonies and contrasts, and of the 
 principles which should regulate their application to 
 industrial purposes. This and other analogous branches 
 of Preparatory knowledge, of which the treatment 
 should vary in some measure according to the Industry 
 in view, will independently of special publications 
 existing or to be brought out, be included as far as 
 required in the Introductory Portion of the Techno- 
 logical Handbooks and Manuals described further on 
 in Sect. 6 of this Chapter. 
 
224 LISTS 6 AND 7. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 [LIST 6.1 
 EXAMPLES OF WOEKS 
 
 AVAILABLE FOE SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC PEEPAEATION. 
 
 Practical Mechanics, by Imray. 1 2mo. 1 /6 (Griffin.) 
 Mechanics and Mechanism, by E. S. Burn. 8vo. 2/ (Ward.) 
 The Elements of Mechanism, by T. M. Goodeve. 3/6 (Longmans' 
 
 Text Books of Science.) 
 
 Principles of Mechanism, by K. Willis. 8vo. 18/ (Longmans.) 
 Descriptive Mechanism, by C. P. B. Shelley. 3/6 (Longmans' 
 
 Text Books of Science.) 
 Construction and Working of Machinery, with plates, by C. D. Abel. 
 
 4to. 9/ (Lock wood.) 
 The Elements of Practical Hydraulics, by Samuel Downing. 8/- 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 A Treatise on Hydro-Mechanics, by W. H. Besant. 8vo. 10/6 
 
 (Deighton.) 
 
 Metals, by C. L. Bloxam. 5/6 (Longmans' Text Books of 
 
 Science.) 
 
 Useful Metals and their Alloys, by Dr. A. Ure. 7/6 (Houlston.) 
 A Manual of Metallurgy, by J.A.Phillips. Cr. 8vo. 12/6 (Griffin.) 
 
 [LIST 7.] 
 EXAMPLES OF WORKS 
 
 AVAILABLE FOE MATHEMATICAL PEEPAEATION. 
 
 Mensuration for the Million, by C. Hoare. 12mo. I/ (Wilson.) 
 Technical Arithmetic and Mensuration, by C. W. Merrifield. 3/6 
 
 (Longmans' Text Books of Science.) 
 
 Mensuration for Beginners, by I. Todhunter. 2/6 (Macmillan.) 
 An Elementary Treatise on Mensuration, by B. T. Moore. 12mo. 
 
 5/ (Deighton.) 
 
 Geometry, by I. Todhunter. 3/6 (Macmillan.) 
 Geometry, by H. W. Watson. 3/6 (Longmans' Text Books of 
 
 Science.) 
 An Elementary Course of Mathematics, by Rev. H. Goodwin, 
 
 edited by P. T. Main. 8vo. 16/ (Deighton.) 
 
SECT. 4.] LIST 8. 225 
 
 [LIST 8.] 
 EXAMPLES OP WORKS 
 
 AVAILABLE FOE AETISTIC STUDIES. 
 
 Drawing Copies, Models, &c., in every style of Art, supplied under 
 ihe sanction of the Science and Art Department. (See the 
 Art Directory, Appendix C ; and the Catalogue of Messrs. 
 Chapman & Hall,) 
 
 Hermes' " Drawing School " and other Series, forming a Com- 
 prehensive and Systematic Collection. (Published at Berlin, 
 and to be had of A. N. Myers, 15 Berners St., Oxford St., W.) 
 
 Society of Arts' Drawing Book, by J. Bell. Oblong 4to. 3/6 
 (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 Elementary Drawing, by E. A. Davidson. 8vo. 3/- (Art Depart- 
 ment.) 
 
 A Handbook of Practical Perspective, by Jewett. 12mo. 1/6 
 (Cornish.) 
 
 Perspective, by G. Pyne. 2/~ Weale's Series (Lockwood.) 
 
 School Perspective, by J. R. Dicksee. 8vo. 5/- (Strahan.) 
 
 Linear Perspective for the use of Schools of Art, by R. Burchett. 
 Post 8vo. I/- (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 The Elements of Geometrical Drawing, by T. Bradley. Folio. 
 Parts I. & II., each 16/- (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 Principles of Decorative Art. I/- (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 Decorative Art, by Grace. (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 On Design, by Richard Redgrave. (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 The Principles of Decorative Design, by Christopher Dresser. 7/6 
 
 (Cassell & Co.) 
 The Art of Decorative Design, by Christopher Dresser. 7/6 
 
 (Cassell & Co.) 
 
 Analysis of Ornament, by R. N. Wornum. 8/- (Chapman & Hall.) 
 The Encyclopaedia of Ornament, by Henry Shaw. Royal 8vo. 21/- 
 
 (Pickering.) 
 
 The Munich Collection of Ornamental Designs. 15/- (Myers.) 
 Grammar of Ornament, by Owen Jones. 5. 
 Dessin Industriel, by Aimengaud ahie. (Paris, 1860.) 
 Dessin Industriel, by Aimengaud jeune. (Paris, 1860.) 
 
 Q 
 
226 LIST 8. [CHAr. IV. 
 
 Manual and Catechism of Colour, by Richaid Redgrave. -/9 
 
 (Chapman & Hall.) 
 A Grammar of Colouring, by G. Field. 12mo. 2/- Weale's Series. 
 
 (Lockwood.) 
 
 Lessons on Colour. 36 coloured discs. 2/6 (Myers.) 
 Colour, by Professor Church. 2/6 (Cassell & Co.) 
 A Manual of the Science of Colour, by Wm. Benson. 12mo. 2/6 
 
 (Chapman & Hall.) 
 
 An Alphabet of Colour. 4to. 3/- S. K. M. (Chapman & Hall.) 
 Rudiments of Colours and of Colouring, by G. Field. 12mo. 4/6 
 
 (Stratum.) 
 Laws of Contrast of Colour and their Application to the Arts, by 
 
 M. E. Chevreul ; translated by J. Spanton. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 5/- (Routledge.) 
 
 Colour as a Means of Art, by F. Howard. 12mo. 6/- (Bohn.) 
 Ornamental Designs in Colour, approved by Art Department. 15/ 
 
 (Chapman & Hall.) 
 Principles of the Science of Colour, by Wm. Benson. 4to. 15/- 
 
 (Chapman & Hall.) 
 Principles of Beauty in Colouring Systematized, by D. R. Hay. 
 
 18mo. (Blackwood.) 1845. 
 A Nomenclature of Colours, &c, by D. R. Hay. 228 examples. 
 
 63/ 
 
SECT. 5.] TEXT BOOKS FOR STANDARD COURSES. 227 
 
 SECTION 5.-TEXT BOOKS FOR THE STANDARD 
 
 COURSES. 
 
 It has already been explained that as regards Grade 
 3 of General Scientific Foundation, both the Ele- 
 mentary and the Applied Knowledge may for a time 
 be obtained from the Scientific Literature of the Day, 
 the appropriate Books or parts of Books being indi- 
 cated by a SYLLABUS OF REFERENCE prepared for the 
 purpose; but that it is of urgent necessity that the 
 Central Technical University should bring out two 
 STANDARD COURSES to serve respectively as Text Books 
 for the first and second Grade of General Scientific 
 Foundation. Bach of them will form in its appointed 
 degree of comprehensiveness, and in its appropriate 
 style, a single-minded, connected and progressive dis- 
 course, divided into Lectures for delivery on the 
 Binary System. It has been shown in Section 2 of this 
 Chapter, that various serial and detached publications 
 exist from which, under judicious guidance, Artisan 
 Students may possibly cull information of the kind they 
 want ; but that no satisfactory trial could thus be made 
 of the proposed plan of Examinations and Certificates. 
 To say nothing of expense and inconvenience to the 
 Students, it would be impossible to make excerpta from 
 Books of varying calibre, and still more varying style, 
 dovetail and harmonize with each other ; and it is 
 indispensable that the Central Technical University 
 should, at least as regards the two lower levels, have j 
 absolute control over its Standard Text Books, not only / 
 
 Q 2 
 
228 TEXT BOOKS FOE [CHAP. IV. 
 
 for thoroughly moulding them at the first to the re- 
 quirements of a new system, and impressing them with 
 the stamp of its own authority, but also for modifying 
 them subsequently as experience and the progress of 
 the times may demand. It will be on the Board of 
 Instruction (see p. 92) appointed in the manner to be 
 shown in Chapter VI. (sec. 2), that will devolve the 
 duty of providing for, and supervising the production 
 of all necessary educational requisites, and it is accord- 
 ingly for their consideration that are chiefly intended 
 the following suggestive remarks jC 1 ) 
 
 a. For Manuals of earnest study in advanced Science, 
 the prevailing style is, naturally enough, what a literary 
 man would call no style at all. Information split up 
 into dry bits has the advantage of being sorted without 
 trouble into strictly methodical order ; but the pains- 
 taking plan of threading nearly the same information 
 in smoothly-running, well-connected sentences, pleasant 
 to read and more pleasant to hear delivered by a com- 
 petent Eeader, produces a kind of instruction far more 
 palatable and attractive to those whose mind has not 
 through habit acquired a taste for concentrated thought. 
 
 b. The foregoing especially applies to the two lower 
 Grades, and more particularly to the first Grade of the 
 range of Knowledge which has been selected to serve 
 the double purpose of affording a Scientific Foundation 
 to the Artisan, and of supplying the Science of Daily 
 Life to the general mass of the Industrial Population. 
 
 (1) It has already been explained that the Text Books issued by the 
 Central Technical University, will be closely adhered to in all Examina- 
 tions held under its authority, and of course by the Professors charged 
 with preparing Students for them. It must also be remembered that the 
 Text Books will, as a rule, be submitted to a triennial revision, and that 
 in the intervals, important novelties will be made known by means of 
 Supplements. 
 
SECT. 5.] THE STANDARD COUESES. 229 
 
 It evidently must be made attractive as well as easy, it 
 in either case it is to constitute a voluntary evening's 
 supplement to a day of toil/ 1 ) 
 
 c. The Text Books in question should be printed in 
 bold and clear type, so as to afford comfortable evening 
 reading to those who are not much accustomed to read, 
 or whose eyes have had a good deal to do in the course 
 of the day ; and they should, by an abundance of care- 
 fully executed Woodcuts, present to those who are con- 
 fined to home study, as good a compensation as can be 
 had, for the absence of the more impressive parapher- 
 nalia of a Lecture Table. 
 
 d. Nevertheless the most valuable utilization of the 
 said Text Books will probably be as Lecture Texts ; 
 that is to say, they will be made to afford by the joint 
 action of a Reader and a Demonstrator, in the manner 
 described as the BINARY SYSTEM in the previous 
 Chapter, as near an approximation as possible to an 
 oral Address by a first-rate Popular Professor. 
 
 e. Whilst therefore these Text Books will be en- 
 livened with every attraction of colloquial oratory 
 compatible with brevity and consonant with the nature , 
 of the subject, they must necessarily conform to every 
 requirement of the said system, as regards the crosses 
 in the Text addressed to the Reader, the list of articles 
 and code of instructions for each Lecture addressed to 
 the Demonstrator, and so on. 
 
 /. Without prejudicially disturbing the methodical 
 distribution of the subjects, or interfering with the due 
 apportionment of respective amounts of instruction ac- 
 cording to their relative deserts, the Discourse should 
 
 (1) Various suggestions for winning the attention of uneducated 
 audiences to Scientific Lectures, will be given further on under the 
 heading " Science Popularized." 
 
230 TEXT BOOKS FOE [CHAP. IV. 
 
 be divided into Lectures occupying each as a rule about 
 one hour in the delivery, and in no case less than three- 
 quarters of an hour, or more than an hour and a 
 quarter. It is far better to vary in length, within 
 these limits, than to omit valuable, or insert irrelevant 
 matter. Of course proper allowance must be made for 
 the display of Specimens or Diagrams, and the perform- 
 ance of Experiments ; the one an affair of only a few 
 moments when the joint delivery is well performed, the 
 other varying considerably in time according to the 
 nature of the experiments. 
 
 g. It would be convenient if there were a break in 
 each Lecture, not far from half-way, to facilitate its 
 being divided into two Lessons, each of which, making 
 allowance for various circumstances inherent to the 
 altered mode of tuition, would form about the right 
 quantity for an ordinary Evening Class. This break 
 is however only mentioned as a matter of convenience, 
 and not as obligatory ; for competent Teachers, aided 
 by indications which will be supplied to them, will have 
 no great difficulty in cutting up the Text according to 
 the requirements of their respective Classes in Institute 
 or School. 
 
 h. It will probably be expedient to publish both 
 Grade 1 and Grade 2 Course in Parts of one or two 
 Lectures each, for the convenience of delivery, as well 
 as in Volumes for home study/ 1 ) It may further be 
 found desirable to bring out Grade 2 in Sections 
 embracing the Chief Departments of Study, as for 
 
 (1) A printed specimen which I have had prepared with a view to the 
 publication in parts of my Popular Course, intended to follow that of 
 the present work, is in Quarto with double columns of Pica. This 
 arrangement is very suitable for a Lecturing Desk, and affords at the 
 same time, for the benefit of the home Keader, a great variety of space 
 for Woodcuts. 
 
SECT. 5.] THE STANDARD COURSES. 231 
 
 example in Division 1, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic 
 Chemistry, Physiology, &c. ; and in the 2nd Division, 
 Dwellings, Fabrics and Clothing, Food, Warming 
 Materials arid Appliances, and so on ; which topics 
 will occur in the Curricula of certain " Trades Ex- 
 aminations," and in some instances may form the theme 
 of special Examinations for " Subject Certificates." 
 
 i. Possibly by means of matter of an advanced 
 character distinguished from the ordinary text by a 
 rather smaller type, or given in Notes and Appendices, 
 it may be possible to make an edition of the Grade 2 
 Course serve, to a certain extent, the purpose of a 
 Grade 3 Course. 
 
 k. Should it be found expedient to bring out, 
 particularly as regards Grade 2, special Text Books 
 for the branches of Supplementary Knowledge named 
 in the previous Section (p. 217), the same rules will 
 mostly apply as have been suggested in respect of the 
 Standard Course for that Grade. 
 
 /. Though, as stated elsewhere, much may be done 
 for supplying local Institutes with Illustrations for 
 their Educational Courses, by the circulation of Port- 
 able Collections under the charge of Official Demon- 
 strators empowered to act as Organizers of local 
 Instruction, it will be unquestionably desirable that by 
 degrees every Industrial Institute should acquire its 
 own stock of Illustrations for at least the whole range 
 of Grade 1, nnd the Chemistry of Grade 2.C 1 ) As how- 
 ever it cannot be denied that in the expense for Illus- 
 trations will probably lie the greatest obstacle to be 
 
 (1) A variety of suggestions for accomplishing the foregoing and other 
 analogous purposes in provincial localities, are collected in a Memo- 
 randum intended to form part of the Introduction to my Popular Course. 
 In the mean time a few indications of available Diagrams and Apparatus 
 are given in List 10, p. 252. 
 
232 STANDARD TEXT BOOKS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 overcome by small Institutes and Schools, notwithstand- 
 ing the assistance proposed to be extended to them from 
 the Museum Department of the Central University, as 
 well as through Government Grants, the Authors of 
 the Text Books for the Lower Grades and for Grade 1 
 in particular, must carefully avoid involving expensive 
 Illustrations where cheaper ones can be made to serve 
 the purpose nearly as well. In many cases too, it will 
 be desirable to indicate contrivances and makeshifts 
 which may be resorted to with a slight alteration of the 
 Text, where it prescribes things that cannot every- 
 where be had. 
 
 m. As the possibility of uniting cheapness with good 
 quality in publications of any kind, and especially in 
 illustrated works, depends very materially on the MULTI- 
 PLICATION OF COPIES, I cannot lay too much stress on the 
 ECONOMY that may in this as well as in other essentials 
 of Instruction, be made to result from the coincidence 
 of what the Artisan requires as a General Scientific 
 Foundation to his special studies, with what every man 
 requires as the guiding Science of Daily Life. It will 
 be one of the duties of those who may be charged with 
 preparing the Text Books of the lower Grades, to turn 
 this coincidence to the best account, by writing so that 
 they may not only be understood, but read with 
 pleasure by adults desirous of retrieving the deficient 
 education of their youth, and that these familiar dis- 
 courses, when well delivered as Lectures on the Binary 
 Plan, may everywhere be listened to with a satisfaction 
 increasing in earnestness as the tale proceeds. This 
 more particularly applies to Grade 1, and it may not be 
 amiss to quote here almost textually a few suggestions 
 concerning Lectures of this Grade, contained in Sect. 2 
 of " Science for the People." 
 
- 
 
 SECT. 5.] SCIENCE POPULARIZED. /\ 233 
 
 JLibrar 
 
 Science Popularized. K 
 
 1. "When you intend to treat an untutored audience 
 with a course of scientific instruction, you must do your 
 utmost to make the heaven-born muse of Science leave 
 for a time the clouds among which she is wont to 
 recline in rapturous self-contemplation, casting now and 
 then a look of pity and contempt on all below. You 
 must absolutely induce her to come down to this nether 
 world, put on homely garb, and enter a working 
 family's dwelling, to ventilate it and make it whole- 
 some and comfortable, to inspect the furniture and 
 wardrobe, the kitchen utensils and the contents of the 
 larder, nay actually to light the fire and cook a model 
 meal, not forgetting the care of the young ones and of 
 the sick person in the next room. Now if you show 
 the Working Classes that Science can do all this to 
 perfection, and be a saving instead of an expense, you 
 may be sure that they will give her a hearty welcome. 
 
 2. I have found no difficulty in making Working 
 People clearly see, that in order to understand what 
 Science has to say about the concerns of Daily Life, 
 they must first take the trouble to make themselves 
 acquainted with a few indispensable scientific facts and 
 expressions. They readily undertake this, provided 
 they be explicitly assured (and of course every pledge 
 given must be conscientiously redeemed) that all un- 
 necessary technicalities will be avoided, and all diffi- 
 culties smoothed down as much as possible ; that there 
 will be abundance of specimens, models, diagrams, 
 experiments and other devices for making the senses 
 act as helpmates to the memory, and that through all 
 these contrivances, the preparatory and more strictly 
 
234 STANDARD TEXT BOOKS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 scientific part of their studies, will be rendered as 
 entertaining as the subsequent economic part, in which 
 the several departments of Domestic and Sanitary 
 Economy will be successively reviewed. 
 
 3. One of the chief difficulties to be encountered in 
 selecting the subjects of these two necessary divisions 
 of any methodical course of Practical Bionomy, is the 
 overwhelming abundance of the matter as compared 
 with the limits beyond which common sense forbids us 
 to reckon on the regular weekly attendance of a large 
 popular audience. This difficulty can only be over- 
 come by great pains and discrimination bestowed on 
 the selection of fundamental facts and typical illustra- 
 tions, by studying the manner in which they can be 
 best and most closely fitted together, and by endeavour- 
 ing in repeated revisions to condense the matter of 
 many pages into a few, without squeezing out the juice 
 of the subject, and rendering it dry and unpalatable. 
 
 4. The necessity of dividing the subject matter into 
 tolerably equal Lectures, so that each of these may 
 take from an hour to an hour and a quarter in the 
 delivery, cannot without considerable trouble be kept 
 from interfering with the natural divisions, and renders 
 more arduous the always difficult task of allotting to 
 each portion and sub-portion of a subject, an amount of 
 attention proportionate to its relative importance. The 
 best remedy is to reserve certain items of elementary 
 Science, especially of Chemistry, for the second division 
 of the Course ; allotting them to the several depart- 
 ments of Household Economy to which they specially 
 apply, where they will afford a welcome variety. 
 
 5. One can scarcely be too fastidious as to the ac- 
 curacy of every statement, or too patient and perse- 
 vering in the confronting of different Authors on 
 
SEOT. 5.J SCIENCE POPULARIZED. 235 
 
 points on which one has not a direct and personal cer- 
 tainty. The discrepancies between various standard 
 books on the same subject, and even sometimes between 
 one part and another of a work of high authority, are 
 only known to those who have subjected these matters 
 to scrupulous research. 
 
 6. In proportion as Practical Bionomy surpasses 
 many other branches of applied Science in the actu- 
 ality of its bearings, the grievous multiplicity of the 
 errors, abuses, and frauds on which it throws a detec- 
 tive light, and the radical nature of the reforms which 
 it might seem to suggest, so also is proportionate 
 prudence required in inveighing against existing pre- 
 judices, and in running foul of existing interests. The 
 Economic Teacher of the Working Classes should not 
 so much tell them what to buy and where to get it, 
 as give them the insight which will enable them to 
 judge for themselves ; not so much hurl offensive 
 epithets, however well deserved, against those who live 
 by adulteration and fraud, as sow knowledge that will 
 make their present dealings unprofitable, and at the 
 same time, open their way to better ones. 
 
 7. Moderation, and a discreet adaptation of precepts 
 to circumstances, are nowhere more necessary than in 
 matters of Hygiene. Exaggerated remedies generate 
 reaction, or replace one evil by another. Systems that 
 work admirably in the combination of circumstances 
 which some countries afford, prove lame and unprofitable 
 elsewhere, and contrivances that have been marvels of 
 success under the management of the inventors or of 
 their intelligent friends, may come to grief in the 
 hands of ignorance and prejudice. 
 
 8. Unity of purpose throughout the Course, and the 
 occasional connecting of one department with another 
 
236 STANDARD TEXT BOOKS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 by means of mutual references, should bind the hetero- 
 geneous subjects of which the Science of Common Life 
 is composed, into a harmonious whole, pervaded from 
 its leading features down to its merest details, with a 
 methodical spirit of forethought and classification. It 
 is a great mistake to deal lightly with considerations of 
 this kind, in writing for the uneducated. METHOD 
 assists both the intelligence and the memory, and the 
 less cultivated and clear the mind to be taught, the 
 clearer should be the teaching/ 1 ) Great care should be 
 taken to explain all hard words the first time that they 
 are used, or so to construct the phrase as to make their 
 sense self-evident ; also (and this applies particularly to 
 the Chemical Departments), to avoid mixing the names 
 of substances not yet described, in the account of those 
 in hand. There should be, as much as possible, a 
 gradual and logical progression from the simple to the 
 complex, from the easy to the difficult ; a development 
 of information, step by step, in that connected sequence 
 which makes little children remember so well the Nur- 
 sery Tale of the " House that Jack Built." 
 
 9 . Rigidity of principle in the selection and arrange- 
 ment of the subject matter, does not by any means 
 imply rigidity of style. The character of the language 
 which suits a Scientific Discourse, varies immensely, 
 according to the subject and the purpose. It should be 
 solemn where the object is to raise the mind to a true 
 conception of the power and beneficence of an allwise- 
 Creator ; it should be sedate and didactic when useful 
 physiological facts and advice can thus be more appro- 
 
 (1) " Chercher constamment la clarte par la simplicite du discours, la 
 justesse de Texpression, I'enchainement logique, la succession graduelle et 
 bien calculee des notions et des pensees, telle est, selon nous, la poetique 
 a suivre dans 1'exposition familiere des faits scientifiques." 'La Terre 
 avant le Deluge/' par Louis Figuier, Preface, page 10. 
 
SECT. 5.] SCIENCE FOE PEIMAEY SCHOOLS. 237 
 
 priately imparted ; but the general tone to adopt in 
 teaching Working Men the practical difference between 
 Knowledge and Ignorance, is decidedly a cheerful and 
 colloquial one, and in many cases ridicule will be found 
 the best weapon to use against an absurd contempt of 
 the Laws of Nature, and a silly subserviency to those 
 of Fashion. But what as much as anything will secure 
 for wholesome truths a ready and sincere acceptance, is 
 their being offered in a spirit so plainly fraught with 
 sincere Christian benevolence, as to be above all sus- 
 picion of an interested motive. 
 
 Science for Primary Schools. 
 
 It has been shown that the greater part of the range 
 of Knowledge embraced by the Grade 1 Syllabus in the 
 first Section of this Chapter, is intended to be gradually 
 included by progressive selections in the Elementary 
 Schooling of the Children of the People/ 1 ) Till a 
 special School edition can be provided, the ordinary 
 one in a lecturing or colloquial form may supply the 
 required materials, but at all events the manner of 
 using them with children demands in many respects to 
 be the subject of special instructions/ 2 ) Not only will 
 much discrimination be required by a Schoolmaster 
 teaching the elements of the Natural Sciences as 
 sketched out in the first division of the above Syl- 
 labus, but considerable caution will be necessary in 
 dealing with their applications to the actual concerns 
 of Daily Life as indicated in the second Division. 
 Much injury has been done to the cause of Hygiene 
 
 (1) See Chapter I., Section 2. 
 
 (2) Of the nature of these I have endeavoured to convey an idea by a 
 kind of Questionary previously mentioned, which may be inspected at the 
 Economic Museum with various other Manuscripts on kindred subjects. 
 
238 SCIENCE FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 by exaggerating its precepts, and by overlooking the 
 impediments which too often render a strict compliance 
 with them next to impossible for the Working Classes. 
 This particularly applies to the construction and ven- 
 tilation of Dwellings, and the selection and preparation 
 of Food. Even unfounded prejudices and pernicious 
 habits must be conquered rather by quietly inducing 
 a state of mind that will naturally lead to better things, 
 than by exciting the children to dissatisfaction and open 
 antagonism with what they see at home. Particular 
 discretion is required in the question of Temperance 
 versus" Total Abstinence, which is one on which con- 
 siderable disagreement exists even among the well- 
 educated. 
 
 Everywhere to a certain extent, but especially in rural 
 districts, the Schoolmaster is or should be one of the 
 oracles of the parish. No doubt can be entertained as 
 to the vast amount of beneficial influence which, when 
 trained to a sound and methodical knowledge of 
 Science applied to Daily Life, he may be able to exer- 
 cise either as a friendly adviser, or in conjunction with 
 the Clergyman and the Doctor, as a supporter of public 
 measures of a sanitary character, or as a promoter of 
 Evening classes, Mutual Instruction Societies, and other 
 means for pursuing in Youth and Manhood the know- 
 ledge initiated at an early age. For purposes like these 
 the Schoolmaster will find convenient reminders in the 
 portions of the Course relating to Hygiene, Industrial 
 Pathology, Household Management, Providence, and 
 other matters evidently not intended for children. 
 
SECT. 6.] TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS. 239 
 
 SECTION 6.-TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, AND 
 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 Four years ago I complained in " Science for the 
 People," that no adequate steps had been taken to 
 supply the various Industries with repertories of 
 Technical Information calculated to secure their success, 
 and promote their progressive advancement. I adverted 
 to the high price which mostly debarred Working 
 Men from the possession of the few thoroughly good 
 and well illustrated existing works, and to the impos- 
 sibility of bringing down those prices to meet limited 
 means, without a certain amount of pecuniary sacrifice 
 which an ordinary publisher could not be expected to 
 incur, but which would most decidedly be money well 
 spent on the part of the public purse. As regards 
 minor Trade Manuals, I mentioned that Messrs. Houl- 
 ston and Wright, and a few other Publishers, had 
 done very creditably as much as could be expected 
 from unassisted speculation, having brought out over 
 38 little detached volumes mostly ranging from one 
 shilling to half a crown ; but that these could scarcely 
 be compared to the Manuels Roret, published system- 
 atically at Paris, as the result of the united labours 
 of an association of Savants and Technologists. 
 
 Notwithstanding the appeal of the London Work- 
 men through the medium of the Club and Institute 
 Union, no essential change has supervened as regards 
 strictly Technological Literature, since the above was 
 
240 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 written, and no powerful Body or influential Asso- 
 ciation has been induced to meet on public-spirited 
 principles the multiplied wants of the Industrial Com- 
 munity. Under these circumstances I feel that I 
 cannot do better than endeavour to give some idea of 
 what our Artisans are likely to require under the pro- 
 posed organization of Technical Studies, leaving for 
 those on whom may devolve, under the authority of 
 the University, the duty of seeing that those require- 
 ments are properly provided for, to take note of all 
 available resources, and to utilize them as far as 
 practicable. 
 
 For the simple reason that one can seldom form a 
 correct estimate of the value of an article without 
 having some idea how it is made, the scientific review 
 of the Things of Daily Life forming the second Division 
 of an Artisan's General Scientific Foundation, will 
 naturally give him, even in Grade 1, a certain insight 
 into all the ordinary operations of Technical Industry, 
 showing him how they support each other, and how 
 his own pursuit, whatever it may be, is directly or 
 indirectly connected with a number of others. In 
 Grade 2 the account given of the various Departments 
 of Domestic Technology, will be not only extended but 
 so much improved by being based on more advanced 
 scientific knowledge, that in many cases these depart- 
 ments may, as already stated, be picked out from the 
 course to form part of Technical Curricula, or to con- 
 stitute the theme of special examinations for Subject 
 Certificates. Thus for example the Department of 
 Textile Materials and Fabrics, including a general 
 insight into Spinning, Weaving, Dyeing, and other 
 processes, will form a very appropriate basis to the 
 technical knowledge of Minor Students whose special 
 
SECT. 6.] TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS. 241 
 
 occupation is connected with any portion of this range. 
 But in the study of all industrial pursuits of any im- 
 portance, generalities must be followed up by a close 
 examination of technical details, and it is accordingly to 
 the consideration of the best means for supplying 
 STANDARD REPERTORIES OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION, 
 that our attention will now be turned. 
 
 Technical Cyclopaedias. 
 
 a. It is proposed that two TECHNICAL CYCLOPAEDIAS 
 should be prepared/ 1 ) the one more compendious and 
 easy, to be called the JUNIOR CYCLOPEDIA, the other 
 more exhaustive, and assuming in the Student a higher 
 standard of preliminary knowledge, to be called the 
 ADVANCED CYCLOPAEDIA. Their general range will be 
 nearly identical, both being intended to include, more 
 or less, the Technical Knowledge appertaining to every 
 notable Industrial or Commercial Trade or Occupation, 
 whether or not it be of a nature and magnitude to 
 claim special Examinations and Certificates/ 2 ) 
 
 b. It will probably be found expedient to adopt in 
 both Cyclopaedias, as in the Standard Courses described 
 in the previous section, a discursive or colloquial form 
 of instruction, which will not only afford agreeable 
 reading to Home Students, but will be convenient to 
 the Professors, who in their Lectures and Lessons will 
 
 (1) In some instances it may be feasible to purchase the copyright of 
 an existing Manual, and to use portions, or adapt the whole for one or 
 the other Cyclopaedia. 
 
 (2) It will be seen in the following Chapter, that in respect of certain 
 occupations, the University will have occasion to offer Major Certificates 
 and no Minor ones. In a number of cases there will not be sufficient 
 scope for either, but even then the well-digested information supplied by 
 the Cyclopaedias will be in itself a very acceptable boon. 
 
 R 
 
242 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 be expected to adhere in substance and level of difficulty 
 to the printed matter, though they need not use its 
 exact wording. 
 
 c. The simple and easy as well as compendious style 
 of the first or JUNIOR CYCLOPAEDIA, will render it 
 suitable for Minor Students whose knowledge will not 
 be supposed to rise above the level of Grade 2. 
 
 d. The ADVANCED CYCLOPAEDIA will similarly be 
 adapted for Major Students, and as they will as a rule 
 be expected to have pushed forward to the third Grade 
 all chemical or other preparatory scientific knowledge 
 involved in their respective Trades, use will be made 
 of the accepted phraseology of modern Scientific 
 Books. 
 
 e. This same Advanced Cyclopsedia can be made to 
 serve also the purpose of Superior Candidates. With 
 this view, matters of a nature to be included in their 
 studies only, will be given in Notes or Appendices, and 
 further supplemented wherever necessary by references 
 to special Works. 
 
 /.Both Cyclopaedias, besides being published in 
 uniform and sightly Volumes, forming an EDITION FOR 
 REFERENCE, that should be on the Library Shelves of 
 every Industrial Institute, will also be published as a 
 STUDENT'S EDITION, in as many PARTS as they contain 
 distinct Trades or Occupations. These Parts, of which 
 the Junior Series is proposed to be called HANDBOOKS, 
 and the advanced Series MANUALS, may perhaps be of 
 uniform size throughout, but will necessarily be of 
 greatly varying thickness ; for no attempt will be made 
 to obtain uniformity in this respect by squeezing some 
 subjects and dilating others. 
 
 g. It is the STUDENT'S EDITION that will mainly be 
 used for purposes of Study and Examination, and 
 
SECT. 6.] TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS. 243 
 
 accordingly in each of the Handbooks and Manuals, 
 the Text will be cut up into a number of Sections and 
 Articles or Paragraphs, with such indications attached, 
 as to be conveniently referred to, singly or collectively, 
 in the Curricula of Studies and the Examination Ques- 
 tionaries. See Section 7 of this Chapter. 
 
 h. Information required identically or nearly so by 
 two or more Industries, need only be given in one 
 place in the "Editions for Reference," and simply 
 referred to from other places ; but it must necessarily 
 be repeated in each of the respective Handbooks or 
 Manuals. Independently of convenience, it can thus 
 be more perfectly adapted to the particular requirements 
 of the respective Trades. For the same reason any 
 Preparatory Knowledge susceptible of being specialized 
 in its application, will also be included in INTRODUCTORY 
 PORTIONS of the said Handbooks and Manuals. This 
 particularly applies to the Subjects which have been 
 described as Offsets of the Standard Course, such as 
 Mechanism, Metallurgy, Mensuration, Chromatics, &c. 
 Indications will also be supplied of accessory attainments 
 that may be cultivated with advantage, and full advice 
 given as to the facilities for study, and openings for 
 reward, afforded by the Central Technical University 
 and its affiliations. 
 
 i. Great pains will be bestowed on the Woodcuts 
 which will abound in the two Cyclopaedias. Economy 
 will be practised by using for both, those which come 
 within the scope of the Junior one ; but the best ally of 
 economic production is extensive sale, and this will soon 
 be realized if the Central Technical University is known 
 to be favoured with the influence and co-operation of the 
 highest educational, scientific, and artistic authorities, 
 and to be prepared, should it prove necessary, to make 
 
 R 2 
 
244 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, ETC. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 any pecuniary sacrifice demanded by the true interests 
 of our manufacturing and commercial Industries. 
 
 Scientific and Technical Illustrations. 
 
 In describing the Museum Department (Chapter II. 
 Section 8), mention has been made of the direct pro- 
 duction of SETS of EDUCATIONAL ILLUSTRATIONS of 
 every kind by clever Students under proper guidance 
 (p. 113) ; but independently of this, it will be one of 
 the duties of the University to organize and direct 
 the publication through appropriate channels, of 
 EDUCATIONAL PRINTS, DIAGRAMS and the like, of more 
 than ordinary scientific correctness, methodical com- 
 pleteness, and artistic merit, and all this at, or if 
 necessary under, cost price/ 1 ) 
 
 I have alluded in " Science for the People " to the 
 difficulty which I have experienced in obtaining suitable 
 Diagrams for my Lectures, though I use many foreign 
 as well as English ones. Certain sets have been pub- 
 lished deserving of much praise, but they are far from 
 embracing in appropriate style, and on a proper scale, 
 all the departments of popular knowledge ; and as for 
 the cheaper productions (though still scarcely so cheap 
 as I should wish to see them), some of their errors 
 and short-comings call for the interference of super- 
 visors well up in science and art, and having higher 
 purposes in view than that of speculating on public 
 ignorance and the prevailing want of artistic culture. 
 
 (1) Suggestive examples are given in List 10, p. 252. 
 
SECT. 6.] LUST 9. 245 
 
 [LIST 9.] 
 EXAMPLES OF WORKS 
 
 AVAILABLE FOE THE COMPILATION OF THE PEOPOSED 
 TECHNICAL CYCLOPAEDIAS. 
 
 N.B. Books relating to the Trades and Professions included in 
 Category A (see Chapter I., Sect. 6), such as Mining, Agriculture, 
 Navigation, Civil Engineering, Architecture, and Pharmacy, are 
 not included in this List, unless they seem likely to supply useful 
 introductory information for Trades belonging to Category B. 
 Books rich in Technological details are repeated from previous 
 Lists. 
 
 General Reference. 
 
 The Encyclopaedia Britannica. 21 vols. 25 4s. 
 
 The English Cyclopaedia. 27 vols. Quarto. 16 12s. (Brad- 
 bury, Agnew & Co.) 
 
 The National Cyclopaedia. 12 vols. 3. (Eoutledge.) . 
 
 Popular Cyclopaedia. 7 vols. 8vo. 140/- (Blackie.) 
 
 The Encyclopedia of Universal Knowledge. 10 vols. 8vo. 90/- 
 (Chambers.) 
 
 lire's Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines. Ee-edited by 
 E Hunt. 3 vols. 4 14s. 6d. (Longmans.) 
 
 Encyclopedia of Civil Engineering, by E. Cresy. 2 2s. (Long- 
 mans.) 
 
 A Dictionary of Science, Literature, and Art. Ee-edited by W. T. 
 Brande and G. W. Cox. 3 vols. 3 3s. (Longmans.) - 
 
 A Dictionary of Science, by G. F. Eodwell. 8vo. 18/~ Haydn 
 Series. (Moxon.) 
 
 The Technical Educator. Eoyal 8vo. 4 vols. 6/- each vol. 
 (Cassells.) 
 
 The Cyclopedia of Useful Arts, Mechanical and Chemical. Edited 
 by Charles Tomlinson. 3 vols. 3 15s. (Virtue.) 
 
 The Useful Arts and Manufactures, by 0. Tomlinson. 2 vols. 
 10/- (S. P. C. K.) 
 
 Illustrations of Trades, by C. Tomlinson. 4/- (S. P. C. K.) 
 
 Book of Trades, a Circle of the Arts and Manufacturers, by J. 
 Wylde. 3/6 (Houlston.) 
 
 The Gallery of Useful Arts, by Charles Knight. (Knight & Co.) 
 
246 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, ETC. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopaedia. (Longmans.) 
 
 Cyclopedic Science Simplified, by J. H. Pepper. Cr. 8vo. 9/- 
 
 (Warne.) 
 M'Culloch's Dictionary of Commerce, &c. Edited by H. G. Eeid. 
 
 One thick volume. 3 3s. (Longmans.) 
 A Commercial Dictionary of Trade Products, Manufacturing Terms, 
 
 &c., by P. L. Simmonds. 7/6 (Eoutledge & Sons.) 
 A Cyclopaedia of Commerce, by Waterston ; edited by Simmonds. 
 
 8vo. 12/~ (Bohn.) 
 Philosophy of Manufactures, by Dr. Ure; edited by Simmonds. 
 
 12mo. 7/6 Bohn's Library. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 History of Inventions, by Beckman. 2 vols. 12rno. 3/6 each. 
 
 Bohn's Library. (Bell & Daldy.) 
 Waste Products and Undeveloped Substances, by P. L. Simmonds. 
 
 9/- (Hardwicke.) 
 A Course of Technical, Industrial, and Trade Education, by Dr. 
 
 J. Yeats, comprising the Raw Materials of Commerce, Skilled 
 
 Labour applied to Production, Growth of Trade, and Modern 
 
 Commerce. Crown 8vo. 5/- each. (Virtue &. Co.) 
 Serial Classifications of Trade Products, by M. Bernardin, Curator 
 
 (Conservateur) of the Industrial and Commercial Museum of 
 
 the Maison de Melle, Lez-Gand, Belgique. 
 
 Scientific Information. 
 
 N.B. Are here included Scientific Works likely to supply either 
 direct Technical Information concerning Industrial Processes, or 
 Preparatory Information suited for the Introductory Portions of 
 the various Handbooks and Manuals. Some of the works are 
 repeated from Lists 3, 4, 5 and 6, to which reference may be made 
 for further additions. 
 
 A Handbook of Natural Philosophy, by D. Lardner. 5 vols. 8vo. 
 
 5/- each vol. (Lockwood.) 
 Elements of Natural Philosophy, by C. Brooke. 8vo. 12/6 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 An Elementary Treatise on Physics, by Prof. Ganot; edited by 
 
 Atkinson. Post 8vo. 15/- (Longmans.) 
 An Elementary Treatise on Natural Philosophy, by A. P. Deschanel; 
 
 edited by J. D. Everett. 4 parts. 8vo. /6 each part. 
 
 (Blackie & Sons.) 
 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, by Richard Wormell. Foolscap 
 
 8vo. 4/ (Groombridge & Sons.) 
 
SECT. 6.] LIST 9. 247 
 
 Elements of Mechanism, by T. M. Goodeve. Small 8vo. 3/6 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Elementary Introduction to Practical Mechanics, by John Twisden. 
 
 Cr. 8vo. 10/6 (Longmans.) 
 A Manual of Applied Mechanics, by Eankine. Post 8vo. 12/6 
 
 (Griffin.) 
 
 Machinery and Millwork, by Eankine. 12/6 (Griffin.) 
 Practical Hydraulics, by Thos. Box. Post 8vo. 5/- (Spon.) 
 
 Artificial Lighting. (Orr's Circle of the Sciences.) 
 
 Chemistry of Artificial Light, by Scoffern. 12mo. 1/6 (Griffin.) 
 
 Chemistry of Light, Heat, &c., by Scoffern. 12mo. 3/- 
 
 (Griffin.) 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Heat, by T. Box. Cr. 8vo. 8/6 
 Ventilation, Warming, &c., by D. B. Eeid. (Longmans.) 
 
 The Elements of Chemistry, by Prof. Graham. 2 vols. 40/ 
 
 (Bailliere.) 
 Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, by C. L. Bloxam. 8vo. 16/- 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 
 Chemistry, by Brande & Taylor. 12/6 (Hardwicke.) 
 A Dictionary of Chemistry and the Allied Branches of other 
 
 Sciences. Edited by Henry Watts. 5 vols. 7 3*. Supple- 
 ments to ditto, 1 11s. 6d. each. 
 A Cyclopaedia of Chemistry, including the Applications of the 
 
 Science to the Arts, by E. Thompson. (Griffin.) 
 Chemistry applied to Arts and Manufactures, by Dr. Muspratt. 
 
 2 vols. 8vo. 67/- (Mackenzie.) 
 Chemical Technology, by Knapp, Eonald, and Eichardson. 
 
 1 16s. 
 A Commercial Handbook of Chemical Analysis, by A. Normandy. 
 
 Edited by H. M. Noad. (Lockwood.) 
 A Supplement to the Pharmacopoeia, by Th. Eedwood. 22/- 
 
 (Longmaiis.) 
 Precis de Chimie Industrielle a 1'usage des Ecoles Industrielles, 
 
 des Fabricants et des Agriculteurs ; par A. Payen. 2 vols. 
 
 (Paris, 1851.) 
 Traite de Chimie Generale, contenant les Applications a 1'Industrie, 
 
 a 1' Agriculture, &c. ; par Pelouze et Fremy. 
 Traite de Chimie appliquee aux Arts et Manufactures ; par 
 
 Dumas. 
 
248 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, ETC. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Traite de Chimie Technique appliquee aux Arts et a 1'Industrie, 
 
 a la Pharmacie et a 1' Agriculture ; par Barruel. 3 vols. 
 Inorganic Chemistry, being Part II. of the Elements of Chemistry, 
 
 by W. A. Miller. 8vo. 2 1/- (Longmans.) 
 Useful Metals and their Alloys, by Dr. Ure. 7/6 (Houlston.) 
 Elements of Metallurgy, by J. A. Phillips. 12/- (Griffin.) 
 A Practical Treatise on Metallurgy, by Kerl, adapted by W. Crookes 
 
 and E. Eohrig. 3 vols. 4 19s. (Longmans.) 
 Metallurgy, by J. Percy. 5 vols. 8vo. (Murray.) 
 The Metallurgy of Iron, by H. Bauermann. 4/6 
 Electro - Metallurgy, by A. Watt, Weale's Series. 12mo. 2/- 
 
 (Lockwood.) 
 Galvano - Plastic Manipulations, by A. Eoseleur. 8vo. 30/- 
 
 (Philadelphia.) 
 Organic Chemistry, by Hy. Armstrong. 8vo. 3/6 (Longmans' 
 
 Text Books of Science.) 
 Organic Chemistry, being Part III. of the Elements of Chemistry, 
 
 by W. A. Miller. 8vo. 24/- (Longmans.) 
 Cantor Lectures on Fermentation, by A. W. Williamson. 1870. 
 
 (Society of Arts.) 
 The Chemistry of Food and Diet, by Bronner and Scoffern. 12mo. 
 
 1/6 (Griffin.) 
 
 Applications of Geology to Arts and Manufactures, by D. T. Ansted. 
 
 12mo. 4/- (Allen.) 
 
 The Vegetable Kingdom, by K. Hogg. 8vo. 7/6 (Kent.) 
 Systematic and Economic Botany, by J. H. Balfour. Post 8vo. 
 
 2/6 (Collins* Advanced Science Series.) 
 Medical and Economic Botany, by John Lindley. 12mo. 5/- 
 
 (Bradbury & Evans.) 
 
 Profitable Plants, by T. C. Archer. 8vo. 5/- (Routledge.) 
 A Cyclopaidia of Agriculture. Edited by J. C. Morton. 2 vols. 
 
 Large 8vo. 3 15s. (Blackie & Sons.) 
 Guide to the Collection of Animal Products at the East London 
 
 Museum. Id. (S. K. M.) 
 
 Technology. 
 
 The INDUSTRIAL LIBRARY, a series of cheap Trade Manuals, from 
 
 I/- to 2/6 each. (Houlston & Sons.) 
 Manuals analogous to the foregoing published by H. Elliott, New 
 
 Oxford Street. 
 
SECT. 6.] LIST 9. 249 
 
 ENCYCLOP^DIE RORET, a comprehensive Series of Illustrated Trade 
 Manuals, specially prepared by a Committee of Savants, and 
 published at Eoret's Library, Rue Hautefeuille, No. 12 Paris, 
 and to be had at Uachette's, King William Street, London. 
 
 N.B. The order of the following Books is conformable to that of 
 the Trades' Analyses in the next Chapter, of which the explana- 
 tion is given at p. 269. 
 
 A Manual of Dyeing, by James Napier. 7/6. 
 
 A Handbook of Dyeing and Calico Printing, by Wm. Crookes. 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Manual of Colours and Dye Wares, by Slater. Post 8vo. 7/6 
 
 (Lockwood.) 
 
 Aniline and its Derivatives, by M. Reimann. 10/6. (Longmans.) 
 Complete Art of Brewing, by D. Booth. 8vo. I/- S. D. U. K. 
 
 (Simpkin.) 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Brewing, by W. Black. 10/6 (Longmans.) 
 Breweries and Malrings. Construction and Machinery, by G. 
 
 Scamell. Royal 8vo. 15/- (Fullarton.) 
 On the Manufacture of Beet Root Sugar, by Wm. Crookes. 8vo. 
 
 8/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 Works on Building, by Dobson. Weale's Series (Virtue.) 
 Practical Rules for the Builder and Young Student, by G. Pyne. 
 
 4to. 7/6 (Lockwood.) 
 
 Science of Building, by Tarn. 8vo. 8/6 (Lockwood.) 
 Examples of Building Construction, by Hy. Laxton. 4 parts. 
 
 each 50/-. 
 
 Limes, Cements, &c., by G. R. Burnell. 12mo. 1/6 (Virtue.) 
 Building Construction, including Stone, Brick, Slate, Timber and 
 
 Iron-work. Junior and Advanced Handbooks, by R. S. Burn. 
 
 8vo. 2/- and 2/6 (Collins.) 
 
 Brick and Tile-making. 12mo. 3/- Weale's Series. (Virtue.) 
 Masonry and Stone Cutting. 12mo. 2/6- Weale's Series. (Virtue.) 
 Various Works on the Application of Art to the Trades of Con- 
 struction, by Ellis A. Davidson. (Cassells.) 
 Brief Chapters on British Carpentry, by Thos. Morris. 8vo. 6/6 
 
 (Simpkin.) 
 Carpentry and Joinery, by Robinson and Tredgold. Weale's Series. 
 
 12mo. 1/6. Plates to do. 4to. 4/6 (Lockwood.) 
 Elementary Principles of Carpentry, by T. Tredgold ; revised by 
 
 J. T. Hurst. Post 8vo. 18/- (Spon.) 
 The Elementary Principles of Carpentry, by T. Tredgold ; edited 
 
 by P. Barlow. One large vol. 4to. 2 2s. (Lockwood.) 
 
250 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, ETC. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 The Carpenter and Joiner's Assistant, by James Newlands. 4to. 
 
 3. (Blackie & Son.) 
 
 The Carpenter, Joiner, &c., by J. Riddle. Folio. 45/- (Simpkin.) 
 Supplement to do. 22/- (Simpkin.) 
 A Manual of Carpentry and Joinery, by S. T. Aveling. 12mo. 
 
 2/6 (Warne.) 
 The Cabinet-maker's Design Book, by King. 4 to. 21/- 
 
 (Bohn.) 
 
 Practices of Hand-turning, by Campin. Cr. 8vo. 6/- 
 Lathes and Turning, by Nor thcott. 8vo. 18/ (Longmans.) 
 Patterns for Turning, by H. W. Elphiustone. 4to. 15/- 
 
 (Murray.) 
 Turning and Mechanical Manipulation, by Holtzapfell. 3 vols. 
 
 8vo. 50/- 
 
 Geometric Turning, by H. S. Savory. 8vo. 2 1/- (Longmans.) 
 A Practical Guide to House Decorating, by W. Sutherland. 12mo. 
 
 2/6 (Heywood.) 
 
 The Grainer and Decorator. (Brodie & Middleton.) 
 Sign Writing and Glass Embossing, by Jas. Callingham. Post 
 
 8vo. 5/ (Simpkin.) 
 
 Textile Fabrics, by Dr. Rock. 8vo. 31/6 (Chapman & Hall.) 
 The Cotton Manufacturer's Assistant, by E. D. Foley. 12mo. 1/6 
 
 (Heywood.) 
 The Embroiderer's Book of Design, by F. De la Motte. Ob. 8vo. 
 
 2/6 (Lockwood.) 
 An Encyclopaedia of Domestic Economy, by Webster and Parkes. 
 
 31/6 (Longmans.) 
 The Economical Housekeeper, by J. H. Walsh. 12 mo. 15/- 
 
 (Routledge.) 
 
 Domestic Economy, by M. Donovan. 2 vols. 12mo. 7/ (Longmans.) 
 On Food. I/- 18mo. (Cassells.) 
 Common Salt. 1/6 (S. P. C. K.) 
 Eudimentary Treatise on Coal and Coal Mining, by W. W. Smyth. 
 
 12 mo. 4/6 (Lockwood.) 
 Gas Works, by Hughes. 3/- Weale's Series. 
 Moulder's and Founder's Pocket Guide, by Overman. 4/6 
 Modern Workshop Practice, by Winton. 3/- (Lockwood.) 
 The Operative Mechanic, by Nicholson. 8vo. 10/6 (Bohn.) 
 Works for Engineers, Assistants and Mechanics, by Templeton. 
 Illustrated Handbook of Machinery and Ironwork, by Appleby. 
 
 8vo. 12/6 (Spon.) 
 Cyclopaedia of Machine and Hand Tools, by Rankine. In 25 parts, 
 
 each 2/ (Mackenzie.) 
 
SECT. 6.] LIST 9. 251 
 
 Treatise on Mills and Millwork, by Sir Win. Fairbairn. 2 vols. 
 
 1 12s. 
 
 The Miller, Millwright and Engineer, by Pallett. 12/- 
 The Engineer's Guide Book, by Ainsley. Demy 8vo. 6/- (Philip.) 
 The Engineer's Handbook, explaining the Principles which should 
 
 guide the young Engineer in the Construction of Machinery, 
 
 by C. S. Lowndes. 5/- (Longmans.) 
 The Engineer and Machinist's Assistant. 2 vols. Imperial quarto. 
 
 4 4s. (Blackie & Son.) 
 Useful Information for Engineers, by Sir Win. Fairbairn. 3 vols. 
 
 Cr. 8vo. 31/6 (Longmans.) 
 A Practical Treatise on Mechanical Engineering, by Campin. 8vo. 
 
 12/- (Lockwood.) 
 The Mechanician and Constructor for Engineers, by Cameron 
 
 Knight. 52/6 
 
 Theory of the Steam Engine, by De Pambour. 12/- 
 The Steam Engine, by Dr. Lardner. (Weale's Series.) (Strahan.) 
 A Treatise on the Steam Engine, by J. Bourne. 2 2s. (Long- 
 mans.) 
 Manual of the Steam Engine and other Prime Movers, by Eankine. 
 
 Post 8vo. 12/6 (Griffin.) 
 
 The Engine Room, by Ainsley. 12mo. 3/6 (Philip.) 
 The Marine Steam Engine, by T. J. Main and T. Brown. 12/6 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 The High Pressure Steam Engine, by E. Alban ; edited by Dr. 
 
 Pole. 8vo. 16/6 (Lockwood.) 
 The Locomotive Engine, by De Pambour. 18/- 
 Ilistory and Progress of the Telegraph, by E. Sabine. Weale's 
 
 Series. 12mo. 3/- (Lockwood.) 
 Handbook of the Telegraph, by E. Bond. Weale's Series. 12mo. 
 
 1/6 (Lockwood.) 
 A Handbook of Practical Telegraphy, by E. S. Culley. 8vo. 16/- 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Optics, Theoretical and Practical, by E. Nugent. Post 8vo. 5/- 
 
 (Strahan.) 
 Photographic Optics, by Van Monckhoven. Cr. 8vo. 7/6 (Hard- 
 
 wicke.) 
 Principles and Practice of Photography, by J. Hughes. 12mo. l/- 
 
 (Simpkin.) 
 
 A Manual of Photographic Chemistry, by T. F. Hardwick. Fools- 
 cap 8vo. 7/6 (Churchills.) 
 Private Book of Useful Alloys for Goldsmiths, by J. E. Collins. 
 
 16mo. 3/6 (Hotten.) 
 
252 TECHNICAL TEXT BOOKS, ETC. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 [LIST 10.] 
 EXAMPLES OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 OP VARIOUS KINDS AVAILABLE FOR LECTURES ON SCIEN- 
 TIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL SUBJECTS, OR WHICH MAY 
 SERVE TO SUGGEST THE PRODUCTION OF APPROPRIATE 
 SERIES.(1) 
 
 Diagrams, fyc. 
 
 Diagrams of the Working Men's Educational Union (28 Pater- 
 noster Kow, E.G.). They are of large dimensions, and 
 coarsely but effectively printed on calico, and grouped in sets 
 including the following : 
 
 s. d. 
 
 The Mechanical Powers . . 3 diagrams, per set 090 
 The Steam Engine .... 9 do. do. 170 
 
 Geology 15 do. do. 250 
 
 Coal Mining 10 do. do. 1 10 
 
 Physiology in relation to 
 
 Health 10 do. do. 1 10 
 
 The Human Eye and 
 
 Telescope 6 do. do. 18 
 
 Physiology of the Foot ..5 do. do. 15 
 
 Diagrams of various sizes illustrating the several branches of 
 Science. Published by Eeynolds, 174 Strand. The execution 
 is good, and many of the larger ones, sold at 5/- and 10/ each, 
 are available for Technical Training. 
 
 Diagrams of Machinery, somewhat similar to those of the foregoing 
 publisher, are issued at Paris under official authority, and may 
 be had of Hachette, King William Street, Strand, who also 
 supplies various sheets of Trade Illustrations for Primaiy 
 Instruction. 
 
 The Edinburgh and London firms of Keith Johnston & Co., and 
 Chambers & Co., publish well-executed Diagrams in Physio- 
 logy, and Science generally. Many objects being mostly 
 united on one sheet, these diagrams are better adapted for 
 Class teaching than for Lecture purposes. 
 
 (1) The chief motive for placing here the present List instead of in- 
 serting it at the end of Sect. 5 is that it includes materials for facilitating 
 Technical as well as Scientific Instruction. 
 
SECT. 6.J LIST 10. 253 
 
 Day's Physiological Diagrams, life size, in illustration of Marshall's 
 Physiological Work, occupy the first rank in productions of 
 this kind. Price for the series of eleven sheets, mounted on 
 rollers and varnished, 11 11s. 
 
 Among the Educational Diagrams published under the authority 
 of the Science and Art Department by Messrs. Chapman & Hall, 
 those most deserving of notice in connection with the proposed 
 System of popular Instruction, are perhaps Henslow's Botanical 
 and Patterson's Zoological Illustrations. (1) 
 
 Among the Illustrations published by the Society for Promoting 
 Christian Knowledge, Great Queen Street, London, may be 
 mentioned those of Structural Botany, Poisonous Plants, and 
 Useful Animals. 
 
 Barfoot & Co., 295 Strand, successors to Darton & Hodge, publish 
 a variety of cheap Diagrams for Primary Schools, many of 
 which illustrate Economic and Industrial Subjects. 
 
 Among the publications by Messrs. Groombridge and Sons, Pater- 
 noster Kow, are Tegetmeier's Diagrams and Tablets for Schools. 
 
 Among the Educational Repositories well deserving of a visit may 
 be mentioned that of A. N. Myers, 15 Earners Street, Oxford 
 Street, which is rendered particularly interesting by an influx 
 of educational prints, models, &c., from various parts of the 
 Continent, and especially from Germany. 
 
 A series of 20 Wall sheets illustrating Natural History, with 
 specimens, by A. Boucard. (Murby.) 
 
 The Abbe Moigno, well known for his exertions in furtherance of 
 Popular Instruction, has used with advantage the Magic 
 Lantern with its latest improvements. A comprehensive 
 Catalogue of Slides, prepared for the purpose and sold by 
 MM. Molteni, 44 rue du Chateau d'Eau, Paris, may be con- 
 sulted at the Twickenham Economic Museum.C 2 ) Here also may 
 be inspected examples of the prints prepared by M. Charles 
 Buls, the enlightened Secretary of the Belgian Educational 
 League, and which are distributed freely to the audiences at 
 his Lectures on Decorative Art as an appropriate means of 
 ensuring lasting impressions. 
 
 (1) A series of Botanical Illustrations by Prof. Oliver has just been 
 brought out by the same Publishers. 
 
 (2) Photographic and other Educational Slides are also extensively pre- 
 pared by Messrs. Childe and Doubell, Wholesale Manufacturers, 3 Edith 
 Grove, West Brompton, S.W. 
 
254 APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Apparatus and Chemicals. 
 
 It may be convenient to the organizers of Provincial Institutes 
 to have the following addresses of Firms mostly known to me 
 through satisfactory personal experience, and whose Catalogues may 
 be obtained by Post. 
 
 Elliott Brothers, Mathematical Instrument Makers, 449 West Strand. 
 
 Negretti and Zambra, Holborn Viaduct, E.G., New Encyclopaedic 
 Catalogue of Philosophic Apparatus with 1100 Engravings. 
 Koyal 8vo. 5/6. 
 
 J. J. Griffin and Sons, Chemical and Philosophical Instrument 
 Makers, 22 Garrick.St., W.C. Beside special Catalogues, this 
 Firm publishes Illustrated Volumes on " Scientific Handicraft." 
 
 M. Jackson, 65 Barbican, E.G. Manufacturer and Importer of 
 Scientific Apparatus and Chemicals. Among the Catalogues 
 of this Firm, is one describing 38 distinct sets of cheap educa- 
 tional Apparatus, mostly chemical. 
 
 Townson and Mercer, late Jackson and Townson, Wholesale and 
 Export Dealers in Scientific Apparatus and Chemicals. Labora- 
 tory, 89 Bishopsgate St. E.G. 
 
 Poths, Haas, and Semple, 23 Bevis Marks, St. Mary Axe, E.G. 
 Importers of Chemical Appliances, &c. 
 
 Hopkin and Williams, 16 Cross St., Hatton Garden, E.G. Manu- 
 facturers of Chemicals of every description, including ihe 
 most recent products. 
 
 Henry Barnes, 38 Long Acre, W.C., and Messrs. Skilbeck Brothers, 
 202 Upper Thames St., E.G. Supply all Chemicals connected 
 with the Dyeing Trade. 
 
 0. W. Noble, 13 James Street, Covent Garden, W.C. Varnish 
 and Colour Manufacturer, dealer in all varieties of Gums and 
 Resins. 
 
 James R. Gregory, Mineralogist and Geologist, 15 Russell St., 
 Covent Garden, W.C. Supplies Educational sets. 
 
 Mottershead and Co., 1 Market Place, and St. Mary's Gate, Man- 
 chester. Chemical Laboratory Furnishers. 
 
 James Woolley, Sons, and Co., 69 Market St., Manchester. 
 Chemical Laboratory Furnishers. 
 
 [The above two Firms deliver all orders exceeding 2 
 free to any Railway Si at ion in England.] 
 
 A Catalogue of Apparatus for Instruction in Geology, Physiology, 
 &c., has been issued under the authority of the Science De- 
 pal tment, by Messrs. Chapman & Hall. 
 
 Various devices for the production of cheap but serviceable 
 home-made Apparatus for Scientific Lectures may bo inspected 
 at the Twickenham Economic Museum. 
 
SECT. 7.] THE EXAMINATIONS. 255 
 
 SECTION 7.-THE EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 Before proceeding to consider the essential features 
 of the proposed System of Technical Examinations, let 
 us dispose of one or two questions which stand in the 
 way. 
 
 Mention has been made of an impression which for- 
 merly prevailed as to the difficulty of testing that 
 manual dexterity, and those practical abilities, which 
 constitute so important a portion of an Artisan's in- 
 dustrial worth. Now independently of the answer 
 afforded by the Society of Arts' special examinations in 
 Art Workmanship, by the competitions for the Whit- 
 worth Scholarships, and by the trials of skill recently 
 organized by the City Companies of Turners and 
 Paper Stainers, the number of Handicrafts to which a 
 combination of intellectual and manual Examinations 
 may be applied, is shown to be very comprehensive by 
 the experience of the old German Guilds, adverted to in 
 my " Letters on Nassau." Yet even they had seldom 
 at their disposal any facilities comparable to those 
 proposed to be afforded by the Ateliers of the Central 
 Technical University, and of the affiliated Provincial 
 Universities. Nevertheless there are undoubtedly 
 many Industrial Employments in which the skill of 
 the Workman can only be manifested amid the re- 
 sources of a regular Factory ; but here an expedient 
 suggests itself, of which the eligibility is guaranteed by 
 its having been adopted in Major Donnelly's scheme of 
 
256 TEE EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Technical Examinations, now being applied by the 
 Society of Arts to the Industries represented at the 
 International Exhibitions. It consists in requiring 
 the Artisan to produce a Certificate of efficiency signed 
 by his Employers/ 1 ) 
 
 A much more serious obstacle is the difficulty which 
 a considerable proportion of the Industrial Population 
 experience in expressing even ordinary thoughts and 
 incidents in writing ; so that it would in many cases be 
 hopeless to expect them to convey to paper in the time 
 and under the restrictions of an Examination, a legible, 
 intelligible and not altogether uncouth exposition of 
 their knowledge. This difficulty which will not be 
 satisfactorily overcome till Primary Education connects 
 mental training with the management of the pen, varies 
 according to circumstances independent of scientific or 
 technical attainments, of which it often falsifies the 
 appreciation, and I fear that among the lower range of 
 Candidates, it will in numerous instances prove so 
 serious, that recourse must, at all events for some years 
 to come, be had at the discretion of the Examiners, to 
 oral instead of written tests. This is one of those 
 points on which the proposed Scheme must for a time 
 be worked tentatively, before it can settle into a definite 
 groove. 
 
 The deficiency of educational culture which in 
 extreme cases will altogether preclude the idea of 
 demanding from Working Class Candidates written 
 expositions of their knowledge, would in far more 
 numerous instances, engender diffidence and disinclina- 
 tion to enter the lists, or raise perplexity and confusion 
 in the way of their success, if they could not be afforded 
 
 (1) See the Programme of Technological Examinations issued by the 
 Society of Arts. 
 
SECT. 6.] THE EXAMINATIONS. 257 
 
 from the beginning of their studies, a clear perception 
 of what their Examinations are to be. That this may 
 be done both safely and effectively by the " open-handed 
 Method" described in the preceding Chapter, and 
 which is equally applicable to Competential and to 
 Competitive Examinations, has I believe been sufficiently 
 established ; nor do I indeed see any other means likely 
 to be found so satisfactory for securing, if not in the 
 Superior, at all events in the Minor and Major Examina- 
 tions of the proposed System, that uniformity and per- 
 manency of standards without which its verdicts would 
 be fallacious, and its Certificates would soon fall to 
 the ground. Assuming then the adoption of the 
 method in question, and recapitulating in connection 
 with it the measures concerning Curricula, Text 
 Books, and the like, proposed to be carried out by 
 the Board of Instruction of. the Central Technical 
 University, we see that Board entrusted with a line 
 of operations which may be summarised as follows : 
 
 a. To prepare in detail a thoroughly well-considered 
 plan, or CURRICULUM, of the Course of Studies to be 
 prescribed for each Description and Grade of Students/ 1 ) 
 
 b. To supervise the preparation by competent 
 Authors and Artists, and the publication with appro- 
 priate Illustrations at, or in some cases under cost price, 
 of the Text Books which have been described as neces- 
 sary for imparting the scientific, technical, or other 
 attainments included in the Curricula; such publica- 
 tions to be conspicuous for unity of purpose and mutual 
 adaptation, and at the same time to be in every respect 
 suited to the prevailing educational status of the 
 
 (1) Suggestive indications for facilitating this task will be found in the 
 next Chapter. 
 
 S 
 
258 THE EXAMINATIONS. [CHAP. IV. 
 
 Students for whom they are designed, as well as to the 
 convenience of the respective Professors. 
 
 c. To arrange for periodical revisions of the Cur- 
 ricula and Text Books, the latter receiving any re- 
 quired Supplements, and being re-edited from time to 
 time, say every three years. 
 
 d. Besides the General Programme or Synopsis of 
 Examinations in the yearly Calendar, to publish a 
 Special Programme for each Examination or group of 
 Examinations, giving in detail the CURRICULUM or 
 SYLLABUS of the knowledge required, with indications 
 of the Text Books and other facilities available, and 
 moreover including a QUESTIONARY, or full enumeration 
 of the Questions liable to be asked. 
 
 e. The preparation of the Questionaries, and their 
 use by the Examiners, to be mutatis mutandis, as de- 
 scribed in Chapter III., Section 5. 
 
 /. It is desirable to carry out to the fullest extent in 
 a spirit of courtesy towards Students of every Degree, 
 the practice of publishing freely, and without any un- 
 necessary delay, the number of Marks obtained in each 
 Subject by every successful Candidate, and of supplying 
 similar data to unsuccessful Candidates if desired. 
 
 The subject of MATRICULATION EXAMINATIONS to 
 precede the admission of Artisans as regular Students 
 at the Central or Provincial Technical Universities, is 
 one of those which must be dealt with tentatively, and 
 according to circumstances. 
 
 The Time required for the Examinations of various 
 kinds and degrees may, like many other points of prac- 
 tical detail, be left for the present an open question. It 
 would however be probably not far from the mark to 
 
SECT. 6.1 THE EXAMINATIONS. 259 
 
 assume, firstly, that as at the London University, each 
 Examination Day will have two sittings of three hours 
 each, say from 10 to 1, and from 3 to 6 ; secondly, 
 that Subject Examinations will mostly involve only 
 two sittings; thirdly, that Minor Trade Examinations 
 will probably occupy on an average three to four 
 sittings, and corresponding Major Examinations six to 
 . ten sittings ; fourthly, that Tests of Manual Skill must 
 be reckoned apart from these computations/ 1 ) 
 
 It would be premature to attempt determining to 
 what extent Minor Examinations may be held by 
 delegation at District Colleges, and Major and Superior 
 ones similarly at Provincial or Colonial Universities, or 
 on the other hand how far the system of centralization 
 adopted by the Society of Arts and at South Ken- 
 sington, may be found applicable. One thing how- 
 ever will be essential in all Examinations held by or 
 under the authority of the Central Technical Univer- 
 sity, namely, that concerted action should everywhere 
 prevail, and that in all matters relating to the Valua- 
 tion of Attainments, and Awarding of Certificates, the 
 Examiners themselves should heartily co-operate in 
 establishing and maintaining DEFINITENESS OF PRINCIPLE, 
 
 and UNIFORMITY OF STANDARDS. 
 
 (1) The more advanced Students are, the more comprehensive will be 
 their knowledge of each Subject ; but in order to prevent too much time 
 being taken up with Major Examinations, two measures may be resorted 
 to : The one already mentioned consists in the use of Blank or Skeleton 
 Forms for being filled up, a plan which, in passing, I may suggest to be 
 susceptible of useful adoption in ordinary Chemical, Botanical, and other 
 Examinations ; the other is to increase the number of Questions in each 
 Subject given in the Questionary, without increasing the number asked 
 at the Examination, and thus proportionately to diminish the range of 
 knowledge embraced by each Question. Moreover it must be remembered 
 that Major Candidates need not be examined again in a Subject in which 
 their Minor Certificate shows that they have already satisfactorily passed. 
 
 s 2 
 
( 260 ) 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 ANALYSES OF TYPICAL OCCUPATIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1.HNTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 
 
 THOSE Industrial Pursuits which enjoy or deserve the 
 benefit of special educational Institutions, and which it 
 has been agreed to designate collectively as Category 
 A, have been sufficiently adverted to in Chapter L, 
 Sect. 7, and we may now proceed at once to devote 
 our attention to the less favoured Categories which 
 come more immediately within the scope of the pro- 
 posed University ; namely : 
 
 Category B. Normal Pursuits deserving regular 
 complex Curricula, Composite Examinations, and Cor- 
 responding Certificates which being delivered for pro- 
 ficiency in a given Trade or Industry will be called 
 TRADE CERTIFICATES (p. 42). 
 
 Category C. Abnormal pursuits not deserving regu- 
 lar Curricula, but for the benefit of which the study of 
 Detached Subjects will be recommended, and SUBJECT 
 CERTIFICATES will be awarded (p. 42). 
 
 It will suit our purpose to take first the latter Cate- 
 gory, for which a few remarks will suffice ; but before 
 attempting to deal with either, let us take note of a 
 few considerations which apply to both. 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 261 
 
 Preliminary Attainments. 
 
 Under this title are included Beading, Writing, and 
 Arithmetic, which will not be mentioned either in the 
 sketches of Trades Curricula, or among the Detached 
 Subjects recommended for distinct study, inasmuch as 
 they can be sufficiently compassed by the following 
 general rules: 
 
 Istly. Even Minor Candidates will ultimately be ex- 
 pected to be able to read well enough for improving 
 from books what they learn through oral teaching, and 
 to write well enough for undergoing an Examination 
 in the ordinary way. In the meantime, some allowance 
 may (as mentioned in the preceding Chapter) be neces- 
 sary for meeting existing ignorance ; but nothing had 
 better be determined till necessity occurs, in order that 
 full advantage may be derived from the rapid improve- 
 ment that may be expected from the working of the 
 Education Act. 
 
 2ndly. Major Candidates may without exception be 
 expected not only to read perfectly well for purposes 
 of study, and to write sufficiently well for purposes of 
 Examination, but also to understand Arithmetic suffi- 
 ciently for the keeping of such accounts as their re- 
 spective Trades may require. 
 
 Srdly. Candidates at Superior Examinations will be 
 expected not merely to write a fair hand, but to add 
 a certain refinement of style to grammatical accuracy 
 in the expression of their ideas. The knowledge of 
 Arithmetic and Book-keeping which they should pos- 
 sess, will depend on the nature of the position to which 
 they aspire. 
 
 4thly. Under " Preliminary Attainments " are not 
 
262 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 included the higher or more technical kinds of Com- 
 mercial and Financial Accounts, respecting which due 
 provision will be made. 
 
 Studies for Subject Certificates. 
 
 The imparting of Instruction, the holding of Ex- 
 aminations, and the awarding of Prizes in DETACHED 
 SUBJECTS to Students of CATEGORY C, will constitute 
 only a secondary and auxiliary department of the ope- 
 rations of the proposed System, and one of which the 
 development must to a considerable extent be guided 
 by circumstances. The working details should however 
 be devised, as much as possible, in conformity with 
 those adopted in respect of Category B Students, and 
 at the same time attention should be paid to the fol- 
 lowing considerations : 
 
 Istly. Detached Subjects should not be taken up at 
 the commencement of operations, unless they either are 
 of sufficient importance to warrant the expectation of a. 
 large concourse of Candidates, or form part of Courses 
 of Instruction subserving other purposes at the same 
 time. As regards the latter point, everything will be 
 done both in the arrangement of the Text Books, and 
 in the organization of the classes, for enabling Students 
 whose Pursuits are ultimately divergent, to learn to- 
 gether what they want in common. 
 
 2ndly. So great is the importance of inducing the 
 industrial classes to establish their Knowledge, what- 
 ever it may be, on a broad and sound scientific basis, 
 that it will be advisable to require that every Candidate 
 for a Subject Examination, should first pass an Exami- 
 nation inv the Standard Course of General Scientific 
 Foundation, unless he can show by the possession of a 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 263 
 
 Trade Certificate or otherwise, that he has already 
 passed one/ 1 ) By this precaution if the Student takes 
 up only one Subject, it will not be too isolated in his 
 mind, and if he takes up two or more Subjects, there 
 will always be a common basis to connect as well as 
 support them. It will probably be convenient to have 
 Major and Minor Subject Examinations, and only to 
 require of Minor Candidates that they should possess 
 a Grade 1 of General Scientific Foundation, whilst a 
 Major Candidate will be required to possess a Grade 2, 
 either of the whole, or at all events of the first 
 Division. 
 
 The following are a few examples selected to illus- 
 trate the sort of easy SUBJECTS for which it may be 
 expedient to offer Minor Certificates/ 2 ) As a general 
 rule, if a given Subject cannot well be understood 
 without the previous knowledge of some other one, 
 that Preparatory Subject must be taken first, in addi- 
 tion to the indispensable Grade 1 of G. S. F.( 8 ) 
 
 a. Grade 2 of Chemistry, or of any other department of the 
 Elementary Division of the Standard Course, suited for being useful 
 by itself, or for serving as preparation to any of the subjects indi- 
 cated under the following headings : 
 
 b. A Subject, Group of Subjects or Department, selected from the 
 
 (1) The rule of an obligatory General Scientific Foundation, which will 
 be seen to prevail equally in reference to Category B Students, is on a 
 small scale a measure analogous to that which has been adopted with 
 such good results by the London University, in instituting its Matricula- 
 tion Examination. 
 
 (2) It must always be remembered that the selection is to be strictly 
 governed by the nature of the calling in view, or to quote the advice 
 given by the Bishop of Exeter in distributing prizes to the Evening 
 Classes at Bristol on Oct. 3, 1872, the Students should "choose some 
 " study which in some way or other would be bound up with their own 
 " occupation, and that they would constantly come across in the work 
 " they had to do." 
 
 (3) These initials will be frequently used for convenience sake in lieu of 
 the lengthy expression " General Scientific Foundation." 
 
264 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Applied Division of Grade 2 of the Standard Course. The general 
 rule given above, will frequently apply to subjects of this descrip- 
 tion. Thus for example, any Department of an essentially 
 chemical character, must be preceded by a Grade 2 of Inorganic or 
 Organic Chemistry, or of both. 
 
 c. A portion selected either from the Junior or from the Advanced 
 Cyclopaedia, and embracing the history of a single material (say 
 SILK), or the account of some Technical Process, useful to many, 
 though not of sufficient magnitude to constitute a trade by itself. 
 The above rule respecting Introductory or Preparatory Subjects, 
 must not be forgotten ; many subjects will succeed best if preceded 
 by a double introduction, supplied by b as well as a. 
 
 d. MECHANISM, as taught by some popular Work suited to serve 
 as Text Book.(l) This Subject and others of an analogous kind, 
 should be preceded by Grade 2 of the part of Mechanical Physics 
 relating to the Mechanical Powers. 
 
 e. CHROMATICS, as defined in the previous Chapter, Sections 
 2 and 4. To be preceded by Grade 2 of the part of Chemical 
 Physics relating to Light. 
 
 /. METALLURGY. To be preceded by Grade 2 of Inorganic 
 Chemistry, of which it must adopt the level.(2) 
 
 g. COMMERCIAL ARITHMETIC AND BOOK-KEEPING. 
 
 h. Grade 2 of MENSURATION, as explained in Section 4 of the 
 preceding Chapter, taking as Text Book Todhunter's * Mensuration 
 for Beginners.' 
 
 i. An analogous Grade of either Geometry, Algebra, or Trigo- 
 nometry, taking as Text Books appropriate portions of the re- 
 spective Handbooks " for Beginners," by Todhunter. 
 
 Most of the foregoing Subjects may be rendered 
 suitable for Major Students, by simply raising the 
 Foundation and all additional knowledge of a pre- 
 paratory character, one Grade, and taking the Technical 
 knowledge from the " Advanced," instead of from the 
 " Junior Cyclopaedia." 
 
 Many other Subjects will suggest themselves, either 
 
 (1) The small book by Thomas Tate, entitled the ' Elements of 
 Mechanism/ appears to be suitable for a Minor Candidate, whilst a Major 
 Candidate would take the work of the same title by T. M. Goodeve, M.A. 
 
 (2) Candidates for higher Grades would be referred to the School of 
 Mines. 
 
SECT. l.J INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 265 
 
 through analogy or through the existence of publi- 
 cations suited for being adopted as Text Books. To 
 find such Books will be difficult in the Minor, but much 
 easier in the Major Standard, which will correspond 
 to an ordinary level of educational Works, Applying 
 to the most appropriate among these, the proposed 
 system of Examinations, under due precautions against 
 hollow or unsupported knowledge, the field of opera- 
 tions may if deemed desirable, be considerably extended. 
 
 THE ARTS OF DESIGN, besides being included to a 
 limited extent in the majority of Trade Examinations, 
 will receive every encouragement as Detached Subjects, 
 but always as much as possible in connection with the 
 South Kensington System. 
 
 Music may perhaps be best promoted by fostering 
 a kind of autonomic development of its own. 
 
 Studies for Trade Certificates. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that Composite Examina- 
 tions of three degrees, with corresponding Certificates 
 of Competency, are contemplated for Trades and Occu- 
 pations of Category B, viz. : 
 
 A MINOR EXAMINATION, which the young Artisan, 
 say emerging from his Apprenticeship, should pass 
 in order to obtain a Certificate of Competency for a 
 Journeymanship, or MINOR CERTIFICATE. 
 
 A MAJOR EXAMINATION which the Journeyman 
 or ordinary "Workman should pass in order to obtain 
 a Certificate of Competency for a Mastership, or 
 MAJOR CERTIFICATE, showing his fitness either to 
 set up Trade for himself, or to take charge of a De- 
 
266 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 partment in a large business or a factory, as Foreman, 
 Leading Man, or under any other equivalent title/ 1 ) 
 A SUPERIOR EXAMINATION, the corresponding Cer- 
 tificate to which will be called a DIPLOMA OF EXCEL- 
 LENCE, and denote qualifications of a high character, 
 such as those required for a position of Director, 
 Manager, Clerk of Works, or the like. 
 
 Of course the foregoing three degrees will only occur 
 in normal or fully and regularly developed Trades. As 
 we proceed we shall find the normal examples few, the 
 variations manifold, and the educational difficulties to 
 be overcome proportionately great. I believe however 
 that the elasticity of the proposed system, and the variety 
 of its resources, will be found equal to every obstacle 
 that is fairly scanned and advisedly encountered. 
 
 Purpose of the Proposed Analysis. 
 
 The want of pains-taking inquiry in to. the working 
 details of the numberless individualities which crowd 
 the vast field of Technical Industry, and the easy con- 
 fidence with which those who never tried, can speak of 
 dissipating in all directions the darkness of ignorance 
 
 (1) It will be found as we proceed, that though a given Certificate for a 
 given Trade must represent an unvarying level of Knowledge, whether 
 that Certificate may have been granted at the Central University, or at 
 any Provincial or Colonial Examining College, yet there may be a great 
 difference between the amount of studies implied by a Certificate in one 
 Trade or Pursuit, as compared with a corresponding Certificate in another 
 Trade. Thus for instance a Builder's Major Certificate will represent 
 considerably more attainments than the Major Certificate of a Mason, a 
 Bricklayer, or a Carpenter, seeing that it involves, if not much manual 
 cleverness at these various trades, at least a sound knowledge of them all. 
 Again, the Minor Certificate in a Trade like that of the Watchmaker, 
 demanding considerable abilities, and generally practised by an intelligent 
 class of Men, will involve nearly as much Science as the Major Certificate 
 in an unaspiring Trade like that of a Baker. 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 267 
 
 by the light of Science, have led to far more sanguine 
 anticipations of the achievements of a Central Uni- 
 versity than are likely ever to be realized, to say nothing 
 of realizing them at the first onset. Prudent begin- 
 nings will best secure permanent success. The first 
 operations must necessarily be more or less tentative, 
 and as the tide of public opinion will be much influenced 
 by their results, a careful selection must determine, even 
 in Category B, the Standard Trades that most deserve 
 an honourable preference for the inauguration of the 
 System. But at the same time we must faithfully ob- 
 serve the principle of thoughtfully planning from the 
 beginning, the scheme of future developments, in order 
 that each of these in its due season may spontaneously 
 take its place in the symmetrical growth of the System. 
 For this purpose the infinitely diversified and more or 
 less urgent demands for intellectual furtherance on the 
 part of the various Industrial and Commercial Occu- 
 pations, must be scrutinized and classified, and a proper 
 provision appointed for each. To accomplish this defi- 
 nitively must be reserved for the Instructional Board 
 of the proposed Central Technical University, but any 
 data tending to break the ground for so laborious a 
 task, will doubtless prove acceptable, and may serve in 
 the meantime to inspire confidence in the practical 
 working of the System. It is for supplying such data 
 that the present Chapter will be mainly devoted to a 
 review of the Industrial Eange from the standpoint of 
 the proposed University. Such however has been the 
 rapid progress of civilization within the present cen- 
 tury, and such in consequence the luxuriant growth 
 of our wants, and of the efforts to meet them, that to 
 attempt anything like an exhaustive review, even of 
 those Industries which are of a comparatively perma- 
 
268 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 nent and well-defined character, would be tedious and 
 confusing. The Analyses of a few Eepresentative Occu- 
 pations, or groups of Occupations, will produce clearer 
 impressions, and afford better guidance for a judicious 
 selection of those to which, as above stated, we should 
 first offer a helping hand. As the educational ma- 
 chinery of the Central Technical University becomes 
 perfected, and public confidence in its management 
 becomes confirmed, the sphere of its operations will 
 acquire spontaneous extension. 
 
 The plan will be adopted of interweaving with the 
 special remarks suggested by the requirements of each 
 Trade or Group of Trades, such general observations 
 as are prompted by the occasion. They will thus be 
 better understood, and seem less formal than if collected 
 by themselves. 
 
 Wherever practicable, the Article will be concluded 
 with a condensed SUMMARY showing approximately at 
 a glance the leading attainments and sources, of in- 
 struction proposed for the respective Candidates for 
 a Minor Certificate, for a Major Certificate, and where 
 there is occasion, for a Diploma of Excellence. 
 
 The outlines of Courses of Studies thus given, are 
 but suggestive and provisional, forming at the best 
 only an imperfect sketch to be completed in detail by 
 the official Curricula or Syllabuses, whilst the degree of 
 comprehensiveness and standard of difficulty of the re- 
 spective Examinations, will be further defined and made 
 patent by the permanent Examination Questionaries of 
 which the plan has been explained. All selections and 
 apportionments of matter can be carried into effect with 
 comparative ease, through the use of these Syllabuses 
 and Questionaries, which will serve to the Students as 
 guiding threads through the Labyrinth of Knowledge. 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 269 
 
 Order of Trades and Occupations. 
 
 After various trials, I have been induced to adopt 
 the plan of taking first a few highly scientific Indus- 
 tries, forming convenient types for comparison, and 
 favouring the discussion of various difficulties to be 
 overcome ; and then to pursue the order suggested by 
 the Syllabus of the Second or Applied Division of 
 General Scientific Foundation given in Chapter IV., 
 Section 1. 
 
 Order in which the Attainments will be Considered. 
 
 The order of the remarks concerning the various 
 instructional requirements of each Trade, will as far as 
 practicable be that indicated by the following six 
 Questions, which the persons entrusted with preparing 
 the Official Curricula will be supposed to ask them- 
 selves. 
 
 Preparatory Knowledge. 
 
 a. What Grades of GENERAL SCIENTIFIC FOUNDA- 
 TION, ought the Students of different degrees in the 
 Trade under consideration, to possess ? 
 
 As previously stated, no Certificate of Competency 
 in any Trade or Subject will be granted to a Candidate, 
 even for a Minor Certificate, who does not show proof 
 at the Examination, of satisfactorily possessing at least 
 the minimum of General Scientific Knowledge de- 
 scribed as Grade 1 of this Collective Range. Major 
 Candidates will mostly be required to possess Grade 2, 
 and Candidates for a Diploma of Excellence, Grade 3. 
 
270 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. L HAr - v - 
 
 b. What SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC or MATHEMATICAL 
 PREPARATION is required for understanding the Tech- 
 nology of the Trade under consideration ? 
 
 It will be found that in many cases this object will 
 be best met by pushing forward one Grade beyond 
 the rest of the General Scientific Foundation, either 
 the whole or a part of Chemistry, or some branch of 
 Physics, or some Department of the Second Division 
 which is specially devised for supplying links between 
 Facts and Applications, Principles and Practice. In 
 some cases however, Supplementary Scientific Sub- 
 jects, such as Mechanism or Metallurgy, will be indi- 
 cated, and more frequently Mathematical ones, such as 
 Mensuration or Advanced Arithmetic. 
 
 c. What ARTISTIC ABILITIES are required by the 
 Trade under consideration ? 
 
 As far as Drawing is concerned, the answer to this 
 question may be reduced to a general rule, which 
 except as regards Occupations in which artistic at- 
 tainments have a prominent part to perform, may 
 almost dispense with adverting to them in the Trades' 
 Analyses, viz. : Every Minor Candidate whose Trade 
 requires that he should work from a drawn Pattern or 
 Design, should sufficiently understand Drawings to do 
 so/ 1 ) and every Major Candidate of such Trade should 
 be competent to draw a Pattern suited for being worked 
 from. Respecting Candidates for a Diploma of Excel- 
 lence, it is not easy to frame a rule. There are for 
 instance, Artistic Industries in which a person com- 
 petent through superior mental abilities and refined 
 taste to direct others, need not be so clever at perform- 
 
 (1) See No. 1 of the five stages of artistic ability described in Section 4 
 of the preceding Chapter. 
 
 (2) See No. 2 of the stages above referred to. 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 271 
 
 ing certain parts of the manual work, as some of his 
 subordinates. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that independently of the 
 amount of Art inherent to the several Trades, it is 
 proposed to favour any further artistic proficiency of a 
 practical tendency, and especially to foster the develop- 
 ment of inventive genius, taking advantage of the 
 facilities offered for that purpose by the system of Art 
 Instruction centred at South Kensington. 
 
 ARTISTIC TASTE, apart from Artistic. Abilities, will 
 not unfrequently be prescribed. Its importance and 
 the best means for its promotion have been sufficiently 
 adverted to in Section 4 of the preceding Chapter, to 
 which reference may also be made respecting CHRO- 
 MATICS, or the LAWS OF COLOUR, that will be occasionally 
 mentioned in the Analyses of Trades whose connection 
 with Art rests rather on Harmony of Colour than on 
 
 Elegance of Design. ^t^ J 
 
 Technical Knowledge. 
 
 d. What useful insight into the BESOURCES o^^^^^ 
 Trade under consideration, can be appropriately con- 
 veyed in a scientific review of the Shop, Atelier, or 
 Factory, embracing its Construction, its special adapta- 
 tions of Motive Power, its Appliances and Tools of 
 every kind, and especially the Materials employed ? 
 
 It has often been urged as an objection to any com- 
 prehensive plan of Technical Instruction, that many 
 Industries can only be carried on with an amount of 
 extensive as well as expensive paraphernalia, which it 
 would be neither practicable nor desirable to show in 
 actual operation in an educational Institution. But it 
 must be remembered that our future Professors, in 
 
272 INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 describing the appliances and processes proper to each 
 Manufacturing Art, will not have to deal with pupils 
 altogether ignorant thereof. Even the Minor Students 
 may be expected to have passed through an ordinary 
 Apprenticeship, and to be competent to understand 
 Models and Diagrams ; and indeed, what they will 
 chiefly want to know, will not be how things are done, 
 but the rationale of so doing them, in order that as 
 Journeymen they may do justice to the means placed at 
 their disposal, and as Masters they may improve on 
 them. 
 
 e. What practical information can be imparted in a 
 scientific, or in some cases in an artistic review of the 
 PROCESSES or Operations, and PRODUCTS or Kesults of 
 the Trade under consideration, or of the Articles dealt 
 in, if it is a Commercial Trade ? 
 
 Though Appliances and Processes are here separated 
 under distinct Headings, they will frequently be united 
 in the Suggestive Curricula. In fact many cases will 
 occur in which the Technological Professor will find it 
 preferable to unite in the same discourse, the description 
 of a particular part of an Establishment, and the ex- 
 planation of the particular Process carried on there. 
 
 Here may be mentioned as a rule embracing this and 
 the preceding question, that a Candidate for a Major 
 Certificate will be expected to possess a sound know- 
 ledge of all the available resources and processes of his 
 Trade, and more or less of each branch of his Trade if 
 it should be a complex one. The Minor Candidate on 
 the contrary, need not generally speaking go beyond 
 the ordinary resources and processes of his Trade, and 
 if it should be a complex one, he may be allowed to 
 take a Certificate of Competency in one main branch 
 only. A knowledge of the other branches may be left 
 
SECT. 1.] INTRODUCTORY CONSIDERATIONS. 273 
 
 to be acquired, tested, and certified subsequently, for 
 which encouragement will be afforded by ADDITIONAL 
 or SUPPLEMENTARY CERTIFICATES.^) 
 
 /. What INCIDENTAL INFORMATION and ADVICE 
 
 should be given in reference to the Trade under con- 
 sideration ? 
 
 Under this heading are intended to be included the 
 following and kindred topics : The History and pros- 
 pects of the Trade, and its variations under local in- 
 fluences. Substitutes and makeshifts available for 
 emergencies. The Hygiene of the Trade, and con- 
 siderations connected with it. 
 
 Recapitulation. 
 Preparatory Knowledge. (2) 
 
 a. General Scientific Foundation. 
 b. Further Scientific Preparation. 
 c. Artistic Preparation. 
 
 Technical Knowledge. 
 
 d. Eeview of Plant and Materials. 
 
 e. Eeview of Processes. 
 
 /". Incidental information and advice. 
 
 The terms JUNIOR, ADVANCED, and FULL TECH- 
 NOLOGY, will be used for designating the Technical 
 Knowledge concerning any given Trade respectively 
 
 (1) Additional Certificates will also be awarded to Tradesmen who add 
 to their regular calling other occupations of a kindred nature. 
 
 (2) The division into Preparatory and Technical must not be taken in 
 too strict a sense. Artistic, and sometimes other Studies, classed as Pre- 
 paratory, may have to be pursued during the whole of the Technical 
 Studies, and on the other hand, under Technical Knowledge will be in- 
 cluded by way of Introduction, various Subjects of a preparatory nature 
 susceptible of being with advantage specially adapted, and as it were 
 moulded to the Industry which requires them. 
 
 T 
 
2 74 JNTHOD UCTOR Y CONSWEEA TIQNS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 required by Students of the Minor, Major, arid Superior 
 Degrees. 
 
 Sources of Information. 
 
 a (i) ]? or Grades 1 and 2 of General Scientific Foun- 
 dation, the Books used will be the respective STANDARD 
 COURSES brought out by the University in a lecture 
 form, and in Parts well illustrated for the convenience 
 of Students. For Grade 3, till a Standard Course can 
 be prepared, use will be made of the Books or parts 
 of Books to be indicated by the SYLLABUS OF REFER- 
 ENCE described in the third Section of Chapter IV. 
 (p. 204).( 2 ) 
 
 b. The foregoing sources will be utilized as far as 
 available. In the case of Mechanism, Metallurgy, 
 Mensuration, &c., recourse may be had to such Books 
 as those of Lists 6 and 7, p. 224. The Technical 
 Handbooks and Manuals forming respectively the 
 Student's Edition of the Junior and Advanced Cyclo- 
 paedia, will as explained, include in their Introductory 
 Portion, all Preparatory Knowledge of which the mode 
 of treatment should vary according to the Industry to 
 which it is applied. 
 
 c. Freehand and Mechanical Drawing, Modelling, 
 and the like, will be mostly acquired at Art Classes 
 connected with South Kensington, unless Artistic 
 should be so blended with Technical performance, as 
 to render the Technical Class or the Atelier a more 
 suitable source of instruction. Artistic Taste in form, 
 colour, or subject, will be obtained from such publica- 
 tions as those given in List 8, p. 225. 
 
 (1) See above, the heads of information referred to under this, and each 
 of the following letters. 
 
 (2) Books available for the preparation of the Syllabus are suggested 
 by List 3, p. 205 ; Books for Grade 4 by List 4, p. 210 ; and Books for 
 Grade 5 by List 5, p. 215. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE DYER. 275 
 
 For d, e, and /, that is to say, for the whole of the 
 Technical Knowledge, the respective Handbooks and 
 Manuals will as a rule be the official Text Books, viz. : 
 for Minor Students, the Handbooks ; for Major 
 Students, the Manuals, with the omission of certain 
 Notes, Appendices, and other Eeserved Matter; for 
 Superior Students, the Manuals to their full extent, 
 supplemented in many instances by references to Special 
 Works of an exhaustive character. 
 
 SECTION 2.-SELECT EXAMPLES OF CHEMICAL 
 
 TRADES. 
 
 THE DYER 
 
 Few of the familiar Trades combine with Manual 
 Labour, so obvious a necessity for extensive and mul- 
 tifarious Chemical Knowledge, as that of the Dyer ; 
 hence the choice commonly made of it to exemplify a 
 Scientific Trade ; nor could a more convenient starting- 
 point be selected for our Analytical Review. Following 
 the Order of Questions indicated in the foregoing 
 Section, we arrive at the following conclusions/ 1 ) 
 
 <2.( 2 ) Grade 1 of the " General Scientific Foun- 
 dation," Elementary and Applied, may suffice for the 
 Journeyman Dyer, and Grade 2 for the Master Dyer ; 
 but we have further to consider that the Dyeing Trade 
 is one of those in which the positions of Managing 
 
 (1) Eemarks suggested by one Trade or Group of Trades will hold 
 good for all similar cases. Hence the amount of these remarks will be 
 found to decrease very considerably as we proceed. 
 
 (2) The division of the subject into distinct headings is fully carried 
 out in the present instance, in order to give a clear idea of the proposed 
 routine of analysis. It will subsequently be dropped. 
 
 T 2 
 
276 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Directors or Foremen of large Works, generally demand, 
 and sometimes recompense scientific attainments of a 
 very high order. This is accordingly a case for insti- 
 tuting a " Diploma of Excellence," the Candidates for 
 which may reasonably be expected to master Grade 3 
 of that Science of Daily Life, which besides benefiting 
 themselves, will so much strengthen their hands for 
 benefiting every one in their employ. 
 
 b. Respecting " Further Scientific Preparation," it 
 must be remembered that Preparatory Knowledge of a 
 nature to vary according to its application, will be 
 mostly associated with the Technical Knowledge in the 
 Cyclopaedias. This applies to the Physical Knowledge 
 of the properties of Steam as a Heating Agent, and 
 also to the portion of the Study of Light bearing on 
 Chromatics. The case is different with Chemistry, of 
 which a Special preparatory Study will be necessary ; 
 the Minor Candidate pushing forward this part of his 
 Foundation to Grade 2, and the Major Candidate to 
 Grade 3.C 1 ) They should do the same with the Depart- 
 ment of Applied Knowledge (Second Division of the 
 
 '(1) The following is an Abstract of the evidence supplied some time 
 since by a very intelligent London Dyer : 
 
 " The Apprentices, as a rule, have no preliminary scientific training ; 
 they learn by experimenting on the goods of the Customer, much to the 
 disgust of the latter. It is not an unusual occurrence for Apprentices, 
 and even Journeymen, to mix Acids and Alkalies together, in ignorance 
 of their neutralizing properties. The waste of drugs by carelessness and 
 ignorance, is enormous." As an example of the way in which this 
 occurs, may be cited the leaving out of stoppers of jars containing 
 Ammonia or Hydrochloric Acid, through ignorance of their being aqueous 
 solutions of Gases. 
 
 Striking instances of the results of ignorance of Chemistry in the Dyeing 
 Trade, are afforded by the statement of the Dewsbury Chamber of Com- 
 merce, that through this cause, Woollen Fabrics are ofttimes spoilt in the 
 dyeing, and by the fact related by Mr. Bennoch, of large quantities of Silk 
 sent by our Manufacturers to the Continent at a heavy expense, to be 
 dyed and then brought back again. 
 
SECT. 2.J THE DYEE. 277 
 
 Standard Course), relating to Textile Materials and 
 Fabrics, unless it should be found preferable to include 
 all that a Dyer should know of these matters in the 
 Handbook and Manual of the Trade. The Candidate 
 for a Diploma of Excellence should possess Grade 4 of 
 Chemistry. 
 
 c. As regards " Artistic Preparation," nothing need 
 be included in the training of the Dyer, beyond a 
 certain knowledge of Chromatics, slight in the Minor, 
 rather more considerable in the Major Degree, and 
 which should be comprised in the Handbook and 
 Manual of the Traded 1 ) We must indeed bear in mind 
 that our Technical Instruction, in order to become 
 popular among Artisans, and to disarm prejudice 
 among their Employers, must strictly avoid consuming 
 any unnecessary amount of time and expense, and steer 
 clear of everything that Anight be construed into am- 
 bition or pretence, keeping to a safe channel, straight 
 and short. Accordingly we should trouble as little as 
 possible the Candidate for a Certificate of Journeyman 
 Dyer with obligatory artistic attainments. The Master 
 Dyer himself might be let off with a general insight 
 into the applications of the Theory of Colour to his 
 Trade, and as Pattern Designing is a distinct business, 
 even the Director or Foreman of Dye Works might 
 obtain a Diploma of Excellence, without any further 
 artistic training than might be necessary to keep him 
 from giving any grievous oifence to the intelligent eye, 
 in his attempts to please the eye of fashion/ 2 ) 
 
 (1) See the heading " Artistic Taste" Chapter IV., Section 4. Among 
 the many branches of Technological Nomenclature, concerning which it 
 will be the duty of the proposed University to establish and maintain a 
 clear and methodical understanding, aided by a classified collection of 
 Standard Patterns, is the nomenclature of COLOURS. 
 
 (2) The blocks prepared for carrying out a beautiful design in well 
 
278 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 d. Having disposed of the three headings of " Pre- 
 paratory Knowledge," we proceed to consider the first 
 heading of " Technical Knowledge," viz. : the " Eeview 
 of Plant and Materials," or in other words of the Dye-. 
 House and its contents. As the Junior and Advanced 
 Cyclopsedias (Artisan's edition), or in other words as 
 the official Handbook and Manual are to be respectively 
 the Text Books for the Minor and Major Studies in 
 this as in other Trades, it is to the persons charged 
 with preparing those important repertories of infor- 
 mation for the guidance of the instructors, as well as 
 for the use of the instructed, that the following and 
 all similar pieces of advice must be considered to be 
 addressed. 
 
 The more we enter into the task of Technical In- 
 struction, the more we become convinced of the neces- 
 sity of proceeding with cautious discrimination in any 
 endeavour to effect real and durable improvement. 
 Let us take first the case of the intelligent young 
 Artisan who having completed his Apprenticeship, 
 and possessing a tolerably good Scientific Foundation, 
 comes to us to get his knowledge up to the required 
 standard, and then to pass his examination and take his 
 Certificate of Competency as Journeyman Dyer. 
 Nothing can be better calculated to enhance what may 
 be called his working value, than to review in succession, 
 , under the light of Science, the contrivances and ap- 
 pliances of a Dyeing Establishment, together with the 
 Fabrics commonly dyed, and the Drugs commonly used 
 in dyeing them. We may to a certain extent make 
 him acquainted with appliances and materials not corn- 
 assorted shades of the same colour, once fell into the hands of an ignorant 
 Calico Printer who, to please the gaudy taste of his customers, spoilt_the 
 whole by using different colours instead of different shades. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE DYER. 279 
 
 monly used, but which he may come across in some of 
 the larger or more advanced establishments ; but we 
 must remember that it is from the Master that improve- 
 ment in these matters, as well as in processes, should 
 chiefly emanate, and that he would probably not think 
 the working value of a Journeyman increased by a 
 dissatisfied and reforming spirit, however well founded 
 it might be on scientific principles. Accordingly our 
 anxiety will be to make our Candidate understand the 
 nature, purpose, and intelligent use of things as they 
 are, rather than as they ought to be, and to teach him 
 how to work well and be contented even under diffi- 
 culties. Not so with the advanced Journeyman who 
 comes up to us that we may raise his knowledge to the 
 Major Standard, and give him a Certificate of Master- 
 ship. As Master, his duty, not only towards himself 
 and those who may depend on him, but also towards 
 his Country, will be to strive according to his means, 
 that his establishment may do honour to him; which 
 if each individual Dyer were to do, the aggregate 
 Trade could not fail to be an honour to our National 
 Industry/ 1 ) 
 
 All this applies, a fortiori, to the higher votaries of 
 the Dyeing Art, who may aspire to Diplomas of Excel- 
 lence, and nothing in the way of instructional advan- 
 tages will be spared at the University, in order to 
 enhance their future influence among the industrial 
 community. 
 
 (1) According to the source above quoted, a "Model Dye-house" is 
 somewhat sneered at in the Trade. Some pin their faith on make-shift 
 contrivances, and glory in the ingenuity with which they succeed under 
 disadvantages. But the most meritorious way of conquering disadvan- 
 tages is to make them cease to exist, and the best way to save a Model 
 Dye-house from being a conspicuous object of remark, is to make it 
 succeed and induce imitation, till efficiency and order become the general 
 rule, and working anyhow the exception. 
 
280 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 e. The " Review of Processes " adds to the fore- 
 going considerations another motive for cautious in- 
 structions. I allude to the jealousy with whicli com- 
 munities or firms guard their " Trade Secrets," secrets 
 sometimes scarcely worth guarding, but at other times 
 really forming the main stay of individual or local 
 prosperity, and with which in the latter case, it must 
 not be supposed for a moment that our scientific propa- 
 ganda is intended to interfere. 
 
 /. The Dyer's Trade is suggestive as regards " Inci- 
 dental information and Advice," no less than as regards 
 the previous headings. The History of the origin and 
 progress of the Art of Dyeing, from the days of Joseph's 
 Coat of many Colours to the days of the glory of Coal 
 Tar, may be made instructive as well as interesting, 
 but only for Students sufficiently advanced to under- 
 stand the technical terms necessarily involved. For 
 those of the Upper Grades it should be treated as 
 introductory matter, but the reverse for Beginners. 
 Both should be taught to argue the prospects of the 
 future from the experience of the past, and to deduce 
 from the History of Dyeing, a conviction that the 
 permanent success of this important Industrial Art, 
 depends on developing to the fullest extent the tutelary 
 influence of Science over Labour. 
 
 It is particularly when Industry labours under diffi- 
 culties, that the helping hand of Science is most 
 welcome ; and it is in this sense that must be inter- 
 preted the insertion among the subjects for consider- 
 ation, of " substitutes and makeshifts available for 
 emergencies." 
 
 As regards " Hygiene," there are few Occupations 
 that have not in this direction some weak points 
 claiming scientific surveillance. Among those which 
 
SECT. 2.] THE D YEB. 281 
 
 occasionally give the Dyer opportunities for exercising 
 his intelligence and his knowledge, are the following : 
 
 A Warm Atmosphere laden with Steam. Transition 
 from it to Cold Air. Inflammability of Benzole, Spirits 
 of Turpentine, &c. Poisonous nature of some of the 
 Articles used, of which the injurious effects may assume 
 the form of Blood-poisoning when they are absorbed 
 through a wound or an abrasion ; of Absorption 
 through the skin, which might produce serious conse- 
 quences if the hands and arms were immersed for some 
 time in certain solutions ; of inhalation of deleterious 
 vapours, or of injury through incautious handling, as 
 of Sulphuric Acid and other acrid compounds ; to say 
 nothing of errors through sheer ignorance, which it 
 may be hoped will soon be anecdotes of the past. 
 Among the noxious Articles that might be mentioned, 
 are several Metallic Compounds that are becoming less 
 used than formerly, but are amply made up for as 
 regards danger, by Aniline and its products.C 1 ) To the 
 chance of being poisoned, is added that of being blown 
 up ; for though Picric Acid is fortunately not used in 
 the form of Picrate of Potassa, of warlike fame, there 
 is a Morone Dye, (Potassic Isopurpurate) so explosive, 
 that to prevent accident one must constantly keep it in 
 a moist condition. 
 
 All this is said, not that it should be supposed for 
 a moment that a Dye-house is necessarily a dangerous 
 place ; (an intelligent Dyer has been heard to say that 
 the greatest annoyance he found there was simply the 
 smell of Safflower) but in order to show what a differ- 
 ence it may make whether the Artisan who works there 
 is neglectful and ignorant, or well trained and a Chemist. 
 
 (1) In the preparation of one of the most beautiful of these, Magenta, 
 it is unfortunately found economical to adopt the Arsenic Acid process. 
 
282 CHEMICAL TEADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Dyeing forms, with the operations which prepare 
 and complete its results, a compact group round which 
 generally arrange themselves several minor processes 
 requiring similar knowledge and similar conveniences, 
 such as Cleaning, Scouring, and Calendering. We are 
 here reminded of the plan mentioned in the preceding 
 Section, of allowing a Minor Candidate to obtain at 
 first a Certificate in one main branch of a Trade, and to 
 try subsequently for Supplementary Certificates ; but 
 the present is not so strong a case as will occur in the 
 Leather-producing Trades. 
 
 Summary. 
 Explanatory Remarks. 
 
 A. few explanatory remarks on this Summary, may 
 serve at the same time to explain many others on the 
 same principle which will occur in the sequel of this 
 Chapter. 
 
 The main object is to sum up the results arrived 
 at in the preceding analytical enquiry as to the instruc- 
 tional requirements of the Trade in question ; thus 
 supplying approximate and suggestive outlines which 
 may in some measure facilitate a fair and systematic 
 apportionment of studies, and the ultimate elaboration 
 of the detailed official Examination Syllabuses. 
 
 Some of the Summaries will be more precise and 
 complete, and others more vague and imperfect, and 
 I have found it best not to attempt strict uniformity 
 of plan/ 1 ) but the Sources of Information will mostly be 
 
 (1) Variety of form and expression may be rather acceptable than other- 
 wise to the persons charged with preparing the definitive Schedules, 
 Syllabuses, &c., who will be able to select what seems to answer best. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE DYEE. 283 
 
 indicated, and the order of succession of the various 
 attainments, as far as they occur, will generally be as 
 follows : 
 
 1. A whole Course of G. S. F. (General Scientific 
 
 Foundation) of a given Grade. 
 
 2. One or more further portions of Preparatory Know- 
 
 ledge, selected from the Elementary or Applied 
 Division of the Course next above the pre- 
 ceding. 
 
 3. After these branches of knowledge for which the 
 
 Standard Courses are to serve as Text Books/ 1 ) 
 " Supplementary Studies " will occasionally be 
 indicated, such as Mechanism, or Metallurgy, for 
 which special Text Books are to be assigned by 
 the Examination Syllabus. 
 
 4. More frequently some branch of " Mathematical 
 
 Studies " will occur, such as Mensuration. 
 
 5. In many cases a certain stage of Artistic Ability will 
 
 be noted, the Source of Instruction being indicated 
 by the title of ART CLASS, or the more compre- 
 hensive one of ART STUDIES.^) 
 
 6. Those branches of Preparatory Knowledge which 
 
 demand a special adaptation to certain Industries, 
 will as explained, be reckoned as Technical Know- 
 ledge, and included in the Introductory Portion 
 of the respective Handbooks and Manuals, whilst 
 
 (1) As previously explained the 3rd Grade Course will, till ready, be 
 replaced by existing publications, or parts thereof, indicated to the 
 Student by a " Syllabus of Reference." 
 
 (2) It must be remembered that though the foregoing are all reckoned 
 as Preparatory Attainments, the acquisition of some, as for instance of 
 mathematical and especially of artistic Abilities, may have to be continued 
 throughout the duration of the Technical Studies. 
 
284 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 the Main Text of these will supply the Student 
 with the regular Technology .W 
 
 7. Though as a rule tests of Manual Skill or Practical 
 Ability will be required in all Trade Examinations 
 in which they may be found feasible, they will 
 only be noticed in the Summaries in cases where 
 their mention seems particularly called for. The 
 Source of instruction will not be indicated. It 
 should be the place of Apprenticeship, but may 
 have to be sought in the atelier of a Technical 
 College. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE. Whole range of G. S. F. (General 
 Scientific Foundation) as explained in Chapter IY. 
 Section 1. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic/ 2 ) 
 
 HANDBOOK. (Introductory Portion.) Leading features 
 of the following Subjects considered from the 
 point of view of the Dyer : Production and Pro- 
 perties of Steam as a Heating Agent, &c. Ea- 
 tionale of Colours and Chromatic Taste. Eeview 
 of Materials and Fabrics commonly dyed. 
 
 HANDBOOK (Main Text). Eeview of Plant, Materials, 
 
 (1) It must be borne in mind in carrying out the proposed Scheme of 
 Technical Instruction, that Preparatory Knowledge of a nature to be 
 included as such in the Standard Courses, can thus be made to serve for 
 the joint teaching of a large number of Students, and that there will be to 
 some extent a corresponding saving of Power at the Examinations. On 
 the contrary what is taught in a special form at a Technical Class, can 
 only be addressed to a comparatively small number, but then it will be 
 exactly adapted to their wants, and they will always have it at their con- 
 venience in the Handbook or Manual intended to be their permanent vade 
 mecum. 
 
 (2) Possibly it may be found desirable that the Student should borrow 
 from the Applied Division of this Course, the general insight afforded 
 there into the subject of Fabrics and Clothing. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE DTEE. 285 
 
 and Processes ordinarily employed. Select data 
 concerning the History, Resources, and Hygiene 
 of the Trade. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Whole range. 
 
 GRADE 3. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. 
 
 MANUAL. The Knowledge, both introductory and tech- 
 nical, indicated above as being offered to Minor 
 Students by the Handbook, will be so developed 
 and extended in the Manual, as to embrace the 
 scientific rationale and practical management of 
 the Trade in all its branches, including select 
 information concerning foreign improvements, new 
 resources, and hygienic measures. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 GRADE 3. General Scientific Foundation, as sup- 
 plied by the Books indicated by the " Syllabus of 
 Reference." 
 
 GRADE 4. Chemistry. The special Examination Syl- 
 labus will indicate the Book or Books most par- 
 ticularly eligible. 
 
 MANUAL (duly supplemented). Introductory and Tech- 
 nical Knowledge on the most comprehensive scale, 
 including an acquaintance with subsidiary and 
 kindred Industries, and a large amount of hygienic, 
 historical, and commercial information. 
 
286 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 THE TANNEE AND THE CUEEIEK.(l) 
 
 We here come across a more striking example of a 
 difficulty slightly touched upon in speaking of the 
 Dyer, and which will be of frequent recurrence ; that 
 of accommodating the proposed system of Examinations 
 and Certificates to the varying forms, sometimes simple 
 and sometimes singularly mixed, which Trades exhibit 
 under local influences, or according to personal con- 
 venience. Great is the diversity of processes and many 
 are the stages through which Hides and Skins of 
 different kinds become endless varieties of Leather, and 
 it is not surprizing that among the occupations involved, 
 there should be some which under more or less definite 
 names, claim to be considered as distinct trades. In 
 such cases it would be premature to decide exactly what 
 collateral occupations should be united with the main 
 one in planning the Examinations and Certificates, and 
 
 (1) It will be convenient to include under this title, the whole of the 
 leather-producing processes briefly described as follows by Miller at 
 p. 818 of his ' Elements of Chemistry/ Part III. 4th edition : 
 
 " Four principal processes are in use for the preparation of leather. 
 They consist of 
 
 " 1. Tanning. This is employed for the thicker kinds of leather ; it is 
 essentially a process for combining the astringent principle of plants 
 with the hide. 
 
 " 2. Sumaching. This operation is similar in its results to tanning, but 
 is less laborious and tedious ; it is performed upon the thinner leathers 
 or skins, which are often subsequently dyed. 
 
 " 3. Tawing. This process is followed in preparing white and black 
 kid, principally for the glover : in this operation alum and common salt 
 are worked with some oily matter into the skin. 
 
 "4. Shamoying. This process is used in the preparation of wash- 
 leather. It consists essentially in combining some suitable fatty matter 
 with the texture of the softer part of the hide." 
 
 The term " currying " properly applies to the finishing stage of tanning ; 
 but it may be also considered as including all operations in which the 
 mechanical manipulation of the skin, plays as important a part as its 
 chemical treatment. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE TANNER. 287 
 
 what should be taken separately ; but a few points may 
 at once be established : 
 
 Istly. Provided there be no material difference in 
 the Preparatory Knowledge required by the various 
 branches of a complex Trade, it will be easy by an 
 appropriate arrangement of the Technical Knowledge 
 in the Handbook, to carry out to any extent found 
 desirable, the plan of allowing Minor Candidates to 
 take first a Certificate in only one main branch of a 
 Trade, and to follow it up by Supplementary Certificates 
 in other branches. 2ndly. As a rule, Major Candidates 
 will be required to embrace at once in their studies, all 
 the branches that belong to a common industrial stem, 
 and have the same Preparatory Knowledge, but the 
 production of Leather may possibly be found to claim 
 exemption from this rule, by the variety of its pro- 
 cesses and products. Srdly. As regards Candidates 
 for Diplomas of Excellence, they should not only be 
 thoroughly acquainted with all the branches of their 
 own Trade or Profession, but possess a good knowledge 
 of all those with which it is directly connected. 
 
 Proceeding to the educational analysis of the Leather- 
 producing Trades, we notice that as regards u General 
 Scientific Foundation," the requirements are the same 
 as in the Dyeing Trades, but that respecting " Further 
 Scientific Preparation," the knowledge involved is less 
 comprehensive. There is nothing equivalent to the 
 facts concerning Decomposed Light which we have 
 seen the Dyer borrowing from Physics, in order to graft 
 on them notions of Chromatic Taste. Nor do we find 
 on examining the various forms of Tanning or Sumach- 
 ing, Tawing, Chamoying, and the like, that they in- 
 volve a knowledge of Chemistry comparable for depth 
 and breadth to that involved in the numberless details 
 
288 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 of the modern Dyeing Trade. Accordingly, if found 
 desirable for economy of time or similar reasons, some- 
 thing might be subtracted from the chemical studies ; 
 otherwise I should prefer seeing them kept up to the 
 following standards, which may be considered as the 
 normal ones for all Trades in which Chemistry has a 
 leading part to perform ; viz. for Minor Students 
 Grade 2 ; for Major Students Grade 3 ; for Superior 
 Students (aspiring to a Diploma of Excellence) 
 Grade 4. 
 
 It might be well to pay special attention to the 
 Zoology of the Mammalia, as an introduction to the 
 study of Hides and Skins. 
 
 No " Artistic Preparation " is required ; nor is there 
 in the "Keview of Plant and Materials," or that of 
 " processes," anything to detain us. As regards " Acces- 
 sory Knowledge," the History of Tanning is perhaps 
 less instructive than that of Dyeing, but enlivened with 
 what may be called its ethnological aspects, it is not 
 without interest for advanced Students. These will 
 find matter for useful research in the peculiarly pre- 
 pared articles supplied by certain countries,*- 1 ) and 
 still more so in various more or less new materials, 
 both for being tanned and for tanning, for obtaining 
 which commercial facilities now exist.C 2 ' 1 As regards 
 "Hygiene," the Tanning Trade is one of those few 
 which may be made a subject of special congratulation ; 
 at least as far as the reputed healthful influence of the 
 Oak Bark Tanneries extends. 
 
 The Trade in Leather, whether wholesale, or assum- 
 ing the forms of Leather-cutting and Grindery, belongs 
 
 (1) E.g. Kussia Leather, Shagreen, &c. 
 
 (2) Among the materials for being tanned, the introduction of the Por- 
 poise Hide is very suggestive of further steps in this direction. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE TANNER. 289 
 
 to a Group of Commercial Trades, remarks concerning 
 which will be found under the heading " Trades con- 
 nected with Fabrics and Clothing." 
 
 Summary. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The whole of Chemistry if found 
 conveniently practicable ; if not, the Examination 
 Syllabus will indicate the portions to be selected 
 as particularly bearing on the nature, preparation, 
 and staining of Skins. The portion of Zoology 
 relating to Mammalia. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The contents to be so arranged that the 
 Students may have the option either of embracing 
 all the branches of Leather-producing Industry, or 
 of taking at first only one, the Certificate being 
 made out accordingly. 
 
 Major Examination, 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F.C 1 ) 
 
 GRADE 3. Select portions of Chemistry to be indicated 
 by the Examination Syllabus. 
 
 MANUAL. In consideration of the peculiarly divided 
 character of the Leather-producing Trades, the 
 Student may, against the ordinary rule of the 
 Major Degree, be allowed to take out a Certificate 
 in a single branch, but he will be required to show 
 a good general knowledge of all the others. 
 
 (1) The outlines of Zoology here included will probably suffice. 
 
 U 
 
290 CONSIDERATIONS ON [CHAP. V. 
 
 Superior Examination/ 1 ) 
 
 GRADE 3 of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 4. Any Chemical Works or parts thereof found 
 specially appropriate. 
 
 MANUAL (duly supplemented). To include the intro- 
 ductory and special Technology of all the Leather 
 Industries, thoroughly embracing all interesting 
 and useful information concerning available re- 
 sources, improved processes, former or foreign 
 practices, &c. 
 
 CONSIDERATIONS ON MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES. 
 
 It is not often a wise policy to look for difficulties, 
 but our present course is exceptional in that respect. 
 It is by confronting the proposed system with the 
 various educational obstacles which are unfortunately 
 so numerous in the Industrial line, that we shall best 
 prove its capabilities. The Dyeing Trade was selected 
 first as pre-eminent for the amount of scientific know- 
 ledge it involves. The Trade or rather Group of 
 Trades engaged in the production of Leather, has served 
 to illustrate the difficult task of satisfying the lax and 
 arbitrary requirements of occupations sometimes united, 
 and sometimes carried on separately. The next obstacle 
 to be considered is the Division of Labour in Industries 
 commonly conducted in large establishments on what 
 may be conveniently called the FACTORY PRINCIPLE. 
 Here the work is divided into more or less separate 
 Stages or Departments, each assigned to a special set of 
 Workmen. Each Department may be essentially dif- 
 
 (3) Candidates for Diplomas of Excellence are likely to be fewer in the 
 Tanning than in the Dyeing Trade. 
 
SECT. 2.] MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES. 291 
 
 ferent in character from the rest : one being mechanical, 
 another chemical, and a third artistic. Each of them 
 may in a large concern have its Apprentices, its Work- 
 men of different degrees of cleverness, and its special 
 Foreman ; the whole of the Departments being under 
 the collective supervision of the Heads of the Firm, or 
 of their Manager. In an Industry thus organized, there 
 might be no positions exactly equivalent to a Journey- 
 manship or a Mastership ; but there would generally 
 be no great practical difficulty in determining for most 
 of the well defined Departments, certain standards of 
 attainments respectively deserving a Minor and a Major 
 Certificate ; nor would there be, under the proposed 
 plan of publishing explicit Examination Syllabuses, as 
 well as of providing appropriate and special Text Books, 
 any ambiguity as to the standard which any given 
 certificate is intended to mark, or any uncertainty as to 
 its real value. If however the question of practicability 
 is not likely to stop us, we must all the more bear in 
 mind the question of expediency. Attention has already 
 been drawn to the particular care which must be 
 exercised in avoiding to raise prejudice by indiscriminate 
 zeal. Many Industries are split up into small Handi- 
 crafts, or are composed of a string of factory operations, 
 each of which is neither likely nor intended to have 
 any intrinsic meaning for the individual engaged. His 
 pair of hands admirably perform their task mechanically, 
 and he would neither work better, nor please his 
 employer so well, if he tried to be scientific. 
 
 Passing to the other extremity of the scale, we find 
 on the contrary the Diploma of Excellence particularly 
 at home among large and complex Industries, being 
 specially designed to recompense that comprehensive 
 and thorough knowledge which without necessarily 
 
 u 2 
 
292 CONSIDERATIONS ON [CHAP. V. 
 
 involving cleverness at every manual performance, 
 gives an ability to supervise, and a right to com- 
 mand. 
 
 The system of division of occupations is perhaps 
 pushed farthest in some of the mechanical Manufactures, 
 but even among the chemical Industries towards which 
 our attention naturally directs itself first, on account of 
 their calling out for Science more loudly than the 
 others, examples are not wanting of establishments in 
 which many distinct occupations collectively constitute 
 a single Industry. Among the considerations which 
 an inspection of them suggests, are the following : 
 
 1. Rough manual labour requiring no special tech- 
 nical training, does not come within the compass of our 
 Analysis. We may however comfort ourselves with 
 the reflection that the proposed System will benefit 
 even the common labourer, by including the Rudiments 
 of the Science of Daily Life in his Primary Schooling, 
 and by multiplying facilities for their development in 
 all parts of the country. 
 
 2. All persons preparing themselves for positions 
 in manufacturing establishments, corresponding approxi- 
 mately to the position of a Journeyman in a normal 
 Working Trade, will, if the Industry in question should 
 be sufficiently important and well-defined, be offered 
 the opportunity of Special Studies, Examinations and 
 Certificates ; and if not, they will be directed to try for 
 appropriate Subject Certificates, An analogous rule 
 will prevail respecting positions corresponding to the 
 Major Degree. 
 
 3. In most manufacturing Industries, the higher the 
 position, the more comprehensive are the attributes. 
 Hence not unfrequently in a manufacture where the 
 
SECT. 2.J MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES. 293 
 
 studies of the Journeymen or Workmen have nothing 
 worthy of attention, there may be Foremen of De- 
 partments deserving of a Major Certificate, and a 
 fortiori the Director of the whole establishment may 
 be expected to possess a range of knowledge well 
 worthy of a Diploma of Excellence. 
 
 4. In manufactures in which Chemistry is the lead- 
 ing principle, that Science should be specially studied 
 even by those employees whose department is not a 
 chemical one. This will add to the zeal and esprit de 
 corps which should prevail throughout the establish- 
 ment, and above all, will facilitate mutual kind offices, 
 such as temporary help in cases of illness, of holi- 
 days, &C/ 1 ) 
 
 5. In many cases the nature of a Manufacture will 
 suggest pushing the study of certain parts of Chemistry 
 to a Grade beyond the rest. Thus a Brewer, Distiller, 
 or Vinegar Manufacturer, will give a preferential lift 
 to his Organic Chemistry, or simply to the Chemistry 
 of the Fermentations. A Glass or Porcelain Manu- 
 facturer will on the contrary push forward his Inorganic 
 Chemistry. 
 
 6. Attention has, in the introductory portion of this 
 Chapter, been drawn to the fact that the magnitude of 
 the paraphernalia employed in most of the great manu- 
 facturing Industries, need not be considered an impe- 
 diment to their being made the subject of academic 
 instruction, any more than the inconvenient or noxious 
 nature of the processes involved ; inasmuch as even the 
 lowest grade of Students admitted to the technical 
 
 (1) The amount of Chemistry here adverted to will generally be that 
 contained in the Grade of G. S. F. next above the Grade of which the 
 respective Employees will be expected to study the whole range. What is 
 here said of Chemistry would of course apply more or less to any Science 
 or Art constituting the leading principle of any particular Industry. 
 
294 CONSIDERATIONS, ETC. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Courses will be expected to have had the advantage of 
 a practical Apprenticeship, or of some equivalent, and 
 will have no difficulty in understanding Models or 
 Diagrams of Objects more or less analogous to familiar 
 ones. 
 
 7. Hygienic considerations should always have their 
 full share of attention in every rational system of 
 Technical Training, and this attention should be the 
 more anxiously bestowed on Chemical Manufacturers, 
 because their dangers are often of an insidious character, 
 hurtful to the ignorant, but easily avoidable through 
 scientific knowledge. Thus even in the Brewer's 
 Trade, which on the whole is by no means an unhealthy 
 or dangerous one, mischief sometimes occurs through 
 inhalation of the Carbonic Acid Gas engendered in the 
 process of Fermentation. Of course even the dangers 
 most obvious to the scientific eye, must not be omitted on 
 that account in addressing those unaccustomed to make 
 a scientific use of their understanding. Continuing 
 to borrow examples from the Brewer's Trade, we see 
 accidents happen in moving ponderous barrels, which 
 a trained mind would foresee, and cleverness in the 
 application of the Mechanical Powers might easily pre- 
 vent. As for the occurrence of Brewer's Men falling 
 into Vats of almost boiling "Wort, it must be ascribed 
 to the callousness produced by the constant presence of 
 danger, but this callousness itself is precisely an evil 
 which it will be an essential point of Technical Training 
 to counteract, by inducing the Artisan to cultivate 
 habits of thoughtful caution, and making him always 
 have his wits about him/ 1 ) Speaking of Hygiene in 
 
 (1) There are a few branches of Manufacture, such as those of Gun- 
 powder, Gun Cotton, Nitro-Glycerine, Dynamite and the like, respecting 
 which remarks of this kind could not be too emphatically expressed ; but 
 
SECT. 2.] THE BEEWEE. 295 
 
 connection with a Brewery, one is strongly reminded 
 of the controversial question whether or not, considered 
 from a Hygienic point of view, a Brewery should exist 
 at all ; but controversial questions should be avoided as 
 much as reasonably possible in an Institution that 
 aspires to be national. Its influence should be fully 
 exerted to prevent adulteration and fraud from having 
 any part in the production of Beer, Spirits or any other 
 article, but as long as that production is one of the 
 great Industries of the Country, our task will be to 
 teach rather than to discuss. 
 
 THE BKEWER. 
 
 Taking then the Brewery without any thoughts of 
 the Beer-shop, we may derive from it very convenient 
 illustrations of some of the points which we have been 
 considering. Thus to give an actual example of the 
 variety of departments in a single business, we find in 
 a certain provincial Town of the East of England, the 
 Staff of a Brewing Establishment numbering about 24 
 hands, divided as follows : 
 
 a. Management and Business Department. 
 
 b. Malting Department. 
 
 c. Brewing Department. 
 
 d. Engine Department. 
 
 e. Cooperage Department. 
 
 /. Conveyance Department. 
 
 g. Supernumeraries or Men-of-all-work. 
 
 though unequivocally belonging to the Chemical Industries, they are not 
 likely to claim much special attention from the Central Technical Uni- 
 versity, the Establishments devoted to them being limited in number, and 
 conducted on the plan of subdivided labour to such an extent, that scientific 
 responsibility rests only with a very few. Of course it weighs on these the 
 more heavily. For further remarks on the subject of Industrial Hygiene 
 or rather of Industrial Pathology, see the conclusion of Section 6 of this 
 Chapter. 
 
296 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Among these the most important department as 
 regards actual products, is that marked c. which 
 is entrusted to a BREWER, who may be considered 
 as the pivot of the whole establishment, and is little 
 interfered with/ 1 ) Towards the success of this 
 Brewing Department are concentrated not only the 
 regular functions of each of the others, but also what 
 may be called their extra-functional assistance. Thus 
 the Engine Driver and Stoker, besides attending to 
 their Engine, look after certain things which it is the 
 duty of the said Engine to perform, the head Cooper 
 attends to certain matters besides actual Cooperage, 
 and indeed the stiffness of attributes which elsewhere 
 is so frequent a cause of friction, is in some measure 
 merged by each Member of this little Community, in 
 one common purpose, the production of Beer that 
 may be creditable to the Brewery ; corroborating what 
 has been said above of the desirableness of promoting 
 solidarity of interest through solidarity of knowledge. 
 
 It is however obvious that to diffuse knowledge 
 throughout such an Establishment is no easy task, and 
 that if we can find means of overcoming the educa- 
 tional difficulties presented by its complex organization, 
 those same means will be likely to help us over many 
 similar obstacles, not only in Breweries more or less 
 differently constituted, but in other kinds of Factories. 
 
 To determine what should be required of a Brewer, 
 Manager of a Brewery or Professor of the Brewing 
 Art aspiring to a Diploma of Excellence, is the least 
 difficult portion of our task, and it will suit our pur- 
 pose to take first this highest Degree of Requirements, 
 descending thence to the lower ones. 
 
 (1) In the present instance he has charge of and is assisted by two Pupils. 
 
SECT. 2.] THE BREWER. 297 
 
 For a Diploma of Excellence. 
 
 GRADE 3 of General Scientific Foundation. The 
 Second or Applied Division of this Range will include 
 a tolerably comprehensive review of the amylaceous 
 and saccharine articles which in various parts of the 
 world are or have been commonly submitted to Fer- 
 mentation, and of the Drinks thus produced, directly or 
 by Distillation. 
 
 GRADE 4 of the part of Organic Chemistry treating 
 of the Fermentations. 
 
 A sufficient knowledge of APPLIED MECHANICS in 
 general, and of the STEAM ENGINE in particular, for 
 judging of the construction, condition and capabilities 
 of a Brewery Engine, as well as of the manner in 
 which the Engine Driver performs his duties. 
 
 A thorough TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE not only of the 
 Plant, Materials, Processes, and business management 
 of Malting, Brewing and allied Industries, as commonly 
 carried on in this country, including all that relates to 
 Excise Duties, but also of all resources and contrivances 
 to which recourse may be had in a spirit of improve- 
 ment, or for conquering temporary difficulties. 
 
 A thorough knowledge of the HYGIENE of the 
 Brewery as regards both its inmates and the public, 
 and an acquaintance with the commercial organization 
 of the Liquor Traffic in general, and the regulations 
 bearing thereon, together with such information of a 
 historical, statistical, or economic nature, as may best 
 raise the rather common-place subject of Beer, to a 
 distinguished position in a cultivated mind. 
 
298 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 For a Major Certificate. 
 
 GRADE 2 may suffice for the general range of Scien- 
 tific Foundation, but the Student should master GRADE 
 3 of Chemistry, or at least of all parts involved in his 
 Trade. He will be abundantly recompensed for the 
 trouble bestowed on its advanced phraseology, by the 
 advantages which symbolic notations present for under- 
 standing the mutations involved in the saccharine, 
 alcoholic, and acetic Fermentations. 
 
 The TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE, including an insight into 
 the machinery used, will resemble that indicated above 
 for a Diploma of Excellence, but be mostly limited to 
 such Appliances, Materials, Processes and Products, 
 and such matters of business management and Ex- 
 cise interference, as commonly occur in, or are con- 
 nected with, the ordinary manufacture of Malt Liquors 
 in this Country. The HYGIENE of the Establishment 
 will be included, together with a selection of the most 
 important among the points mentioned above in con- 
 nection with it. 
 
 For Subject Certificates. 
 
 Descending to the subordinate staff of the Brewery 
 in question, we find little occasion for regular Curricula 
 of Studies, but favourable scope for Certificates in 
 appropriate Subjects. Besides the ordinary resource 
 of purely scientific subjects, the technical one of " Malt- 
 ing" without Brewing might be picked out from the 
 Junior Cyclopaedia for Minor Candidates, and from the 
 Advanced Cyclopaedia for Major Candidates, and sup- 
 ported in the one case by a second, and in the other 
 
SECT. 2.] MISCELLANEOUS. 299 
 
 by a third Grade of Chemistry, with a sufficient know- 
 ledge of Mensuration to check any errors of the Excise- 
 man in the measurement of the Couches. X 1 ) 
 
 Far be it from our purpose to engender a Cacoethes 
 docendi, or to endeavour to make Philosophers of Dra}^- 
 men, but at the same time it is satisfactory to find that 
 the means at our disposal will as far as found expedient, 
 enable us to supply educational doses for all intellectual 
 temperaments and requirements : compound ones for 
 those whose normal Pursuit involves a comprehensive 
 range of attainments, simpler ones for those whose 
 Occupation can be benefited by the study of one or 
 more detached Subjects, and for all a wholesome in- 
 fusion of General Scientific Knowledge. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES. 
 
 After applying the experience acquired in the 
 Brewery to other establishments in which FERMENTA- 
 TION is the leading principle, such as the Distillery, the 
 Manufactory of British Wines, of Yinegar, &c., let us 
 allow our mind to wander from the production of 
 Acetic Acid to that of the Inorganic Acids, and we 
 soon find ourselves in a crowd of scientific Manufac- 
 tures, claiming for all employed in them a certain 
 general chemical foundation, and for the upper 
 members of their staff a considerable amount of special 
 chemical knowledge. Several of them illustrate in a 
 peculiarly striking manner, the power of modern 
 Science, and are eminently calculated to encourage the 
 spirit of studious emulation. Such are for instance the 
 manufacture of Oxalic Acid from Sawdust, of common 
 
 (1) See also the Article on "Studies for Subject Certificates" at the 
 commencement of this Chapter. 
 
300 CHEMICAL TBADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Soda, of Sal Ammoniac, of Alum, of Ultramarine and of 
 Alizarine. Fraught with encouragement are also the 
 Palm Oil Products, and those distilled from Bog Head 
 Coal, and above all the numberless products, as varied 
 as they are important, yielded by the common Coal 
 Tar of the Gas Works ; from the fulminating Picrate 
 that will blow up a Man of War, to the choice Dye 
 that is the charm of a Lady's Dress, or the fragrant 
 mock-essence that perhaps perfumes her Handkerchief. 
 There is something unmistakeably pregnant with dis- 
 covery, profit, and renown, in these strange mutations 
 of Organic Matter, which would seem miracles if the 
 perfection of speculative analysis had not appointed for 
 each phenomenon its rationale, and marked beforehand 
 for each new product its proper place. Then again in 
 the Sugar Refinery, how instructive are the Vacuum 
 Process and the more recent Hydro-Extractor which so 
 neatly illustrate the joint action of various departments 
 of Science, and how worthy of note is the substitution 
 of inodorous means of purification, for the offensively 
 impure ones formerly used, showing as it doe's the 
 Manufacturer in the very satisfactory light of one who 
 thinks of his neighbours as well as of himself. 
 
 Uniting the commercial with the scientific element, 
 the mixed Trade of the COLOUR and VARNISH MAKER 
 may be named as one of those in which a good know- 
 ledge of Chemistry should be allied with practical 
 notions of Economic Botany, and Commercial Geo- 
 graphy, in order that the strange ignorance which 
 prevails as to the origin and nature of many common 
 Drugs, may be gradually dispelled, and a correct 
 nomenclature may be established, permanently attach- 
 ing standard names to standard types ; so as not only to 
 put an end to the present ridiculous blunders, but in 
 
SECT. 2.] MISCELLANEOUS. 301 
 
 some measure to prevent fraudulent substitution from 
 happening under colour of a mistake/ 1 ) 
 
 GLASS MANUFACTURE is essentially chemical, but in 
 its higher departments it allies with that character a 
 considerable amount of Artistic Design and Decorative 
 Taste. By a few easy transitions, coloured glass leads 
 us to Enamel, and Enamel to Porcelain, the manu- 
 facture of which blends Mineralogy, Chemistry, Me- 
 chanics, and Art, in one of the happiest combinations 
 to be found in the whole range of the Fictile In- 
 dustries. Descending from Porcelain and China to 
 Earthenware, arid down to the lower grades of Pottery, 
 we find at last Science and Art merged almost entirely 
 in a mere mechanical labour. 
 
 Outlines for Summaries. 
 
 If we add to the intrinsic divergencies of Chemical 
 Industries, the diversity arising from their various 
 scales and forms of organization from the small Busi- 
 ness to the potent Company, it becomes obvious that 
 the endeavour to mark out for them special Curricula, 
 would be as tedious as it would be premature. It will 
 suffice for the present to add to the general indications 
 already supplied in speaking of the Brewery, a sug- 
 gestive Formulary of an elastic character for normal 
 Candidates, whilst those belonging to Category C are 
 referred to the article on "Studies for Subject Cer- 
 tificates " at the beginning of this Chapter. 
 
 (1) As a specimen of a common misnomer, may be mentioned the term 
 Gums used in speaking of Eesins. Thus one constantly hears of Gum 
 Copal, Gum Dammar, &c., and the confusion has reached the extent of 
 calling GAMBOGE Gum-looge. 
 
302 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 (It has been explained that in many Industries there 
 will be no Examination of this Degree.) 
 
 GRADE I COURSE of G. 8. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Inorganic or Organic Chemistry, or 
 both, according to the nature of the Industry in 
 question. Any other department of the Element- 
 ary Division of the Course that may be similarly 
 required. Any portion or portions of the Applied 
 Division of the Course that may serve to give a 
 general view of the Industry, or a preparatory 
 insight into its rationale. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Junior Technology of the Trade in 
 question. The Introductory Portion to include as 
 usual any Preparatory Knowledge required to be 
 in a state of special adaptation. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. In the case of any Chemical 
 Industry involving Mensuration, Advanced Arith- 
 metic, or any other branch of Mathematical Attain- 
 ments, there will be little difficulty in determining 
 the grade of proficiency required, and assigning 
 the appropriate Text Books. 
 
 ART STUDIES. The attainments to be derived from this 
 source will for the most part resolve themselves 
 into the following alternatives : Either the Work- 
 man will only require that stage of Art which will 
 enable him to understand and work from a Draw- 
 ing or Model, or he will require distinct artistic 
 ability, so that he will be reckoned as an Art 
 Workman, and be thus relieved of the necessity of 
 
SECT. 3.] MISCELLANEOUS. 303 
 
 knowing the same amount of Science as his com- 
 panions in other Departments of the Factory. 
 
 In certain departments of manufacture, as for instance, 
 in the Glass and Ceramic Industries, an amount of 
 manual dexterity is involved equivalent to Art 
 Workmanship, and which it will be best to consider 
 as a distinct Handicraft. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 (Approximately corresponding in Industries con- 
 ducted on the Factory System to the requirements of 
 a First Rate Workman, Leading Man, or Foreman.) 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. Chemistry and any other department of 
 " Elementary or Applied Knowledge " specially 
 required. 
 
 MANUAL. Advanced Technology of the Industry in 
 question, including any Introductory Matter re- 
 quired. Hygienic Advice to be freely given as 
 regards processes unhealthy for those employed, or 
 tending to the annoyance of the neighbourhood. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Requirements in this direc- 
 tion will more frequently occur in the present 
 than in the Minor Degree, but can be met with 
 equal ease. 
 
 ART STUDIES. The above remarks concerning Minor 
 Students are to some extent here applicable. As 
 for the Artistic Taste which in the Ceramic and 
 other kindred Industries may be required by many 
 
304 CHEMICAL TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Supervisors of work who need not themselves pos- 
 sess artistic abilities, it will, according to circum- 
 stances, be acquired either in the Art Classes or in 
 the Technical Ateliers. 
 
 What has been said above concerning manual ability, 
 acquires additional strength in this Advanced Degree. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 GRADE 3 of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 4 of Inorganic or Organic Chemistry, or of both ; 
 as also of any other branch of preparatory Science 
 specially required. 
 
 MANUAL (duly supplemented). The complete Techno- 
 logy of the Industry in question, embracing in a 
 comprehensive manner everything that may tend 
 to make a Chemical Manufacture commercially 
 successful and nationally creditable. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Any attainments that may 
 possibly be required in this direction will be indi- 
 cated in the respective Examination Syllabuses. 
 
 ART STUDIES. In those few Chemical Industries in 
 which Art is concerned, the Directors of large 
 establishments, without being artists themselves, 
 should possess that training of the mind and eye 
 which may enable them to appreciate Artists, 
 and to see that all things susceptible of it, be 
 carried out artistically. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE BUILDER. 305 
 
 SECTION 3. -TRADES CONNECTED WITH THE 
 CONSTRUCTION, DECORATION, AND FURNISH- 
 ING OF DWELLINGS. 
 
 THE BUILDER. 
 
 Having illustrated in some measure by means of a 
 few convenient Types, the intended mode of assigning 
 to the various Trades their respective educational re- 
 quirements, we will now proceed, as explained at 
 p. 269, to review seriatim the leading Industrial Occu- 
 pations which minister to the necessities and comforts 
 of Daily Life, taking first those without which there 
 would be no House to live in. 
 
 Architecture has two constituent Elements, the Artistic 
 and the Economic Element, which ought to harmonize, 
 but which are too often made to seem antagonistic, 
 one being developed at the expense of the other. 
 Looking at what is done abroad, one feels fully entitled 
 to hope that if not both, at least the Artistic Element 
 will ere long be accommodated with a regular and 
 complete system of Instruction of a national character, 
 notwithstanding the adverse influence of the Members 
 of the Profession, who might see in any Institution for 
 that purpose, whether in connection with South Ken- 
 sington or otherwise, an encroachment on the advan- 
 tages which they derive from their Apprenticed Pupils. 
 As regards the Economic Element through which a 
 Building is made to suit the purpose for which it is 
 required, and an equitable compromise is effected be- 
 tween convenience and space, pretensions and means, 
 
 x 
 
306 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 it is less likely that these utilitarian considerations 
 should receive due educational attention, unless they be 
 taken up by the proposed Central Technical University, 
 where accordingly Instruction in Economic Architec- 
 ture will be abundantly provided in the Museum, in 
 the Class Room, and through the Editorial Department. 
 Everything will be done in order that this intellectual 
 pabulum, which is equally required by the Architect 
 and the Builder, may prove equally palatable to both, 
 so that being ostensibly provided for the latter, it may 
 also attract the former. 
 
 There are few Occupations through which a more 
 open path leads the intelligent and persevering Work- 
 man to a high position in the social scale, or in which 
 Knowledge more readily effaces the barrier between a 
 Trade and a Profession, than that of the BUILDEK, 
 which taken in its full comprehensiveness, unites an 
 extraordinary variety of interesting departments of 
 study. This, coupled with the consideration of the 
 vast number of subordinate hands it employs, and 
 the tangible importance of its results, sufficiently ex- 
 plains the attention paid to it in continental countries, 
 where either distinct Colleges, or distinct Courses of 
 Instruction, are provided for its Students. Assuming 
 that the latter measure will be preferred in this country, 
 and proceeding accordingly to ascertain what Instruc- 
 tion should be provided, we find that as regards 
 General Scientific Foundation, the Trade of the Builder 
 does not, like the Industries we have hitherto dealt 
 with, require a predominant knowledge of any par- 
 ticular part, but rather a substantial knowledge of the 
 whole range ; inasmuch as the Technical Knowledge 
 which it involves, is characterized by a comprehen- 
 siveness which few Trades surpass. It embraces if not 
 
SECT. 3.] THE BUILDER. 307 
 
 necessarily manual cleverness, at least ability to com- 
 mand and supervise in such matters as the following : 
 
 The attainments described further on as within the 
 compass of the Stone Mason. 
 
 All that relates to the different varieties of Bricks 
 and Tiles, including materials, manufacture, and modes 
 of use for various purposes. 
 
 A sound theoretical and practical knowledge of 
 Mortars, Cements, Stuccoes, and the like. 
 
 A good acquaintance with Roofing and Paving Ma- 
 terials. 
 
 A thorough knowledge of the business of the House 
 Carpenter, including the materials he uses, and the 
 best way of using them. 
 
 A considerable insight into the Trades of the Painter 
 and Decorator, Glazier, Plumber, and Sanitary En- 
 gineer, General Ironmonger, and in short into every- 
 thing for making an abode healthy, comfortable, and if 
 required, elegant. 
 
 To all this Technical Knowledge must be added 
 proficiency in the working out of Quantities and Esti- 
 mates, and the like, and though we may put down 
 Drawing at a very moderate standard in order to keep 
 the Builder from interfering with the Architect, we 
 find before us on summing up, such a total as to lead 
 us to the following conclusions : 
 
 There is no scope for a Minor Certificate. 
 
 The Candidate for a Major Certificate must add to 
 a broad and sound groundwork of Preparatory Know- 
 ledge, the comprehensive range of Technical Knowledge 
 indicated above, which must be supplied by the Official 
 Manual/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) Such portions as are identical with or merely an abridgment/of what 
 is required by the Stone Mason, the Bricklayer, the Carpenter, &c., need 
 
 x 2 
 
308 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 His Certificate will have a significancy above that of 
 the Major Certificate of any single one of the several 
 Trades embraced in it, though at the same time the 
 knowledge of them will be rather mental and super- 
 vising than manual and self-sufficient. 
 
 Hygienic considerations should be fully gone into, 
 not only as regards the health of those for whose use 
 Dwellings are erected, but also as regards the safety 
 of the Men employed in erecting them. 
 
 The Diploma of Excellence should denote not only 
 earnest studies, but also good natural abilities, and 
 prove a distinction equally honourable and remune- 
 rative. As regards Preparatory Knowledge the in- 
 crease above the Major Degree will indeed be less 
 notable than in most Industries, unless a tendency to 
 amalgamate the attributes of the Architect with those 
 of the Builder, should induce a special development of 
 artistic attainments ; but the expansion of the Technical 
 Knowledge will be very considerable. Firstly, it will 
 embrace more effectively the various Trades blended for 
 a common purpose. Secondly, it will not only add 
 stately mansions to the ordinary dwellings for Town 
 and Country, but will also include the construction of 
 Churches and public Buildings of every description. 
 Thirdly, it will search other countries for time-honoured 
 types and new resources. Fourthly, it will discuss for 
 the benefit of the less wealthy classes, the means of 
 combining cheapness with comfort and durability, and 
 scan for general enlightenment the union of prosaic 
 convenience with artistic aspirations. 
 
 probably not be repeated under the heading " Builder " in the edition of 
 the Advanced Cyclopaedia printed as a set of volumes for reference, but 
 this information must be given in full, and exactly as the Builder wants 
 it, in the Manual printed separately for his use, and which is to be the 
 Text Book for his Technical Studies (p. 242). 
 
SECT. 3.] THE BUILDER. 309 
 
 Summary. 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. Statics and Dynamics. Inorganic Che- 
 mistry. The Departments of Applied Knowledge 
 bearing on Dwellings Improvement/ 1 ) 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Mensuration, &c., sufficient 
 for working out estimates and the like/ 2 ) 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 3 of the appropriate style of Draw- 
 ing. 
 
 MANUAL. The Advanced Technology of the Trade, 
 well leavened with considerations of Health, Com- 
 fort, and Economy/ 3 ) 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 GRADE 3 of G S. F. will supply most of the Elementary 
 and Applied Science required. Additions will much 
 depend on the Books available. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. It should be shown by the 
 Examination Syllabus that the Studies assigned 
 
 (1) See in Chapter III., Section 2, the Synopsis of the late Twickenham 
 Economic Museum. The Subject of Dwellings Improvement considered 
 from an economic and sanitary point of view, and in special reference to 
 the requirements of the Industrial Population, is one of those on which a 
 methodical and well-digested Book of Instruction on a Grade 3 level is 
 very desirable. Till this can be forthcoming, selections from the best 
 existing publications must be pointed to in detail by the Syllabus of 
 Reference. 
 
 (2) Some recent work like Nesbit's ' Treatise on Practical Mensuration/ 
 or parts thereof, might serve as Text Book. 
 
 (3) The construction of Dwellings, and other ordinary work, will be 
 chiefly had in view. It will have to be decided to what extent other more 
 difficult or more aspiring branches of the Trade should be included here, 
 or reserved for the Superior Degree. 
 
310 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 to Major Candidates are to be considerably ex- 
 tended without rising much in difficulty. 
 
 ART STUDIES. The Artistic Attainments will consider- 
 ably depend on the degree of approximation to the 
 functions of the Architect. 
 
 MANUAL (abundantly supplemented). The full Tech- 
 nology of the Trade, thoroughly scientific, and 
 including on a scale much more expanded than 
 that of the Major Degree, its more arduous and 
 aspiring undertakings. 
 
 THE MASON.(l) 
 
 Having furnished our ideal type of a Builder with 
 every attainment that may fit him for command, let 
 us endeavour to devise Workmen worthy of him. 
 Though Stone is far less employed than Brick for 
 ordinary building purposes in this part of England, it 
 will suit us to give it the precedence, following in this 
 as well as in most of the subsequent departments, nearly 
 the same order as that which I found convenient in 
 organizing my Economic Museum, where Building 
 Designs constituted the first, and Building Materials 
 the Second Class. I may here remark that in getting 
 together my lithological Series, I soon was struck with 
 the ignorance which prevailed among those who were 
 constantly handling or dealing in these materials, as 
 to the locality which supplied them, and as regards 
 foreign Marbles, even as to the country whence they 
 came. To dispel ignorance of this kind where it pre- 
 
 (1) Under this title are here included the ordinary Stone Mason, the 
 Stone-carver, and the Marble Mason, whether employed for constructive 
 or mortuary decoration, or for any other purposes not appertaining to 
 high Sculptural Art. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE MASON. 311 
 
 vails, will of course be one of the aims of the proposed 
 Institution, and its Museum replete with instructional 
 series, fully labelled, will of itself do much, whilst it 
 will help the technical Professors to do more/ 1 ) As for 
 the geological history of Petreous Materials, there is 
 some use in knowing that certain Stones are of igneous, 
 others of aqueous origin, and that among the latter 
 many will for a simple reason, stand the weather best 
 when the layers of deposit of which they are formed, 
 are placed horizontally ; but as for those more specu- 
 lative portions of Geological Science which are apt to 
 lead young men's minds beyond their depth, some 
 discretion must be used in teaching them. 
 
 A comparatively small amount of Chemistry will be 
 sufficient for enabling the Mason to understand an ex- 
 planation of the chemical differences in the materials 
 used by him, and also to take in the advice that may 
 be given him as to Mortars and Cements. As regards 
 Physics, he should pay particular attention to those 
 applications of the Mechanical Powers, the intelligent 
 use of which in moving such ponderous masses as those 
 he has to deal with, may make to him a difference of 
 life or limb. 
 
 An attainment which decidedly claims attention 
 from the Mason is the measurement of Solids or Cubic 
 measurement, simplified as much as possible in the 
 Minor Studies, but rising into geometrical problems in 
 the higher ones. 
 
 (1) One of the first results of instruction thus organized, will be a rational 
 and fixed nomenclature. In the mean time I venture to use the plural 
 "STONES" for designating collectively all kinds of Stone or "PETREOTJS 
 MATERIALS" used in the construction or decoration of Buildings. As 
 MARBLES are strictly speaking Carbonate of Lime, it would be convenient 
 to have a separate word for designating Granite, Porphyry, Serpentine, 
 and other Stones susceptible of a high polish, and used for ornamental 
 purposes in lieu of Marble, with which they are too often confounded. 
 
312 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 In this as in other Trades in which manual skill has 
 a partly mechanical and partly artistic tendency, the 
 Candidate for a Minor Certificate should be able, not 
 only to work in the appropriate material a simple 
 ornament from a Drawing, but also to copy that Draw- 
 ing in free hand. 
 
 The Major Candidate will be expected to display 
 both with chisel and pencil, much more advanced 
 abilities ; though artistic origination may still be dis- 
 pensed with. d)As for a Diploma of Excellence, I do 
 not at present see how it can be merited without 
 stepping into the province of the Sculptor. 
 
 Summary. 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The portion of Physics relating to 
 the Mechanical Powers. The portion of Inorganic 
 Chemistry bearing on Stones and Cements. 
 The Department of Applied Knowledge (Second 
 Division of the Course) relating to Stones and 
 Cements, unless it should be found preferable to 
 include this Subject in the Introductory Portion 
 of the Technical Knowledge. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 2 of Mensuration. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1, or if possible Stage 2, of Draw- 
 ing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. To embrace what a good Workman may 
 fairly be expected to know concerning the ordinary 
 
 (1) Of course every encouragement will be given to promising young 
 Students to try their best at Design and Modelling. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE BKICKMAKEB. 313 
 
 Appliances, Materials, and Processes. To include 
 precautions for avoidance of Accident or Injury. 
 
 Manual Skill to be tested by some simple and appro- 
 priate piece of Carving. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 The G. S. F. and Preparatory Attainments to be ad- 
 vanced one Grade. 
 
 MANUAL. The Technical Knowledge to be advanced 
 and expanded in the same proportion as the Pre- 
 paratory Knowledge, and to include introductory 
 notions of the Geology of the most useful Petreous 
 Formations, and the leading particulars of QUAR- 
 RYING, as well as a good knowledge of home and 
 foreign Materials. 
 
 Sculptural Abilities to include all ordinary orna- 
 mental work. 
 
 THE BRICK AND TILE MAKER. 
 
 It has been repeatedly shown how essential it is for 
 the success of the proposed national scheme of Technical 
 Instruction, that it should embrace in its comprehensive 
 grasp the whole Industrial Community, in order that 
 every part of the educational structure may be co-ordi- 
 nate with the rest, and that when located in its proper 
 place it may support and be supported. At the same 
 time it has been proved to be equally essential that the 
 most cautious discrimination should be used in selecting 
 for the beginning of actual operations, those among the 
 
314 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 multitude of Industrial Pursuits, and those only which 
 urge undeniable claims to attention, and hold out un- 
 questionable chances of success. Our selection will 
 grow and ramify as our efforts become appreciated, our 
 resources improve, and our steps, at first guided by 
 forethought, acquire the aid of experience. 
 
 Such are the considerations which present them- 
 selves to the mind on arriving at a Trade like that of 
 Brickmaking, in which we see a multitude of hands 
 working with a minimum exercise of brains. Ac- 
 cordingly for the present it may be best not to recom- 
 mend for the rank and file of the Brickfield, anything 
 beyond an Examination and Certificate in Grade I 
 of General Scientific Foundation, which being under 
 a different name the same thing as the Science of 
 Daily Life, is equally calculated to minister to their 
 physical well-being, and to promote their technical 
 advancement. On the one hand it professes to teach 
 just what everybody has occasion to know, in a way 
 that everybody is competent to understand, and may 
 therefore without fear of wrong or ridicule be pre- 
 scribed even for the most mechanically moving 
 Labourer. On the other hand as Bricks happen to be 
 things that every one in this Country ought to know 
 something about, the rationale of their manufacture is 
 clearly though simply explained in the Applied 
 Division even of the Grade 1 Course. Any in- 
 clination to study the Grade 2 Course, or merely its 
 Chemistry should be encouraged, but the only Trade 
 Certificate which seems likely to be required, is one 
 of the Major Degree for the range of attainments that 
 should be possessed by a Foreman, or other person 
 having the management of large Brick and Tile 
 Works. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE BRICKLAYER, ETC. '315 
 
 No apology is necessary for uniting Tiles with Bricks, 
 but I am aware of the difficulty there is in clearly sepa- 
 rating Tiles from Pottery, into the nature of which 
 they gradually pass by refinement of material, glazing, 
 and colouring. Generally speaking the Ceramic Arts 
 are distinguished from Brick and Tile Making, by the 
 use of what is known as the Potter's Wheel, instead of 
 a Mould ; but many exceptions occur, and we find our- 
 selves in one of those numberless technical dilemmas, 
 in which the mutual overlapping of kindred Industries, 
 must be dealt with by making the Students of each, 
 acquainted with all that stands not far beyond the 
 border. 
 
 The following is a rough sketch of what might be 
 comprised in the Curriculum in question : 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3 of Inorganic Chemistry. 
 
 MANUAL, to comprise a sound knowledge of the various 
 available kinds of Clay and Brick Earth, with 
 their preparation and mixtures, as also of all usual 
 machinery and appliances, processes and products, 
 including a, as regards Bricks, not only all ordi- 
 nary kinds, but also those peculiar in shape, colour, 
 hardness, fireproof quality, etc. ; 5, as regards Tiles, 
 all usual kinds and qualities, with a few that might 
 claim to be Earthenware. 
 
 THE BRICKLAYER, PLASTERER, &c. 
 
 From the prominence given to matters of Household 
 Economy in the selection of the subjects composing the 
 Second or Applied Division of the General Scientific 
 
316 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Foundation, results a certain advantage to Artisans 
 whose occupation lies in that line. Thus the Brick- 
 layer will find even in Grade 1 of that Foundation, 
 which we may assume to have been initiated in his 
 School years under the name of the Science of Daily 
 Life, and to have been perfected during his Apprentice- 
 ship, simple yet sound notions concerning the rationale 
 of Mortars and Cements, and nearly all other things on 
 which his Trade has a Scientific bearing ; and these 
 notions will be very satisfactorily completed for prac- 
 tical purposes, if he acquires Grade 2. Accordingly as 
 the technical manipulation of Bricks and Mortar is so 
 much more a matter for Apprenticeship than for College 
 Instruction, I would suggest offering no Trade Cer- 
 tificate, but that Bricklayers be recommended to try, 
 as far as conveniently possible, for Certificates in the 
 following Subjects. 
 
 JOURNEYMEN : 
 
 In Grade 1 of G. S. F. 
 2 of Physics. 
 Inorganic Chemistry. 
 ,, Mensuration. 
 
 MASTERS, to take each of these Subjects a Grade 
 higher/ 1 ) 
 
 It is obvious that the suggestions here made will 
 more or less apply in the case of other Artisans whose 
 pursuit may be benefited by Scientific or Mathematical 
 Knowledge, but does not require a regular Course of 
 Technical Studies. 
 
 (1) The Bricklayer's Labourer, who among other duties requiring no 
 inconsiderable amount of intelligence, prepares the Mortar, raises the 
 Scaffolding, &c., will constantly feel the benefit of a Grade 1 Foundation, 
 and may not unfrequently be induced to strive for more. 
 
SECT. 3.] WOOD-WORKERS IN GENERAL. 317 
 
 WOOD-WORKERS IN GENERAL. 
 
 Workers in Wood, will no less than Workers in 
 Bricks and Mortar, derive constant advantage from a 
 sound and early acquired acquaintance with the Science 
 of Daily Life. Those whose simple labour is more a 
 matter of practice than of study, such as Timber-fellers, 
 Sawyers, and the like, will find in a Grade 1 of 
 G. S. F. just the sort of Elementary and Applied 
 Knowledge they require, whilst for the Young Car- 
 penter, Joiner, or Cabinet Maker, that Knowledge will 
 admirably serve as a stepping-stone to higher things. 
 After learning at School the rudiments of Physics, and 
 making good use of the Mechanical Powers during 
 their Apprenticeship, they will readily take in any 
 further instalment of Physical Science, and as regards 
 Chemistry, Glue, Stains, Varnishes and Preservatives 
 from Dry Eot will be quite within their compass. Even 
 as regards Botany they will already have some notion 
 of the difference between Endogens and Exogens, and 
 of the leading phenomena in the growth of the latter 
 connected with the nature of the Wood produced ; and 
 they will be competent to feel an intelligent curiosity 
 about all that most concerns them in the secrets of 
 Forestry, or the incidents of the Timber Trade/ 1 ) 
 
 There is much to be learnt in common by the various 
 denominations of Workers in Wood, but much also 
 which they have to learn divergently. The House 
 Carpenter deals with less sorts and larger masses of 
 Wood than most of the others ; his calculations of 
 
 (1) The advantage of assuring to every one a good acquaintance with 
 the origin and history of the Materials with which he has to deal, has been 
 duly recognized in organizing the Studies at that excellent establishment 
 the Engineering College at Cooper's Hill. 
 
318 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 quantities require a good arithmetical foundation, and 
 there is scope for scientific thought as well as prac- 
 tical training in the art of providing support for 
 every pressure, and resistance for every thrust, and 
 of effecting a maximum of strength with a minimum of 
 materials. 
 
 As we pass from Building Carpentry to Joinery, 
 Cabinet-making and Upholstery, we find a ponderous 
 and powerful construction replaced by accuracy of joint 
 and elegance of design, and quantity, by variety of 
 Woods employed; to say nothing of the introduction 
 of other materials which creep in till Wood is in gome 
 departments, as in Bedsteads and the like, almost super- 
 seded. Some of the wood-using Trades are contracted 
 into a narrow specialty ; as for instance, that of the 
 Stair and Handrail Maker, or of the Chair Maker, or 
 again that of the Cooper, whose all-absorbing thought 
 is to keep liquids in. That of the Boat-builder is on 
 the contrary to keep liquids out, and this specialty is 
 far from being a narrow one. It is part of a vast 
 range of important Industries appertaining to NAVAL 
 ARCHITECTURE, and concerning which it may be best 
 to say nothing till we see what development is given to 
 the Nautical College so admirably located at Greenwich. 
 
 Considerable discrimination must be exercised in 
 selecting the Industrial Pursuits for which Trade Ex- 
 aminations and Certificates are to be appointed at the 
 beginning, and as regards various Handicrafts of which 
 the uncertain outlines melt as it were into each other, 
 it may be best to wait before inscribing them in 
 Category B, till we ascertain in what proportions the 
 respective Candidates are likely to make their appear- 
 ance, and how they may best be grouped for economy 
 of Teaching Power. There can be no doubt as to the 
 
SECT. 3.] WOOD-WORKERS IN GENERAL. 319 
 
 eligibility of such Trades as those of the House Car- 
 penter, the Joiner, and the Cabinet-maker, but it will 
 not be so easy to determine to what extent they should 
 be - united or separated in the Technical Teaching, and 
 consequently in the Handbooks and Manuals. Under 
 these circumstances the following suggestive Summary 
 of Studies prepared with a view to them, is necessarily 
 of a somewhat vague character. No Examination for 
 a Diploma of Excellence is indicated, because the rising 
 Carpenter would probably aspire to become a Builder, 
 and the rising Cabinet-maker to become an Uphol- 
 sterer. 
 
 Summary. 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Mechanical Physics, as far as and 
 including the Subject of Wheel Carriages (see 
 p. 174). The part of Botany relating to the 
 growth of Exogens, The Department of the Se- 
 cond Division of the Course relating to the dif- 
 ferent sorts of Wood and their uses. It might be 
 well further to include in the case of the House 
 Carpenter, all the departments relating to Dwell- 
 ings, and in the case of the Cabinet Maker, other 
 appropriate selections. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 2 of Mensuration. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. Junior Technology of the particular branch 
 of Woodworking in view. In each case to include 
 a scientific review of the appropriate Workshop, 
 with its appliances and tools, and of all ordinary 
 materials and operations; the item of common 
 
320 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 accidents, with means for avoidance or relief, not 
 being forgotten. 
 
 Manual ability to be appropriately tested. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F.a> 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 3 of Mensuration. In 
 some branches Geometry should be specially at- 
 tended to. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 3 of Mechanical and Freehand 
 Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. Practical considerations will determine to 
 what extent the several Wood-working Industries 
 should in their advanced Technology be united or 
 taken separately. At all events the Scientific 
 Review of Materials will not only enter fully into 
 the origin, properties, and uses of the Woods ordi- 
 narily used in each, but extend to less known ones, 
 whilst all other Departments will be treated with 
 equal thoroughness. 
 
 Manual ability to be tested by some superior feat of 
 Workmanship. 
 
 (1) By differences in the Examination Syllabus, the portions of the Ele- 
 mentary and Applied Divisions of this Course which have been pushed 
 forward a Grade beyond the rest in the Minor Curriculum, may now 
 receive a nearly equivalent promotion without being raised to Grade 3, of 
 which the scientific phraseology might be considered too arduous by the 
 class of Artisans likely to become Candidates. In due time the rise in 
 the general standard of Education may allow of prescribing Grade 3 more 
 freely. 
 
SECT. 3.] PLUMBER, PAINTER, ETC. 321 
 
 THE PLUMBER, THE GLAZIER, THE PAINTER, AND ALLIED 
 
 TRADES. 
 
 Continuing the construction of a Dwelling from the 
 point to which it has been brought by the previous 
 Trades, we find ourselves confronted with a new diffi- 
 culty resulting from the frequent practice of uniting 
 several more or less distinct Trades in the hands of 
 one Tradesman. The selection of them is mainly regu- 
 lated by considerations of practical convenience, and is 
 of course more comprehensive in country places than 
 in large Towns. Sometimes one and the same person 
 is Slater, Zinc "Worker, Plumber and Sanitary Mecha- 
 nician, Glazier, House Painter, White Washer and 
 Paperhanger. Elsewhere one sees a few of these 
 Handicrafts omitted at the beginning of the list, and 
 others tacked on to the end, such as Gilding and other 
 branches of decoration. The best way of overcoming 
 such difficulties will probably be as follows ; though of 
 course here, as in every other branch of the proposed 
 operations, the plan to be adopted will to some extent 
 depend on the actual and relative number of the 
 Students in the various departments. 
 
 - Each regularly organized Trade or Handicraft, 
 which by its importance, the amount of knowledge 
 involved, and the distinct nature of that knowledge, 
 deserves to have a separate autonomy, will have its 
 own special Minor and Major Curriculum, Examination, 
 and Trade Certificate. 
 
 - Where on the contrary two or more Handicrafts, 
 frequently and conveniently carried on by the same 
 Man, involve almost identical preparatory knowledge, 
 
322 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 and abilities of closely kindred nature, they will be 
 published together in order to avoid unnecessary re- 
 petition of the information they require in common. 
 Thus for instance there will be but one " Handbook " 
 and one " Manual " for the House Painter, the Grainer, 
 and the Writer, whereby with a little arrangement and 
 a few remarks, the same review of pigments and other 
 materials and appliances, may be made to serve for 
 them all. 
 
 The foregoing will not prevent the Instruction, 
 Examinations, and Certificates in these branches of 
 Industry, from being distributed in any manner found 
 desirable, thanks to the plan of clearly defining the 
 Curriculum of every Student, by means of the expla- 
 natory Syllabus published in his Examination Pro- 
 gamine. 
 
 Where conveniently possible, a central or chief 
 Trade will be selected, round which affiliated branches 
 of Industry, may naturally group themselves, and Stu- 
 dents who have obtained a Minor or Major Certificate 
 in the one, will be encouraged to try for Supple- 
 mentary Certificates in the others. Many Industries 
 of small compass, but not undeserving of special 
 notice, may be either taken up thus as SUPPLE- 
 MENTARY PURSUITS, or studied by themselves on a 
 suitable foundation. 
 
 Every encouragement will be given to Artisans 
 to extend their knowledge to pursuits allied to, or any- 
 wise bearing on their own, and indeed some Curricula 
 of high degree, as for instance the Superior Curriculum 
 of the Decorator, will compass obligatorily a mixture of 
 many Trades. 
 
 Candidates for additional Certificates will not, as 
 a rule, be re-examined in branches of knowledge in 
 
SECT. 3.] PLUMBER, PAINTER, ETC. 323 
 
 which their present Certificates prove that they have 
 already passed a satisfactory examination. 
 
 A glance at a few of the Occupations appertaining 
 to the present group, may tend to elucidate the fore- 
 going suggestions. 
 
 a. ROOFING. Tiling is now seldom an independent 
 trade, being mainly in the province of the Bricklayer. 
 Slating is sometimes in the same hands, or in those 
 of the Plumber, but it is frequently also, and not un- 
 deservedly, taken as a specialty. Should it become cus- 
 tomary to unite in the special occupation of a ROOFER 
 (Couvreur, Dachdecker,) the covering of Buildings, 
 especially with non-metallic materials, this might not 
 inappropriately be considered as a Standard Trade, and 
 educationally dealt with accordingly ; not only because 
 the variety of available materials is considerable, but 
 also because the process of using them is often attended 
 with danger, and the means for rendering it less so 
 deserve special study. 
 
 b. The title of PLUMBEE and HYDRAULIST might 
 conveniently unite among other things : firstly, all 
 kinds of metallic Roofing, Guttering, and the like ; 
 secondly, Appliances connected with Domestic Hydrau- 
 lics, i. e. with Domestic Water supply and Sanitary 
 conveniences. A certain improvement on the usual 
 knowledge of these matters is a general desideratum, 
 and the Summary will be found to be framed with this 
 view. Moreover suggestions for a more special and 
 thoroughly scientific acquaintance with them under the 
 title of " Domestic Engineering," will be found in the 
 next sub-heading. 
 
 Y 2 
 
324 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V 
 
 c. HYDRAULIC, SANITARY, and DOMESTIC ENGINEER- 
 ING. As Hygiene becomes better appreciated, and the 
 attempts to promote its public and domestic applications 
 are regularized and extended, we may hope not only to 
 see its importance fully recognized in the Curricula of 
 the Medical Faculties, but also to see Hygienic Pro- 
 fessions and Trades thrive and prosper on the good 
 they do through the evil they prevent. HYDRAULIC 
 ENGINEERING, or the Science and Art of Water supply, 
 and SANITARY ENGINEERING, or the Science and Art 
 of Drainage and Sewerage, are Professions that may 
 be expected to be attended to at the Civil Engineering 
 Colleges, but with margin enough for our co-operation, 
 especially as far as they are connected with the physical 
 well-being of the Working Classes. As for DOMESTIC 
 ENGINEERING, it is a much more homely affair, and quite 
 within our compass. It simply unites in a course of 
 distinct studies, for the purpose of better casting on 
 them the light of Science, those domestic applications 
 of Hydraulics and Mechanics to purposes of Health and 
 Comfort, which are too often undertaken without being 
 properly understood. The Master Plumber who is led 
 by natural affinities to include them in his business, 
 will be induced to go into them with much more scien- 
 tific thoroughness, by being offered the opportunity of 
 a special Course of Studies, success in which will enable 
 him to add to his Trade-title that of " DOMESTIC EN- 
 GINEER." Should his genius or his ambition prompt 
 him to covet a professional standing in this useful line, 
 he must strive to earn a Diploma of Excellence by a 
 Course of Studies widely compassing the domain of 
 Domestic Hygiene. They will embrace, besides do- 
 mestic sewerage, sanitary appliances, water supply, and 
 other necessities of life, many of its comforts and con- 
 
SECT. 3.] PLUMBEB, PAINTER, ETC. 325 
 
 veniences, such as Baths of various kinds, Bells and 
 their substitutes, Alarms, Fire-escapes, &c. 
 
 d. GLAZING. If under the title of Glazier were 
 included the knowledge of all kinds and descriptions of 
 Window Glass, plain, worked, or coloured, and the art 
 of using the latter for decorative purposes, we should 
 pause and consider ; but Glazing as carried on in 
 the ordinary way by the Painter and Plumber, is 
 decidedly not above being taken as a Supplementary 
 Pursuit. 
 
 e. The HOUSE PAINTER. This important Trade is 
 one on the scientific development of which no pains 
 should be spared. It should have a Minor and a Major 
 Certificate. The Candidate for either of these should 
 be recommended to take up in a similar degree the 
 Supplementary Pursuits of Distempering and Paper- 
 hanging, or those of Writing and Graining, in prefer- 
 ence to including the Trade of the Plumber, &c. The 
 Painter aspiring to higher honours should go in for 
 them as Decorator. (See sub-heading h.) 
 
 f. DISTEMPERING. This may be either plain, in- 
 cluding Whitewashing and other simple coatings for 
 neatness or preservation^ 1 ) or ornamental, including 
 stencilling or other Decorative Work. The kindred 
 nature of the knowledge and abilities involved, suggest 
 at once that Distempering should be included among 
 the occupations taken up by the Painter ; though it 
 should be so far treated as a distinct Subject, as to 
 allow of its being taken up by persons prevented by 
 their health or otherwise from pursuing Oil-painting. 
 
 g. PAPERHANGING is often taken up by the House- 
 
 (1) A rough kind of Whitewashing, as well as Limewashing, and apply- 
 ing Tar or the like, are mostly performed by Men acting as Labourers 
 under Bricklayers or Carpenters. 
 
326 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 painter, and not inappropriately, but the two Subjects 
 of Distempering and Paperhanging, supported by a 
 Second Grade of G. S. F. would form by themselves a 
 very eligible means of livelihood. 
 
 h. The DECORATOR. Whilst it is exceedingly de- 
 sirable to promote the development of chastened and 
 refined architectural taste in the designing of Dwell- 
 ings, it is no less desirable to carry the same principles 
 of true refinement into all the details of their internal 
 decoration. Hence it is important that the Technical 
 University should offer every facility and encourage- 
 ment for the proper training : Istly, of the Working 
 Tradesman who adding a Major Certificate of pro- 
 ficiency in Decorative Work to that which marks his 
 cleverness at painting in Oils arid Distemper, will take 
 the title of PAINTER AND DECORATOR ; 2ndly, of the 
 PROFESSIONAL DECORATOR, whose ability to devise 
 and superintend all kinds of Decorative Work, will be 
 attested by a Diploma of Excellence. Like the Builder 
 who, without being necessarily a good hand at all the 
 Trades engaged in the construction of a Building, knows 
 enough of them to be an intelligent supervisor of the 
 whole, he may render greater service by his fertile 
 origination and adaptation of Designs, his judicious 
 selection of patterns and colours, his patronage of free- 
 hand work in preference to Stencilling, and his careful 
 surveillance of all that is done, than by any manual 
 participation therein. Mastering the history and vicis- 
 situdes of Decoration in various Countries, and soaring 
 through the ^Esthetics of Economic Art to a standpoint 
 whence he can control the tendencies of Fashion, he 
 may be able to exercise a powerful influence on the 
 manifestations of wealth in the dwellings and furniture 
 of the upper ten thousand, and cause genuine artistic 
 
SECT. 3.] THE DECORATOR, ETC. 327 
 
 taste to permeate downwards to nearly every social 
 level. 
 
 i. GILDING. Notwithstanding the importance of 
 this operation, and the scientific interest attached to the 
 extraordinary malleability of Gold, it is a matter of so 
 much more practice than knowledge, and it is associated 
 with so many different Handicrafts, that for the con- 
 venience of these, it had better be treated as a Detached 
 Subject. This need not in the least prevent its being 
 made an obligatory part of the Curriculum of the Trade 
 described in the next Paragraph. 
 
 j. The CARVER AND GILDER. The Trade thus named 
 for convenience sake, and in conformity to the common 
 practice, is intended to include the making and mount- 
 ing of Frames of all kinds, for Looking-glasses, as well 
 as for Pictures, Prints, &c. It must however be borne 
 in mind that the Carving of Wood for Gilded Frames, 
 has been to a great extent superseded by the moulding 
 of Stuccos and similar compounds, and that the working 
 of Wood Mouldings is largely done by machinery. In 
 fact a Carver who could execute Artistic ornaments 
 in Wood, would deserve a special Certificate as Art 
 Workman. This Trade further includes, or might ap- 
 propriately include, all ornamental work in Wood, 
 Stucco, Carton-pierre, Papier-mache, and other materials 
 wholly or partially gilt, employed in the decoration of 
 Dwellings. It is evident that this Trade is one of 
 those that should come under the cognizance of the 
 professional Decorator, whose control over the selection 
 and arrangement of Furniture, might also extend to 
 the following Subject. 
 
 k. -PICTURE-HANGING. This Occupation involves 
 more special knowledge and cleverness than is gene- 
 rally supposed, both as regards symmetry and artistic 
 
328 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 rules, and also as regards permanent safety from acci- 
 dent ; and if treated as a Supplementary Pursuit it will 
 form a convenient adjunct to the business either of the 
 Carver and Gilder, or of the Upholsterer. 
 
 By the foregoing plan of separating educationally a 
 number of OPTIONAL SUBJECTS from the various Trades 
 with which they are commonly associated in practice, 
 the confusion which met our view on first accosting 
 this group, is considerably smoothed away, and the 
 number of Standard Trades for which Curricula should 
 be provided, is reduced to a few, of which the following 
 are examples. 
 
 THE PLUMBER AND HYDRAULIST. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Parts of Physics relating to the 
 Mechanical Powers and to Hydrostatics. The 
 Chemistry of the Familiar Metals. Department 
 of the Applied Division of the Course relating to 
 the extraction and elaboration of the Metals ; also 
 a selection from the Departments relating to the 
 supply and qualities of Water. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 1, or if conveniently 
 possible, Grade 2 of Mensuration. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 or 2 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Junior Technology of the Trade, duly 
 supported with Introductory Matter, but not ex- 
 tending beyond what every intelligent workman 
 may bo expected to perform and to understand. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE PLUMBER, ETC. 329 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G-. S. F., supported with any suit- 
 able Works on Mechanism and Hydraulics. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES, Grade 2 or 3 of Mensuration. 
 
 ART STUDIES. Stage 2 or 3 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. Advanced Technology of the Trade, with 
 abundant introductory matter, bringing Science 
 into clear connection with its Technical Appli- 
 cations. 
 
 DOMESTIC ENGINEER. 
 (There will be no Minor Examination.) 
 
 . Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. Inorganic Chemistry. Also Statics, Dy- 
 namics, Mechanism, and Hydraulics from appro- 
 priate Sources. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 2 or 3 of General 
 Mathematics. 
 
 ART STUDIES. Stage 3 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. Special Technology, of the character indi- 
 cated in the Analysis. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 GRADE 3 of G. S. F. 
 
 The other Preparatory Attainments need not be 
 raised much above the level indicated for the Major 
 Degree. A far greater expansion will occur in the 
 knowledge to be derived from a full use of the Manual 
 supported with abundant references to special Works. 
 
330 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 HOUSE PAINTER(l) 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The parts of Chemistry most essen- 
 tial for understanding the nature and properties of 
 the Pigments, Vehicles, Varnishes, &c., commonly 
 used. The selection to be as usual indicated by 
 the Examination Syllabus. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 1 of Plane Mensu- 
 ration. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Junior Technology of the Trade. 
 The Introductory Portion to include leading no- 
 tions of Chromatics. Also the construction of 
 suitable scaffolding. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 2 or 3 of Mensuration. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 3 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. The Advanced Technology of the Trade. 
 The Introductory Subjects, including Chromatics, 
 to be effectively treated, and Hygienic Advice to 
 be freely given. 
 
 (1) The Preparatory Knowledge here indicated will suffice for several of 
 the occupations which have been mentioned as suited for being annexed 
 to the present Trade. Should additional attainments be involved in any 
 of them, they would be indicated in the respective Syllabuses. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE DECOEATOE. 331 
 
 THE DECOEATOE. 
 (No Minor Examination.) 
 
 Major Examination 
 
 For a Certificate as WORKING DECORATOR. 
 
 To pass this Examination the House Painter holding 
 a Major Certificate must in addition to the attainments 
 therein attested show the following : A Grade 3 of 
 the part of Physics relating to Light. Considerable 
 expertness at the calculation of intricate surfaces. 
 Stage 5 of Drawing in appropriate Styles. A good 
 knowledge of the laws of Taste in form, colour, and 
 subject. Some acquaintance with Standard Works on 
 Decorative Art. 
 
 A satisfactory Manual Test will be de rigueur. 
 
 Superior Examination 
 
 For a Diploma as PROFESSED DECORATOR. 
 GEADE 3 of G. S. F. 
 
 The other Preparatory Attainments will not require 
 to be on a much higher level than in the preceding 
 curriculum, and Manual Skill will scarcely be so neces- 
 sary ; but the Technical Knowledge must include a 
 thorough acquaintance with the laws of Artistic Taste, 
 with the history of Decorative Art, its varied Styles 
 and its manifold resources, and with the appropriate 
 works, to which numerous references will be made in 
 the Manual. For further particulars see the Analysis. 
 
 The Practical Test to bear chiefly on Origination. 
 
332 TEADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 METAL WOKKEKS IN GENEEAL.(l) 
 
 It may seem at first very discouraging to have to 
 meet the educational requirements of a host of Trades 
 and Handicrafts in which so many Metals are applied 
 in so many ways, to so many purposes ; but on con- 
 sideration we shall find the task greatly lightened by 
 the conclusions which we have already arrived at in 
 cases more or less analogous to those which now pre- 
 sent themselves. 
 
 The first step towards Metal-working is to obtain the 
 Metal that is to be worked, and here an easy distinction 
 may at once be made between the uppermost, and the 
 remainder of the Brains and Hands engaged. For 
 reasons already explained, the advanced Studies re- 
 quired for holding superior positions in connection 
 with Geology, Mining and the like, may with advan- 
 tage remain entrusted to the Government School of 
 Mines, being likely to be pursued chiefly by high-class 
 Students capable of enjoying to its full extent the re- 
 fined scientific culture centred at South Kensington. 
 But below these Students set aside as belonging to 
 Category A, are 01 TroXXoi of the Mining Population, 
 having neither the means nor the previous mental 
 training required for availing themselves of that high 
 privilege, and who will be only too thankful if under 
 the proposed system of National Technical Instruction, 
 Science of equally sound principles but more con- 
 descending disposition, stoops to meet their wants and 
 their comprehension. Further, we find that this 
 
 (1) Plumbers and Zincworkers have been already adverted to. 
 Machinery, Watchmaking, and the like, will be treated of in a subse- 
 quent group. Many of the higher branches of Metal-working, such as 
 those of the Gold- or Silver-smith, escape from our present notice into 
 the domain of Art Workmanship. 
 
SECT. 3.] TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. 333 
 
 circumstance equally applies to a crowd of Workers 
 engaged in the manifold occupations which purify, 
 mix, fashion, and turn out as useful or ornamental 
 articles, the crude products of the Mines. Let us 
 take first those which belong to what it has been pro- 
 posed to call Category C, engaged mainly in manual 
 labour, with a certain amount of skill, but without a 
 sufficient extent or variety of Technical Knowledge to 
 deserve special Curricula and Trade Certificates. 
 
 Category C. 
 
 These occupations will all be benefited by that 
 Common Sense which even Grade 1 of a General 
 Scientific Foundation, purposely devised as the Science 
 of Daily Life, cannot fail to develop. When it is 
 remembered that the Second Division of the Course, 
 especially of Grade 2, touches on the Technology of 
 nearly all the Trades and Manufactures which minister 
 to our daily wants, arid particularly on the extraction 
 and elaboration of the familiar metals, it becomes 
 obvious that a Metal Worker who merely possesses 
 such a foundation, will be a Savant as compared with 
 a fellow worker who has never looked into Science at 
 all.d) 
 
 Category B. 
 
 It is unnecessary to repeat what has been said of the 
 convenience of not only using the General Scientific 
 Foundation as a stepping-stone to further attainments, 
 but also in many instances of borrowing from a higher 
 Grade of the same, certain portions of advanced in- 
 
 (1) For further indications see " Studies . for Subject Certificates " at 
 the beginning of this Chapter. 
 
334 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 formation. This expedient will supply in most of the 
 Metal-working Trades, nearly all the Preparatory 
 Knowledge required. There are however some Metal- 
 working Industries in which -a Supplementary Know- 
 ledge of Metallurgy is demanded, and a few in which 
 Mechanism must be understood. As for Artistic 
 Training, the main point is as usual, that the re- 
 spective Workmen should be able to do their appointed 
 work correctly from drawn patterns, and the respective 
 Masters to draw the Patterns required. 
 
 The present Group affords us an opportunity of 
 illustrating a principle which should be constantly 
 kept in view in devising Curricula and preparing 
 Text Books for the various Industries ; viz., that while 
 the elevation and commercial success of each Industry, 
 and the health and well-being of those engaged in it, 
 should be primary considerations, nothing should be 
 neglected which can confer a benefit on the community 
 at large. There is a branch of Technical Knowledge 
 generally treated rather lightly as an incidental appen- 
 dage of the Trade of the Furnishing Ironmonger, but 
 the cultivation or neglect of which by himself and his 
 Manufacturer, makes a very great difference in the 
 domestic comfort of his customers ; namely the know- 
 ledge, theoretical and practical, of all that appertains 
 to the production and domestic applications of Heat 
 .This highly important branch of instruction will I 
 imagine be entrusted under the name of THERMOLOGY, 
 or some equivalent Title, to a special Professor for 
 being illustrated in the University Museum by a col- 
 lection of Models, Appliances, and Specimens, more 
 complete than any yet existing, and for being duly 
 taught to the Students concerned, both through the 
 Cyclopaedias and ex cathedra. In the higher Grades, 
 
SECT. 3.] THE THERMOLOGIST. 335 
 
 this thermological instruction should embrace a com- 
 prehensive range of hygienic as well as economic 
 questions ; including among others the following 
 points : Common causes of deterioration of the air 
 of a room ; unseen and therefore too little studied 
 play of atmospheric currents in a room under the 
 complex influences of natural or artificial warmth, of 
 moisture, of the admixture of Carbonic Acid, of 
 draughts, &c.; contrivances and appliances for the 
 special purpose of Ventilation ; relative advantages 
 of the various open Grates, close Stoves, and other 
 heating appliances, as regards convenience, economy, 
 ventilation, and action on the Air when overheated ; 
 rationale and cure of smoky chimneys ; comparative 
 heating power of the various Fuels, including Gas, 
 taken in connection with their price and relative con- 
 venience ; best construction of Grates, Stoves, and 
 Ranges, for Cooking Purposes ; contrivances for a 
 supply of Hot Water, either connected with the fore- 
 going or devised for Laundry Purposes, and the like/ 1 ) 
 Few points in Domestic Hygiene are more perplex- 
 ing than the vexed question, " open Grates versus close 
 Stoves," complicated as it is on either side by a multi- 
 tude of ingenious devices, and rendered more perplex- 
 ing by the conflicting experience of different countries, 
 whilst to make matters worse, many clever Philoso- 
 phers have found it more convenient to argue in 
 favour of whatever they had a personal preference for, 
 
 (1) Among the Manuscripts alluded to elsewhere as being available for 
 inspection at the Twickenham Economic Museum, are Papers relating to 
 the leading types of Grates and Stoves, and to the modes of testing them. 
 We may hope shortly to have the benefit of important additions to this 
 branch of knowledge, in the form of an official Keport by the Committee 
 charged with the testing of Grates and Stoves at the International Exhi- 
 bition in connection with the Society of Arts. 
 
336 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 than to take the trouble of ascertaining whether this 
 preference was founded on habit or on reason. Not- 
 withstanding the labours of the influential Committee 
 appointed at the suggestion of Mr. Chadwick in 1866, 
 and followed up in the ensuing year by a series of 
 practical investigations at the Paris Universal Ex- 
 hibition, much remains to be done which it will be 
 peculiarly within the province of the National Tech- 
 nical University to undertake. Endowed with a 
 spacious Museum, constituted on the principle of not 
 merely exhibiting to the best advantage things volun- 
 tarily brought to it, but also of actively getting to- 
 gether all that may be required to complete each 
 instructional Series, it will possess rare advantages for 
 clearing up matters like these by practical investiga- 
 tions on a comprehensive scale ; for turning at once 
 to the best educational account the information thus 
 elaborated, and for demonstrating that Industry guided 
 by Science, may in serving its own interests, confer 
 vast benefits on the community at large. It may 
 safely be hoped that the progress made in the in- 
 dustrial line at the National University, will be duly 
 responded to in the physiological line at the Medical 
 Faculties ; (*) for the study of Hygiene is beginning at 
 last to find in this country that appreciation which has 
 for some time been accorded to it on the Continent, and 
 would at once make rapid strides, if admitted to the 
 obligatory Curriculum of University Examinations. 
 
 Returning to the more direct purpose of our Analysis, 
 and considering the subject of Thermology in relation 
 to those who will have to work it into practical results, 
 we take the example of a London Furnishing Iron- 
 
 (1) The appointment of Dr. Corfield to a special Chair of Hygiene at 
 University College, is in this respect an encouraging omen. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE THERMOLOGIST. 337 
 
 monger in a large way of business, one of those who 
 are at the same time rather inappropriately called 
 Working Ironmongers because they undertake to do 
 or get done all Work connected with Ironmongery. 
 We find that he employs among other Workmen, 
 one or two who are sent out whenever a Grate or 
 Stove is to be fixed or altered, or anything else to be 
 done in the heating line. These Men ought certainly 
 to have a few sound notions of what they should do 
 and avoid, such as would be afforded by even a 
 moderate acquaintance with Thermology. Then above 
 them we see perhaps a Foreman who like the French 
 Fumiste is especially competent to conquer a smoky 
 chimney, and who is equally ready to act as consulting 
 Engineer for a kitchen range or any other heating 
 appliance. What the above Workmen ought to know 
 something of in a minor degree, this special Foreman 
 ought to possess in a major degree, and each will ac- 
 cordingly strive to add an -appropriate Supplementary 
 Certificate to the one marking his proficiency as 
 Worker in Ironmongery. 
 
 The Diploma of Excellence with the title of PRO- 
 FESSED THERMOLOGIST, will only be conferred on the 
 well trained Candidate who masters an exhaustive 
 Course of Studies. 
 
 The Professor of THERMOLOGY at the proposed Uni- 
 versity will probably be also Professor of PHOTOLOGY ; 
 that is to say of the knowledge or subject of LIGHT 
 economically considered. This subject, which was in- 
 cluded with that of the applications of Heat, in the 
 labours of the South Kensington Committee, will often 
 be taken up by the same Students, but arrangements 
 will be made to allow of its being taken up separately 
 by Lampists and Chandlers, not specially interested in 
 
338 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION. [CHAP. V. 
 
 Thermology. The Superior Degree conferring the 
 title of Professed Photologist will like that of the sister 
 Course of Studies, be very expansive, including: a 
 knowledge of the best means for ascertaining the in- 
 tensity and quality of any given Light ; a knowledge 
 of all the most notable materials and appliances avail- 
 able for the production of Light, with their comparative 
 merits as to brilliancy, quality, steadiness, safety, con- 
 venience, and economy ; a knowledge of the use of 
 Reflectors, including those for transmitting Day-light 
 to the interior of Buildings in close-built Towns ^ 
 a knowledge of the effects of Light and Darkness on 
 the Human Frame in general, and of the amount and 
 quality of Light most congenial to the Yisual Organs, 
 according to personal temperament and occupation. 
 
 In the same way that some of the metal-working 
 Trades plunge rather deeply into the subjects of Heat 
 or Light, others go off at a tangent in other directions 
 involving requirements which must equally be pro- 
 vided for in the Preparatory and Technical portions 
 of their respective Curricula. Thus for instance there 
 is much special chemical and photological Knowledge, 
 some amount of Decorative Art, and a good deal of 
 Technical Contrivance involved in the Grasfitting 
 Trade. 
 
 A question arises in this Group which will frequently 
 occur in future ones, namely as to the manner of deal- 
 ing with Commercial Trades. In theory a Tradesman 
 ought to know the whole history of every article he 
 
 (1) This is one of the many resources which the spread of intelligence 
 through a scientific education is likely to enhance, and as an example of 
 the results may be mentioned that it has been shown by experiment to 
 present a remedy for the internal darkness which is reckoned the chief 
 objection to the mode of construction of Urban Dwellings for the Working 
 Classes known as the " Internal Corridor System." 
 
SECT. 3.] THE PHOTOLOGIST. 339 
 
 sells, but in practice the number and diversity of 
 Articles sold in a single shop, are such that all we 
 can expect of the Dealer is that he should sufficiently 
 possess the rationale of each, to be able to judge whether 
 it be good and genuine of its kind, and to some extent 
 whether it be deserving of preference over another 
 article of a different make. Thus taking for example 
 the Furnishing Ironmonger, it is impossible that he 
 should know thoroughly the details of manufacture of 
 the whole multitude of Articles stored for sale in his 
 warehouse ; but he ought to be taught to recognize the 
 quality of the materials of which they are made, trained 
 to discuss intelligently the principle and contrivance of 
 any new patent Lock, improved Bottle Jack, or Hydro- 
 static Coffee Machine, and instructed to recommend 
 things with a substantial " reason why," and not simply 
 because they are the u last out." 
 
 Another question is to what extent Trades should be 
 amalgamated or kept apart, and what minor Occupa- 
 tions should be taught as Supplementary or Detached 
 Subjects, so that it may be optional with the Students 
 to associate them with Standard Trades, or to learn 
 them as distinct means of livelihood. As examples of 
 such Occupations may be named : Nail-making, Wire 
 Work, Bell-hanging, Copper-beating, Tinning, Electro- 
 plating, Lacquering and Bronzing, etc. Nothing posi- 
 tive need be decided till the actual working of the 
 proposed Institution brings out certain circumstances 
 which it would be difficult to divine beforehand, but 
 which it will be easy to conform to when become prac- 
 tically apparent. In the mean time appearances are in 
 favour of the rule that many small Occupations which 
 may conveniently be taken separately by Minor Stu- 
 dents, should be united by Major Students. 
 
 z 2 
 
340 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION [CHAP. V. 
 
 Outlines for Summaries.^ 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Inorganic Chemistry, and any other 
 portion of the Elementary Division that may be 
 specially required. The Department of the Ap- 
 plied Division relating to the extraction and elabo- 
 ration of Metals, and any other Departments that 
 may have a bearing on the particular Handicraft 
 in view. 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 1 of Mensuration if 
 required. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. To include in its Introductory portion any 
 Preparatory Knowledge of a Technical Character 
 that may be required by the Trade in view, as for 
 instance the description of the Horse's Foot in the 
 case of the Journeyman Farrier. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. Inorganic Chemistry, supplemented with 
 some suitable Work on Metallurgy. The several 
 Syllabuses to indicate likewise any other branches 
 of Preparatory Scientific Knowledge required, and 
 the best Sources/ 2 ) 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Mensuration if required. 
 
 (1) See also the analogous Suggestions at the end of the Article on 
 " Miscellaneous Chemical Occupations." In respect of Students belonging 
 to Category C, see the indications at the beginning of the present Article. 
 
 (2) As an example of such supplementary Studies, may be mentioned 
 that the Master Scale and Weight Maker should be well up in the Decimal 
 System. 
 
SECT. 3.] AND FURNISHING. 341 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 or 3 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. Advanced Technology of the Trade in ques- 
 tion, duly supported with Introductory Matter, and 
 as usual not only of a higher educational level, but 
 also of a much more comprehensive character than 
 the Technology of the Handbook. 
 
 Thermology. 
 
 Supplementary Studies for a Minor Certificate to be 
 obtained by a Journeyman House Smith, or Worker in 
 Ironmongery, possessing a Minor Certificate in that 
 capacity. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Part of Physics relating to Heat, 
 and portions of Organic Chemistry required for 
 understanding the formation, properties and pro- 
 ducts of Coal and other Fuels. Departments of 
 the Applied Division of the Course relating to 
 Warming, Cooking, Ventilating, &c., unless super- 
 seded by Introductory Information on these matters 
 inserted in the Handbook. 
 
 HANDBOOK. To include all that a Journeyman may 
 fairly be expected to know concerning Thermology 
 as described in the Analysis. 
 
 Supplementary Studies for a Major Certificate to be 
 obtained by a Master House Smith, or the Foreman of 
 a Working Ironmonger, possessing a Major Certificate 
 in such capacity. 
 
 GRADE 3 of the parts of Physics and Organic Chemistry 
 mentioned in the foregoing. 
 
342 TRADES OF CONSTRUCTION, ETC. [CHAP. V. 
 
 MANUAL. Advanced Course of Technology, well 
 supported with Introductory Information of the 
 nature above described, and affording a sound 
 knowledge of Thermology as described in the 
 Analysis. 
 
 Studies for a Diploma of Excellence as PROFESSED 
 THERMOLOGIST. 
 
 With the exception of raising the whole range of 
 Gr. S. F. to Grade 3 there will not be any essential 
 difference from the foregoing as to Preparatory Know- 
 ledge. It is as Technical Knowledge, or introduction 
 thereto, that will be treated the important range of 
 subjects in view, and the Manual, supplemented by its 
 Notes, Appendices, and numerous references, will form 
 a very complete guide book of Thermology, theoretical 
 and practical. 
 
 Photology. 
 
 Supplementary Studies for a Minor Certificate, a 
 Major Certificate, and a Diploma of Excellence in this 
 Subject, will embrace in a gradation analogous to that 
 shown for Thermology, the questions indicated in the 
 Analysis as belonging to the Sister Science, as well as 
 the appropriate Preparatory Knowledge to be borrowed 
 from Physics and Chemistry. 
 
 The union of the two branches of Practical Science 
 will be encouraged, promoting also, in the higher 
 degrees, an infusion of Artistic Taste for combining 
 beauty with utility in the respective appliances. 
 
SECT. 3.] THE UPHOLSTERER. 343 
 
 THE UPHOLSTERER. 
 
 Properly speaking, the Comppund Trade here in 
 view, is more correctly expressed by the frequently 
 used compound title of CABINET-MAKER and UP- 
 HOLSTERER. According to Worcester's Dictionary a 
 " Cabinet Maker is one who makes articles of wooden 
 furniture which require nice workmanship," whilst 
 "An Upholsterer is one who furnishes houses with 
 beds and furniture." As however the supplying of 
 Furniture includes Cabinet-work much better than the 
 latter name includes all the Joinery that is done in 
 the Workshop of the Upholsterer, the latter Title will 
 for brevity be used alone. 
 
 This comprehensive Trade will be found to be one of 
 those which demand a Major Certificate and a Diploma 
 of Excellence, but are not likely to require a Minor 
 Certificate. In fact the Master in a regular business 
 generally employs special Journeymen for the several 
 departments, but should himself possess a good know- 
 ledge of them all. Besides the Joinery and Cabinet- 
 work executed in his Workshop, he should understand 
 the quality of other articles in Wood, Cane, and other 
 materials, which it may better suit his purpose to 
 procure from a special Artisan, say the Chair-maker. 
 Though he does not as a rule manufacture his Iron 
 and Brass goods, he must know something about them. 
 Then the subject of Stuffing Materials is much more 
 vast and interesting than is generally supposed, and as 
 for Woven Fabrics, besides those which form the in- 
 dispensable skin of Stuffed Goods, a great many more, 
 including Curtains, Carpets and the like, should be 
 thoroughly gone into by the Tradesman " who furnishes 
 houses with beds and Furniture." If to all this we 
 
344 ( FURNISHING TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 add the Artistic Element, that is to say Taste in Form, 
 Colour, Symmetry, and Effect, and a moderate pro- 
 ficiency in Drawing, we have five chief branches of 
 technical attainment, namely Wood-work, Metal- work, 
 Stuffing Materials, Fabrics, and Artistic Talent, to say 
 nothing of accessory attributes/ 1 ) 
 
 Before proceeding to a suggestive Summary, it may 
 be well to remark how much power this Trade possesses 
 when directed by intelligent and conscientious minds, 
 for introducing in the domestic habits of the People, 
 not only improved Comfort, but also improved Taste. 
 Nor is it too much to say as regards many of the 
 dwellings of the poorer classes in particular, that be- 
 tween the shabby-fine, impure old furniture that is 
 there, and the unpretentious, but neat and cleanly fur- 
 niture that might be placed there at equal cost, under 
 the guidance of scientific knowledge and hygienic 
 principle, often lies the difference between Disease and 
 Health. 
 
 Summary. 
 (No Minor Examination.) 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G-. S. F. A large portion of the 
 2nd Division of this Course is so peculiarly suited 
 for supplying the necessary Preparatory Scientific 
 Knowledge, that probably nothing further will be 
 required. 
 
 (1) In the Dictionary above quoted, we read that the term UPHOLSTERER 
 is derived from UPHOLDER, which originally meant the bearing, of Coffins, 
 as well as the undertaking of Funeral rites in general. This office is still 
 to a great extent performed by the Upholsterer, but need not be included 
 in his Curriculum. 
 
SECT 3.] THE UPHOLSTERER. 345 
 
 MATHEMATICAL STUDIES. Grade 2 of Mensuration. 
 Advanced Arithmetic. 
 
 ART CLASS. Grade 3 of the appropriate Styles of 
 Design, including Origination. 
 
 MANUAL. To include, besides a good practical ac- 
 quaintance with the Materials used and the Ope- 
 rations performed in the various branches of the 
 Trade, a sound knowledge of the laws of Artistic 
 Taste applied to Articles of Domestic Furniture, 
 with a view to uniting neatness, and where de- 
 sired elegance, with the requirements of Health 
 and Comfort. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 The whole of the Preparatory Attainments to be 
 raised one Grade, particularly including in the Artistic 
 Training cleverness at originating and preparing 
 Designs adapted to any required purpose, taking into 
 account available space and means. 
 
 TECHNICAL TRAINING to include : A complete know- 
 ledge of all materials and contrivances available 
 for the appropriate Furnishing of Dwellings of 
 various levels of pretension ; special attention being 
 paid to the means for turning limited incomes to 
 the best account. A comprehensive knowledge of 
 the various styles of Furniture and Decoration 
 which prevail in various Countries, or have pre- 
 vailed in former times. 
 
 Upholsterers who have obtained Diplomas of Excel- 
 lence, will be encouraged to try also for Diplomas as 
 Professed Decorators, which will show their ability to 
 contract for all that relates to the embellishment as 
 well as the furnishing of first-class Mansions. 
 
346 TRADES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 SECTION 4.-TRADES CONNECTED WITH FABRICS 
 AND CLOTHING. 
 
 This Group of Industrial Pursuits is intended to 
 embrace the whole range of Class IY. of the late 
 Twickenham Economic Museum (p. 129), including 
 not only Textile Materials and Fabrics in the various 
 stages up to actual use, but also Waterproof Articles 
 and the substances used in their manufacture ; also 
 Leather, Furs, and various accessories of Dress, useful 
 or ornamental. It is another added to the many groups 
 which have already proved that Technical Instruction 
 cannot be dealt out to the various Industries in uniform 
 portions, and that any scheme for dispensing it fairly, 
 must as a first condition be based on a detailed review 
 of the whole Technical Kingdom, and secondly be 
 made as pliable in its various adaptations, as it must be 
 firm in its main principles. 
 
 Reviewing the vast field of operations now before us, 
 from the growth of Textile Materials to the ultimate 
 use thereof, and from the coarsest Matting to the most 
 delicate Tissue, we find comparatively few of those 
 prominent and well-defined types of Working Trades, 
 whose intellectual needs can conveniently be met by 
 a regular Curriculum. Among these few, two of a 
 chemical character, those of the DYER and the TANNER, 
 were selected as the first examples in our analytical 
 review. At the other extremity of this Group, where 
 FABRICS are converted into APPAREL, we shall see the 
 
SECT. 4.] FABRICS AND CLOTHING. 347 
 
 Tailor, Hatter, Shoemaker, and a few others, working 
 collectively at that conversion, in a manner to deserve 
 our special attention, though it will not be easy to find 
 a collective title for their Occupations/ 1 ) The greater 
 part of the Group however consists of Pursuits less 
 easy to compass with outlines of special instruction. 
 
 First come what may be styled AGRICULTURAL 
 INDUSTRIES, such as the growing of Hemp, Flax or 
 Cotton, and the producing of Wool or Silk, to which 
 may be added the supplying of Hides and Skins in 
 whatever way obtained. All these will in due time 
 claim, directly or indirectly, their share in the benefits 
 of the proposed system of Technical Instruction ; but it 
 would be unwise to attempt to include them in its first 
 operations. 
 
 Then come the Processes by which these Materials 
 become Fabrics. They are usually conducted as large 
 MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES, on the plan of subdivided 
 labour, and many hands directed by few minds, and 
 aiford opportunities for applying most of the expedients 
 which have been recommended for similar cases. The 
 legitimate ambition of the directing minds, will find a 
 suitable recompense in Diplomas of Excellence granted 
 for comprehensive knowledge, and commanding abilities. 
 The Foreman of a Department will in most cases only 
 aspire to a Major Certificate, but his knowledge should 
 include the essential particulars of all the other Depart- 
 ments. Descending to what may be called the minor 
 level of factory employees in the line before us, we are 
 reminded that assuming they can only be classed as 
 belonging to Category C, they may be greatly benefited 
 by adding to a Grade 1 of the whole Gr. S. F., a 
 
 (1) The French word " confection " might be very convenient, but would 
 be liable to misinterpretation in English. 
 
348 TRADES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 Grade 2 of Chemistry and also of that Department of 
 " Applied Knowledge " which relates to Fabrics and 
 Clothing. 
 
 This applies also to many branches of Manufac- 
 ture carried on at home by more or less independent 
 Artisans, as Stocking Weavers, Silk Weavers, and the 
 like. The more advanced or more intelligent of these, 
 might take Grade 2 for the whole of their G. S. F., 
 supplementing it with some suitable book on Mechanism. 
 They would also do well to learn Drawing. Perhaps 
 after a time it may be found worth while to include in 
 the Advanced Cyclopaedia, certain Manuals that may 
 prove valuable sources of information for whole groups 
 of Artisans ; as for instance a Manual of Weaving in 
 general, from which any Weaver in particular may be 
 directed to omit the few portions which do not concern 
 him, but to learn all those which do/ 1 ) This knowledge 
 will be supplemented from other sources. Thus the 
 various Silk Weavers will borrow from the Manual of 
 the Silk Mercer such information as the following : 
 
 SILK ; its History, Production, and Trade. 
 
 BLEACHING AND DYEING applied to Silks. 
 
 SILK FABRICS most deserving of notice, reviewed 
 under the united considerations of utility, beauty, 
 and price. 
 
 It is obvious that a Workman engaged in some other 
 department of the manipulation of Silk, may be sub- 
 stituted for a Weaver, or that a Weaver of some other 
 Material may be substituted for a Weaver of Silk. In 
 each case the principles of selection of the most ap- 
 propriate SUBJECTS will be the same, though different 
 the application. 
 
 (1) Hygienic hints for the special benefit of Weavers will of course be 
 included ; especially concerning eyesight. 
 
SECT. 4.] FABRICS AND CLOTHING. 349 
 
 After the Manufacturing Industries, a number of 
 COMMERCIAL TRADES throw across our path fresh diffi- 
 culties to be considered and overcome. Some of them 
 are indeed the mere creatures of circumstance. Their 
 assortments of Goods are so optional, and vary so much 
 according to localities, whether populous or secluded, 
 that it would be futile to attempt to fetter them with 
 strict formularies of technical instruction. We have 
 moreover to encounter the extreme laxity and confusion 
 which prevail in Commercial Nomenclature in general, 
 and in the nomenclature of Textile Fabrics in par- 
 ticular. If, by way of illustration, we submit to a 
 searching review the articles included in the warehouse 
 of the ordinary Woollen Draper, we find that a feeble 
 attempt at regular classification is almost lost in a 
 confusion of identical or nearly identical Fabrics bear- 
 ing different names, and of identical Names given at 
 different times or in different places to dissimilar Fabrics. 
 In this as in many other branches of Technology, the 
 Museum of the proposed Technical University, will 
 if elaborated with proper resources under the direc- 
 tion of competent Professors, each responsible for his 
 speciality, form a Standard of Eeference of inestimable 
 importance. Its enlightening influence on the con- 
 suming as well as on the producing portion of the com- 
 munity, will not only bring order where ignorance and 
 confusion reign, but may usefully control and guide the 
 prolific manufacturing ingenuity which now runs wild 
 for the simple reason that Novelty attracts purchasers 
 irrespective of Improvement. 
 
 What however chiefly concerns our present argu- 
 ment, is the usefulness of the Museum as a means of 
 Technical Training. Being specially contrived for im- 
 parting the right kind of knowledge in the most con- 
 
350 TEADES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 venient form, its several Departments will equally 
 correspond to the instruction given in the Technical 
 Cyclopaedias, and to that delivered ex cathedra, and 
 the present is one of those Subjects in which a Com- 
 mercial Student inspecting the Illustrations with his 
 Text Book in hand, may prepare himself for an Ex- 
 amination, with very little help from a Teacher. 
 
 It must be remembered that, like the Furnishing 
 Ironmonger whose case was described in the previous 
 Section, the Tradesman who unites in his Shop the 
 products of many distinct Industries more or less con- 
 nected with Apparel, cannot be expected to go deeply 
 into the origin and manufacture of every article ; the 
 essential point being that he should know enough con- 
 cerning them to be able to judge of their quality and 
 value, so as to keep himself, and consequently his 
 customers, from being taken in. Thus the GENERAL 
 OUTFITTER, especially in the Country, may possibly 
 find after considering the many resources and devices 
 which the proposed educational system places before 
 him, that his best plan is to earn a Major Certificate in 
 Woollen Drapery, Linen Drapery, or Haberdashery, 
 and then only to try for a Minor Certificate in each of 
 the Supplementary Trades represented in his Shop/ 1 ) 
 
 Passing now to the class of Tradesmen engaged as a 
 rule in protecting and adorning the human frame, and 
 by way of exception in pinching and disfiguring it, we 
 are struck by the prominent and representative position 
 occupied by the TAILOR, the HATTER, and the SHOE- 
 MAKER. Looking closer we notice that many other 
 Trades hook themselves on to these by links that must 
 
 (1) In passing Supplementary Examinations of this description, a 
 Candidate need not be examined again in Attainments in which his 
 Major Certificate shows that he has already satisfactorily passed. 
 
SECT. 4.] FABEICS AND CLOTHING. 351 
 
 not be ignored. To the Gentlemen's Tailor, who him- 
 self presents several varieties, must be associated the 
 Habit-maker, and Ladies' Tailor, the last mentioned 
 doing to a certain extent identical work with the Dress- 
 maker ; and thus step by step we might go through 
 a number of occupations entrusted to male or female 
 hands. Something similar occurs in the Trade of the 
 Hatter, with its feminine offsets in the form of Bonnets, 
 Caps, and other Head-dresses. 
 
 The making of Shoes, like Glove-making, has to a 
 certain extent become Factory Work in certain locali- 
 ties ; cutting or clicking, closing or joining, welting and 
 soleing, are often done by different hands, and binding 
 is mostly done by females ; yet the ordinary Country 
 BOOT and SHOE MAKER who includes Ladies' Shoes, 
 affords a very instructive example of a substantial and 
 well-defined Manual Trade well deserving of an in- 
 structional lift, and it will suit our convenience to take 
 him first, making his requirements a point of com- 
 parison for others. 
 
 Science in general can introduce to the Shoemaker 
 new resources, and teach him to make an improved 
 use of old ones. Hygienic Science in particular will 
 show him on the one hand, how to avoid the injurious 
 effects to which some parts of his occupation occasionally 
 subject a Workman constantly employed at them, and 
 on the other hand, it will teach him how he may benefit 
 very materially his customers, especially those of the 
 feminine gender, by carefully studying the anatomy 
 and physiology of the Human Foot, together with the 
 effects of pressure in producing Corns and other Ail- 
 ments, and by effecting accordingly the best possible 
 compromise between real and conventional beauty, 
 Nature and Fashion. There is scarcely so compre- 
 
352 THE SHOEMAKER. ["CHAP. V. 
 
 hensive a range of subjects as to afford scope for a 
 Diploma of Excellence, but tbe stages of Knowledge 
 by which the Apprentice should become Journeyman, 
 and the latter become Master, are sufficiently clear to 
 warrant the following outlines of a Suggestive Sum- 
 mary : 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Portions of Chemistry bearing on 
 the Tanning and Currying processes. Depart- 
 ments of the 2nd Division of the Course relating 
 to the production and uses of Leather, as also of 
 India-rubber and Gutta Percha. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Introductory Portion to include lead- 
 ing notions of the structure and functions of the 
 Human Foot. The Technology to conclude with 
 brief advice on the Hygiene of the Trade. 
 
 The test of Manual Efficiency may be resorted to 
 more easily than in most of the Trades hitherto re- 
 viewed. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. This Preparation will 
 probably suffice ; the chief difference from the fore- 
 going Curriculum, being in the Technical Studies. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. The Introduction to include a thorough 
 insight into the Anatomy and Physiology of the 
 Foot, and the normal and abnormal growth of 
 the Skin. The Technology to include the His- 
 
SECT. 4.] THE HATTEB. 353 
 
 torical and Ethnological Aspects of the Trade, or 
 in other words, a Eeview of the various Foot Pro- 
 tectors or Contractors used at various times, and 
 in various Countries ; attention being particularly 
 directed to the latest and best contrivances devised 
 in this country or abroad for supplying the Poorer 
 Classes with durable waterproof Boots and Shoes, 
 uniting cheapness with other essential conditions. 
 The Hygiene of the Trade to be fully gone into 
 as regards the health and comfort both of the 
 Workman and of the Customer. 
 
 As a man may be a good Master Shoemaker without 
 being a first-rate hand at fine stitching or the like, 
 the standard for these more manual parts of the 
 business need not be higher for him than for the 
 Journeyman. 
 
 Taking the foregoing indications as a starting point, 
 there will be no real difficulty in preparing for other 
 Clothing Trades, analogous schemes of study ; provided 
 care be taken, whilst making every necessary allowance 
 for the requirements of each, to cut away everything 
 that may fairly be dispensed with. Thus for instance 
 as regards the HATTER, there will be no necessity for 
 him to have as thorough an insight into the contents of 
 the Head, as the Shoemaker should have into the in- 
 ternal structure of the Foot. Fortunately the human 
 Cranium cannot, like the more tractable nether ex- 
 tremities, be .squeezed into conformity with any given 
 Last which Fashion may prescribe, and consequently 
 the transgressions of the Hatter against the laws of 
 Personal Hygiene are few as compared with those of 
 the Shoemaker. It is rather in the point of view of 
 
 2 A 
 
354 FABRICS AND CLOTHING. [CHAP. V. 
 
 artistic taste that his influence is open to improvement. 
 Besides striving to improve the formal stiffness of full- 
 dress .gentility by gradually relieving it of the incubus 
 of the cylinder, he may exercise his taste more freely in 
 fancy Hats. In these, and still more in the article of 
 Caps for Men and Boys, he will do well to make him- 
 self acquainted with all that local and technical ex- 
 perience have at different times devised for special 
 circumstances of climate, occupation, &c. Having thus 
 arrived at the best contrivance he can devise under the 
 influence of physical and hygienic knowledge, he will 
 finish up by introducing to the utmost extent, the 
 artistic element of TASTE in Outline and Colour. It 
 is obvious however that these are matters for the 
 Master, and not for the Journeyman, and that the 
 knowledge of Materials should be much more ex- 
 tended in the case of the former than of the latter; 
 whereas on the contrary in actual work of hand, there 
 need scarcely be any difference between them. 
 
 The TAILORING TRADE presents a stronger case to 
 the same effect. The Master, if he is in a large and 
 rather stylish way of business, must not be expected 
 by any means to be so clever at the use of needle and 
 thimble as some of his Journeymen ; for his superiority 
 lies not in the fingers, but in the mind and eye/ 1 ) His 
 knowledge of the various kinds of Materials that pass 
 through his hands must be widely extended, unless it 
 be found preferable to make a distinction between the 
 simple Master Tailor, and the Tailor and Draper who 
 would be expected to earn his double Certificate by 
 proportionate knowledge. Whether or not the tailor- 
 
 (1) Cases of this description naturally suggest the idea that the estab- 
 lished Master who wishes to be certificated as deserving of his position 
 need not pass a Minor Examination before -his Major one. It would be 
 however undesirable to make this a general rule. 
 
SECT. 4.] DRESSMAKING AND MILLINERY. 355 
 
 ing Trade calls for a Superior Examination with its 
 Diploma of Excellence, may remain for the present an 
 open question. 
 
 We have seen all along the subject of Hygiene, as 
 applied to Technical Industries, dividing itself into two 
 questions : 1he Health of those employed, and the 
 Health of the Customer. As regards the former, the 
 Tailor's Workshop suggests some little advice, which 
 however to be useful, must not be exaggerated. As 
 regards the Health of the Customer, first of all 
 we must relieve the Tailor of much responsibility re- 
 specting Military outfits, and all manner of conven- 
 tional costumes and liveries ordered by those who do 
 not wear them, and worn by those who have no voice 
 in the contract. Then as regards Gentlemen's Tailors 
 in general, it must be confessed that anything their 
 good sense might accomplish in the furtherance of 
 rational or well-shaped garments, sinks into insig- 
 nificance by the side of what might be done by the 
 Sister Trade for promoting healthful comfort and 
 artistic grace amongst its fair customers. 
 
 FEMININE OCCUPATIONS CONNECTED WITH DRESSMAKING, 
 MILLINERY, &o. 
 
 Here we find ourselves for the first time called upon 
 to consider a Trade, or rather a cluster of Trades or 
 Occupations, that are or ought to be in female hands, 
 and before attempting to assign to them their appro- 
 priate share in the educational benefits of the proposed 
 Institution, we must scan the special difficulties that 
 are to be overcome. 
 
 It has been stated in a previous Chapter, that a large 
 proportion of those Industrial Pursuits which are most 
 
 2 A 2 
 
356 FEMININE OCCUPATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 frequently assigned to the softer sex, involve a limited 
 range of ideas, but that there are interesting exceptions 
 to this rule. The Trades now specially before us, that 
 is to say those which make up Garments and Adorn- 
 ments of various descriptions for female use, frequently 
 exhibit the rule and the exception under one roof. As 
 in the case of the analogous male Trades, we see large 
 establishments where brain-work is reserved for the 
 few, whilst hand-work more or less split into distinct 
 departments, often becomes a mere manual perform- 
 ance, measured out in uniform stitches by a practised 
 but unreasoning eye. We see little necessity for im- 
 parting any comprehensive Technical Knowledge to 
 this needle-armed rank and file, but all the greater is 
 the responsibility, and the need of intellectual Train- 
 ing, in the leaders of this patiently and submissively 
 industrious host. In fact the number and diversity of 
 the Articles called into requisition as Materials or 
 Accessories in the endless work of female clothing and 
 adornment, so vastly exceed even those which perplex 
 the male Outfitter, that a Diploma of Excellence would 
 be well deserved by any Lady Superintendent possess- 
 ing anything like a knowledge of the whole range of 
 producing Industries, and manufacturing processes in- 
 volved. At the same time it is obvious that nothing 
 beyond a carefully reduced and simplified Compendium of 
 this information, can be proposed as a suitable educational 
 standard for the Mistresses of the ordinary dressmaking 
 and millinery Establishments or Shops in Town or 
 Country. This Standard or Degree approximately co- 
 incides with that to which we have hitherto assigned 
 a Major Certificate ; whilst the Minor Degree suggests 
 itself as about the right thing for the Young Women 
 employed in a business of this description, in a capacity 
 
SECT. 4.] DRESSMAKING AND MILLINERY. 357 
 
 analogous to that of Artisans or Journeymen/ 1 ) In the 
 smaller establishments, and especially in the country 
 ones, the various branches and stages of handicraft, 
 instead of tending to split and become mechanical as 
 in those on a large scale, show a tendency to coalesce ; 
 the social as well as mental interval between directing 
 and working is diminished, and at last we find the two 
 capacities merged in one person. There is nothing 
 new in this. Many of the male occupations previously 
 reviewed present similar gradations from the large 
 establishment to the individual ; but this does not 
 interfere with the feasibility of appointing a Minor 
 and a Major Certificate at fixed levels, each to become 
 a goal for those below it, and a recompense for those 
 who reach it. In drawing however a comparison be- 
 tween the resources of the Females now before us, and 
 those of the Males previously reviewed, we are led to 
 the following considerations : 
 
 Let us assume that in due time some such system 
 of early training in the Rudiments of Practical Science 
 as the one suggested in a previous Chapter, will have 
 been generally adopted in the Primary Schools of the 
 People, and that the instruction of this kind required 
 by Females, though leading in some respects to different 
 applications, will have been recognized to be funda- 
 mentally the same as that required by Males. On this 
 assumption we might feel entitled to expect that almost 
 every Girl intended to be apprenticed to Dressmaking 
 and Millinery, or to any other feminine Handicraft, 
 should come from School with a good preliminary in- 
 sight into that range of Knowledge which, considered 
 
 (1) If the word Artisan were always pronounced as it should be, with 
 the accent on the first syllable, I would propose ARTISANNE for the female 
 equivalent ; but the ordinary practice of accentuating the last syllable of 
 Artisan, might engender confusion. 
 
358 FEMININE OCCUPATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 in its direct and homely bearings, is the SCIENCE OF 
 DAILY LIFE, and which considered in relation to Tech- 
 nical Studies, has been denominated GENERAL SCIEN- 
 TIFIC FOUNDATION. Yet I fear that this expectation, 
 however correct in theory, will be found practically to 
 demand considerable allowance. 
 
 Girls are useful at home when Boys would be in the 
 way. From 9 years of age, and sometimes earlier, they 
 can in a variety of ways, and especially by minding the 
 babies, afford their Mothers valuable aid, and enable 
 them to do remunerative work. The consequence is 
 that Parents who, especially in towns, would be glad 
 that their Boys should have a regular schooling up to 
 at least 12 years of age, are inclined to stint and 
 curtail that of the Girls. For this and other reasons, 
 we must consider the latter as likely to enter into their 
 Apprenticeship with a very scanty scientific founda- 
 tion ; especially as the substitution of machine for hand 
 in many departments of needle-work, lowers the age at 
 which they can begin their technical career. 
 
 The hindrances during Apprenticeship are not less 
 serious than those which preceded it. It has been pro- 
 posed as regards male Apprentices, that every possible 
 facility should be afforded them for attending Science 
 and Art Classes in the evening. For them this would 
 be in every respect desirable ; but a young Apprentice 
 to Dressmaking would on the one hand be likely to 
 find plenty of employment for her needle in evenings 
 at home, and on the other hand the propriety of her 
 going out at that time to join the Science or Art 
 Classes, would in many cases be very questionable. 
 
 From the foregoing considerations it results that con- 
 siderable allowance must be made for the difficulties 
 which Females have to contend with, especially as re- 
 
SECT. 4.] DRESSMAKING AND MILLINERY. 359 
 
 gards the studies for Minor Certificates. It need not 
 be so great as regards the studies for Major Certificates ; 
 nevertheless in presence of the overwhelming variety 
 of the Materials used, care must be taken to reduce 
 to a brief and simple form the account of their origin 
 and manufacture. Here again we shall find that up 
 to the Major Degree the battle of technical study is 
 half won by mastering with the aid of the first, the 
 second Division of the General Scientific Foundation ; 
 embracing as each Grade does in proportion to its 
 powder of grasp, all that is most essential or most inter- 
 esting in the Technology of Daily Life. 
 
 Eeverting to the Ladies SUPERINTENDENTS or DIREC- 
 TRESSES of large Dressmaking, Millinery, and Ladies' 
 General Outfitting Establishments, it is evident that 
 the management of a business of this description is, 
 as before hinted, a task involving for its proper accom- 
 plishment such a depth and variety of Technological 
 Knowledge, and so much Artistic Eefinement, to say 
 nothing of Hygiene, as to claim a Diploma of Excel- 
 lence as professed LADIES' OUTFITTER, or EUCLAMYDIST. 
 Positions of this kind are now often reserved for 
 Gentlemen Directors ; but without denying to these 
 the opportunity of acquiring and getting recognized by 
 a Diploma the scientific,, artistic, and technical attain- 
 ments required, every encouragement should be afforded . 
 to female competitors. By encouragement I mean a 
 convenient arrangement of the Classes and Examina- 
 tions, and an explicit understanding that Female Stu- 
 dents are expected, and not any lowering of the high 
 scientific character which should invariably attach to 
 Diplomas of Excellence ; for though we have seen that 
 considerable allowance must be made for the difficulties 
 which young Girls of the Working Class have to en- 
 
360 FEMININE OCCUPATIONS.- [CHAP. V. 
 
 counter in the pursuit of Knowledge, yet whenever 
 Female Students have been in a position favouring the 
 full development of their natural abilities, they have 
 abundantly proved that they could cope with an 
 amount of earnest study not only equal to anything 
 required for the intelligent management of a large 
 concern, but such as to make them the worthy depo- 
 sitories of that improving influence in the Councils of 
 Fashion, the want of which has often been so lament- 
 ably apparent/ 1 ) 
 
 Among the thousands of female hands at work for 
 clothing and adorning their own sex, or for providing 
 appropriate portions of the male wardrobe, a very large 
 percentage are still employed under conditions alike 
 adverse to the healthy development of body and of 
 mind. They have been purposely omitted from the 
 foregoing review, because the regeneration so praise- 
 worthily begun by various philanthropic agencies, must 
 be further advanced before the educational influence 
 of the Central Technical University can be satisfactorily 
 exercised in this direction. Even as regards the mem- 
 bers of the needle-working community to whom the 
 present article applies, our operations must for a time 
 be regulated by extreme caution, and it is in a tentative 
 sense that must be accepted the following suggestions. 
 
 Summary. 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of GL S. F. 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 of Drawing. 
 
 (1) Should the movement find favour, there would be an excellent 
 opening for the appointment of female Professors. 
 
SECT. 4.] DRESSMAKING AND MILLINERY. 361 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Technology to include a review of 
 the Appliances and Materials, sufficient for re- 
 cognizing their quality, without going much into 
 their origin and manufacture. More attention to 
 be paid to the practical work of cutting out, 
 making up, and adorning articles of apparel or 
 head-dress, with the aid of appropriate patterns. 
 The Hygiene of the Trade not to be overlooked. 
 
 Practical Tests here come in as a regular part of the 
 Examination, and should include, besides plain needle- 
 work of all kinds, with marking and the like, the 
 actual carrying out of the practical work described 
 above. The time occupied to be taken into account. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Department of the Applied Divi- 
 sion relating to Fabrics and Clothing. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. The Introductory Portion to give a good 
 insight into the Laws of Taste applied to Dress. 
 The Technical Knowledge to include a sound 
 acquaintance with the nature and mode of pro- 
 duction of the Appliances employed, such as 
 Needles and Thread, and of the materials used, 
 such as Fabrics, Trimmings, Fastenings, and 
 Ornaments ; so that the Student may be enabled to 
 judge en connaissance de cause of their quality and 
 relative advantages. Also an acquaintance with 
 
362 FEMININE OCCUPATIONS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 the chief types of Sewing Machines. The Hygiene 
 of the Trade to be fully gone into. 
 
 The Practical Tests, which will form an essential 
 feature of the Examination, should show ability to take 
 measure, and to devise and carry out any ordinary 
 articles of Apparel or Head-dress, according to in- 
 structions, without patterns, without waste of materials, 
 and with becoming " chic." Also cleverness at various 
 kinds of fancy as well as plain needlework. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 3 or 4 of Drawing, chiefly applied 
 to costume, and including origination. 
 
 MANUAL; to be so supplemented by Notes, Appen- 
 dices, and References to, or Analyses of Special 
 Works, as to give a considerable expansion, and 
 at the same time a much more scientific tone to 
 the Curriculum of the Major Degree, especially 
 as regards the following purposes : To establish 
 on sound Hygienic, Economic, and Artistic prin- 
 ciples, permanent rules of guidance in matters of 
 Dress and Adornment, and also a correct appre- 
 ciation of the respective qualities and capabilities 
 of the various Materials, taken singly or appro- 
 priately assorted. To make from the advanta- 
 geous standpoint thus obtained, a critical review 
 of the costumes of various times and countries. 
 To deduce from these data, full of suggestive 
 
SECT. 5.] DRESSMAKING AND MILLINERY. 363 
 
 interest, a lively as well as rational guidance to 
 rising talent, developing a spirit of origination 
 fraught with expedients for all circumstances, and 
 capable of adapting itself at will to the gorgeous, 
 the fanciful, the retiring, and the plainly useful. 
 To combine a thorough knowledge of Hygienic 
 requirements with the other qualifications neces- 
 sary for the proper management of a large com- 
 mercial establishment. 
 
 Actual skill at needlework to be less a consideration 
 than the ability to appreciate and utilize the skill of 
 others. 
 
 SECTION 5-TRADES AND OCCUPATIONS CON- 
 NECTED WITH FOOD. 
 
 There is in the educational aspect of this group as 
 compared with that of the foregoing, a considerable 
 diminution of the Mechanical Element, which we have 
 seen at work in the spinning and weaving of Fabrics, 
 and the making up of Grarinents, and a vast increase 
 of the Chemical Element, which there was almost con- 
 fined to Dyeing, but which here assumes paramount 
 importance, not only as the chief agent in numberless 
 processes of production or preservation, but as sup- 
 plying the analytical gauge by which the comparative 
 value of various Food Articles is ascertained. Botany 
 and Zoology come also into more extensive request, 
 but not, as a rule, beyond the limits to which they are 
 proposed to be included in the respective Grades of 
 General Scientific Foundation. 
 
364 TRADES CONNECTED [CHAP. V. 
 
 A. Industries yielding Raw Products. 
 
 Much as we might delight in bestowing our attention 
 on pursuits so replete with the brilliant applications of 
 Technical Science as are many Agricultural Operations, 
 they must, for reasons explained elsewhere, only be 
 taken cognizance of so far as can be done without inter- 
 fering with the beneficial working of existing Insti- 
 tutions. The same may be said of Pisciculture, which 
 indeed, together with Fishing, Shooting, and other 
 means of procuring Food from wild sources, should be 
 included under the term Agriculture, or rather under 
 some more comprehensive term devised for the purpose. 
 A subject deeply deserving of the attention of the 
 Council of the proposed University, is the abundant 
 accession of Supplies derivable from a methodical and 
 earnest study of Colonial Resources ; but this is a subject 
 which less concerns the general Body of Students, than 
 the select Body of Young Professors to whom the pro- 
 posed Institution, after freely imparting to them the 
 most practical as well as the most advanced lessons of 
 Technical Science, will entrust the double mission of 
 conveying this Knowledge to the Colonies, and of send- 
 ing to the Mother Country in return, new materials for 
 the employment of successful industry, and for the 
 diffusion of improved comforts among the People. 
 
 B. Preparing and Preserving Industries. 
 
 These are intermediary stages between the raw pro- 
 duction of certain Food Articles, and the ultimate 
 Culinary Process which fits them for pleasing the 
 Palate, as well as for agreeing with the Stomach. A 
 
SECT. 5.] WITH FOOD. 365 
 
 few of these Industries are almost purely mechanical 
 as for instance the Trades of the Miller who grinds 
 Corn into the convenient consistency, and sifts it into 
 the desired quality, and of the Butcher who by mecha- 
 nical means effects the vastly more than mechanical 
 difference between a living Animal, and so many joints 
 of Meat. It is true that he is often obliged to have 
 recourse to chemical aid for keeping fresh what cannot 
 be disposed of at once. Other Industries have for 
 their express object to keep good for a future time, 
 and perhaps for a distant land, Food subject to decom- 
 position. Some of these call in the aid of culinary 
 knowledge, which will be discussed bye and bye, but as 
 for the simple and non-culinary modes of preservation 
 which consist merely in the abstraction of Water, or 
 in the use of common Antiseptics, they are mostly 
 carried on by a class of persons whom we could scarcely 
 expect to present themselves as Students. If they did, 
 we could do nothing better than advise them to master 
 a Grade 1 Course of G. S. F. with a Grade 2 of 
 Chemistry, and also of the Department of the Course 
 relating to Food, where all the chief points concerning 
 it are intended to be dealt with hygienically as well 
 as chemically. 
 
 Recurring to the two distinguished preparers of 
 Vegetable and Animal Food mentioned above, namely 
 the MILLER and the BUTCHER, we find on looking first 
 into the ordinary Flour Mill, that whether it be turned 
 by Wind, Water, or Steam, the manual work done there 
 requires little mental culture, except on the part of the 
 Master, or if the establishment be a large one, on the 
 part of the Foreman or Foremen, whereas the duties 
 of these afford some scope for the utilization of scientific 
 knowledge. From the study of Mechanical Physics 
 
366 FOOD TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 and Mechanism they will derive ability to understand 
 the machinery built up for them by the Millwright, and 
 to judge whether it be on a good principle, and of good 
 materials and workmanship. Through a study of the 
 various kinds of grain commonly ground, and of their 
 various modes and causes of deterioration, they will 
 become better capable of obviating sources of mischief 
 or loss. In short there will probably be scope for a 
 special Curriculum somewhat to the following effect, 
 without a corresponding Minor Degree ; a case of not 
 unfrequent occurrence. 
 
 Summary. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Part of Physics relating to the 
 Mechanical Powers. (To be followed up by an 
 appropriate work on Mechanism.) The whole of 
 Chemistry, or select parts to be indicated by the 
 Examination Syllabus. The Department of the 
 Applied Division relating to Food. 
 
 MANUAL. To include : The rationale of Water, 
 Wind, and Steam Power, and the Machinery for 
 applying each to Mill purposes, especially for the 
 grinding of Corn, and the sifting of the results. 
 A knowledge of all kinds of Grist, and chief 
 varieties of products, including the most notable 
 foreign ones. Causes of deterioration of the Grain, 
 and means for obviating ill results. The Hygiene 
 of the Mill ; prevention of Accidents, &c. 
 
 The BUTCHER'S TRADE presents a somewhat analogous 
 case, inasmuch as it would probably be a failure to con- 
 
SECT. 5.] THE MILLER THE BUTCHER. 367 
 
 stitute special Studies for Journeymen Butchers, whom, 
 like the Journeymen Millers, it will be best to consider 
 as belonging to Category C ; whereas on the contrary, 
 there are few Tradesmen whom a good scientific train- 
 ing could more effectively help to raise their own 
 position, and at the same time to benefit the public, 
 than the Master Butcher. Among the various branches 
 of knowledge indicated in the following Suggestive 
 Summary, he should apply himself specially to some 
 parts of Comparative Anatomy, and above all to those 
 departments of veterinary art which bear upon the recog- 
 nition during life or post mortem, of all diseases or im- 
 perfections by which the flesh of domestic animals is 
 rendered unwholesome. Sound practical knowledge 
 in this direction attested by a Major Certificate, and of 
 course united with a conscientious determination to do 
 honour to it, would find a sure reward in public 
 estimation. 
 
 Summary. 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G-. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Chemistry. The part of Zoology 
 comprising the Mammalia. The Department of 
 the Applied Division relating to Food. 
 
 MANUAL. To include : An appropriate sketch of the 
 comparative Anatomy of the Ruminants, and the 
 portions of Veterinary Art bearing on the Dia- 
 gnosis of their Diseases. The best and most 
 humane modes of killing. The Hygiene of the 
 Slaughter House and of the Shop, including the 
 use of ice. Curing and other means of preserving 
 Meat applicable regularly or occasionally. Utili- 
 
368 FOOD TRADES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 zation of by-products. Review of the laws, regu- 
 lations, and practices affecting the Meat-market 
 which prevail in this country or abroad, and 
 especially of the system of Public Slaughter 
 Houses or Abattoirs. 
 
 Were it not that great care must be taken by the 
 University Authorities not to lay themselves open to 
 the reproach of patronizing "good things," I might 
 suggest that the Charcutier, an improved Continental 
 edition of the Pork Butcher, should be encouraged to 
 acquire a full development in this Country ; very great 
 care being taken at the same time to ensure those sani- 
 tary measures which are more necessary in dealing with 
 the flesh of Swine, than with any other. 
 
 The Fishmonger has some points in common with the 
 Butcher, especially as regards the resources which 
 Science supplies for retarding decomposition, and from 
 the studies sketched out for the latter there would be 
 no great difficulty in arriving at those suited for the 
 former, substituting Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea, 
 for Mammals, a similar transition to Domestic and 
 Wild Fowl, Yenison, Game, &c., would transfer our 
 advice from the Fishmonger to the Poulterer. 
 
 C. Manufacturing Industries. 
 
 It might be contended that several of the Occupa- 
 tions included in the foregoing Sub-groups, as for 
 instance the preparing of Desiccated Milk, or the 
 curing of Fish or Meat, are manufacturing Industries, 
 but in their case the object is to obtain a preserved 
 article approximating as nearly as possible to the fresh 
 one, whereas the title of Manufacturing Industries, best 
 applies to those which produce either a new article 
 
SECT. 5.] FOOD TRADES. 369 
 
 altogether, or an essentially improved one. Tn most of 
 them, Chemistry performs a prominent part ; so much 
 so that several, such as Sugar Refining, Brewing, Dis- 
 tilling, Vinegar Making., and the like, have been in- 
 cluded at the beginning of these Analyses under the 
 title " Miscellaneous Chemical Industries." From the 
 indications there given, it will not be difficult to deduce 
 suggestive Curricula for certain somewhat less Chemical 
 branches of Food Manufacture, as for instance that of 
 Cheese or Chocolate. 
 
 D. Commercial Industries. 
 
 Under this title are comprised those Industries less 
 occupied with the preparation of Food Articles, than 
 with their purveyance by wholesale or retail Trade. 
 Here we see before us the same difficulties that met us 
 in the Fabric and Clothing Department, as to the end- 
 less variety of Goods, the fallacious irregularity of their 
 nomenclature, and the dissimilarity of contents ex- 
 hibited by Shops of the same title. Sometimes indeed 
 these are confined to noted specialties, whilst at other 
 times they embrace for the convenience of a rural dis- 
 trict, the most heterogeneous assemblage of articles ; or 
 again we may see Grocers selling Wine and Spirits, and 
 Publicans in revenge selling Tea. 
 
 Still however we may hope to make satisfactory pro- 
 gress by means of our usual expedients. It has been 
 seen that Domestic Requirements in general are to 
 be methodically canvassed in the Second or Applied 
 Division of each Standard Course, bringing to bear on 
 them in succession the Elementary Science acquired in 
 the First Division, and that the subject of Food in par- 
 ticular, will be the object of an attention proportionate 
 
 2 B 
 
370 COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIES [CHAP. V. 
 
 to its surpassing interest. Even in the Grade 1 Course, 
 the rationale of Nutrition, and the varied nature of 
 Food Besources, will be explained as far as it is possible 
 to make such things plain and easy to beginners. In 
 the Grade 2 Course the treatment of these matters will 
 be earnest and comprehensive, and for Grade 3, till a 
 special Course can be provided, such Books will be 
 selected as may best give to Food' Economy a 
 thoroughly scientific development. An obvious means 
 therefore suggests itself for the common benefit of all 
 Trades dealing in Food Articles, and for that of the 
 Grocer in particular, whose assortment embraces Nu- 
 trition in almost every form. Conformably to the plan 
 indicated in previous Summaries, let the Grocer's 
 Assistant build up on a Grade 1 of G. S. F. a Grade 2 
 of Chemistry, and then take from the Applied Division 
 of the same Grade 2 Course, the whole of the Depart- 
 ment relating to Food, or let the Master Grocer raise 
 the whole of these Studies one Grade higher, and they 
 will respectively have achieved much practical and even 
 technical progress before diving into the technicalities 
 of their Handbook and Manual. At the same time it 
 may be noted that as the Preparation will be the same 
 for a number of Food Trades, the desideratum of econo- 
 mizing Teaching Power by making the Students travel 
 together in their Studies as far as they can, will be 
 satisfactorily accomplished. As regards the Technical 
 Knowledge on the contrary, we must resort to division 
 of Trades, in order to reduce to compact proportions 
 the Studies to be assigned to each. Thus on the broad 
 groundwork of a common foundation will rise distinctly 
 side by side, Grocery proper relieved of every branch 
 that can conveniently be detached, Chandlery including 
 Soap, c., Cheesemongery with its concomitant Bacon 
 
SECT. 5.] CONNECTED WITH FOOD. 371 
 
 and Eggs, and a few other autonomies more or less 
 susceptible of definition, concluding with the rather 
 ambitious one of the Wine Merchant. The variety 
 and convenience of the combinations that can be thus 
 effected, is as obvious as the advantage accruing to 
 each Trade in particular. An expansive Grocer for 
 instance, following the plan suggested for a General 
 Outfitter in a previous Section (p. 350), might add to 
 his Major Certificate in Grocery proper, Minor Cer- 
 tificates in each of the collateral branches he might 
 wish to embrace. Should he be capable, he would 
 take so many Major Certificates ; or gifted with a 
 mind and means for still higher things, he would try 
 for a Diploma of Excellence as GENERAL PURVEYOR, 
 and unite the functions of the Wine and Spirit Mer- 
 chant, the Grocer and Tea Dealer, the Oil and Italian 
 Warehouseman, the Cheesemonger, the Wax, Tallow 
 and Soap Chandler, &c. &C/ 1 ) 
 
 There are certain purposes which should be carefully 
 studied and never forgotten by persons engaged in any 
 of the Food-purveying Trades, and which should be 
 constantly kept in mind by the class of Superior Can- 
 didates now in view ; viz. to avail themselves of the 
 light shed by Chemistry and Physiology, on the 
 rationale and resources of nutrition, firstly, for 
 assigning to each aliment or condiment its real action 
 on the human system, 2ndly, for fostering cheap im- 
 provement in the Dietaries of the People, and 3rdly, 
 for recognizing and peremptorily discarding every 
 injurious adulteration and unworthy fraud. 
 
 (1) Some establishments are confined to a single article, or a small 
 group of articles, with a view to acquiring within these narrow limits, 
 increased variety and perfection. The measures by which judicious 
 exertions of this kind might be encouraged and recompensed, must be 
 left for future consideration. 
 
 2 B 2 
 
372 PISTRINABY AND [CHAP. V. 
 
 E. Pistrinary and Culinary Industries. 
 
 The former will mainly consist of the Trades of the 
 BAKER, PASTRY-COOK, and CONFECTIONER, whilst the 
 latter will embrace COMMERCIAL and DOMESTIC COOKERY; 
 all of them being employed in bringing Food Articles 
 to that condition in which they are welcome to the 
 palate, and supposed to be acceptable to the stomach. 
 
 The Trade of the Baker, whilst it decidedly is one 
 of those regular Working Trades for whose benefit the 
 proposed instructional system is more particularly de- 
 signed, and whilst it is second to none in importance 
 in popular estimation, is nevertheless not comprehen- 
 sive in its range of necessary knowledge, and would 
 become still less so if we could venture to strike out 
 the subject of Adulterations. Most Bakers are inclined 
 to wander more or less over the vague frontier which 
 separates their own domain from that of the Pastry- 
 cook, but for purposes of study the distinction should 
 be maintained. The same applies to the distinction 
 between the Pastry-cook and the Confectioner. The 
 Summary for the Baker might be somewhat to the 
 following effect. 
 
 Summary. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. A selection of the most necessary 
 
 parts of Chemistry. The portion of the Applied 
 
 Division relating to the Cereals. 
 HANDBOOK. To include a review of the most notable 
 
 Breadstuffs, Yeast and its substitutes, the rationale 
 
SECT. 5.] CULINARY INDUSTRIES. 373 
 
 of Panification, the construction and use of Ovens, 
 the chief varieties of common and fancy Bread 
 and Biscuits, the baking of Meat, &c., with a few 
 moderate suggestions respecting the Hygiene of 
 the Trade. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F.C 1 ) 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The Portion of Chemical Physics 
 relating to Heat. The whole of Chemistry. The 
 entire Department of the Applied Division relating 
 to Food. 
 
 MANUAL ; to embrace much the same subjects as the 
 Handbook, but more comprehensively and scienti- 
 fically ; adding a careful review of foreign mate- 
 rials, appliances and products, also an impartial 
 consideration of existing English and foreign laws, 
 regulations, and practices concerning Bread Supply, 
 and compassing all reasonable suggestions for an 
 improvement of the Hygiene of the Trade/ 2 ) 
 
 There is scarcely occasion for a Diploma of Excel- 
 lence, and if a Baker should wish to go beyond a Major 
 Trade Certificate, in which desire he should meet with 
 every encouragement, he might try for a Subject Cer- 
 tificate in Grade 3 of Chemistry, whereby he would 
 greatly improve his insight into the rationale of his 
 operations. Perhaps still more useful to him however 
 
 (1) Should an entire Grade 2 Course be found practicable, the Cur- 
 riculum would be altered accordingly. 
 
 (2) I have heard of a Baker's Shop of which the shelves were painted 
 with the well known poisonous bright green (Arsenite of Copper). It 
 adhered to the hot loaves, and the consequences were very serious. 
 
374 CULINAEY INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 in a practical way, would be to add to his Baker's 
 Certificate a supplementary one as Pastry-cook ; in fact 
 it may be said, that the most satisfactory way of settling 
 the boundary question between two provinces like these, 
 is to make oneself master of both/ 1 ) 
 
 The Baker's Trade offers ample scope for honesty, 
 but little for genius. Not so those of the Pastry-cook 
 and of the Confectioner, who to all that is best calcu- 
 lated to gratify the palate, are at full liberty to add 
 what may fascinate the eye ; provided their designs 
 are in good taste, and their colours are not poisons. 
 Accordingly in altering the Baker's Summary to make 
 it suit either of his confederates, the element of variety, 
 borrowed or original, should be made prominent, and 
 Drawing, with the rules of Artistic Taste, be made 
 obligatory, especially in the studies of the Major 
 Degree. 
 
 In speaking above of COMMEKCIAL and DOMESTIC 
 COOKERY, the distinction intended to be conveyed, and 
 the educational motive thereof, were as follows :- 
 There are Factory Kitchens where for instance canis- 
 tered or potted Meats are cooked and seasoned whole- 
 sale, where Liebig's process reduces each pound of Beef 
 to a representative spoonful, or where if we may listen 
 to scientific gossip, things not pleasant to look at before 
 they go into the cauldron, come out as exquisite sauces 
 of a mysteriously dark colour. Now establishments of 
 this description should be under the superintendence 
 of a well-trained culinary Mind, to say nothing of that 
 scientifically inventive genius which blessed the Prus- 
 sian Army with its Erbs-Wurst. On the other hand 
 the numerous Marmitons at work under the direction 
 of this Chef, may individually be so trained to mono- 
 (1) See the article on the Painter, Plumber, &c., in Sect. 3. 
 
SECT 5.] CULINARY INDUSTRIES. 375 
 
 tonous routine, as to be the ignorant instruments of 
 knowledge, and the unthinking conductors of thought. 
 Here then Cookery on a MANUFACTURING and COM- 
 MERCIAL footing, only invokes our scientific instruction 
 for a limited number of Male Experts, for whom the 
 general level would correspond to the Major Degree, 
 and who might be taught together with Domestic Cooks 
 of the same calibre/ 1 ) 
 
 To define what is meant by DOMESTIC COOKERY, 
 would be superfluous. As for the question whether 
 any and what place might be assigned to it in the 
 proposed system, this is a matter concerning which 
 I feel that it is safest to offer at present only a few 
 suggestive remarks. Considering on the one hand 
 the real importance which attaches in a hygienic and 
 economic point of view to the improvement of culinary 
 knowledge among the Working Classes, and on the 
 other hand the artificial importance attached to culinary 
 matters by many in the higher social levels who can 
 afford, or rather think they can afford to make them 
 a prominent object of their lives, we are led to consider 
 whether the willing expenditure of the wealthy in the 
 form of liberal stipends for Cordons bleus, may not be 
 made subservient to the special training of Culinary 
 Instructors for the Daughters of the People ; and thus 
 we arrive at the following conclusions : 
 
 a> Cookery for the Homes of the People. The train- 
 ing of the Daughters of the People in appropriate 
 Home Cookery should be regularly included in their 
 Education ; efficient means being adopted for that pur- 
 
 (1) There is no reason why Australian Stews should not, as far as 
 Culinary Art is concerned, bear comparison with the same dishes done 
 over our own kitchen fire. 
 
376 CULINAEY INDUSTEIES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 pose, as suggested of late by various eminent advocates 
 of an improved system of Female Education/ 1 ) 
 
 b. Plain Cooks for Service. Arrangements should 
 be made in all parts of the Country, in order that 
 Girls intended for Service as PLAIN COOKS might be 
 enabled to learn at a minimum of expense, good plain 
 Cooking on the best principles, intelligently adapted 
 for moderate Families. The- Kitchens of appropriate 
 Institutions to be, as far as practicable, utilized for the 
 purpose. 
 
 c. Professed Cooks. Advanced Schools for the 
 training of PROFESSED COOKS, Male and Female, should 
 be established where needed, turning to account any 
 facilities that might be offered by Club Houses, Hotels, 
 and other establishments of a high class. 
 
 d. Instructors in Plain Cookery. Thorough-good 
 Plain Cooks who could satisfactorily prove their prac- 
 tical qualifications by reliable testimonials or otherwise, 
 would be admitted to a Course of special studies at the 
 Central College or one of its Provincial Affiliates, 
 consisting say of Grade 2 of General Scientific Foun- 
 dation, with such special insight into the Hygiene 
 and Economics of Food, and such instruction in the 
 Art of Tuition, as might fit them for becoming direct 
 Teachers of the Daughters of the People, or for in 
 structing Schoolmistresses, Female Students at Normal 
 Schools, and others, in culinary rationale and resources ; 
 such fitness to be attested after due examination, by a 
 Certificate equivalent to a Major Trade Certificate. 
 
 I (1) See Mrs. Grey's Lecture on this subject, delivered at the Society of 
 Arts, and other papers from the same pen; also the letter by Miss 
 L. Twining in the ' School Board Chronicle,' of Nov. 11, 1871, p. 407. 
 
 It is to literary exertions like these that we owe in great measure the 
 movement originated at Grosvenor House. 
 
SECT. 5.] CULINARY INDUSTRIES. 377 
 
 e. Instructors in Refined Cookery. First-rate Pro- 
 fessed Cooks, Male as well as Female, with qualifications 
 similarly proved, would be admitted to an analogous 
 Course of a higher Grade and more aspiring character, 
 embracing whatever might best fit them for teaching 
 the most refined Gastronomy on Hygienic principles, 
 in the advanced Schools of Cookery above alluded to. 
 There they would introduce any new delicacies with 
 which an expanding knowledge of the resources of the 
 World might enrich the epicurean menu, and benefit 
 Commerce, without transgressing the Laws of Health. 
 Such abilities of a high order, would be attested by a 
 Diploma of Excellence. 
 
 /. Fees. As Culinary Professors bearing such Di- 
 plomas might be expected to be eagerly engaged and 
 highly remunerated, their College Fees might be fixed 
 at exceptionally high rates, in order that a propor- 
 tionate reduction might be made on those demanded for 
 training Plain Cooks as Popular Instructors ; whereby 
 special encouragement would be given to an educa- 
 tional department so obviously useful that scarcely any- 
 thing besides expense could be urged against it. 
 
 Details have been avoided in sketching these mea- 
 sures, because nothing more than a suggestive sketch, 
 easily alterable, can be safely attempted till it becomes 
 apparent what amount of success is likely to crown 
 the efforts now being made to render more rational the 
 education of the People in general, and female edu- 
 cation in particular. 
 
378 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 SECTION 6.- INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH 
 WARMING, LIGHTING, AND CLEANLINESS. - 
 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE. 
 
 Coal constitutes as it were a pivot on which a 
 number of Industries may be said to hinge. The 
 operation of obtaining it from the bowels of the Earth, 
 has like other MINING OPERATIONS its head in Jermyn 
 Street, but its swarthy hands are below the level of the 
 instruction which there prevails, arid consequently 
 open to new means of improvement. The COMMERCIAL 
 INDUSTRIES by which Coal is brought from the pit's 
 mouth to the Grate or Furnace, similarly call for a 
 popular adaptation of select excerpta from the note 
 books of the Geologist and of the Mining Engineer. 
 It is however difficult to say whether in carrying out 
 the proposed Educational System, it may be found ex- 
 pedient to establish special Courses of Technical In- 
 struction on Fuel in general, and Coal in particular, 
 including accordingly these topics in the Cyclopedias, 
 for the benefit of Coal Merchants, Coal Agents, and 
 others specially concerned. But even without this, 
 convenient sources of information will be at hand. 
 The craving for knowledge on this important subject 
 is so universal, that it will necessarily form a con- 
 spicuous department in the Applied Division of each 
 of the Standard Courses. In the Grade 1 Course all 
 essential points will be briefly and familiarly explained ; 
 in the Grade 2 Course they will be more fully though 
 still popularly gone into, and in the Books of Grade 3, 
 
SECT. 6.] WARMING, LIGHTING, AND CLEANLINESS. 379 
 
 they will be treated of in due scientific phraseology. 
 As explained in the previous Chapter, the Grade 1 and 
 Grade 2 Courses are to be prepared and printed in such 
 a form as to facilitate their being either used for self- 
 instructioD, employed for Class-teaching, or delivered 
 in the form of Popular Lectures on the Binary System. 
 Now the subject of Fuel and Combustion affords an 
 -excellent example of the good to be effected by means 
 like these among thousands of the Industrial Com- 
 munity who are out of reach of regular College In- 
 struction. There are numbers of retail Dealers in 
 Coal, Coke, Charcoal and Firewood, induced by circum- 
 stances to couple this mixture with Potatoes and Green- 
 grocery, or with some other business in a small way, 
 ad who are as unlikely to attempt regular studies, as 
 they are on the contrary likely to be both entertained 
 and benefited, by attending at the nearest Industrial 
 Institute, a Course of Lectures of the exact kind they 
 want. Indeed, scarcely any subject is better adapted 
 for being illustrated with striking Diagrams (p. 252), 
 and relieved with brilliant though cheap experiments, 
 or better calculated to make both sellers and buyers 
 among the lower ranks of the community, cordially 
 agree that there' really is something in Science. 
 
 Next to the subject of FUEL, which should include 
 MEANS FOR IGNITION, from the Faggot to the Lucifer 
 Match, would naturally come the subject of Grates, 
 Stoves and the like, were it not that it has already 
 been considered in treating of the Metal-working 
 Trades/ 1 ) The Manufacture of GAS has been included 
 
 (1) Furnaces for smelting, for the generation of Steam, and for number- 
 less other industrial purposes, may be studied in two ways : either in the 
 aggregate as a branch of Civil Engineering, in which case they escape our 
 consideration for the present, or in a retail manner in the review of the 
 Plant and Machinery appertaining to each pursuit. 
 
380 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 in the " Miscellaneous Chemical Manufactures," as also 
 that of various denominations of Paraffin and Com- 
 posite Candles, and that of Soap. 
 
 The last mentioned article reminds us of Laundry- 
 work, which forms a Pursuit uniting several depart- 
 ments of considerable importance, in which a little 
 Science should underlie a good deal of manual practice. 
 Like everything else relating to CLEANLINESS, it will 
 occupy a prominent place in the Standard Courses. 
 First will come the physiological reasons for Cleanli- 
 ness in the Elementary Division, and then in the 
 Applied Division the substances and processes em- 
 ployed. For a common Washerwoman Grade 1 of 
 G. S. F. would by itself be a great gain. The Super- 
 intendent of a large Laundry should add to it the 
 portions most interesting to her of Grade 2, both 
 Elementary and Applied, and might raise on this 
 foundation such a structure of Technical Knowledge, 
 as would not fail to bring her establishment to the 
 foremost rank. 
 
 An easy step brings us from means of Cleanliness to 
 means of Disinfection, and another to matters con- 
 nected with Drainage and Sewerage, the correction 
 of Nuisances, and the prevention or mitigation of 
 Zymotic Diseases ; in short to everything that medical 
 minds can suggest, and administrative or engineering 
 abilities can carry out, for the benefit of the Public 
 Health. Many points might be mentioned where open- 
 ings for useful intervention are likely to occur, but it 
 will be best not to discuss this subject till it can be 
 seen to what extent the ground may be occupied by 
 the expanded operations of existing educational Insti- 
 tutions. Perfectly distinct from Public, and even from 
 Domestic Hygiene, is Industrial Hygiene, which is not 
 
SECT. 7.] COACH BUILDING, ETC. 381 
 
 only quite within the compass of the proposed Uni- 
 versity, but should be most sedulously promoted; every 
 opportunity being turned to account for enlightening 
 the Students on any dangers or unhealthy influences 
 that may attach to their respective callings, for point- 
 ing out to them what science, prudence, and presence 
 of mind can do to avert or remedy evil chances, and 
 for impressing on them the paramount duty of every 
 man to keep his bodily and mental powers in the best 
 condition he can/ 1 ) 
 
 SECTION 7.- INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH 
 CART AND COACH BUILDING, SADDLERY, &o. 
 
 The occupation of the Wheel-wright, which in its 
 rural attributes reaches little above the level of a Cart 
 or Van, takes a totally different character when under 
 the prouder title of COACH BUILDING, it ministers to 
 the demands of wealth and fashion; filling a London 
 Factory with an endless variety of materials, and 
 employing a proportionate number of kinds and stages 
 of Handicraft. This division and subdivision of labour, 
 too often baffles the progress of the Apprentice in estab- 
 lishments which, though first rate as regards the article 
 produced, are not so eligible as regards general in- 
 struction as many country ones less refined but also 
 less split up, where moreover a more communicative 
 spirit is likely to prevail. It is among the less sub- 
 
 (1) In the early part of 1854, 1 induced the Council of the Society of 
 Arts to appoint a Committee for investigating under the collective title of 
 " INDUSTRIAL PATHOLOGY," the Accidents, Injuries, and Diseases, which 
 attach to various Industrial Occupations, and I should be happy to show 
 to persons interested, the " Synopsis " then prepared for me by my kind 
 friend the eminent sanitarian, Mr. John Simon. 
 
382 COACH-BUILDING, ETC. [CHAP. V. 
 
 divided Factories that may probably be found circum- 
 scriptions of work suited for being compassed by 
 regular Curricula of Studies. Evidently however this 
 is a field of operations which should be reserved, with 
 many similar ones, till we can actually confront our 
 available instructional resources, with the yet unformed 
 ranks of the Candidates for Knowledge and Reward. 
 One thing is certain. The Diploma of Excellence 
 reserved for the master mind capable of directing and 
 supervising the whole complex business of a large 
 fashionable Coach-building Establishment, should em- 
 brace an amount and variety of obligatory proficiencies 
 which few Trades need surpass. Not the least among 
 them should be a lively appreciation of the tasteful and 
 elegant, chastened by Artistic Studies, and rendered 
 more useful by cleverness at the appropriate style of 
 Design. 
 
 The connection which naturally exists between the 
 Coach-builder and the SADDLER, would be a sufficient 
 excuse for inserting here a few words concerning the 
 latter, even if it were not convenient to do so for the 
 purpose of showing that in a commercial connection 
 may lie an educational contrast. Many obvious 
 reasons tend to make the Coach-builder's business an 
 extensive concern ; but that of the Saddler and 
 Harness-maker, excepting the manufacture of certain 
 accessories, is almost everywhere to be seen carried on 
 within the limits of an ordinary Shop and its de- 
 pendencies, and whilst the one by a sort of natural 
 cleavage resolves itself into departments, and is worked 
 on the factory plan, the other may be cited as a very 
 fair sample of a normal Working Trade, claiming some- 
 thing like the following outlines for its Summary of 
 Educational Requirements. 
 
SECT. 7.] THE SADDLER. 383 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of GL S. F. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK ; to include as far as required by way of 
 Introduction to the Junior Technology of the Trade, 
 the structure of the Horse, and especially of those 
 parts to which Saddles, Harness, Bits, &c., are to 
 be adapted. Also Hides and Tanning considered 
 from the Saddler's point of view. 
 
 Practical cleverness at stitching, and generally at all 
 work which a Journeyman may have to perform, to be 
 appropriately tested. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 G-RADE 2 COURSE of G-. S. F. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. The Advanced Technology of the Trade to 
 be supported by an expansion of the matters men- 
 tioned above, and by any analogous ones which 
 may strengthen its intellectual groundwork. It 
 should moreover include in addition to all ordinary 
 Saddlery, and besides a brief review of military 
 and foreign trappings, all reliable means for the 
 avoidance of danger to those riding or driving, by 
 improved construction of Saddles, Stirrups, Bits, 
 Safety Eeins, Kicking Straps, and other portions 
 of equine accoutrement. 
 
 Cleverness at stitching and the like to be less obli- 
 gatory than with the Minor Candidate. 
 
 There will probably be no Diploma of Excellence. 
 
384 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH [CHAP. V. 
 
 SECTION 8.- INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH 
 THE MANUFACTURING AND WORKING OF 
 MACHINERY.(i) 
 
 This Group stands to the Mechanical Powers and 
 Mechanism, in a relation somewhat similar to that of 
 the " Miscellaneous Chemical Industries " to Chemistry. 
 The considerations there discussed in reference to Brew- 
 eries and other large establishments, may dispense 
 with now discussing similar ones respecting ENGINE 
 FACTORIES and the like, and we at once proceed to a 
 few suggestive indications of attainments likely to be 
 required, by the majority of the Men employed there. 
 
 Summary. 
 Minor or Workman's Examination/ 2 ) 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The whole of Mechanical Physics 
 relating to Heat. The portion of Chemistry rela- 
 ting to the Common Metals, Coal and other Fuels,, 
 Combustion, &c. Also selections from the second 
 Division of the Course bearing on the same 
 Subjects. 
 
 (1) For Watch and Clock Makers, see Section 9. 
 
 (2) This only refers to Workmen who, though their actual employment 
 may be limited to a single branch of factory operations, aspire to possess, 
 as it is very desirable that they should, a general knowledge of the whole. 
 
SECT. 8.] ENGINE FACTORIES. 385 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES (on the Grade 2 level) : 
 Mathematics, Statics, Dynamics, and Mechanism. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK. The Junior Technology, consisting chiefly 
 of the usual review of Appliances, Materials, Pro- 
 cesses and Precautions, will include the chief 
 kinds of Steam Engines commonly made, whether 
 for Stationary purposes, for Marine use, or for 
 Railway Locomotion, &c. It may however suffice 
 for this Minor Examination that each Student be 
 well acquainted with the construction and working 
 of his own kind of Engine. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 (For Foremen or First Class Workmen.) 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. The Branch of Chemical Physics relating to 
 Heat. Inorganic Chemistry. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES (on the Grade 3 level) : 
 Metallurgy. Mathematics. Statics, Dynamics and 
 Mechanism. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 3 of Drawing/ 1 ) 
 
 MANUAL. The Introductory Portion to include all Pre- 
 paratory Knowledge requiring to be developed 
 with a special view to its intended applications, 
 such as the subjects of Fuel and Combustion, the 
 production of Steam, its power and the measure- 
 ment thereof. The Technology to include the 
 usual detailed Review of Ateliers, Appliances, 
 Materials and Processes ; embracing not only all 
 
 (1) This is not intended to interfere with the functions of the Engi- 
 neering Draughtsman. 
 
 2 c 
 
386 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED [CHAP. V. 
 
 notable kinds of Engines and varieties of construc- 
 tion, but also the operations of transmission and 
 establishment at destination. The consideration of 
 Means for the avoidance of danger or injury to 
 health as regards the persons employed, to be 
 carefully gone into. 
 
 Examination for a Diploma of Excellence. 
 
 The character of the studies would differ as usual 
 from those of the Major Degree, not only in being 
 of a higher Grade wherever this might be of real 
 advantage, but also in being much more comprehensive, 
 and constituting in many respects an accomplished as 
 well as a clever MANUFACTURING ENGINEER. 
 
 Equally deserving of our attention with the Men 
 engaged in the construction of Steam Engines, are 
 those employed in their use. They are mostly sepa- 
 rated into three divisions, according as the Engines 
 are, Istly, stationary ; 2ndly, used for propelling 
 vessels ; or 3rdly, used for locomotion on rail or 
 road. As regards the 1st division, the rank and 
 duties of the Men employed vary so much according 
 to the construction and calibre of the Engine they 
 work, as Drivers, or Stokers, or both in one, and 
 also according to the purpose for which it is used, 
 and of which, like the Engine Driver in the Brewery, 
 they ought to know something, that for the present 
 it may be best to defer any attempt at the forma- 
 
 (1) This Superior Degree, indicated with a view to Managers of Engine 
 Factories, or Professors of the Science of Steam Power, would only be 
 organized as far as this could be done without interfering prejudicially 
 with existing arrangements for the training of Engineers. 
 
SECT. 8.] WITH LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES. 387 
 
 tion of gradational Curricula. As regards persons 
 working or attending to Engines used for propel- 
 ling Steamers, no better instruction could be offered 
 them than that they would get at a special depart- 
 ment in the Nautical School at Green wich. For 
 Drivers, Stokers, and Cleaners of Kailway Locomotives, 
 it might be best that instruction should be provided 
 at Establishments connected with and supported by 
 Railway Companies, acting in concert for this purpose 
 as they should for many others ; but it would of course 
 be desirable that the plan of these, as well as of all other 
 technical studies, should be arranged in harmony with 
 the system centred in the Technical University, and 
 in that point of view the following suggestions may 
 possibly prove convenient. 
 
 Even the Men employed at unskilled labour without 
 prospect of promotion, should be offered the oppor- 
 tunity of acquiring thoroughly a Grade 1 of Gr. S. F., 
 and of pushing forward if possible the most appropriate 
 parts to Grrade 2. 
 
 Cleaners of Locomotives and others of that level, 
 whose position is often a stepping stone to that of 
 Stoker, should be further encouraged to ground them- 
 selves as well as they can, in at least Mechanical 
 Physics and Mechanism. 
 
 From these occupations which may be included in 
 Category C, we rise to that of the Stoker, whom we 
 will consider in some measure as a Lieutenant to the 
 Engine Driver, since he should be able to replace him 
 in an emergency. Accordingly we find that as regards 
 Preparatory Knowledge we may nearly assign to him 
 the Minor Curriculum sketched above for the Journey- 
 man in an Engine Factory. He may require less 
 Mathematics and Drawing, and rather less acquaintance 
 
 2 c 2 
 
388 INDUSTRIES CONNECTED [CHAP. V. 
 
 with the Chemistry of the Metals employed, but more 
 knowledge of the various Fuels and Lubricants. His 
 Handbook will omit Factory-work, and only describe 
 in detail the Engines used on Railroads, but it will 
 touch upon all matters connected with their working. 
 Thus, to the leading notions concerning the construc- 
 tion of ordinary Railways, their gradients, curves, &c., 
 will be added an account of the management of an 
 engine, and of the customary rules and signals. 
 
 The Major Curriculum contemplated for the Engine 
 Driver, or as he is sometimes called, the Engineer, can 
 by a similar process be deduced from the above Major 
 Curriculum of a Foreman in an Engine Factory. The 
 Preparatory Knowledge may be slightly curtailed, but 
 with a more than proportionate increase of the Technical 
 Knowledge. The general history of Steam power may 
 be simply given in outline, but that of its applications 
 to Railway Locomotion should be fully gone into, in- 
 cluding a sketch of the Atmospheric and other special 
 Systems, and a comparison of foreign practices with 
 our own. In treating thoroughly everything that may 
 qualify the Engine Driver for the efficient discharge 
 of his duties, particular attention will be paid to the 
 various causes of danger to which Railway Traffic is 
 subjected, and to the resources available for counter- 
 acting them. 
 
 Here as in the various Summaries given for other 
 Industries, the suggestive outlines supplied form, as has 
 been explained at the outset, only very imperfect sketches 
 which will have to be completed by detailed Curricula, 
 or Syllabuses of Studies. These, it will be remembered, 
 are to be inserted with appropriate Questionaries in 
 the respective Examination Programmes, and it is thus 
 that will become fully apparent the relative difficulty 
 
SECT. 9.] WITH LOCOMOTIVE ENGINES. 389 
 
 of the tasks assigned to the several Classes of Students. 
 Nevertheless it has purposely been made apparent that 
 a somewhat high standard of Knowledge is deemed 
 desirable for the Locomotive Engine Driver. This is 
 partly because the Eailway Service, when organized as 
 it should be, presents notable facilities for scientific and 
 technical Instruction, but chiefly because the import- 
 ance of the responsibility which rests on the Engine 
 Driver of a Passenger Train, is such that nothing 
 should be spared that may enable him to acquit himself 
 cleverly of his task, and may induce him to perform 
 it prudently and conscientiously. 
 
 Should it be deemed advisable to institute a Diploma 
 of Excellence, it will probably be with a view to the 
 superior and comprehensive abilities which should be 
 possessed by general or local Superintendents of Loco- 
 motive Departments. 
 
 SECTION 9.-THE WATCH AND CLOCKMAKER. 
 
 In viewing the Trades or Occupations of this inter- 
 esting denomination from the stand-point of our present 
 purpose, we first notice a great manufacturing industry 
 split up into a number of distinct occupations, each 
 confided to a special set of Men, who mostly require 
 much more dexterity, accuracy, and patience, than scien- 
 tific knowledge ; except the last set, who put together 
 and finish up what the previous ones have prepared. 
 This last class of talented Artisans will doubtless deserve 
 a special Curriculum of scientific instruction, at which 
 some of the others may do well to try their strength ; 
 but more particularly within compass of our system are 
 
390 THE WATCH AND [CHAP. V. 
 
 those Working Tradesmen who, coupling on a compact 
 scale a certain degree of production with every kind 
 of repair, carry on nearly all the more intellectual 
 branches of the business, and train Apprentices to do 
 the same. To them is generally brought, in small 
 Towns, everything in the way of minute metal-work 
 and delicate contrivance. Few trades have done so 
 much to deserve every encouragement and facility that 
 can be afforded them in the pursuit of Technical Know- 
 ledge, and the Horological Institute is one of those 
 meritorious undertakings which it will be a pleasing 
 duty for the Technical University to foster and to 
 multiply. 
 
 The study of the Materials employed in Watch- 
 making, will of course include Diamonds, Rubies, Ena- 
 mel, and the like ; but the Student who wishes to unite 
 with this Trade that of the Jeweller, must go in for 
 the special requirements of that profession, which will 
 be indicated further on. 
 
 Minor Examination, 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of GL S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. Inorganic Chemistry. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. Mathematics. Statics, Dy- 
 namics and Mechanism. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK ; to include in the usual order all essential 
 details relating to ordinary Watches and Clocks. 
 
 Manual skill to be tried if a suitable test can be 
 devised. 
 
SECT. 9.] CLOCKMAKEE. 391 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 The above Preparatory Knowledge to be advanced 
 a Grade. The Technical Knowledge to include, with 
 the exception perhaps of Marine Chronometers and 
 a few other specialties of a high character, all horo- 
 logical devices and resources of any note, home or 
 foreign; also a sufficiently refined acquaintance with 
 the various modes of ornamentation, for judging of 
 artistic merit as well as of good workmanship. The 
 Hygiene of the Trade not to be neglected. 
 
 A practical test of ability to be devised. 
 
 Superior Examination. 
 
 GRADE 3 of G. S. F. (or of the Elementary Division ; 
 the Applied Division remaining at Grade 2.) 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. A thorough mathematical 
 as well as practical knowledge of Dynamics and 
 Mechanism, especially in relation to Horology. 
 
 ART STUDIES. Stage 3 of Drawing may suffice, but 
 with a thorough knowledge of the Laws of Taste 
 in Outline, Colour, and Subject, especially as appli- 
 cable to ornamental Time-pieces. 
 
 THE MANUAL ; fully supplemented, so as to embrace 
 every department of the Profession, from its mi- 
 nutest details to its highest achievements, adding 
 its History and its Literature to the various 
 branches of Science it involves, and omitting 
 nothing that may tend to uphold the character 
 of this highly intellectual Industry. 
 
392 THE OPTICIAN, ETC. [CHAP. V. 
 
 SECTION 10.-THE OPTICIAN,THE PHILOSOPHICAL 
 INSTRUMENT MAKER, Ac., ELECTRO-TELE- 
 GRAPHY. 
 
 Few of the Groups hitherto reviewed equal this one 
 in the high scientific character of the articles produced, 
 and in the scientific knowledge which many of them 
 demand ; but the very reason that this demand is plain 
 and indisputable, makes the task of meeting it with 
 appropriate instruction more clear and easy. We will 
 take for our starting point the Trade of the Working 
 Optician, which affords a very convenient and normal 
 example of a Working Trade susceptible of deriving a 
 fair share of benefit from the proposed system of Tech- 
 nical Instruction. The following are suggestive indi- 
 cations for a Minor and a Major Curriculum. No 
 Diploma of Excellence is contemplated, as it would 
 probably be merged in one embracing the general 
 range of Philosophical Instruments. 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The branch of Chemical Physics 
 relating to Light. Inorganic Chemistry. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. Grade 2 of Mathematics. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 1 of Drawing. 
 
 HANDBOOK ; to include all introductory information 
 required concerning the structure, functions, and 
 common failings of the Eye, especially concerning 
 
SECT. 10.] THE OPTICIAN, ETC. 393 
 
 Myopia and Presbyopia. In other respects to be 
 conformable to the usual Minor Review of Appli- 
 ances, Materials, Processes and Products. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. This will probably supply 
 as much as is wanted of the Chemistry and Tech- 
 nology of Glass, and of the Metals commonly 
 used. 
 
 GRADE 3. The portion of Physics relating to Light 
 should be pushed forward to this Grade, without 
 going into the higher problems of Mathematical 
 Optics, or any theoretical controversies. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. Grade 2 or 3 of Mathematics. 
 
 ART CLASS. Stage 2 or 3 of Drawing. 
 
 MANUAL. The structural, physiological, and patho- 
 logical knowledge concerning the Eye, should be 
 such as to make the Master Optician a reliable 
 adviser in case of need, not merely respecting 
 the use of concave and convex glasses, but also 
 as regards the use of coloured or neutral tinted 
 Spectacles, and the various constructions of these, 
 as well as of Shades, Reflectors, and other con- 
 trivances for protecting the Eyes from Glare or 
 Dust, or for improving as to quality or convenience 
 the adaptation of natural or artificial Light to 
 various Industrial Occupations. The more strictly 
 Technical Knowledge will also include as usual 
 many things that were omitted in the Minor 
 Degree. Thus for instance the Master Optician, 
 without being expected to manage the blow-pipe 
 like a regular Barometer and Thermometer Maker, 
 should know how to fill and graduate the chief 
 
394 PHILOSOPHICAL INSTEUMENT MAKER [CHAP. V. 
 
 varieties of these instruments, and indeed he 
 should not only understand the rationale and 
 quality of everything he sells, but should be com- 
 petetent to undertake in a country place, the re- 
 pairing of any article not too foreign to his line 
 of business. 
 
 The making of Barometers and Thermometers affords 
 an example of one among numerous branches of the 
 manufacture of Philosophical Instruments, which it may 
 be expedient to teach as so many distinct Pursuits, 
 leaving optional the manner of grouping or associ- 
 ating them. Other examples are afforded by the 
 manufacture of Mariners' Compasses, of Scales and 
 Weights, of Foot Rules, &c. It will be time enough 
 when the Technical University is established, to see 
 what occupations or branches of manufacture asso- 
 ciated by analogy or commercial convenience, may 
 besides being taught separately, deserve to be bound 
 together by a joint Curriculum and a common name. 
 
 It may be found that the broad autonomy of a 
 general " Philosophical Instrument Maker," must in 
 the Minor Degree be separated into departments rather 
 according to the kind of work, such as Brass-turning, 
 Joinery, &c., than according to the branch of Science 
 which the respective Instruments are to serve ; or 
 rather there will, as in various cases which we have 
 come across, be no Minor Degree. The Master Work- 
 man or Foreman of Department, who after putting 
 together and adjusting the various parts of a Philo- 
 sophical Apparatus, is competent to try its capabilities, 
 will if his range of subjects can be satisfactorily deter- 
 mined, be a suitable candidate for a Major Certificate. 
 The directing mind at the head of a comprehensive 
 
SECT. 10.] ELECTRO-TELEGRAPHY. 395 
 
 establishment of this kind, will if worthy of the task, 
 have no difficulty in winning a Diploma of Excellence, 
 should it be found expedient to institute one. 
 
 ELECTRO-TELEGRAPHY has suddenly started up from 
 the depths of Science, to be a Science in itself, and 
 one of which the mere apparatus and paraphernalia 
 employ in special establishments a vast number of 
 skilled hands. Nothing presents itself however that 
 may not be met by the means already suggested. As 
 for the important studies connected with Telegraphic 
 Engineering, the part to be performed by the Central 
 University will depend on the provision made else- 
 where, and the same may to a considerable extent be 
 said as regards the training of the thousands of sub- 
 ordinate employees. I will only mention that however 
 satisfactory may be the practical cleverness at trans- 
 mitting and reading of despatches to which they attain 
 at the schools established for the purpose, a Grade 2 
 Certificate in Static and Dynamic Electricity and Mag- 
 netism, and another in Inorganic Chemistry, would be 
 very desirable. 
 
396 THE STATIONER, ETC. [CHAP. V. 
 
 SECTION 11.-THE STATIONER. ALLIED 
 INDUSTRIES. 
 
 This line of business exhibits perhaps a more striking- 
 example than any preceding one, of the distinction 
 which must be made between the kind. of knowledge 
 required by the Manufacturer who devotes himself to 
 the production of perhaps a single thing, such as Paper, 
 Parchment, Ink, Steel Pens, Black lead Pencils, or any 
 similar article, and that required by the Tradesman 
 who unites all these Articles, and ten times more if he 
 is inclined, within a single Shop. He ought to know 
 something about every Article he sells, and a good 
 deal about all those of which the usefulness depends 
 on quality, and of which the quality can be readily 
 detected only by one who understands the origin of the 
 respective materials, and the rationale of the processes 
 respectively involved. But at the same time we must 
 remember that our system of Technical Instruction is 
 based on voluntary studies, encouraged by Certificates 
 which would be a failure if their practical value as 
 a recommendation, were outweighed by the time and 
 trouble required for earning them. There must accord- 
 ingly be a compromise between what a Dealer in 
 manifold Goods like the Stationer ought to know, and 
 what he can conveniently learn, or in other words we 
 must to a certain extent sacrifice such knowledge as 
 can best be spared, in order that he may be induced 
 to apply himself earnestly to what most he wants. 
 
SECT. 11.] THE STATIONER. 397 
 
 Under the Master Stationer we see, according to the 
 scale of his concern, one or more Assistants from whom 
 we must expect much less than from himself, but who 
 ought still to know enough about the many things they 
 handle, to entitle them to a Minor Certificate bearing 
 the usual proportion to their Master's Major Certificate. 
 
 If now from the Tradesman whose business compasses 
 the little world called Stationery, we pass to some of 
 the individual Manufacturers who supply him, we are 
 met by difficulties of an opposite character. Let us 
 take for example those engaged in the production of a 
 single article, say Ink, Steel Pens, or Lead Pencils. 
 Here we find in operation the same plan of many hands 
 directed by few minds, which has been repeatedly dis- 
 cussed under the name of Factory Work. With the 
 subordinates, a Grade 2 of General Scientific Founda- 
 tion will mostly serve every purpose. The directing 
 mind must possess some further amount of Preparatory 
 Science, and add to thorough Technical Knowledge a 
 good acquaintance with all available resources. Still 
 there is comparatively little scope for a regular Cur- 
 riculum, and in view of the vast Agenda before us, it 
 will mostly be prudent to postpone attending to In- 
 dustries of this description ; the more so as they can 
 in the meantime avail themselves of the resources in 
 the way of appropriate Knowledge offered to Students 
 of Category 0. Besides this, as previously explained 
 (Chapter IV. Section 6), all Industries of any note will 
 be carefully epitomized in the Junior, and fully de- 
 scribed in the Advanced Cyclopaedia, and it is to be 
 hoped that an earnest recourse to these standard sources 
 of information, will be found attractive and self-remu- 
 nerative by many to whom the incentive of a Certificate 
 cannot be offered. 
 
398 THE PAPERMAKER-THE BOOKBINDER. [CHAP. V. 
 
 PAPER-MAKING presents a somewhat different case. 
 This highly important manufacture, though very much 
 a matter of mechanical routine with most of the 
 subordinate Hands employed, undeniably claims a 
 Major Trade Certificate for the Foreman or Manager. 
 Though the application of his knowledge may probably 
 be confined to the specialty of some particular Mill, 
 his studies should embrace all branches of the manu- 
 facture of Paper, and of kindred Articles commonly 
 produced in this Country, and they should be supple- 
 mented with a review of foreign doings. It may safely 
 be said that few Industries offer at the present time 
 such promising openings for remunerative improve- 
 ment, as regards both the utilization of new materials,, 
 and the adaptation of recent scientific discoveries. 
 
 A Trade allied to that of the Stationer, and which is 
 not unfrequently associated with it, is that of the BOOK- 
 BINDER, concerning which a very few words will suffice. 
 The compendious account of it in the Junior Cyclo- 
 paedia, will be well worth the attention of subordinates 
 engaged in any branch of the process. For the Master 
 Book-binder, independently of technical skill in over- 
 coming difficulties, and turning out a satisfactory article 
 in every branch of the Trade, there is enough required 
 in the way of knowledge of materials, and of artistic taste 
 in the applications of embossing, gilding, &c., to make 
 it probably worth while to institute a Major Certificate. 
 
SECT. 12.1 THE PRINTER. 399 
 
 SECTION 12.-THE PRINTER. 
 
 In the course of our review, we have more than 
 once come across Handicrafts in which a little scientific 
 knowledge is wrapped up in so much technical routine of 
 manipulation, that Apprenticeship has, so to say, every- 
 thing to do, and College Teaching next to nothing; 
 but one would scarcely have expected that one of the 
 most striking instances of this kind would be presented 
 by that Industrial Pursuit which more than any other 
 is the vehicle of scientific progress. Yet such is the 
 case. The Man who has charge of the Press, ought to 
 understand its mechanism ; but the Compositor in whose 
 intellectual task lies the pith and marrow of Typo- 
 graphy, needs for it less scientific than literary know- 
 ledge, and his Curriculum must in fact be somewhat sui 
 generis, as shown by the following brief Summary. 
 
 Compositor's Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COUESE of G-. S. F. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. Orthography, Punctuation, 
 and such other literary abilities as are necessary 
 for setting up in correct type, ill-written and con- 
 fused Manuscripts. 
 
 HANDBOOK. To include select information concerning 
 the Types commonly used, and all that is done 
 with them, as well as concerning Appliances, 
 Machinery, Ink, Paper and other requisites. 
 
 Cleverness at composing, taking Proofs, and dis- 
 
400 THE PRINTER. [CHAP. V. 
 
 tributing, to be tested by the actual performance of 
 appropriate tasks of moderate difficulty. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 (For Working Master Printers, Foremen and 
 Superior Compositors, acting also as Correctors of the 
 Press. " Readers" properly so called are not in- 
 cluded). 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES. Literary abilities of the kind 
 described above, but much more fully developed. 
 
 MANUAL. The knowledge contained in the Handbook 
 to be extended as well as raised in character, so as 
 to include the latest improvements in Machinery, 
 Appliances, and Materials of all kinds, the less 
 common Types, the introduction of Woodcuts and 
 other illustrations or ornamentations, tabulated 
 matter, Stereotyping, and other processes com- 
 monly included in large Letterpress Establish- 
 ments, and generally, all that may qualify a 
 Printer for doing honour to his Trade. 
 
 Technical Cleverness to be practically tested as 
 above. The ordeal to include severe, but not useless 
 difficulties^ 1 ) 
 
 (1) No Diploma of Excellence is contemplated, because a Director, of a 
 large Printing Establishment, whose attainments expand in a scholastic 
 and bibliological direction, is likely, unless he should have risen from the 
 ranks, to be deficient in those matters of clever practical performance 
 which are the essence of the Trade. 
 
SECT. 13.] MUSIC TRADES. 401 
 
 SECTION 13-PROFESSIONS AND TRADES CON- 
 NECTED WITH MUSIC. 
 
 It is unnecessary to dwell on the importance of Music 
 in dispensing sympathetic and humanizing influences 
 throughout all classes of the Population, and in super- 
 seding undesirable ones, or to say anything of the 
 positive and unquestionable enjoyment it affords, or 
 of the thousands of honest livelihoods it maintains. If 
 we are inclined to pause before inscribing it on our 
 Agenda, it will be partly because we acknowledge the 
 force of the French proverb, qui trop embrasse mal 
 etreint, and pa illy because we are anxious to assist, 
 rather than interfere with the action of other regularly 
 constituted agencies. Few persons will be inclined to 
 deny that Music ought, like Science and Art, to have 
 the benefit of a distinct government Department, when 
 the supreme direction of educational matters shall be in 
 the hands of a responsible Minister. It will devolve on 
 the person entrusted by him with that Department, to 
 see that all is done with even hand to foster rising 
 musical genius, to afford for the development of pro- 
 fessional Music, whether theoretical, vocal, or instru- 
 mental, facilities and advantages equal if possible to 
 those of the most favoured nations, and to promote by 
 every reasonable means the diffusion of Music among 
 the People, till it reaches and maintains that level 
 which the example of many foreign localities, and of 
 not a few of our own, has proved to be perfectly 
 attainable. 
 
 2 D 
 
402 PROFESSIONS AND TRADES [CHAP. V. 
 
 It is from such a regular organization of efforts and 
 resources, dovetailing with the other Departments of 
 National Education, that could best be derived that 
 amount of Musical Foundation, theoretical and practical, 
 which ought to support and bind together all the occu- 
 pations belonging to the Musical Craft, in the same 
 manner that a standard Scientific Foundation will bind 
 and support the various Industrial Pursuits hitherto 
 reviewed. Accordingly, it may not be necessary that 
 the Technical University should itself provide actual 
 Musical Instruction, though its organizing and stimu- 
 lating influence may have to be exerted in order that 
 such Instruction may be everywhere efficiently pro- 
 vided. 
 
 But independently of the consideration that our 
 University is not to usurp the functions of a Conserva- 
 toire de Musique, most of the Industrial Pursuits of which 
 Music is the origin and end, will be found, on close 
 examination, of a nature not to be easily brought within 
 the compass of its Examinations and Certificates, though 
 they may be aided in other ways. The most important 
 among them may be roughly grouped as follows : 
 
 a. The publication of Music by Engraving, Litho- 
 graphing, Printing, &c. 
 
 6. The Manufacture of Organs, Harmoniums, Piano- 
 fortes, Harps and kindred Instruments of complex 
 contrivance. 
 
 (?.. The Manufacture of Stringed Instruments com- 
 monly so called. They mostly arrange themselves in 
 two lots, referable to the Violin type, and the Guitar 
 or Mandolin type. 
 
 d. The Manufacture of Wind Instruments com- 
 monly so called, which may for convenience be divided 
 
SECT. 13.] CONNECTED WITH MUSIC. 403 
 
 into those chiefly made of Wood, and those made of 
 Metal. 
 
 e. The manufacture of Drums, and other miscella- 
 neous Musical Appliances. 
 
 As regards Group a, the various processes by which 
 Music is published, are rather matters of apprenticeship 
 and practice than of didactic instruction. Passing to 
 Group 5, we are reminded of those Factories where 
 the subdivision of labour, whilst it favours accuracy 
 as well as celerity of workmanship, tends to make 
 machines of men, and only calls for a broad intellectual 
 development among the select few by whom those 
 living machines are regulated. For supplying the kind 
 of knowledge which these few require, a valuable re- 
 source will be presented by the Technological Museum 
 of the Central University, taken in conjunction with 
 their respective " Manuals," and with its own expla- 
 natory Catalogue. For instance it may display in- 
 structive examples or models of the many ingenious 
 contrivances that have at various times been tried with 
 more or less success in the manufacture of Pianos, 
 Harmoniums, Organs, and other similar Instruments ; 
 and particularly of those having a special object, as 
 for instance suitableness for tropical climates, where ex- 
 tremes of dry heat and warm moisture occur, and 
 where many materials succumb to the ravages of 
 Insects. Many of the smaller Industries included in 
 Groups <?, d and e may similarly derive considerable 
 aid from the University Museum, on which, unless 
 forestalled by exertions made elsewhere, will devolve 
 not only the duty of exhibiting full chronological and 
 ethnological illustrations of Musical Instruments of all 
 kinds, as far as they may serve as guides or warnings 
 
 2 n 2 
 
404 AET INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 for present and future Makers, but also the duty of 
 showing to these in a technical and commercial spirit, 
 the best resources at their disposal both at home and 
 abroad. 
 
 SECTION 14.-ART INDUSTRIES. PHOTOGRAPHY 
 AND THE POLYGRAPHIC ARTS. 
 
 Though Art in one form or another has met us in 
 many of the Industries reviewed, occupying in some 
 of them a conspicuous position, we have left as yet 
 untouched most of the Pursuits which more particularly 
 claim the title of Art Industries. It will in fact be 
 found that with a few exceptions deserving of special 
 attention, they lie less within the province of the 
 proposed University than within that of the South 
 Kensington Authorities, under whose management so 
 much progress has been already made in improving 
 the taste and execution of Art-workmanship in this 
 Country. Independently of this fact, in Art Indus- 
 tries the necessity for carefully organized Tests and 
 reliable Certificates of Competency, is less felt than 
 in Industries of which Science is the foundation. The 
 man whose technical abilities rest on a broad ground- 
 work of Scientific Knowledge, cannot at all times supply 
 ready proof of this on demand, whereas Artistic Skill 
 can mostly be made manifest with ease, both in cha- 
 racter and degree. Moreover by attaching a fixed 
 standard of proficiency in a specified branch of Art 
 to a given Certificate in an Artistic Industry, we might 
 be rendering less service to a Candidate, than by en- 
 couraging him to enlarge his sphere of artistic attain- 
 ments, at the same time pushing them as high as his 
 natural turn and his opportunities might permit. It 
 
SECT. 14.] ART INDUSTRIES. 405 
 
 is true that many Employers of artistic labour, will 
 scarcely appreciate our good intentions. The main 
 qualities which they demand of their Journeymen are 
 well-trained technical dexterity, a good eye and a quick 
 hand, with patience for repeating any number of times 
 a task ever so small and monotonous ; but they should 
 bear in mind that the dexterous hand and the know- 
 ing eye, though they may be only obtainable through 
 the routine of a long apprenticeship, are best to be 
 relied on when they have undergone the refining influ- 
 ence of regular attendance at Art Classes. The em- 
 ployer who wishes to uphold the character of his Craft 
 through the abilities of his Men, should give them 
 every reasonable encouragement and opportunity for 
 perfecting themselves in appropriate branches of Art. 
 Where the duty of the National Technical University 
 towards them will chiefly lie, will be ; -firstly, in seeing 
 that due facilities are afforded them in every populous 
 locality, for acquiring these attainments in the manner 
 most conducive to their practical interests, and to the 
 satisfaction of their Employers ; secondly, in affording 
 equal facilities for appropriate Scientific Studies to be 
 recompensed by Subject Certificates ; and thirdly, in 
 providing by means of the Junior and Advanced Cyclo- 
 paedias, repertories of Technical Knowledge so obviously 
 useful as to be consulted without the incentive of a 
 Trade Certificate. In order better to judge of the 
 working of these measures, we will indulge in a cursory 
 glance at some of the strata of which the personnel of 
 Art Industry in general is composed. 
 
 Setting aside the few who earn fame in making a 
 fortune, let us descend to the many who only earn 
 weekly wages. We find that here as in many other 
 industrial regions, there is a substratum consisting of 
 
406 ART INDUSTRIES. [CHAP. V. 
 
 hundreds of poor subordinates to whom an insight into 
 the Science of Daily Life, as supplied by the Grade 1 
 Course, would be a boon without a drawback, but for 
 whom it would scarcely be expedient to recommend 
 anything beyond/ 1 ) 
 
 Next to these let us consider the more or less skilled 
 Artisans numerously engaged in the Artistic Depart- 
 ments of various Manufacturing Industries conducted 
 on the usual plan of Factory Work. Here as in ana- 
 logous Mechanical Departments, we find ourselves ob- 
 liged by the subdivision of labour, and the consequent 
 reduction of the range of knowledge required by the 
 individual Hands, to class nearly the whole of these as 
 belonging to Category C. They will however mostly 
 be found well suited for a full enjoyment of the re- 
 sources available for that category, and which have 
 been described at the beginning of this Chapter under 
 the title " Studies for Subject Certificates/ 1 ) 
 
 Rising to the more talented members of the Art- 
 industrial Community, we are surrounded in all direc- 
 tions by those skilled "Workmen whose abilities have 
 been so usefully brought into relief by the Society of 
 Arts' Examinations. It is obvious that any measures 
 for adding intellectual to artistic tests, should if possible 
 be entertained in concert with that Society. 
 
 (1) A striking illustration of mechanical labour having a preparatory 
 share in the performances, not merely of Art-industry, but of high Art, 
 may be witnessed in the Studio of a Sculptor. 
 
 (2) As examples of the division of artistic labour may be mentioned the 
 Japanned Tray, of which one painter does the fillets, another the border, 
 and a third the centre ; or Architectural Carving in which separate hands 
 do the string- coursing, the foliage or enrichments, the heraldic ornaments, 
 the drapery of a figure, and lastly the face and hands. Various stages of 
 artistic industry may likewise be seen by following the production of a 
 bronze ornament through its modelling, its casting in lead, its touching 
 up, its recasting in bronze, its cleaning, and its ultimate chasing. 
 
SECT. 14.] ART INDUSTRIES. 407 
 
 There are in the range of Art Industries a few types 
 which it will be more particularly the duty of the 
 Central University to select, for the purpose of fostering 
 every branch of their efficiency. An interesting ex- 
 ample is afforded by the WORKING JEWELLER. He is, 
 or should be, an Artificer possessing scientific know- 
 ledge, artistic genius, and manual skill, who firstly, 
 understands thoroughly those picked pages of Minera- 
 logy where Gems occur, uniting for the purpose the 
 required notions of Chemistry and Crystallography ; 
 secondly, can devise designs for displaying Gems singly 
 or variously grouped to the best advantage, and thirdly, 
 knows so well and can handle so cleverly the metallic 
 materials involved, as to realize unassisted if it were 
 necessary, the graceful jewel of his thoughts. It must 
 be remembered however, before attempting to frame 
 a Curriculum of Studies in accordance with these indi- 
 cations, that in many respects the present organization 
 of the Jeweller's Trade, as of other Industries, tends to 
 a splitting and separation of attributes, and a mechan- 
 icalizing of processes, more and more at variance with 
 the ideal of former times. 
 
 That influence would not be ill-spent on the part 
 of the University, which could induce Pattern Designers 
 never to neglect tempering their Art with Science. In 
 fact the Designer should be as well acquainted with the 
 operation or process in which his design or pattern is 
 to be used, as the Musical Composer should be with the 
 instrument on which his piece is to be performed. It 
 is scarcely necessary to say that through neglect of this 
 rule, the Glass-blower, the Thrower of Ceramic Ware, 
 the Jacquard Weaver, and many others depending on 
 Designers for their patterns, may lose their time and 
 patience in producing under difficulties, what will fetch 
 
408 ART INDUSTRIES PHOTOGRAPHY. [CHAP. V. 
 
 no higher price than an article which they could pro- 
 duce with ease. Similarly the Carpet Weaver may 
 through the fault of his Designer, have to use worsteds 
 of expensive hues, where a combination equally pleas- 
 ing to the eye, and equally durable, could be produced 
 with much cheaper ones/ 1 ) 
 
 Whilst it is desirable that the Designer should show 
 knowledge and foresight in adapting his origination to 
 the convenience of the Performer, there are many cases 
 where the latter would be vastly benefited by a gleam 
 of original ingenuity ; and indeed the fertility of re- 
 sources resulting from a lively power of origination, 
 has been supposed to be one of the chief merits for 
 the sake of which many foreign Art-workmen are em- 
 ployed so willingly, and paid so well, in this country/ 2 ) 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHY in which Nature supplies the design, 
 and Science the execution, seemed at first a conspiracy 
 against Art, but more and more we find that it affords 
 scope for Artistic Taste, and that in its higher aspira- 
 tions it opens the way to a considerable amount of real 
 artistic employment. Something like the following 
 Summary of desirable attainments suggests itself : 
 
 Minor Examination. 
 
 GRADE 1 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE. The part of Chemical Physics re- 
 lating to Light. The whole of Chemistry or at 
 all events, of Inorganic Chemistry. 
 
 (1) Indications as to what Designers are, and what they should be, will 
 be found in a Paper by Dr. Christopher Dresser on "Hindrances to 
 Applied Art," in the ' Society of Arts' Journal' of April 12th, 1872. 
 
 (2) Respecting the unsuccessful attempts made by the Society of Arts to 
 elicit proofs of origination among British Art-workmen, see the Report 
 of the Society's Adjudicators quoted in Chapter II. Section 3 from the 
 Society's Journal of the 5th of March, 1869. 
 
SECT. 14.] PHOTOGRAPHY. 409 
 
 HANDBOOK ; to comprize only the common processes, 
 including however all that is required for clearly 
 understanding, not only the bearings of Optical 
 and Chemical Science on those processes, and the 
 means calculated to secure their success, but also 
 the Laws of Taste applicable thereto. 
 
 A Practical Test to be resorted to, including 
 touching up. 
 
 Major Examination. 
 
 GRADE 2 COURSE of G. S. F. 
 
 GRADE 3. Optics as far as the Science bears 
 
 graphy. Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. 
 
 MANUAL ; to comprize the history and rationale of the 
 various branches of the Art, with a thorough 
 knowledge of every scientific device and artistic 
 refinement, through which high-class results may 
 be secured even under difficulties of climate, &c. 
 
 The Practical Test to include delicate finishing up.C 1 ) 
 
 Through the facility with which any number of 
 Proofs are taken, or to employ the usual term, printed 
 from the Negatives, Photography may be considered 
 as one of the POLYGRAPHIC ARTS, that is to say of the 
 Arts producing multiplied impressions ; but this title 
 
 (1) It may be left for the present an open question whether it be best 
 to treat the colouring of photographic portraits as a distinct branch of 
 Art, or to include this or any other artistic performance in the Practical 
 Test, as a criterion of Candidates having attained the degree of artistic ' 
 refinement required for being a first rate Photographist. 
 
410 THE POLYGRAPHIC ARTS. [CHAP. V. 
 
 more properly belongs to such processes as the fol- 
 lowing : C 1 ) 
 
 a. Printing from raised surfaces. 
 
 Typography or Letterpress Printing. 
 Nature Printing (as from Ferns and the 
 
 like). 
 
 Xylography or Wood engraving. 
 Graphotype. 
 Phototype. 
 
 b. Printing from surfaces rendered variously 
 
 absorbent. 
 Lithography. 
 Zincography. 
 
 c. Printing from hollowed surfaces. 
 
 Etching, Aquatinta, and the like. 
 Copperplate, and Steel Engraving. 
 
 d. Moulding or embossing by means of hollowed 
 
 surfaces, or matrices. 
 Seal engraving, Die-sinking, &c. 
 
 Reviewing these examples from the standpoint of 
 Art Workmanship, we first set aside Typography, in 
 which it has already been seen that the chief per- 
 formance lies not in the original making of the Types, 
 any more than in the printing from them, but in the 
 intermediary task of the Compositor. We also set aside 
 ordinary Nature Printing as being done mechanically, 
 and the printing from surfaces prepared by photo- 
 graphic means, as coming more or less within the scope 
 of the above remarks on Photography. The remaining 
 Processes, unless removed from their original character 
 by the prevailing tendency to reduce everything to 
 
 (1) This list is by no means intended to be exhaustive. 
 
SECT. 14.J COMMEECIAL PUESU1TS. 411 
 
 Factory Work, are decidedly artistic as regards the 
 most difficult and important task in each, and what 
 the Central University can appropriately attempt to do 
 for them besides encouraging the development of Art 
 Classes of every description will mainly consist, Istly, 
 in offering Instruction and Examinations in suitable 
 " Subjects," and 2ndly, in displaying in the Museum 
 a carefully made Selection of first-rate examples calcu- 
 lated to raise the standard of Excellence in each branch, 
 and accompanied with the most recent and best mate- 
 rials and appliances. 
 
 SECTION 15.-COMMERCIAL PURSUITS. 
 
 We have hitherto left unnoticed the interval which 
 in so many instances separates the production of Trade 
 Articles from their display in the Retail Shop, and 
 the Commercial System through the instrumentality 
 of which the right thing is so conveniently brought 
 from a distance to the right place. It will however be 
 easy to deduce from the principles proposed for regu- 
 lating the studies of the Retail Dealer, what should be 
 those of the Import or Export Merchant, the Broker or 
 any other Intermediary having such connection with the 
 Goods in question as to involve a knowledge of their 
 nature and quality. We have seen that the Shopkeeper 
 should, for the benefit of his Customers and for his own, 
 possess this knowledge to a notable extent ; not indeed 
 with every detail that should be familiar to the pro- 
 ducer or manufacturer, but with that good practical 
 judgment and that reasoning insight which are acquired 
 by basing one's technical studies on a sound scientific 
 foundation. This same plan must be carried out in the 
 
412 COMMERCIAL PURSUITS. [CHAP. V. SECT. 15. 
 
 studies of the Commercial Intermediaries just referred 
 to, and the indications given in this and the preceding 
 Chapters have sufficiently shown how manifold will be 
 the resources available for accomplishing this object 
 according to the kind and grade of their requirements. 
 For instance, as regards Preparatory Knowledge, they 
 will have the Elementary portions of the Standard 
 Courses from Grade 1 to Grade 3 ; as regards Tech- 
 nical Knowledge, the Applied portions of the same, 
 and two Cyclopaedias purposely so arranged as to favour 
 the selection of appropriate Subjects. Then again, the 
 Commercial Department of the University Museum 
 will, in conjunction with its explanatory Catalogue, 
 make it easy for them to acquire that familiarity with 
 Goods of any given kind, which is, without Visual In- 
 struction, so difficult to obtain. Some time may elapse 
 before the University can conveniently institute regular 
 Courses of Commercial Knowledge with their Compo- 
 site Examinations and Certificates, but en attendant 
 Commercial Students will be offered opportunities of 
 striving for Subject Certificates, including a few topics 
 special to the THEORY OF COMMERCE, such as Com- 
 mercial Geography, International Exchange in Weights, 
 Measures, and Money, and International Commercial 
 Law. Independently however of any prospect of dis- 
 tinctions, it may be hoped their keen perception of 
 profit will tell them that any leisure judiciously em- 
 ployed in availing themselves of the educational re- 
 sources offered them, will be time well spent. 
 
( 413 ) 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 RECAPITULATION. CONCLUSIONS. 
 
 SECTION 1 -CONSIDERATIONS RESULTING FROM 
 THE FOREGOING CHAPTER. 
 
 A. Manner and Place. 
 
 THE Analyses contained in the preceding Chapter, 
 though purposely restricted to a certain number of 
 representative types, have probably sufficed to indicate 
 the general features of the instruction required by the 
 various Industrial Pursuits, according to their more or 
 less Chemical or Physical, Artistic or Commercial, 
 simple or mixed character. Let us now briefly recon- 
 sider these requirements in special reference to the 
 question, how and where shall the Artisan obtain the 
 Instruction he wants ? 
 
 Grade I Studies. 
 
 The first thing which attracts our retrospective glance 
 is that ubiquitous Grade 1 Course of Elementary and 
 Applied knowledge, which besides underlying as a 
 General Scientific Foundation the broad field of Tech- 
 nical Study, is intended to extend beyond its limits, 
 affording to the whole of the Labouring Population the 
 much needed Code of Common Sense which it has been 
 
414 CONSIDERATIONS OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 agreed to name the Science of Daily Life. One might 
 find more delight in fostering the advanced progress of 
 a chosen few, and upholding them as proofs of our 
 national capabilities, but more real importance attaches 
 to a speedy and substantial organization of the Instruc- 
 tion required by the lower and broader strata of the 
 Industrial Community. Accordingly the first charge 
 on the energies of the proposed Movement, will be to 
 carry into effect the various measures indicated for 
 the general diffusion of the Rudiments of Practical 
 Science and especially the following : 
 
 a. To prepare the required Grade 1 Course as de- 
 scribed in Chapter IY. Section 1, to bring it out in 
 print as recommended in Section 5 of the same Chapter, 
 and to secure the production at cheap rates of the 
 necessary Sets of Illustrations (pp. 113 and 244), ar- 
 ranging as far as may be found necessary for the cir- 
 culation of such sets from place to place (p. 231, l).W 
 
 b. To agree with the leading Training Colleges for 
 supplying them, not only with the foregoing educational 
 materials, but also with Professors specially trained for 
 instructing the future School Teachers in an ingenious 
 and impressive use of them (p. 79). 
 
 c. To afford the present Teachers of the Children 
 of the People opportunities for adding the Scientific 
 Element to their present stock of knowledge (p. 80). 
 
 d. To promote the extension of Schooling from 12 
 to 14 years of age for youths whose intended Pursuits 
 involve something above mere mechanical labour, and 
 where required, to organize special schools, or advanced 
 
 (1) This plan seems to have been first practised by the South Ken- 
 sington Authorities with sets formed from the residue of the International 
 Exhibition of 1851. 
 
SECT. l.J MANNER AND PLACE. 415 
 
 classes in ordinary schools, for consolidating in this 
 Secondary Period, the groundwork of an industrial 
 career (p. 14). 
 
 e. To promote the establishment, judicious organi- 
 zation, and regular maintenance of INDUSTRIAL INSTI- 
 TUTES of various calibres, according to the requirements 
 and resources of the respective localities; it being 
 understood that under this title are included, for con- 
 venience sake, all Institutions or Establishments offering 
 or procuring to the youths or adults of the Industrial 
 Community, the Class Lessons, Lectures, or other forms 
 of Scientific, Mathematical, and Artistic Instruction 
 which they require, (pp. 49-53). A Grade 1 Course 
 of Gr. S. F. with a corresponding Art Class, may be 
 considered as the minimum of the capabilities of an In- 
 dustrial Institute. Other branches of Instruction have 
 already been indicated as coming more or less within 
 their province, and will again occur as we proceed in 
 collating the chief attainments noted in the Summaries 
 of the preceding Chapter, with the chief sources calcu- 
 lated to supply them. 
 
 Grade 2 Studies. 
 
 The man who has found out his ability to support 
 himself in water, looks at the latter with a sensation 
 very different from his previous distrust, and feels that 
 it now only depends on him to become a good swimmer. 
 A similar change occurs in the mind of the illiterate 
 Workman, who from viewing Science with the shyness 
 of awe and prejudice, has passed to the happier condi- 
 tion of seeing in Science a pleasant means of support 
 and progress. This change has indeed been throughout 
 one of the most interesting and satisfactory features 
 
416 CONSIDERATIONS OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 of the experience accruing from the delivery of my 
 Popular Course to labouring-class audiences, and from 
 the holding of examinations in connection therewith ; 
 and I feel confident that the generality of Artisan Stu- 
 dents, when once set afloat by a well-conducted Grade 1 
 Training, will be cheerfully disposed to buffet with 
 lusty mental sinews, any waves they may have to en- 
 counter in their further progress. 
 
 This particularly applies to Chemistry, of which the 
 Grade 1 Course supplies the initiatory sketch, and 
 Grade 2 the earnest and practical exposition for Work- 
 ing purposes. We have seen that independently of the 
 Major Curricula, which mostly include the whole Grade 
 2 Course, its Chemistry, and more especially its In- 
 organic Chemistry, has been frequently prescribed as 
 an item of Preparatory Knowledge for Minor Students, 
 and indeed such is in every respect the importance of 
 this science for technical purposes, that it is highly 
 desirable that every well organized Industrial Institute 
 should extend at least thus far its teaching capabilities. 
 This remark is applicable, though in a less degree, to 
 the parts of Mechanical Physics, which have been occa- 
 sionally recommended as bearing on the mechanical 
 Trades. Nearly the same may be said of certain De- 
 partments of the Second Division of this Grade 2 Course, 
 which have not unfrequently been included in the pre- 
 paratory portion of the Summaries. They are in fact 
 particularly calculated to prepare Artisan Students for 
 the Technology of their respective Trades, giving them 
 that broad view of the surrounding ones, and of the 
 manner in which one trade helps another, which their 
 special Handbooks cannot be expected to afford. It 
 would indeed be a pity not to include in the Curricula 
 of certain pursuits connected either with the construe- 
 
SBOT. 1.] MANNER AND PLACE. 417 
 
 tion or Decoration of dwellings, or with Fabrics and 
 Clothing, or with Food, the portions of the Grade 2 
 Course which respectively embrace the applications of 
 Science to those Subjects, making plain to the Artisan 
 Student that most important part of his educational 
 duties, which consists in thoughtfully bringing the 
 knowledge he has acquired, to a practical bearing on 
 his Trade. 
 
 The frequent occurrence of Mathematical Studies in 
 the Summaries, reminds us that Mathematical Classes 
 are among the desiderata of Industrial Institutes, though 
 more important still are the Art Classes. If we add 
 Reading and Writing Classes for those who labour 
 under educational deficiencies, and Arithmetic of any 
 Grade that may be required, and if we introduce in the 
 more favoured localities, Classes for French or German, 
 and Music, we shall have without going farther, a 
 tolerably full programme for the Industrial Institutes of 
 Country Towns. Yet considering how much the con- 
 templated advance in the general standard of know- 
 ledge and efficiency among our Artisans, will depend 
 on placing what they are to learn within their con- 
 venient reach, there is no question, that it will be ex- 
 ceedingly desirable to include all this and even more, in 
 the attributes of these local Institutions, at the same time 
 multiplying them throughout the length and breadth of 
 the land, with a profusion far exceeding anything yet 
 attempted. This may seem hopeless to those who have 
 anxiously watched the many feeble, desultory, and con- 
 sequently futile and transient efforts made at different 
 times in this direction, but I trust that an unprejudiced 
 consideration of the signs of the times, will convince 
 them that the horizon is clearing up in the wind's eye. 
 
 2 E 
 
418 CONSIDEBATIONS OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 Industrial Institutes, and equivalent Organizations 
 for Industrial and Popular Instruction. 
 
 There is among our Industrial Classes a growing stir 
 of progress, a legitimate ambition of improvement sup- 
 ported on the one hand by leaders chosen with a diffe- 
 rent aim, and on the other hand by time-honoured 
 institutions of guardianship awakening to the sense of 
 former usefulness ; but even if all this were not the 
 case, our Artisans could not long remain passive spec- 
 tators of the efforts made on the Continent to raise still 
 higher a system of Popular Education already above 
 our own. It is impossible for Englishmen to read with- 
 out a restive feeling of emulation, the account given by 
 Dr. F. Leibing in his excellent periodical " Der Bil- 
 dungs-Yerein," of the exertions made in Germany by 
 the Improvement Societies bearing that name, to deve- 
 lop and consolidate the advanced Instruction afforded 
 to Apprentices and others by the so called Fort-Bil- 
 dungs-Schulen. (Schools for further Improvement. )( x ) 
 It is almost equally exciting to read the details of 
 analogous efforts in Belgium, given in the "Bulletins" 
 of the " Ligue de TEnseignement " by the enlightened 
 Secretary-General of that powerful association, M. 
 Charles Buls, or to study the School regulations pre- 
 vailing among the Swiss, well known as the active 
 pioneers of educational progress, or to scan the proceed- 
 ings of the Ecole Centrale of France and its provincial 
 
 (1) Schools of this description exist in Prussia, Hanover, Saxony, Nassau, 
 Wiirtemberg and other parts of Germany. In the Grand Duchy of Baden, 
 attendance at these Schools used to be compulsory, and the voluntary 
 system tried for the last six years having proved unsatisfactory, a com- 
 pulsory law is again under consideration, which finds advocates in many 
 parts of the German Empire. See the Publications on this and kindred 
 subjects indicated in List 1 at the beginning of the present Work. 
 
SECT. l.J MANNER AND PLACE. 419 
 
 affiliates, or to peruse the annals of the Conservatoire 
 des Arts et Metiers, where Parisian Workmen belie 
 their reputation of fickleness by regularly attending 
 Bourses of not less than 40 Lectures. 1 However, 
 the most earnest aspirations, whether of home growth 
 or prompted by foreign competition, might continue 
 to wear themselves out in ineffectual efforts, were 
 it not that through the proposed system, many of the 
 material obstacles which have hitherto stood in the 
 way of Industrial Instruction, will be quietly but effec- 
 tually removed. Then, not only in large Towns but 
 in every small centre of Industrial activity, let a few 
 earnest men come forward with energy to under- 
 take a working part, whilst a few public spirited 
 members of the wealthier class subscribe a moderate 
 amount for unavoidable expenditure, and a few in- 
 fluential friends take on themselves the duties of 
 Trustees, 2 and let communication be entered into with 
 the Central Technical University. Advice and assistance 
 will at once be forthcoming. Text Books will be 
 supplied at an almost nominal price, the use of which 
 on the Binary System will be explained and organized 
 by Delegates sent down for the purpose, and thus the 
 necessity for expensive Professors will be obviated in 
 several important branches of instruction. Devices for 
 the production of home-made Illustrations as far as prac- 
 ticable, will be freely taught by the organizing Agents, 
 
 (1) For a description of the system of Free Popular Instruction for 
 Workmen, &c. given by the Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers see Society 
 of Arts Journal, January 2nd, 1874, p. 120, and the Fourth Eeport of 
 H. M. Commissioners on Scientific Instruction, &c., p. 21, with Ap- 
 pendix III. thereto. Also the " Enquete sur 1'Enseignement Profes- 
 sionnel," List 1, p. xxii. 
 
 (2) Kespecting the co-operation of the Clergy in matters of Popular 
 Instruction see page 140, and respecting that of Schoolmasters see 
 page 237. 
 
 2 E 2 
 
420 CONSIDERATIONS OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 whilst any necessary complement will be forwarded at 
 the lowest possible rates from the Supply Department 
 of the Central Museum (see p. 113). Any required 
 steps will at the same time be taken to obtain for Pro- 
 vincial Institutes, the full benefit of the liberal assistance 
 offered by the South Kensington Authorities towards 
 reducing the cost of Scientific and Artistic requisites, 
 no less than towards the erection of appropriate Build- 
 ings. (See Notes to pages 50 and 51.) 
 
 As already explained, the term " Industrial Institute " 
 embraces any institution or organization for supplying 
 Apprentices and Workmen with the instruction they 
 require, whether in special Lecture Halls and Class- 
 rooms, or at the Local Schoolrooms^ 1 ) or at the Mission 
 room, the Temperance Hall, the Yestry Hall, the Town 
 Hall, &c. It is however essential that there should be 
 convenience for the safe custody of the educational ma- 
 terials, and very desirable that there should be sufficient 
 space to allow of exhibiting permanently as a Museum 
 of Domestic Sanitary and Industrial Economy, such of 
 the Illustrations as are suited for Instructive Display 
 (see p. 94). 
 
 It is by means like these, supplemented if neces- 
 sary by the circulation of the more expensive sets of 
 Illustrations from the nearest centres, that the various 
 kinds of preparatory Knowledge indicated above, may 
 be brought within the compass of Minor Students. 
 
 Mechanism, which has been included in the Pre- 
 paratory Knowledge suggested for certain Pursuits, is 
 a Subject requiring Models and Diagrams not every- 
 
 (1) At the Meeting of the London School -Board on Wednesday, 
 March llth, 1874, a measure was adopted whereby, subject to the 
 sanction of the Board, the School Management Committee was empowered 
 to let Board Schools on Week-day evenings for appropriate purposes. 
 
SECT. 1.] MANNER AND PLACE. 421 
 
 where to be had ; but it will be mostly wanted in large 
 Towns where Technical Colleges may be expected to 
 exist, or at the leading Railway Depots where, as stated 
 before, the educational arrangements connected with the 
 subject of Locomotive Machinery ought to be parti- 
 cularly good (p. 387). 
 
 Self-Instruction. 
 
 Generally speaking, self-instruction in scientific and 
 technical subjects, however suitable the Student's Book 
 may be, is very uphill work if he has never tried 
 himself at such matters before ; but the case is very 
 different when after attending a regular Grade 1 Course 
 of G. S. F., he endeavours further to impress it on his 
 memory by home study. A sentence once made plain 
 to him in oral discourse, will be plain in a book, and a 
 woodcut is nearly as good as a Lecture diagram to him 
 after he has seen and understood the latter. Having 
 thus overcome a difficulty partly arising from mere 
 diffidence of his own powers of comprehension, the 
 young Artisan will be able to make good headway by 
 himself in many branches of knowledge involving no 
 experiments, *as for instance in any department that 
 may be prescribed for him in the Applied Division of the 
 Grade 2 Course. Hence the importance attached above 
 to the permanent display of the respective Illustrations 
 in the form of a Museum and in the order of the 
 Text/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) It is with peculiar satisfaction that I find H. M. Commissioners on 
 Scientific Instruction proposing in their Fourth Eeport measures long 
 since advocated by me for rendering Museums more available for Self- 
 Instruction. " By the skilful selection and arrangement of the specimens 
 exhibited to the public ; by providing descriptive Labels instead of the 
 meagre indication of names at present adopted ; and, above all, by sup- 
 
422 CONSIDERATIONS OF [CHAI-. VI. 
 
 Minor Technical Studies. 
 
 Passing to the Technical Studies prescribed for Minor 
 Candidates in the Summaries, we find in most cases 
 self-instruction equally feasible. We must remember 
 that the student finds in his Handbook not only the 
 exact knowledge he wants, carefully expressed in a 
 style suited to the level of his culture, but also such 
 friendly advice as may best smooth his path and make 
 his exertions profitable. Further we may assume that 
 he is serving his time as Apprentice, or working as 
 Journeyman in the trade of which he now aspires to 
 master the rationale, and consequently if his Master's 
 establishment is anything like what it should be, he 
 enjoys excellent opportunities for coupling visual with 
 printed instruction. These facilities are the more likely 
 to be sufficient, because aspiring only to a Minor Certi- 
 ficate, he will be only expected to make himself ac- 
 quainted with the ordinary resources and processes 
 of his Trade, leaving the introduction of new improve- 
 ments to his Master. 
 
 Taking into account the various foregoing considera- 
 tions, we shall feel justified in reckoning that if the 
 development of Science Classes at Industrial Institutes, 
 or in any other way, progresses satisfactorily, a Candi- 
 date for a Minor Certificate who earnestly does his best, 
 may ere long hope to acquire in his own locality, if not 
 the whole, at all events by far the greater part of the 
 attainments required for passing his Examination. Any 
 necessary complement will have to be acquired at the 
 
 plying Explanatory Catalogues suited to the wants of unscientific people, 
 the public might be enabled to teach themselves with as much efficiency 
 as they would be taught by the majority of Lecturers." (Art. 135.) 
 
 See the " Brief Account " of my Food Collection exhibited at the S. K. 
 Museum, 1857, p. 11, and " Science for the People," 1870, p. 98. 
 
SECT. 1.] MANNER AND PLACE. 423 
 
 Technical College where that Examination is to take 
 place. This supposes of course that Minor Exami- 
 nations will be held at Technical Colleges by Delegates 
 from the Technical University of the Province, or 
 from the Central one in the Metropolis/ 1 ) 
 
 Studies for Major Certificates. 
 
 It may have been noticed in comparing the Summa- 
 ries of the Minor with those of the Major degree, that 
 as regards the PREPARATORY KNOWLEDGE, the chief 
 difference has generally consisted in raising the re- 
 spective attainments one Grade/ 2 ) It is more particu- 
 larly in the TECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE that we see the 
 advanced Student's task grow and ramify. We have 
 seen that in a Trade having many branches, it may be 
 expedient to allow the Minor Candidate to confine his 
 studies to one, whereas the Major Candidate will mostly 
 be called upon to take up several if not all. But. 
 independently of this, we observe that whereas the 
 Minor Student need only include in his Scientific Ke- 
 view of Appliances, Materials and Processes, those in 
 ordinary use, learning to make the best of them and be 
 content, the Major Student must cultivate an ambitious 
 acquaintance with matters beyond the ordinary routine 
 of manufacturing and commercial Industry, with mate- 
 rials and processes both home and foreign, not generally 
 known, or not sufficiently appreciated, and with the 
 
 (1) Cases may occur, especially when popular culture is more advanced, 
 in which on the one hand the Candidate can learn all he requires 
 without leaving the place of his abode, and on the other hand the per- 
 sonal presence of the Examiner is not required as he can conduct the 
 Examination from a distance in the manner previously described at p. 170. 
 
 (2) The retaining of Grade 1 of G. S. F. in some cases, has been prompted 
 by special reasons. Thus for instance Dressmaking is a feminine occu- 
 pation, and the trade of the Baker when conducted in the ordinary way 
 requires less learning than honesty and hard work. 
 
424 CONJSIDEBATIONS OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 last touches given to Industrial Art by the improving 
 hand of Science. Now in many Industries, a thorough 
 acquaintance with these things cannot be acquired 
 without visual illustration, nor can they be properly 
 illustrated without expensive sets of scientific para- 
 phernalia, such as only a first-rate educational establish- 
 ment could afford. Besides this, as regards the more 
 important Industries, there is in the very atmosphere 
 of a University conducted on sound and liberal princi- 
 ples, something wonderfully conducive to that mental 
 expansion which best entitles the Master to direct the 
 work of his men, always uniting the idea of their wel- 
 fare with that of his own success. 
 
 On the whole a retrospective glance at the Analyses 
 leads us to the conclusion, that much in the same way as 
 the Industrial Institutes will probably be called upon to 
 supply the instruction required by Minor Candidates, 
 often leaving however a certain complement determined 
 by the nature of the Trade and other circumstances to 
 be supplied by a Technical College, where the Exa- 
 mination is to be passed, so likewise may we, generally 
 speaking, look to the Technical Colleges for supplying 
 nearly all the Preparatory Knowledge, and a varying 
 proportion of the Technical Knowledge required by 
 Major Candidates, who will similarly afterwards repair 
 to a Provincial or to the Central Technicial University, 
 for completing and polishing their Knowledge and 
 taking their degrees. There are indeed Trades that 
 can be mastered almost t anywhere, with the aid of a 
 Text-book so well got up as will be each of the Manuals 
 taken from the Advanced Cyclopaedia, and with the 
 help of the working Illustrations which the Student 
 may have before him in the very establishment in 
 which he is employed. But exceptions like these can- 
 
SECT. 1.] MANNER AND PLACE. 425 
 
 not exempt us from making due provision for meeting 
 less favourable conditions by the multiplication of 
 Technical Colleges, and by giving every encourage- 
 ment to the formation of Scholarship Funds and En- 
 dowments. 
 
 Many Major Students if they must leave home at all, 
 will prefer going at once to the University where they 
 are to pass their Examination, and where, besides 
 finding annexed a model Technical College for pre- 
 paratory Studies (p. 94) they may if clever and indus- 
 trious, obtain the following advantages : 
 
 Employment at the instruction of Junior Students, 
 especially in the Ateliers (note to p. 60). 
 
 Employment at Museum work (p. 112). 
 
 Employment in their respective Handicrafts on 
 the plan adopted at the Cornell University (p. 
 
 Candidates for Superior Certificates or Diplomas of 
 
 Excellence. 
 
 Though not every pursuit analysed in the foregoing 
 Chapter has called for a Curriculum of this level, suffi- 
 cient examples have been given to show that the 
 studies will bear to those of the Major Degree, much 
 the same relation as the studies of the latter to those 
 of the Minor Degree, except that the interval will 
 mostly be greater. The Candidates may as a rule be 
 expected to become matriculated Students at one of the 
 
 (1) The following particulars concerning this interesting establishment 
 are from a speech by Professor Goldwin Smith at the opening of the 
 present Session of the Working Men's College in Great Ormond Street. 
 
 Israel Cornell, a working man in the employment of a Telegraph Com- 
 pany, having become possessed of great wealth, founded the University 
 bearing his name at Ithaca, Wisconsin, with the aid of a State subvention. 
 It numbers at present 500 students, a portion of whom forming a " labour 
 corps " unite the labour of their hands with that of their brain. 
 
426 CONSIDERATION OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 Technical Universities, but no glut or overcrowding 
 need be feared even at the Central one, for at this high 
 level we find that Scientific Instruction has been much 
 more attended to than in the lower industrial regions, 
 and the consequence is that many existing Institutions 
 will in some measure be our competitors. Independ- 
 ently however of a Museum unsurpassed in Industrial 
 Illustrations, we may safely reckon on being able on 
 several other points to offer attractive facilities to men 
 of good abilities but limited means. Whilst they will 
 be required to devote themselves with thorough earn- 
 estness to the practical applications of well-established 
 theories and standard facts, they will be kept as much 
 as possible clear of speculative and controversial ques- 
 tions. Thus the time necessary for completing the 
 Technical Training, say of an Advanced Chemical 
 Student, will be greatly diminished by concentrating 
 his attention on proximate and tangible results, whilst 
 to others more favoured by circumstances, will be left 
 the privilege of studying Chemistry for its own sake, 
 and of opening by original research new careers of 
 thought which may lead to something tangible in the 
 future. Principles like this cannot fail to be appre- 
 ciated by those who necessarily and avowedly are less 
 anxious to serve the cause of Science, than that Science 
 should serve their purpose, and with whom moreover 
 the question between one year's study, or two, may 
 make the difference between the possible and the im- 
 possible. This is the more worthy of consideration as 
 it w'ill be one of the objects of the proposed University 
 to encourage the rise of genius from the ranks/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) For indications respecting the studies of Candidates for Professor- 
 ships or other positions connected with Science Teaching see Chapter II. 
 Section 4. 
 
SECT. 1. 1 TIME. 427 
 
 Feminine Industries. 
 
 The manner in which the Industrial Instruction of 
 Females should be provided for, can scarcely be dis- 
 cussed with advantage till the movement for improving 
 the Education of Women has had time to mature its 
 plans (p. 87). Should these be found capable of supply- 
 ing the kind and quantity of scientific, artistic, and 
 technical knowledge required, it will be our policy to 
 favour their acting separately from, though in harmony 
 with the Institutes and Colleges for Males, and to en- 
 courage them to complete as far as possible the required 
 attainments. Thus perhaps Female Candidates need 
 only come to the Universities for Examination ; except 
 as regards those branches of information which involve 
 comprehensive collections or other expensive para- 
 phernalia. 
 
 B. Time. 
 
 Our task would be a comparatively easy one if we 
 only had to determine the Instruction best calculated 
 in the abstract to benefit our Artisans ; but at every step 
 we are reminded that the proposed System is essentially 
 voluntary, and that instead of simply stating what we 
 think our industrial Friends ought to know, we must 
 consider what we can make them think, in spite of 
 hindrances and temptations, that it is worth their while 
 to learn. This consideration which in the previous 
 Section has pervaded the question of PLACE, must now 
 equally pervade the question of TIME. We must con- 
 sult as much as possible the convenience and inclina- 
 tions of the recipients of Instruction in selecting the 
 Hours, Days, and Seasons to be allotted to it, and we 
 
428 CONSIDERATION OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 must reduce to a minimum, the time for which Candi- 
 dates preparing for Examination may be called away 
 from home ; for we aspire to deal with the bulk of the 
 Industrial Population, and not merely with the favoured 
 few for whom Scholarships or other exceptional advan- 
 tages can be provided. 
 
 The studious Season at an Industrial Institute in the 
 country, may be said to last from the middle of Septem- 
 ber, or the beginning of October, to about the beginning 
 of May. During this time, and in some instances be- 
 yond these limits, a part of the Saturday afternoons 
 might be spent in Drawing or Modelling, Music, Drill, 
 or the like. At all events week-day evenings may be 
 considered available from 6 or 7 to 10, that is to say for 
 the holding of at least three consecutive Lessons in each 
 Class Eoom. Thus generally speaking as far as Time is 
 concerned, Artisans will have no difficulty in preparing 
 themselves at the Industrial Institute, during their 
 Apprenticeship, for a Minor Examination to be passed 
 after its close ; or should facilities be denied them 
 during that period of their career, it is to be hoped that 
 they may be able to make up for the lost time in the 
 first year or two of their Journeymanship. The time 
 that may have to be spent at a Technical College for 
 simply passing the said Minor Examination, will be a 
 mere trifle, and any amount of previous stay there 
 that may be necessary for completing their Preparatory 
 Studies, ought not to exceed a few weeks. 
 
 The Technical College has been shown to occupy 
 a half-way position between the Industrial Institute 
 and the Technical University (p. 54), uniting certain 
 features of both. Its preparatory knowledge for Major 
 Students will, except in being a Grade higher, resemble 
 that offered to Minor Students at the Minor Institute. 
 
SECT. 1.] TIME. 429 
 
 On the other hand, it will approximate to the Univer- 
 sity, in introducing Technical Instruction supported 
 with Laboratory and Workshop Practice. 
 
 As regards the question of Time, we must separate 
 the Students into two lots : firstly, those living at hand 
 and devoting to study the leisure time of their week- 
 day evenings and Saturday afternoons, and secondly 
 those prepared to devote for a short period their whole 
 time to study. As regards the leisure time Students, 
 the College will only take matters a little more in 
 earnest than the Institute, packing somewhat closely 
 with Lectures and Lessons, the long Winter evenings^ 1 ) 
 and opening Laboratories and Ateliers on Saturday 
 afternoons during, and even beyond a regular Session 
 from Michaelmas to Midsummer, but all along carefully 
 avoiding to interfere with the day's occupations. It 
 will, on the contrary, be in the interest of the whole 
 time Students, that everything should be devised for 
 shortening the period of their Studentship, by making 
 the best and most compact use of it ; and this will 
 naturally produce an approximation to University ar- 
 rangements/ 2 ) 
 
 There is however one feature in which the College 
 will as a rule differ essentially from the University. 
 For reasons already explained, its operations will in 
 some directions cover a broader area ; for the means of 
 culture which it will offer to Artisans will extend be- 
 yond the limits of their technical necessities, and the 
 
 (1) The example of the City of London College, well known for its judi- 
 cious and highly successful organization, proves that as many as 4 classes 
 for different batches of Students may be held consecutively in the same 
 room between 6 and 10. 
 
 (2) Whether or not Students of this description should pass an Exami- 
 nation before admission to the benefits of the College, and be then called 
 Matriculated Students, may for the present remain an open question. 
 
430 CONSIDERATION OF [CHAP. VI. 
 
 Public at large will be admitted to its benefits (p. 96). 
 In short, it will in most localities be the all in all of 
 Science and Art, Practical Knowledge, and elevating 
 or invigorating Recreation. Even the Summer will to 
 some extent, and especially on Saturday afternoons, be 
 a season of progress in Laboratory Practice, Art, Music, 
 Drill, Gymnastics, Swimming, &c. Of course the 
 relative proportions of the technical and popular, didac- 
 tic and recreative elements in a Technical College, will 
 vary according to local circumstances, and there would 
 be no harm if in certain instances other titles were pre- 
 ferred, such as Athenaeum, College of Arts, Philomathic 
 Institution, and the like. I attach little importance to 
 uniformity of names, provided everywhere the same 
 aims be pursued by concerted and concordant means. 
 
 In reference to the studies to be pursued at the 
 Central Technical University, we may assume that the 
 scholastic year, beginning at Michaelmas, will have 
 three terms, ending respectively at Christmas, Ladyday, 
 and Midsummer. As for the time required by Candi- 
 dates for completing their respective Studies, this will 
 vary so much according to the nature of their Pursuits, 
 and the amount of instruction previously obtained 
 elsewhere, that the loose computation in the following 
 Schedule must only be considered as a starting point for 
 discussion. Only Students belonging to Category B 
 are referred to. Candidates for Minor Certificates who 
 have to complete their studies at a Technical College, 
 will probably give the preference to one attached to a 
 University, if within their reach. 
 
SECT. 1.] 
 
 PLACE AND TIME. 
 
 431 
 
 o S 
 
 $ s 
 
 1 1 
 
 o 1 
 
 I 1 
 
 I S 
 
 1 2 
 
 7 
 
 
 If 
 
 1 . i | . 
 
 * M 
 
 ' r "^ rH O rA 
 
 ll 
 
 q 
 
 ** V ,* 
 
 rM ^ ^ 
 
 i 
 
 o> 
 
 CO 
 
 H | 
 
 i i 
 
 
 ^ -2 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 3 
 
 
 CO rH ^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 1 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 r^ Cfl 
 
 I ' ^ ; ' 
 
 
 - , 
 
 US 
 
 '-..". - " '.- 
 
 . 
 
 
 S .2 
 
 
 
 
 w .s ^ 
 
 . . 
 
 
 
 
 .2 S 
 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 l 
 
 O P P 
 
 EH 
 
 H P 
 
 g 
 
 C3 
 
 H H H 
 
 o" 
 
 EH 
 
 
 03 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 d 
 
 f J ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 CQ 
 
 'o 
 
 f 
 
 ..' 
 
 J 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 HH 
 
 P 
 
 EH' P 
 
 
 KH H H 
 
 H 
 
 Q H 
 
 
 ."' 
 
 I 
 
 S :* 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 .s" 
 
 1 
 
 1 ; | 
 
 1 
 
 1 e 
 
 1 
 
 S o o 1 1 | 
 
 -fj rrt H3 '"* ^^ 
 
 
 ^"^ O 
 
 
 I .| 1 | l| 
 
 ' 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 05 05 
 
 *l 
 
 e'o 
 O 
 
 rfl 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 i! 
 -i 
 
432 CONSTITUTION FOR A [CHAP. VI. 
 
 SECTION 2-PROPOSED ORGANIZATION OF A 
 CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 
 
 It is well known that for many years an eminent 
 benefactor of the Industrial Population of the Eastern 
 Districts of the Metropolis, Sir Antonio Brady/ 1 ) was 
 engaged with indefatigable energy in preparing the 
 formation of an East London Museum of Science and 
 Art, designed to be at once attractive and instructive. 
 Through, the liberal assistance of his numerous friends, 
 and the willing concurrence of Parliament, he was 
 enabled to effect the purchase of an exceedingly eligible 
 site in Bethnal Green, and its transfer to the hands of 
 Government on conditions that seemed calculated to 
 ensure the People's benefit in a thoroughly educational 
 sense. That such an institution thus situated within 
 easy reach of nearly a Million of Working Men, might 
 become the nucleus of a National University for diffusing 
 Technical knowledge to every part of the Empire, was 
 an idea so feasible, that it naturally occurred to me in 
 writing my " Science for the People. "( 2 ) It was equally 
 natural that it should be adopted in 1871 by the Com- 
 
 (1) Knighted for long services rendered to the Country in an important 
 department of the Admiralty. 
 
 (2) See page 114, where a passage relating to this subject concludes as 
 follows : " I need not dwell on the instructive lessons of Manufacturing 
 and Commercial Industry which that end of London would afford, or on 
 the cheap resources which it would present to a concourse of intelligent 
 and thrifty Working-class Students, or on the satisfaction with which 
 their advent would be hailed." 
 
SECT. 2.] CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 433 
 
 mittee of gentlemen then associated as already stated 
 (see Introduction) for promoting the establishment of a 
 National Technical University ; the more so as there 
 then was good reason to believe that the Government 
 would agree to the scheme. I accordingly prepared a 
 Draft of a constitution for the proposed University, based 
 on this supposition, and though the East London Museum 
 has since been otherwise appropriated, I give it almost 
 textually, as it may serve to point out a kind of arrange- 
 ment that may be found to answer at some future 
 time either in that or some other similar locality/ 1 ) 
 It must be understood that my suggestions suppose 
 Government to favour and possibly to subsidize the 
 Scheme, but to refuse undertaking its responsible 
 management. Should the latter point be conceded, 
 the whole affair would assume a different, and of course 
 far more promising aspect. 
 
 PROPOSED OUTLINES OF A CONSTITUTION 
 
 FOE A 
 CENTEAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 
 
 The Lands, Buildings, &c., to be vested in the names 
 of seven Trustees, representing one the Committee of 
 Privy Council on Education,( 2 > one the Board of Trade, 
 one the Council of the Society of Arts, and four the 
 Council of the Central Technical University itself/ 3 ) 
 
 (1) A site near Battersea- Park was at one time thought of, and that of 
 Horsemonger Lane Gaol in the Borough Koad has also been suggested. 
 
 (2) Or any other supreme Educational authority existing at the time. 
 
 (3) The Permanent Commission on State Scientific Questions proposed 
 by Col. Strange, might also be entrusted with certain powers of appoint- 
 ment, and it would be easy to enlist similarly by addition or substitution, 
 the assistance of the Corporation of the City of London. 
 
 2 F 
 
434 CONSTITUTION FOE A [CHAP. VI. 
 
 Such Trustees to be at the first appointed by the Deed of 
 Incorporation, and afterwards at each successive demise, 
 by the parties respectively represented. 
 
 The Permanent trust thus constituted, to be entitled 
 the Central Technical University Trust/ 1 ) and to form 
 a Body Politic and Corporate, with perpetual succession, 
 a common seal, and the various powers, privileges, 
 and immunities usually granted to such Bodies. 
 
 The purposes of the said trust to be as follows : 
 
 To institute, develop, and maintain in constant 
 activity and efficiency, a Central University for Tech- 
 nical Training, which may be more briefly designated 
 as the Central Technical University, and which shall 
 be organized for advancing Technical and Commercial 
 Industry in all parts of the Empire, 
 
 By offering to properly qualified persons at a 
 moderate cost, first-rate facilities for perfecting 
 themselves in the scientific, artistic, and manual 
 attainments proper to the various industrial, 
 technical, and commercial pursuits, so as to 
 afford practical examples of the most improved 
 resources, methods, and management of Technical 
 Instruction. 
 
 By training Professors and Teachers for diffusing 
 in all parts of the Empire, among the Working 
 Classes themselves, or among those whose busi- 
 ness it is to instruct or direct them, the most 
 appropriate and practical knowledge in the 
 various grades and departments of Elementary 
 and Applied Science and Art; thus raising 
 everywhere the standard of industrial well-being 
 
 (1) For the motives explained at p. 56, 1 have altered to " Central " the 
 title " National " which had been adopted in my original draft. 
 
SECT. 2.] CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 435 
 
 and efficiency, without interfering in political or 
 religious questions. 
 
 By testing through the means of Examinations, 
 and recognising through the means of appro- 
 priate Degrees, Certificates, Diplomas, Prizes, 
 and other Eewards, the attainments of persons 
 either themselves engaged in technical pursuits, 
 or aspiring to be the instructors of others, in 
 Preparatory or Technical Knowledge. 
 
 By so organizing, developing, and displaying the 
 various collections of Specimens, Models, Ap- 
 paratus, Diagrams and other Illustrations re- 
 quired for purposes of study and useful in- 
 tellectual culture, as to constitute a popular 
 Museum of an attractive, instructive, and ele- 
 vating character. 
 
 By promoting actively throughout the United 
 Kingdom and the Colonies, the organization 
 and healthy development of Institutions of 
 various grades for instruction in Science and 
 Art applied to Industrial Purposes. 
 
 By inducing as far as possible all Educational 
 Institutions of an industrial, technical, or com- 
 mercial character, to place themselves in relations 
 of voluntary affiliation or association with the 
 said University, for mutual interchange of in- 
 formation, assistance and support, and especially 
 for ensuring uniformity of Principle in In- 
 dustrial Instruction, and uniformity of Standard 
 in Awards. 
 
 By entering into and maintaining correspondence 
 with Societies, Institutions, and Eminent Men in 
 this and other Countries, with a view to obtain- 
 ing and supplying early and authentic infor- 
 
 2 F 2 
 
436 CONSTITUTION FOR A [CHAP. VI. 
 
 mation on all matters having a bearing on in- 
 dustrial and educational progress. 
 
 By conferring distinctions on persons eminent for 
 practical knowledge or for services rendered to 
 the Industrial Community. 
 
 And generally by adopting and carrying out, or 
 aiding others to carry out, all judicious and 
 practical measures for propagating among the 
 Industrial Populations, knowledge calculated to 
 enhance their technical efficiency, or to ame- 
 liorate their physical condition, through affording 
 them useful guidance in the concerns of Daily 
 Life. 
 
 The Board of Trust to elect for life a Chancellor or 
 Honorary President of the University, and not less 
 than three, nor more than five Vice-Presidents. 
 
 The general Administrative Authority to be exer- 
 cised by a COUNCIL of twelve, who will be at first 
 appointed by the deed of Incorporation, and after- 
 wards will be yearly elected or re-elected, six by the 
 Board of Trust, and six by a Body of Superior Pro- 
 fessors of which the constitution will be presently 
 explained. 
 
 The Council will have comprehensive powers for 
 making Bye-laws and Regulations, for appointing the 
 Administrative, Financial, and Professorial Staff, to- 
 gether with any Boards or Committees required, and 
 for defining the duties and advantages attached to 
 such appointments ; C 1 ) for fixing the nature and dura- 
 tion of the studies, as well as the Categories of Students 
 to be admitted, the terms of Admission, and the Ex- 
 
 (1) Particular care and forethought will be required in constituting the 
 *' Board of Instruction," to which allusion has been repeatedly made. 
 
SECT. 3.] CENTRAL TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY. 437 
 
 animations, Degrees, and Rewards : in short for carry- 
 ing on the whole government of the University. 
 
 It will also be incumbent on the Council to see that 
 provision is made for rendering the University Museum 
 or Museums conveniently accessible as well as attractive 
 to the local Public, and that through a correspondence 
 actively carried on with all parts of the United King- 
 dom and of the Colonies, the important duties of a 
 scientific, artistic, and industrial propaganda are con- 
 scientiously discharged. 
 
 The Professorships will be of two kinds : SUPERIOR 
 and ORDINARY. The SUPERIOR PROFESSORS will con- 
 stitute a recognised Body with certain rights, including 
 as stated above, that of electing one-half of the members 
 of the Council. 
 
 The duties of Members of the Board of Trust and 
 of the Council, will be honorary, and every possible 
 measure will be adopted for ensuring in every depart- 
 ment a judicious union of efficiency and economy. 
 
 SECTION 3.-PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 
 
 Many circumstances concur at the present juncture 
 in favour of a national effort to place Industrial Instruc- 
 tion on a footing equal to that which it has obtained 
 in other Countries. The most important is doubtless 
 the earnest manner in which public attention is now 
 directed towards the subject of Popular Education in 
 general, with a genuine desire to recognize deficiencies, 
 and as far as practicable to remedy them. Thus a new 
 order of things is rising into existence, already impressed 
 with features of methodical improvement, yet still in that 
 
438 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. [CHAP. VI. 
 
 transitional and plastic condition best suited for receiv- 
 ing the germs of scientific knowledge which we are 
 so anxious to introduce ; germs which properly deve- 
 loped, will unquestionably be a manifold blessing 
 to future generations. But it is equally evident that 
 whilst we prepare the harvests of the future, we must 
 not neglect the urgent demands of the present. Steps 
 must be taken, and that without delay, for placing 
 Science and Art within reach of the Adult Working 
 Classes throughout the Country, in an acceptable form 
 carefully adapted to their wants and to the present 
 state of their comprehension. To create a Central In- 
 stitution worthy of being the head-quarters of this 
 propaganda, requires no ordinary amount of energy 
 and resources; but happily the patriotic effervescence 
 moves, in favour of Educational Improvement, the 
 wealth as well as the intelligence of the Country, 
 witness the munificence of a Josiah Mason, a Joseph 
 Whitworth, and other noble-minded pioneers of Industrial 
 Progress. At the same time, as before stated, a praise- 
 worthy devotion to the weal of the Industrial Com- 
 munity is being manifested by many of our ancient 
 Guilds and Corporations, who mindful of the patriotic 
 exertions of their forefathers, feel that the time is come 
 for a general effort to give to the measures originated 
 in various quarters, a substantial, well connected, and 
 progressive form/ 1 ) Nor is the powerful Society speci- 
 ally constituted for the encouragement of Arts, Manu- 
 factures, and Commerce, slumbering on its well-earned 
 laurels. Not a year elapses without some new proof of 
 its willingness to assist in rendering effective that 
 
 (1) Particularly suggestive are the offers of Prizes by the Paperstainers' 
 and Goldsmiths' Companies recently adverted to ,in the Journal of the 
 Society of Arts. 
 
SECT. 3.] PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 439 
 
 public demand for Industrial Instruction which it has 
 done so much to originate. 
 
 Perhaps the most promising sign of the times is the 
 frankness with which our Working Men themselves 
 acknowledge the deficiencies of their education, and the 
 necessity for being provided with scientific and artistic 
 advantages similar to those enjoyed by their foreign 
 competitors ; advantages without which it would be im- 
 possible to maintain the advanced position they have, 
 achieved in the industrial race. This clear-sighted 
 appreciation of the real state of things may be said to 
 have first dawned on their minds, when Delegates selected 
 from their own ranks visited the Universal Exhibition 
 at Paris in 1867, under the auspices of the Society of 
 Arts, and of the Club and Institute Union, and reported 
 so intelligently on the educational progress of their con- 
 tinental Brethren. It has since been manifested by 
 many tokens of legitimate ambition, but by none per- 
 haps more strikingly than by the formation of a special 
 " Guild of Learning " directed by representative Men 
 alike ready to accept with genuine thankfulness the 
 co-operation of disinterested friends, and determined to 
 put effectively their own shoulder to the wheel/ 1 ) 
 
 Now there are two ways in which a Scheme of 
 National Technical Training like the one described in 
 the preceding Chapters, may be carried out. The one 
 is to establish first of all the Central Institution, which 
 like the heart in the human frame, is to transmit a 
 
 (1) See the account of the Meeting of the "Guild" held at the rooms 
 of the Club and Institute Union, 150 Strand, and of the proposals liberally 
 made by the Syndicate of the Cambridge University. I may mention that 
 at a late conference of Miners assembled at Manchester, a resolution was 
 passed declaring " that the time had arrived for providing technical edu- 
 cation for the mining portion of the population, and requesting the Execu- 
 tive Committee to draw up a plan for carrying out this purpose." 
 
440 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. [CHAP. VI. 
 
 vivifying influence to all parts of the system. The 
 other is to create by degrees the reseau of subordinate 
 Institutions, and so to induce the establishment of the 
 Central one, by making it felt to be indispensable. 
 
 If the advice offered some years since by the Society 
 of Arts, and borne out by the opinion of many of our 
 best educationalists, had been adopted, and a responsible 
 Ministry of Public Instruction now existed in this, as 
 in most other Countries, strengthened by the respect 
 and confidence of the Nation, and well supported by 
 departmental Secretaries each eminent in his specialty, 
 we might hope soon to see a Central Technical Univer- 
 sity occupying the eligible space by the East London 
 Museum which would become its Department of Visual 
 Instruction/ 1 ) Springing at once like Minerva into the 
 fulness of an adult organization, this Central Guardian 
 of Instruction, endowed with the commanding power of 
 National resources, would soon provide the Staff, 
 Literature, and Materiel of Technical Tuition, and in 
 concert with the many valuable existing Institutions, it 
 would rapidly cover the Country with ramified Conduc- 
 tors of Knowledge, Next best to this would be a Cen- 
 tral Technical University instituted with the concur- 
 rence of Government, by a combination of municipal, 
 corporate, and individual resources like that contem- 
 plated in 1871 by the Committee referred to in the 
 Introduction. Unfortunately the opportunity which 
 then seemed so promising, failed through extrinsic 
 causes. The creation of a Central focus now appears 
 more likely to be the result than the origin of a number 
 of minor creations. I will accordingly proceed to 
 sketch a few of these, and as they must necessarily be 
 in ascending order, I find myself compelled to begin 
 (1) See Chapter II., Section 8. 
 
SECT. 3.] PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 441 
 
 with my own humble efforts. I sincerely hope that 
 they may encourage others favoured with better health 
 and opportunities, to attempt what is beyond my 
 reach. 
 
 For the reasons explained at length in Chapter III., 
 think myself justified in assuming that the select Rudi- 
 ments of Useful Knowledge embodied in my Popular 
 Course of 9 Lectures represent somewhat approxi- 
 mately the G-rade 1 of the Elementary Division of a 
 General Scientific Foundation, such as is required by 
 the generality of Working Men, and as considerable 
 importance attaches to imbuing them with a notion of 
 the Domestic as well as the Technical advantages 
 which such a Foundation is calculated to afford, I intend, 
 as soon as released from my present work, to proceed 
 with preparing that Course for the press. Everything 
 will be done to secure extensive circulation, profit being 
 left out of the question, and the various devices will be 
 carefully carried out which have been described as 
 likely to enhance the educational value of those future 
 official Text Books of which my Course can only aspire 
 to be the humble forerunner. A bold type and abund- 
 ant woodcuts will favour home study, whilst special 
 facilities will be contrived for its delivery on the Binary 
 System, either by professional or amateur Readers and 
 Demonstrators ; arrangements being contemplated for 
 enabling some London Firm or Society to produce 
 commercially the required Series of Illustrations on an 
 extensive, and consequently cheap scale. Should this 
 step succeed, something will already have been done to 
 make Local Institutes alive to the progress they can 
 effect through their own resources, with some slight assist- 
 ance from an educational centre. If my health should 
 allow, the Second or Applied Division of this Grade 
 
442 PEOSPECTS. PROPOSALS. [CHAP. VI. 
 
 Course could be rapidly prepared from the materials 
 in hand, and I would take care so to organize the pro- 
 duction of its serial Illustrations of Hygiene, Domestic 
 Economy, and Technology, as to facilitate the introduc- 
 tion of these subjects in Primary Schools, whilst Indus- 
 trial Institutes would be supplied with Materials equally 
 available for Lecture purposes, and for initiating small 
 Economic Museums. Everything would be done to 
 induce Working Class Students to prepare as far as 
 possible among themselves in their leisure hours, the 
 Illustrations of their Studies, and to open the way for 
 the improvements anticipated from the development of 
 the new system. Adding to this the Course of Industrial 
 Chemistry mentioned in a previous Chapter (p. 198) as 
 intended to represent the level of Grade 2 Studies, and 
 taking further into account the " open-handed Examina- 
 tions" described in Chapter III. Section 5, and Chapter 
 IV. Section 7, we have partly in action, and partly 
 susceptible of being put in action within a reasonable 
 time, a set of actual examples, which without aspiring 
 to be adopted in the machinery of the future Educa- 
 tional System, may certainly give some notion of the 
 way in which the definitive wheels may be expected to 
 work. Such notions are not without their value ; for 
 whilst on the one hand it would be imprudent to adopt 
 on a large scale any untried contrivance, it has on the 
 other hand become only too evident that several bold 
 innovations are indispensable in order to make scien- 
 tific instruction permeate steadily and systematically 
 through the lower industrial levels. To be convinced 
 of this, one need only sift and carefully scrutinize the 
 complaints constantly echoed through our educational 
 atmosphere of Science Classes that, thanks to a 
 speech from the Organizing Agent from South Ken- 
 
SECT. 3.] PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 443 
 
 sington have been initiated with the most promising 
 impetus of vitality, but which have died away into 
 apathy and neglect in a few weeks time, of small 
 satisfaction given by Class Teachers who from the fact 
 of their having been certificated in Science, have been 
 supposed to be necessarily acquainted with the art of im- 
 parting it, of sublime confusion which has pervaded 
 the minds of Working Men listening to the high-flown 
 Science of first-rate Professors , and a score of other 
 forms of dissatisfaction uttered not by the detractors, 
 but by the best advocates of the diffusion of Science 
 among the People. Now most of the innovations ex- 
 plained in detail in the preceding Chapters, are specially 
 calculated to strike at the root of complaints of this 
 description, and I therefore earnestly hope that they 
 may be not only received with favour, but taken up and 
 pushed forward by persons better qualified for the task 
 than myself. In this hope I am further encouraged by 
 noticing that a similar good fortune has already been 
 vouchsafed to several measures which at various times 
 I have suggested. This may in some instances have 
 been due to my having published my ideas, but I attri- 
 bute it mainly to the fact that conclusions suggested to 
 one thinker by prevailing circumstances, are likely to 
 arise in the same way in the minds of others. I may 
 mention by way of example two principles for which I 
 tried in vain many years ago to gain recognition in the 
 Society of Arts System of Examinations : Firstly, that 
 Industrial Candidates should be induced to take up in 
 preference, subjects specially bearing on their pursuits ; 
 secondly, that not any one Science distinct and pure, 
 but special combinations of scientific knowledge care- 
 fully devised and brought home to their practical appli- 
 cations, are what our Artisans severally want. I am 
 
444 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. |_ CHAP - VL 
 
 happy to say that these principles are now becoming 
 recognized in various directions, and have been adopted 
 by Major Donnelly in his Technical Examinations, 
 which only want a few further innovations to become 
 as popular as they are in many respects judiciously 
 organized. 
 
 Another example of an analogous kind is afforded 
 by the pains which are at last beginning to be taken to 
 adapt Scientific Examinations, and especially the means 
 of preparation for them, to. the convenience of Candi- 
 dates/ 1 ) It is true there is still at South Kensington a 
 certain disinclination to undertake the responsibility of 
 publishing, for the use of Scientific Candidates, official 
 Text Books imparting the precise knowledge they are 
 desired to acquire. Nor does any detailed Syllabus 
 of Reference of the kind described at p. 204 point 
 out for each subject, the particular Books or parts 
 thereof to be selected from among the many indicated 
 in the Science Directory as more or less available. 
 On the other hand however, I gladly acknowledge 
 that the Examination Syllabuses have now, thanks 
 to the pains bestowed on them by Professors of first- 
 rate eminence, become something infinitely superior 
 in quantity and quality to the vague and scanty ones 
 of former times. With such guidance, a judicious 
 friend may point out to the Student, in the official 
 lists, the names of publications far more to the pur- 
 pose, as well as far more compact and cheaper, than 
 those he would have had to purchase some years ago. 
 This class of Literature has indeed of late made rapid 
 
 (1) I have much pleasure in again drawing attention to the progressive 
 spirit manifested by the Indian Civil Engineering College at Cooper's Hill, 
 whose Programmes of Studies are remarkable for method and clearness, 
 and form of themselves excellent Examination Syllabuses. 
 
SECT. 3.J PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 445 
 
 strides, owing to the laudable emulation which has 
 prevailed among the educational publishers. I could 
 name several cheap, compact, methodical, and yet 
 agreeably written Compendiums, which give intelligent 
 and industrious Candidates a very fair chance ot 
 obtaining the coveted South Kensington Certificates. 
 Very different was the case of the Student who some 
 years since, taking up elsewhere for the first time even 
 the vast subject of Chemistry, had a ponderous work 
 thrown open before him, with nothing but a Syllabus 
 of two paragraphs to tell him what he should select, so 
 that in fact he had to trust to chance for making his 
 studies coincide with the views of those who instituted 
 the Examination. 
 
 So altered is the policy observed towards Candidates, 
 that the only one of my suggestions in their favour now 
 liable to be considered as startling, is that which I have 
 described as the " open-handed system of Examinations," 
 and even as regards this I am happy to find in a book 
 like Page's " Geological Examinator," so evident an 
 approximation to my QUESTIONARY, that I indulge in a 
 hope of seeing my plan tried ere long by those whose 
 approbation, far more than the practical success already 
 achieved, would stamp it as a feasible and natural way 
 of proceeding.^ 1 ) 
 
 The preliminaries of a scheme which embraces the 
 intellectual organization of the whole Industrial com- 
 
 (1) Amongst the little books prepared purposely for Candidates for the 
 South Kensington Examinations, some have under the name of " Home 
 Exercises," sets of Questions for each division of the work, and this device 
 when carefully carried out, is perhaps more conducive to conscientious 
 study than the one adopted in some instances, of appending to the several 
 subjects, Questions that have been asked concerning them at various 
 
446 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. [C HAP. VI. 
 
 munity, can only be satisfactorily dealt with by union 
 of Principle in division of Labour. Whilst I reckon on 
 some of my Educational Friends for assistance in pur- 
 suing the tentative development of the above various 
 means for regularizing the diffusion of knowledge, and 
 for testing the results obtained, I trust that others will 
 take up the complex subject of Apprenticeship, as one 
 on the satisfactory solution of which will much depend 
 the future ability of young Artisans to avail them- 
 selves of the proposed means of Instruction. It is not 
 necessary that I should go again over the whole of 
 the ground surveyed in the third Section of Chapter I., 
 nor will I on the other hand launch into a review of 
 the various forms of organization by which in other 
 countries the legitimate interests of the Apprentice 
 are placed under the care of a competent and authori- 
 tative Guardianship. The devising of such a Guardian- 
 ship may perhaps be most usefully considered in connec- 
 tion with that important desideratum, the creation of a 
 regular system of impartial and conciliatory Arbitration 
 between Employers and Employed. I may however 
 mention a few points to which the present friends and 
 future guardians of our young Artisans may at all times 
 usefully devote their attention, and which in case the 
 " Guild of Learning" or any analogous association should 
 become sufficiently powerful to have affiliations in all 
 parts of the country, might afford appropriate scope 
 for the exertions of each Local Branch : 
 
 To note without favour or prejudice, the Masters 
 
 Official Examinations. But the more one looks into these devices, the, 
 more one feels that something is still wanting to establish a straight- 
 forward and mutually satisfactory connection between the mind of the 
 Examiner and the mind of the Examinee. The object of my plan is to 
 supply that missing link. 
 
SECT. 3.] PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 447 
 
 who have the position and qualifications required for 
 taking Apprentices. 
 
 To afford, when sought, advice to the lads and 
 their parents. 
 
 To facilitate arrangements for payment of pre- 
 miums by instalments (see note to p. 16). 
 
 To see that all agreements entered into are equi- 
 table on both sides, and are equitably carried out. 
 
 To see that proper facilities are afforded the Ap- 
 prentices for attending appropriate evening classes. 
 
 In localities where the Apprenticeship system 
 proves unsatisfactory or insufficent, to promote the 
 instituting of " Technical Schools," or such other esta- 
 blishments as may supply the best complement or 
 substitute. W 
 
 To favour by all available means the intellectual 
 and technical culture of Workmen of all degrees, espe- 
 cially by the establishing and maintaining of Industrial 
 Institutes and the like, on the best principles of 
 efficiency. 
 
 In endeavouring to turn to account existing Institutes 
 of various calibres for the purposes of the proposed 
 movement, it will be advisable to look well into their 
 character and resources. In some of them social diffi- 
 culties would stand in the way, in others the mixture 
 of recreation with study, however desirable in theory, 
 has through various causes led to the ascendency of the 
 
 (1) Some light was thrown on the present condition of this question at a 
 Meeting of the Endowed School Commissioners on Feb. 20th, 1874. After 
 a few words on the part of the Kev. H. Solly as to the inadequacy of the 
 present System of Apprenticeship, and the advantages derivable from a 
 suitable appropriation of Apprenticeship Endowments, Lord Lyttleton 
 acknowledged that this came within the Educational scope of the Com- 
 mission, and stated that Technical Schools had been thus provided at 
 Wakefield, Halifax, &c. 
 
448 PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. [CHAP. VI. 
 
 lighter, and the sinking of the weightier element, or 
 on the contrary, didactic prejudices prevail that would 
 prevent Science from assuming that practical and 
 utilitarian character which connects in the mind of 
 the Student the principle with its application. 
 
 It would be of infinite value in order to fix the ideas 
 of the public and to keep our own from swerving from 
 the prescribed path, to establish with the least possible 
 delay in some convenient part of the Metropolis, a 
 Technical College with an Industrial Institute attached, 
 respectively designed to serve as standard models of 
 their kind. In this part of our operations I trust we 
 may look for support to the City Corporations, Trades 
 Companies, and other enlightened City Friends, with 
 a confident hope that their zeal for the furtherance of 
 Industrial Improvement will induce them to use the 
 splendid facilities they possess, in a manner worthy of 
 London's industrial and commercial fame. 
 
 It may be well also to wake up the spirit of associa- 
 tion which, in various parts of the metropolis, has at 
 times been seen on the eve of producing great results 
 in the way of Educational Museums and the like, but 
 which, has mostly spent its energy in the discussion of 
 divergent interests and opinions. A movement of this 
 kind, guided by disinterested and conciliatory principles 
 towards the attainment of a well-defined purpose of 
 unquestionable benefit to the whole Industrial and 
 Commercial Community, will present the rallying 
 ground that was so much wanted, and show the way 
 to make local aspirations thrive in the general tide of 
 intellectual progress/ 1 ) 
 
 (1) I can lend for perusal to persons interested, a Manuscript Pro- 
 gramme of a People's Museum and Institute on educational principles, 
 designed for a part of London yet unprovided. 
 
SECT. 3.] PROSPECTS. PROPOSALS. 449 
 
 Having found or established an Institution capable of 
 serving the purpose of a model Technical College, 
 experiments might at once be made with a few Minor 
 and even Major Technical examinations ; but we must 
 be cautious in judging by these feeble attempts, of the 
 results obtainable by a Central University favoured with 
 the services of men of eminence, acting in concert with 
 the most important Technical Institutions of the Country, 
 and whose Certificates of Competency would at once 
 command universal confidence. This is one of those 
 instances in which social, like mechanical masses, are 
 not to be moved by any amount of small hammering, 
 but require that their inertia be overcome by applying 
 a ponderous and dignified momentum. For giving our 
 National Industries a rate of progression equal to that 
 of the age, no less motive power will suffice than that of 
 an Institution on a national scale, effectively supported, 
 or still better, actually constituted by the Government, 
 which as Professor Williamson has rightly remarked 
 is the "embodiment of the national 
 
 (1) In his late Inaugural Address at the opening of the Session of the 
 British Association at Bradford, Professor Williamson expressed himself 
 to the following effect : " Science will never take its proper place among 
 the chief elements of national greatness and advancement, until it is 
 acknowledged as such by that embodiment of the national will which 
 we call the Government." Among the earliest appeals in favour of a 
 Ministry of Public Instruction, as constituting the best means for securing 
 a legitimate exercise of Government influence on the intellectual develop- 
 ment of the People, may be mentioned that of John Scott Russell in the 
 conclusion of his work on Systematic Technical Education. Among the 
 latest may be reckoned that of the National Union of Elementary Teachers, 
 expressed at their meeting of April 1874. Among the most influential I 
 am happy to note the persistent exertions of the Society of Arts, and the 
 Recommendations of H. M. Commissioners for the Advancement of 
 Science. 
 
 2G 
 
450 CONCLUSION. [CHAP. VI. 
 
 SECTION 4.-CONCLUSION. 
 
 I trust it has been apparent from the whole tenor of 
 this Yolume, that the system it advocates is intended to 
 assist and complete, not to supersede, or prejudicially to 
 interfere with, our present educational Institutions. It 
 will benefit the Schools of the People by making Instruc- 
 tion in the Rudiments of natural Science, easy to the 
 Masters, and attractive to the Children. Apprentice- 
 ship will be rescued from an ignominious collapse, and 
 restored to more than its former usefulness. Working 
 Men's Clubs and similar meeting places of various de- 
 scriptions, will as Industrial Institutes, have fresh re- 
 sources, and a definite purpose to work for, and the 
 same applies to Institutions capable of undertaking the 
 duties of Technical Colleges. Establishments organized 
 for the advancement of any special branch of Technical 
 Knowledge, will receive the most friendly support, and 
 Training Colleges in particular will be the object of 
 devoted attention. The Government System of Art 
 Instruction will receive active and disinterested further- 
 ance, and the arrangements also centred at South 
 Kensington for the advancement and recompense of 
 Scientific Studies, (perhaps the only important educa- 
 tional machinery with which the proposed system 
 might at first sight seem likely to clash) will be found 
 on closer consideration to gain by the proposed innova- 
 tions. It is one of the essential features of the proposed 
 System, that it is to give Working Men the benefit of 
 a sound practical acquaintance with just as much Science 
 as they require, without any avoidable technicalities, or 
 any time unnecessarily bestowed on those ever-changing 
 theories and forms of nomenclature which confuse the 
 
SECT. 4.] CONCLUSION. 451 
 
 most practised memories. But as explained in Chapter 
 IV., Section 2, everything will be done at the same time 
 to prepare the Student for encountering those difficulties. 
 For instance the Grade 2 of Chemistry will conclude 
 with information and advice offering him every induce- 
 ment to undertake more advanced studies with Text 
 Books like those indicated for elementary instruction 
 in the South Kensington Directory. Knowledge of the 
 right sort gives an aptitude and a thirst for more, and 
 there can be no doubt that thousands of Artisans 
 initiated in the enjoyment of practical attainments, who 
 have passed through the ordeal of an Examination, and 
 are probably elated with success, will leave no oppor- 
 tunity unimproved for trying their strength at com- 
 petitions of a higher standard. Moreover generally 
 speaking the Technical University will only invite to 
 its Examinations, Students whose purpose is best served 
 by an aggregate or Complesso of Knowledge formed of 
 selections from different departments, and carefully 
 arranged to constitute a connected whole. C 1 ) The South 
 Kensington Examinations on the contrary, may be 
 said to deal with distinct branches of Knowledge 
 irrespectively of the purpose to which they are to be 
 applied. Whilst then the mission of the one Institution 
 will be necessarily and avowedly utilitarian, let the 
 other unfold the Standard of "Science per se" and 
 invite to its advanced Instruction all who seek the 
 pleasurable exercise of their intellectual faculties, or the 
 honourable privilege of extending the domain of know- 
 ledge. It is in this latter sense that I hope to see South 
 
 (1) Even in tne case of " Detached Subjects," so called from not being 
 taken as parts of a connected series, no Candidate will be examined who 
 does not possess at least a Grade 1 of General Scientific Foundation. (See 
 Chapter V., Section 1.) 
 
 2G2 
 
452 CONCL USION. L IIAP - VI . 
 
 Kensington acquire an importance worthy of the master 
 mind that saw in its future development the dawn of a 
 new era for England's Scientific renown. Whilst 
 instruction in the Fine Arts will be dispensed, from the 
 first rudiments to the highest finish, and Studios pro- 
 vided on the most attractive terms for the use of Artists 
 of acknowledged eminence, whose influence thus con- 
 centrated will tell with vastly increased power on the 
 artistic world, let the several Sciences in the pride of 
 their distinct autonomies, attain to the highest degree 
 of refinement, in appropriate laboratories rivalling the 
 most perfect foreign types in the good taste of their 
 construction, and the completeness of their apparatus. 
 Here we may imagine Men of first-rate eminence, 
 conducting in a luxury of convenience worthy of their 
 fame, the most advanced and delicate investigations ; or 
 we may fancy them concocting new theories and nomen- 
 clatures, or settling old controversies and starting new 
 ones, in reading and discussion rooms fitted up with 
 every rational comfort, and replete with every intellec- 
 tual resource. In adjoining Lecture Halls, Scientia 
 excelsior sublimely theoretical and aspiring, will be 
 dealt forth from Academic chairs to disciples duly 
 prepared by high mental culture, and will inspire 
 them with the glorious ambition of spending their 
 lives in original research, enriching the realms of 
 Knowledge through the conquest and annexation of 
 the unknown. 
 
 All these things will come naturally within the 
 province of South Kensington, and will thrive there 
 all the better for being freed as much as possible from 
 sublunary considerations, and relieved of the burden- 
 some responsibility of conducting, from the lowest 
 Grades upwards, the utilitarian culture of the great 
 
SECT. 4.J CONCLUSION. 453 
 
 masses of the Industrial Community. In taking charge 
 of this responsibility as its legitimate share in the 
 EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM OF THE FUTURE, the Central 
 Technical University will deserve the good wishes of 
 every pioneer of Industrial Progress. Above all, it 
 will by its disinterested and pains-taking energy, de- 
 serve the devoted co-operation of all cognate and affi- 
 liated Institutions ; for it will seek no influence over 
 them which may not be the means of propagating 
 useful knowledge, and securing general prosperity, nor 
 w T ill it claim any power or importance which cannot be 
 made to shed a new lustre on England's industrial 
 honours. It is thus that an appeal can confidently be 
 made to Government, for a patronage which every 
 patriot will applaud, to the Society of Arts, for its 
 support in that career of progress for which its inde- 
 fatigable exertions have so admirably opened the way, 
 and to Industrial Institutions throughout the Empire, 
 for assistance in sowing broadcast the good seed of 
 which they will abundantly share the produce at 
 harvest time. 
 
( 454 ) 
 
 A P PEN D IX. 
 
 CONSISTING OF 
 
 ADDENDA FOB THE LISTS GIVEN IN 
 CHAPTEK IY.(i) 
 
 For Lists 3, 4, and 5 (pp. 205, 210 and 215).< 2 ) 
 
 Introduction to Natural Philosophy, by Charles Tomlinson. 
 
 1/6 (Lockwood.) 
 Course of Natural Philosophy, by E. Wormell. 12mo. 4/- 
 
 (Groombridge.) 
 
 Physics, by A. Garrot. 7/6 (Longmans.) 
 An Introduction to Experimental Physics, Theoretical and 
 
 Practical, by Adolf Weinhold, translated, etc., by B. 
 
 Loewy. (Longmans.) 
 Notes on Natural Philosophy, by G. F. Eodwell. Fcap. Svo- 
 
 5/- (Churchills.) 
 
 Rudimentary Mechanics, by C. Tomlinson. 1/6 (Lockwood). 
 First Lessons in Theoretical Mechanics, by J. F. Twisden. 
 
 (Longmans.) 
 Principles of Mechanics, by T. M. Goodeve. Text Book of 
 
 Science. 3/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 Elementary Statics, by C. J. Ellicott. Svo. 4/6 (Deighton.) 
 Elementary Hydrostatics, by J. Thurlow. Cr. Svo. 2/6 (Whit- 
 taker.) 
 Elementary Course of Hydrostatics and Sound, by K. Wormell. 
 
 3/- (Groombridge.) 
 Electricity, by Sir W. S. Harris. Weale's Series. 12mo. 1/6 
 
 (Lockwood.) 
 
 (1) As explained at p. 205, this Appendix is intended to comprise works 
 of insufficiently determined level, or of which information has been 
 obtained too late for insertion in the main lists. 
 
 (2) Several of the works here given come more or less within the scope 
 of List 2 (see p. 201). 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY LISTS. 455 
 
 Student's Text Book of Electricity, by H. M. Noad. Post 
 
 8vo. 12/6 (Lockwood.) 
 Elementary Treatise on Magnetism and Electricity, by E. 
 
 Walker. 8vo. 15/- (Deighton.) 
 Frictional Electricity, by Sir W. S. Harris, edited by Tomlinson. 
 
 8vo. 14/- (Strahan.) 
 Galvanism, Animal and Voltaic Electricity, by Sir W. S. Harris. 
 
 (Weale's Series.) 12ino. 1/6 (Lockwood.) 
 
 Familiar Lectures on Chemistry, by Liebig. Small 8vo. 7/6 
 
 (Walton.) 
 An Easy Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry, by Key. A. Kigg. 
 
 Or. Svo. 3/6 (Eivington.) 
 Introduction to Organic Chemistry, by W. G. Valentin. 8vo- 
 
 6/6 (Churchills.) 
 The Owens College Junior Course of Practical Chemistry, by 
 
 Francis Jones, supervised by H. E. Koscoe. (Macmillan.) 
 Handbook of Chemical Analysis, by J. W. Slater. Post 8vo. 
 
 6/- (Mackenzie.) 
 Qualitative Chemical Analysis, by Thorpe and Muir. 3/6 
 
 Text Book of Science. (Longmans.) 
 Quantitative Chemical Analysis, by T. E. Thorpe. Text Book 
 
 of Science. 4/6 (Longmans.) 
 Systematic Course of Qualitative Analysis, by George Jarmain. 
 
 Svo. 1/6 (Longmans.) 
 Analytical Tables for Students of Practical Chemistry, by J. 
 
 Brown. Svo. 2/6 (Churchill.) 
 
 Glossary of Mineralogy, by Bristow. Cr. Svo. S/- (Ward 
 & Lock.) 
 
 Treatise on Crystallography, by W. H. Miller. Svo. 7/6 
 (Deighton.) 
 
 General Biology, by T. C. Macginley. 1/6 (Collins' Elemen- 
 tary Science Series.) 
 
 Botany for Class Teaching, by F. E. Kitchener. (Kivington.) 
 
 Outlines of Botany, by Dr. Silver. 5/6 (Renshaw.) 
 
 Earth, Plants, and Man, by Schow, edited by Prof. Henfrey. 
 12mo. 5/- (Bohn.) (Bell & Daldy.) 
 
 History of the Vegetable Kingdom and its Appliances to the 
 
456 SUPPLEMENTARY LISTS. 
 
 use of Man and Animals, by lihiud. Eoyal 8vo. 31/6 
 
 (Blackie.) 
 
 Elements of Zoology, by M. Harrison. I/- (Blackie.) 
 First Steps in Zoology, by E. Patterson. 2/6 (Simpkin.) 
 The Student's Guide to Zoology, by A. Wilson. 6/6 
 
 (Churchills.) 
 A Manual of the Anatomy of the Vertebrated Animals, by 
 
 T. H. Huxley. Fcap. Svo. 12/- (Churchills.) 
 Manual of Animal Physiology, by J. Shea. 12mo. 5/6 
 
 (Churchill.) 
 Animal Physiology, by Jno. Cleland. 2/6 (Collins' Advanced 
 
 Science Series.) 
 Handy Book of Anatomical Plates, by E. Bellamy. 12mo. 
 
 21/- (Triibner.) 
 A Manual of Chemical Physiology, by J. L. W. Thudichum. 
 
 Svo. 7/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 Elements of Health, by J. Thurnam. Post Svo. 6/- (Bohn.) 
 Sanitary Arrangements for Dwellings, &c., by Win. Eassie. 
 
 Post Svo. 5/6 (Smith & Elder.) 
 The House Owner's Estimator, by J. D. Simon. Post Svo. 
 
 3/6 (Lockwood.) 
 
 Food and Dietetics, by F. W. Pavy. Svo. 16/- (Churchills.) 
 Milk Analysis, by J. A. Wanklyn. Crown Svo. 5/- (Triibner.) 
 Tea, Coffee, and Cocoa Analysis, by J. A. Wanklyn. Crown Svo. 
 
 (Triibner.) 
 
 For List 6 (p. 224). 
 
 Elementary Course of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, by 
 
 E. Wormell. 12oio. 4/- (Groonibridge.) 
 Practical Hydraulics, by Thos. Box. Post Svo. 5/- (Spon.) 
 A Manual of Metallurgy, by W. H. Greenwood. Vol. 1. 2/6 
 (Collins' Advanced Science Series.) 
 
 For List 9 (p. 245). 
 
 The Museum of Science and Art, edited by Dr. Lardnei\ 6 
 double vols. 2 1/- (Lockwood.) 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY LISTS. 457 
 
 Science and Commerce, by P. L. Siinmonds. 8vo. 6/- (Hard- 
 wicke.) 
 
 A Manual of Industrial Chemistry, edited by J. D. Barry. 
 (Longmans.) 
 
 Handbook of Chemical Technology, by Kudolf Wagner, trans- 
 lated, etc., by W. Crookes. 8vo. 25/- (Longmans.) 
 
 Workshop Appliances, by P. B. Shelley. Text Book of Science. 
 3/6 (Longmans.) 
 
 Practical Cotton Spinner and Manufacturer, by E. Scott. 12/- 
 (Simpkin.) 
 
 On Cutting Gentlemen's Dress, by F. Pickles. 4to. 5/- 
 (Simpkin.) 
 
 First Lessons in the Principles of Cooking, by Lady Barker. 
 I/- (Macmillan.) 
 
 Particulars of the following sources of information in Applied 
 Science and Technology, have been supplied by Messrs. 
 Hachette & Co., French Publishers and Booksellers, 18 
 King William Street, Strand, W.C. 
 
 Bulletin du Musee de Tlndustrie de Belgique, edited by the 
 Director Eugene Gauthy. 16 francs yearly. 
 
 Dictionnaire des Arts et Manufactures et de 1'Agriculture, par 
 Ch. Laboulaye. In 44 parts, 2 francs each. 
 
 Fontaine. Description des machines les plus remarquables et 
 les plus nouvelles de 1'Exposition de Vienne en 1873. 
 Enriched with 60 folio plates. 35 francs. 
 
 Les Applications de la Physique aux Sciences, a 1'Industrie et 
 aux Arts, par Amedee Guillemin. Illustrated with plates 
 and maps. 20 francs. 
 
 Jacquemart's Illustrated History of the Ceramic Art. 25 
 francs. 
 
 Jacquemart's Wonders of the Ceramic Art, illustrated in 3 
 parts. 
 
 Particularly deserving of attention is the classified and descrip- 
 tive Catalogue of the "Bibliotheque Lacroix," comprising 
 a comprehensive series of French works, published or in 
 preparation, on the various Industrial and Agricultural 
 Occupations. May be also had of the above Firm the 
 " Eapilly " Catalogue of Works on Pure and Applied Art. 
 
 2 H 
 
LONDON : 
 
 PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, 
 STAMFORD STREET AXD CHARING CROSS. 
 
nci i uniN 
 
 URC uiruuicUKJii utfc>r\ ui ciny 
 
 University of California Library 
 or to the 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
 University of California 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
 
 (510)642-6753 
 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books 
 
 to NRLF 
 Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days 
 
 prior to due date 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 SEP 17 1996 
 
 20,000 (4/94) 
 
LIBRARIES 
 
 CDS13b33fll 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY